Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website https://jammydigital.com/ Jammy Digital Thu, 12 Oct 2023 10:58:43 +0000 en-US hourly 1 The Ultimate Guide to Repurposing Your Business Book https://jammydigital.com/repurpose-business-book/ https://jammydigital.com/repurpose-business-book/#respond Wed, 11 Oct 2023 17:14:58 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=13498 You’ve spent hours upon hours penning your business book masterpiece. And if you’re anything like us, writing a book came with sleepless nights, missed social occasions and a few episodes of wanting to scream into a pillow!  But you’ve done it. You’ve achieved something that the majority of business owners don’t – you have finished […]

The post The Ultimate Guide to Repurposing Your Business Book appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
You’ve spent hours upon hours penning your business book masterpiece. And if you’re anything like us, writing a book came with sleepless nights, missed social occasions and a few episodes of wanting to scream into a pillow! 

But you’ve done it. You’ve achieved something that the majority of business owners don’t – you have finished your book. 

Firstly, congratulations! Secondly, it’s completely understandable that by the time you hit publish, you are ready to relax and enjoy the spoils of your hard work. 

Yes, you’ve planned a spectacular launch that involves a flurry of PR and media interviews, but after that, there’s not that much to do, right? 

Right?

Ah, sadly, it doesn’t stop there…or at least it shouldn’t. 

Publishing a business book is an excellent core of work that you can repurpose into additional content that can extend your reach, increase your authority and get you more sales. 

So, we’re sharing the ultimate guide to repurposing your business book, including why and, more importantly, how you should do it. 

Why you should repurpose your book into further content

You’ve likely spent months or even years creating your masterpiece, formulating your ideas, structuring them and communicating them in the best way possible.

So, why would you now spend your time repurposing that book into further content?

Well, there are a good few reasons that we’d suggest using the content in your book to create more content (yup, we just love content here at Jammy). 

When you repurpose your business book, you help your potential readers learn about your unique methodology and ideas. You’ve already spent months or years putting your experiences, knowledge and learnings into something easy to understand, and you want to maximise that time. 

Content Marketing Quiz

Helps you sell your other products and services

Remember, a business book is not like a fiction book – if you reveal the story in a fiction book, you’ve ruined the surprise! A business book is different because (typically) your book isn’t the only thing you sell – unless you’re perhaps Jay Baer or Seth Godin. So the more people that engage with your content, whether that be through your book, blog, social media or video, the more of your other core products and services you will sell. 

Ultimately, a business book is an amazing way to raise your profile and build brand awareness. And while it can be an income stream of its own, it can also be an amazing lead magnet to help you land higher-profile clients. 

So, you want to ensure that you’re making the most of the content and creating as many high-quality opportunities for people to come across it as possible. 

But what if people don’t buy the book because they’ve read the content?

It’s always the same argument!

Why would someone pay for something that you are giving away for free?

We don’t only hear this about books, people have been asking us the same thing about blogs for years. 

So let’s get that out the way first…

Content repurposing is about recycling and reusing the elements of your existing content to further its reach, and it’s the same when you are repurposing a business book. 

It’s not a case of sticking your entire book up on the internet for everyone to read for free. It’s about chopping it up, reworking it for a specific platform and presenting little pieces at the right time to potential readers. 

In fact, more than that, repurposing your book and showcasing how valuable your content is will expand its reach and entice people to buy the book. People will also pay for the ease of having everything in one place, especially if you’ve proven the value in additional content. 

There are tonnes of examples below from authors who have repurposed their content and still see fantastic sales. In fact, we can’t think of a single successful business book owner who hasn’t repurposed the content in some shape or form.

Think of someone like Steven Bartlett, he regularly shares learning and snippets from his book Happy Sexy Millionaire on his podcast. 

Does that mean no one who listens to his podcast buys his book?

No! Quite the opposite. And you don’t have to have a huge, worldwide platform to take advantage of this same strategy. 

But the question is, how can you repurpose your business book? (you know we like to give you practical advice).

1. Repurpose your business book into blog posts

The first thing that you can do is to turn the key points from your book into individual blog posts

It makes sense if you think about it! 

Blogging is all about answering your customer’s questions and showcasing your expertise. Not only can you use written content to break down some of the key components or methodologies in your book, but you can also answer some of the questions about why people should buy your book and integrate it directly into your sales process (as we did in this blog). 

An example of repurposing your book into a blog post

A business book, They Ask You Answer, repurposed into a blog post

When it comes to examples, the OG of content marketing, Marcus Sheridan, is the master at this. He takes the key methodology from his book, They Ask, You Answer and integrates it into multiple blog posts. This article actually breaks down how to get started with They Ask, You Answer, and breaks down what the first six months look like. 

That might seem mad to some people, as arguably you could read a selection of these articles, and some others on the website, and successfully implement TAYA without ever having to read the book. But the chances are that these articles will pique your interest encouraging you to buy the book and get stuck into the learnings in a more in-depth format ie. the book. 

Get more rankings and traffic when you repurpose to blog posts

A well-written article (or articles) will be teaming with keywords, and as part of a larger SEO strategy, it can help you gain additional organic traffic to your website – expanding your audience and potential customers. This is especially important if you don’t have a huge existing audience and are relying on people finding you organically. 

In addition, you can promote your book within the blog post, in a space where you know people will be interested in the concepts and methodology you are exploring in the book. And it’s a space where you can promote the book and remind people to purchase without being too sales-y. 

2. Repurpose your book into video

If you fancy yourself the next Steven Spielberg, then you can turn the camera on yourself and turn key aspects of your book into videos. 

Okay! It definitely doesn’t have to be the next Jurassic Park. Simple informative videos can be extremely successful in boosting your authority and making you more relatable and trustworthy to the reader. 

Remember, you have already done so much hard work by making sense of everything you know and presenting it in an easy-to-understand way – so get more for your time and create a video to spread your message. 

Fun fact: I’ve accumulated so many cooking books after watching recipes on TikTok and thinking I could do them just as well. I just click the link on the video and buy straight away – there is no reason you can’t do this to promote your business book. 

An example of repurposing your book into a video

Book repurposed into a video - an example from Simon Sinek

Looking for some examples of people who use video really well to promote the concepts and methodologies in their books?

Simon Sinek has one of the most popular business books of all time, yet he still breaks down the concepts into YouTube shorts (and has an entire TED on the same topic). If he can create videos and do prolific talks on the topic of his book while still making sales, then so can you. 

Another example is entrepreneur Alex Hormozi, who breaks down his favourite chapter from his book – one that he thinks is the most fundamental to success. Again, yes, people could take their learnings from this short video and utilise them in their own marketing. But the chances are if it piques their interest, they are going to watch more videos or consume more content and hopefully go on to buy the book. 

Again, creating videos alongside a strong SEO strategy can help you increase the organic traffic to your website and introduce your new business book to new audiences. 

Short-form content (under sixty seconds) for YouTube shorts, Instagram reels or TikTok work incredibly well for this. Remember, YouTube and TikTok are search engines! In fact, for the first time ever, TikTok has overtaken Google’s 15-year streak as the world’s biggest search engine. 

3. Repurpose into a quiz

Who doesn’t love a quiz?

We’re not talking about finding out what Harry Potter house you would be in (Ravenclaw, FYI)—but using quizzes in a fun and interactive way to learn more about potential customers and understand their pain points. 

It allows you to test someone’s knowledge and consolidate the learning about whatever you teach in your business book. 

Plus, using software like ScoreApp allows you to present an action plan based on the answers (and email it to them in a practical and actionable PDF format). This also has the added bonus of giving you access to their email, which means you no longer have to rely on making that sale directly from your content. You can nurture the relationship and educate them via email before encouraging them to buy the book (or other products or services).

An example of repurposing your book into a quiz

Example of book repurposed into quiz

A brilliant example of this is Phil Calvert, who has a quiz, based on their best-selling book on embracing AI as financial advisers. The quiz helps users understand if their Financial Planning business is ready to embrace and implement AI in their practice – giving them a personalised AI IQ score along with tips on how to improve it. It’s the perfect way to educate professionals on their readiness for AI and offer them ways to improve (one of which is buying the book). 

We love this video from Phil Calvert on why he uses a quiz to help repurpose the content from his book. 

4. Repurpose into podcast scripts

Podcasts continue to grow in popularity, with 464.7 million podcast listeners globally in 2023. It’s a great way to take the key principles of your book and tailor them in a way that makes them accessible to your niche (or not-so-niche) audience. 

Listening to podcasts can be integrated into users’ lives, no matter what they are doing – whether they are cleaning, working or driving. 

Breaking down your business book into a podcast can allow you to build even stronger relationships with your book readers, and consistently remind people about your book without being sales-y. It also offers you the opportunity to get your book in front of a new audience, especially if you have guests that could increase your reach. 

Plus, modern podcasts are often recorded and then syndicated across all the normal podcast platforms so they can be viewed as well as listened to. This offers an opportunity to visually promote your book (as well as via audio).

An example of repurposing your book into a podcast

Diary of a CEO book repurposed to podcast

Someone who does this amazingly is Steven Bartlett on his podcast Diary of a CEO, to promote his book of the same name. Not only does he use his entire podcast as a platform to promote his ethos and interview specialists which are referenced in his latest book. But he also has some podcasts where he talks specifically about some of the key points that come up in his book.

Although a lot of what is covered in the book will have been mentioned on the podcasts, he’s confident that if people like the podcast, they’ll love the book. 

5. Repurpose into a webinar or masterclass

Does your business book have a methodology that would benefit from on-demand, practical training?

If so, then a webinar or masterclass could be the perfect way to repurpose the content from your business book.

A webinar will usually take place over about an hour, so there’s no way you can cover the entire book. But it does allow you to cover the key points or go into depth on a specific methodology and then sell the book at the end as a deeper dive into everything you’ve talked about. 

Plus, a webinar is a great way to get feedback and allow people to ask questions, which helps to build stronger relationships. 

And one thing that we love is that you can capture leads, so you can send follow-ups to sell your business book or additional services. 

An example of repurposing your book into a podcast

Repurposed book to webinar

One person who does this is Daniel Priestley, who runs a KPI web class based on his book Key Person of Influence book. 

6. Repurpose into checklists or worksheets

We love a content add-on that provides additional practical value, and a checklist or a worksheet does just that. 

It’s a great way to make your book more actionable, especially if it can be used as people are reading your book. And it leads people by the hand, motivating them to implement your teachings and not just read about them. 

And this is ultimately what you want. You want people to action your book and put your teachings into practice. Not only will it help you with positive reviews, but it will help to potentially sell further products and services. 

An example of repurposing your book into a checklist or workbook

Repurposed book into worksheet

This is something that Bryony Thoms does with her companion workbooks that have been designed to be used alongside her book Watertight Thinking. And as a little bit of a throwback, she also has a quiz, and other resources on her website that help you figure out if you have the marketing foundations to support a healthy sales flow. 

7. Repurpose into a course or certification

Everyone loves a certification to test and showcase their skills, and repurposing your business book into a course or certification is a great way to ensure that your methodologies are being practically applied. 

You can repurpose your book into an in-depth course that helps people really dig into and apply what you teach in their own circumstances.

This would usually be sold as an upsell, which increases profit and offers cross-selling opportunities (some people might find you through the book, others the course). 

Plus, it makes sense, especially if you have a unique methodology that people can apply in their business. And it’s a low-cost introduction to buying future products and services. 

An example of repurposing your book into a course 

The Ultimate Guide to Repurposing Your Business Book

Building a Story Brand is one of the masters when it comes to this, with an online accreditation to become ‘certified’. They also have some checklists and worksheets as additional add-ons to add value to the course and book. 

Another is a self-help guide for copywriters by Dan Nelken which started as a book and was turned into an online course. The course touches on the same concepts but adds a lot more depth to the topics. 

Ready to repurpose your business book?

Content Marketing Quiz

Writing a book can be a relentless, tiring, yet thoroughly rewarding experience. And while many people quit promoting once they’ve hit publish, now is the time to make the most of the hard work you’ve already put in and repurpose. 

There are multiple ways to repurpose your content, and while we’d recommend you do them all if you can – doing any is a good start. 

Generally speaking, it gives you the opportunity to reach more people, introduce them to your expertise and even has the potential for upsells. 

If you’d like to know more about how we can repurpose your business book into further content (such as blog posts or videos) get in touch with us just here

The post The Ultimate Guide to Repurposing Your Business Book appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/repurpose-business-book/feed/ 0
Content Marketing for SaaS: 25 Types of Blog Content to Increase MRR (with examples!)  https://jammydigital.com/saas-content-marketing-examples/ https://jammydigital.com/saas-content-marketing-examples/#respond Tue, 03 Oct 2023 09:19:28 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=13264 There are two big problems with content marketing in the SaaS industry right now… 1. SaaS content isn’t good enough It’s thin, generic content created solely for ranking on Google. It’s not creative or different, and although it may get rankings and traffic, users bounce off the page pretty quick! 2. There’s only one goal: […]

The post Content Marketing for SaaS: 25 Types of Blog Content to Increase MRR (with examples!)  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
There are two big problems with content marketing in the SaaS industry right now…

1. SaaS content isn’t good enough
It’s thin, generic content created solely for ranking on Google. It’s not creative or different, and although it may get rankings and traffic, users bounce off the page pretty quick!

2. There’s only one goal: to get rankings and traffic
Of course, content should increase a SaaS company’s rankings and traffic, but content should also help you hit other business goals, such as increasing sign-ups, improving retention, or attracting enterprise clients. This needs an entirely different content marketing approach – but if it’s done well, it can increase your MRR! 

Ultimately, investing in content should increase your monthly recurring revenue and give you a good return on investment – and that takes more than just creating content that ranks for any old keywords. 

Because if you’re increasing your website traffic but not your sales, then what’s the point? 

How did we help increase paying customers by 187% for a SaaS Client? 

Through our content marketing strategy, we helped increase ScoreApp’s paying customers by 187%

This was because we created a content strategy based on their goals. So yes, part of that was increasing rankings and website traffic, and other parts are focused on increasing conversions and customer retention. 

What business goal are you focused on? 

This blog post breaks down the EXACT content you can create to help you achieve a specific business goal. 

Content can actually help you do the following: 

Focus on the most pressing goals first!

Increasing traffic and rankings is only part of what good content can do for your SaaS business. 

So, start with your most pressing goals from the list above, and work your way backwards to identify the right types of SaaS content to get there

Luckily, we’ve already done the hard work for you! We’ve outlined how to achieve each goal below and precisely the kind of content you need to create, too! 

SaaS SEO Case Study

Goal 1: Blog content to help SaaS businesses get found on search engines

Your target audience is already out there googling questions about their pain points.

So, they’ll find you when you answer them (and optimise your blog posts for those keywords). If you don’t? They’ll find your competitors instead! 

1. How-to articles and tutorials

Pretty self-explanatory, right? These blog posts teach your audience how to accomplish a specific task. 

In most cases, your target prospects are googling them because they’ve encountered some kind of problem – and are now stuck. 

These SaaS blog posts are especially relevant for top-of-the-funnel prospects: those who are still trying to figure out what’s causing their pain point and how to take the first steps to fix it.

But if you make them more specific (e.g. “How to run a webinar on Zoom“ rather than just “How to run a webinar”), you can target prospects with more awareness, too. Once again, it all depends on your goals!

It’s worth noting that top-of-the-funnel articles like this are typically the most difficult to rank (as they have a LOT of competition), so we’d recommend doing some in-depth keyword research to figure out the content gaps out there and what you could realistically rank for. 

It’s certainly possible – but only with the right amount of prep! 

Examples of SaaS Content:

Example from SEM Rush of SaaS awareness blog post

2. X vs. Y articles 

Once they get closer to the bottom of the sales funnel, your prospects know what type of SaaS product they need. Now, they’re comparing different options to find the perfect one for them. 

So, make their life easier with comparison articles (i.e. “you vs. one of your competitors”).

Don’t be biased, though! I know it’s tempting to always say that your SaaS product is better, but this would backfire. You’d either:

  • lose your audience’s trust
  • end up selling to customers who aren’t the right fit (have fun dealing with complaints and refunds!)

Instead, create objective overviews that showcase who each software is – and isn’t – for.

Examples of SaaS content: 

An example of SaaS content that converts

3. Review articles

Just like comparisons, these SaaS blog posts are for prospects who aaaaaaaaaaaalmost know what they want. The superpower of review articles, though? They can either confirm your audience’s hunch or…. flip their world upside down!

So, create (*holds up a megaphone*) OBJECTIVE reviews of both your own SaaS tool and your top competitors.

To avoid coming across as biased, you can also back up your claims with screenshots and user-generated content, like reviews and testimonials.

But still, whenever you identify a competitor’s weakness that you solve with your own software… well, it’d be silly not to clarify that!

Oh, and by the way, you can also review tools that aren’t direct competitors but, on the contrary, would complement your own! Just make sure that’s clear in the article.

Examples of SaaS content:

An example of review content for SaaS

4. ‘Alternatives to’ articles

Some of your target customers have already tried (or at the very least, ‘looked into’) one of your competitor’s SaaS tools. But they’re now realising it doesn’t match their preferences, budget or goals. 

Basically, they’re back at the drawing board (=Google). Except they’re now using keywords like ‘best [competitor name] alternatives.’

So, plan some strategic blog posts around them! You can list a few different names (including your own, duh), detail their pros and cons, and clarify who they are/aren’t for.

Examples of SaaS Content:

An example of an alternatives blog post from a SaaS company

Goal 2: Getting customers signed up for a free trial or ‘Freemium’ version of your SaaS product 

Many SaaS purchases start with a free trial or a ‘freemium’ version (i.e. the basic level of the product you can use for free. 

Your blog can convert traffic into free trial sign-ups or freemium members, with the aim that they later turn into paid subscribers. 

You might think that a free trial is easy to convert – after all, it’s free! What is there to lose? But you’re still asking people to dedicate time to figure out a new tool. So there’s still some resistance there. 

In fact, research shows that only 8.5% of organic traffic converts into free trials (although it’s higher for organic traffic than it is with paid ads). 

So your trick is to increase this as much as possible. 

You do that by creating content where that trial would be a logical next step. Here are the best SaaS blog posts to do that…

  1. ‘How to find the right [type of SaaS product]’

Some of your prospects have already figured out what type of product they need. But as for identifying the right one for them? They’re still not sure. 

So, to get them out of their ‘overwhelm mode’ (and onto your website), write blog posts that guide them through this consideration.

But once again, be objective! You probably created your SaaS product with a very specific audience, problem and/or goal in mind. That means it won’t be for eVeRyOnE. 

So, make sure your blog posts reflect this – and direct the right prospects to your trial.

Example of SaaS content:

Example of SaaS content

2. Buyer’s guides

Much like the previous example, this type of SaaS blog post aims to help your audience find the right product for them.

Buying guides tend to be more in-depth and have a stronger focus on, you know… TAKING ACTION!

Psst: if you want to get more trials for your Enterprise plan, consider gating your buyer’s guides. That way, those large companies will still gain access to your juicy insights. And you? To the email address or phone number of their key players. A win-win!

Examples of SaaS buyer’s guides:

Example of SaaS Buyer's Guide

3. Industry reports

Sure, they’ll take a bit (*cough cough* A LOT) longer to put together, and you’ll need to conduct your own research. For instance, at Jammy Digital, we used a quiz to gather exclusive insights and compiled them into a report on Entrepreneur Mental Health.

But trust us, it’ll be worth it. Industry reports are the kinds of SaaS blog posts that get you more trial sign-ups and position you as a thought leader too.

So, that’s why you don’t want to give them away to every Tom, Dick and Harry. Instead, tease some stats in the actual blog post – but ask for an email address to get the full report.

Examples of SaaS industry reports 

SaaS Industry Report Example

4. ‘Why’ content 

Even when they’re pretty serious about (potentially) choosing your product, most prospects still have plenty of questions and objections.

THESE are the types of SaaS blog posts that will answer them for you!

Think of articles like “Why we’re more expensive than [competitor].”

We can feel your reluctance from here: “Lyndsay and Martin, are you okay? I can’t do that! I’d put people off.

But we create this kind of content regularly (even when we start hyperventilating before pressing ‘post’):

  • You do need to put some people off – Hint hint: those who wouldn’t be the right fit for your SaaS product
  • These articles can actually get you more sign-ups from the right audience – After all, 85% of consumers are more likely to support brands they see as honest. 

So, answer those uncomfortable WHYs, too.

Example of ‘why’ content for SaaS:

Example of thought leadership for SaaS

Goal 3: Get someone onto a paid plan after their free trial 

So, you got more trial sign-ups (*virtual high five*). That doesn’t mean you should stop creating SaaS blog posts for these customers.

Don’t get us wrong: some people will switch to a paid plan at the end of the free trial. Smoothly and spontaneously.

Some others might consider it – but they still have doubts or reservations.

So, answer their questions, show them exactly what the next step should be, and remind them of WHY they should go for it.

Essentially, create ‘onboarding content’ that helps your customer understand your SaaS as much as possible and see the benefits of using it. 

SaaS SEO Case Study

  1. ‘How to set up [your product name]’

Let’s face it: not everyone is good with tech!

And even though you think your SaaS product is easy-peasy, it might not be that lemon-squeezy for some customers. 

So, offer them an additional helping hand: write simple tutorials on how to get started, step-by-step.

Examples:

Example of Saas Content

2. FAQs about your SaaS product

Do your sales and customer service teams get the same questions ALL. THE. TIME?

You can easily make their stress levels lower and your conversions higher: just answer those questions in one place. Keep a working web page of FAQ that even your customer service team could update (they’re the ones who know the answers to these questions the best!)

You can also create separate SaaS blog posts to expand on some of them individually. FYI, this is FAB for search engine rankings, too! 

But have a clear FAQ that answers questions, and if you have an article or video that goes into more depth on the answer, then link to that, too.  It’ll be a HUGE help for your audience.

Examples:

An example of an FAQ on a website

3. Case studies

Case studies are excellent for:

  • bottom-of-the-funnel prospects (those who’re SO close to saying “I choose you,” Pokémon-style)
  • anyone who’s already gone through the free trial and now needs a final nudge 

So, instead of just telling them how much of a difference your SaaS tool will make… SHOW IT to them!

Share case studies of how another company generated X results with your product. 

And to really trigger their FOMO, be specific. Use both clear examples and client input (like testimonials).

Examples:

SaaS Case Study Example

4. ‘How to get the most out of [your SaaS product]’

People are so busy, with a lot on their minds. So they may have signed up to your SaaS with great intentions of getting stuck in, but then they lose interest and get distracted. 

So, some of them will sign up for your free trial BUT:

  • Forget to use it
  • Only look at it briefly (and end up missing out on the juiciest bits)

That’s why you need a magic wand from Ollivander’s to turn more free trials into paid customers

Only joking. What you actually need is to create content on how to get the very best out of your SaaS software.

Basically, highlight its features and benefits and show your customers what difference they’ll make for them.

Examples: 

SaaS Onboarding content example

Goal 4: Helping new customers transfer from your competitor to your software

Some people choose to go with your competitor over you (a bit annoying, but okay.) 

But some of those people might find that your competitor’s product just isn’t working for them. 

Or perhaps you know that your product is better suited to what they need – maybe you can save them more time and money or offer better features. 

You can use content to get them to move over from your competitor to you – but this does take some education.

We’re not just talking about a monetary cost here; there’s a huge pain in the arse cost! Because your customer has to spend their time transferring to you – and even if they know your product is better suited, getting someone to do that is tricky. 

It’s why companies like ActiveCampaign offer a free migration service for new customers (a fantastic idea!)

So, yes, it’s tough. But with the right educational, honest content, you can get people to transfer from your competitor to you. 

Here are some ideas to help you…

  1. ‘How to/how long does it take to switch from [competitor name] to [your name]’

The biggest concerns when switching SaaS tools? Time and difficulty. 

If they don’t know what to expect from you, some prospects will assume the worst (=that the transition would be too time-consuming and difficult). And, you know… give up without even trying.

Instead, write SaaS blog posts or create video content that walks them through this switchover and tell them exactly how long it’ll take.

Examples:

Example of content that gets customer to switch from competitor

2. ‘Is it really worth moving from [competitor name] to [your name]?’

It’s becoming the mantra of this article, but once again: be objective!

Switching SaaS products:

  • will be worth it for some users and in some specific instances (if so, then talk about that)
  • but also talk about who it is NOT right for (so, be honest. After all, you don’t want to mislead wrong-fit customers… and then deal with refund requests, do you?)

Examples: 

Switching content

3. ‘How do we support your moving from [competitor name] to [your name]?’

It doesn’t matter if it’s to the other side of a stream, a rickety escalator or… a different SaaS tool: any jump feels less scary if you know there’s a helping hand on the other side (“You jump, I jump,” as Rose and Jack would say).

So, show your prospects that, when they switch to your software, you’ll be there to catch them.

Examples:

Example of switching content

Goal 5: Make your customers successful by using your SaaS

You might have been led to believe that getting new sign-ups is the end goal. But to reduce churn, you should create content that assists your current users too. 

So, here’s how blogging for your SaaS tool can turn existing customers into faithful FANS.

  1. ‘So, you’ve successfully set up [your name], now what?’

Your customers have signed up for your tool, and now they’re met with a new interface they know next-to-nothing about. Some of them will start to feel a little (=very) overwhelmed.

After all, nobody wants to waste HOURS trying to figure it all out on their own, jumping from one help forum to the next.

So, bring all the next steps in one place!

Examples:

Getting started with content

2. Learning more tricks

Ever thought that a popular film was over-hyped because you just didn’t get it? But then someone mentioned, “Oh, it all clicked together with the post-credit scene,” and you were like, “Wait, there was a post-credit scene?!”

You DON’T want that to happen to your SaaS customers!

So, create blog posts that help them unlock all the best features or save even more time. For instance, you could share these tricks in a round-up article or go more in-depth through separate ones.

Examples:

Tips and tricks article example

3. How-to articles to teach customers how to be successful

Can your software be used by different audience segments? Perhaps in different ways, too?

Then, create more personalised tutorial-style articles for each of them. Show them what they can actually achieve when they use your tool strategically!

One of ScoreApp’s most shared articles in their customer support Facebook group is 29 Ways to Launch Your Quiz – a simple yet hugely effective article that helps users once they’ve set up their quiz!

Examples:

Example of SaaS blog post

4. Templates to make your customers’ lives easier 

We bet your software is already saving them time and headaches. But maybe some templates can make even MORE of a difference?

Then, when blogging for your SaaS company, draw attention to them. For instance, you could round them up by highlighting the best templates for each segment or goal.

Examples:

Example of template content saas

Goal 6: Attract Enterprise customers (i.e. the big players!)

Even though they require longer sales cycles, these clients bring you the most moolah.

So understandably you want more of them. But, as you probably already know, they tend to be different from your average user. 

Attracting Enterprise clients needs a different approach to content marketing. They’re unlikely to sign up to a free trial straight away. You may need gated content, a solid email nurture sequence, webinar and individual sales calls with larger clients to walk them through your content. 

Ultimately, for Enterprise clients, you’re looking at creating sales enablement content – content that helps your potential clients make a buying decision and supports your sales teams in selling your SaaS. 

Here are some ideas to help you…

  1. Industry reports as lead magnets 

We talked about these reports before because they also help you ‘sell’ more free trials. 

Think about it, though. Who’s more likely to download and read a long report: a freelancer or someone behind a big company?

Yep, the latter.

So, write a blog post that teases your report’s key points and stats but treats the actual document as a proper lead magnet.

That way, your sales team will get to contact the decision-makers who downloaded it! 

The results of these reports supports your sales copy and messaging – it backs up your argument. 

Examples:

Industry report SaaS example

2. Original research that supports investment in your SaaS

These types of SaaS blog posts are fabulous for grabbing the attention of the big players. Why?

  • They prove you KNOW what you’re talking about – unlike those competitors who are regurgitating the same info as everyone else
  • They show them the difference your software will make, with concrete examples

So, share relevant and original research – and tie it back to your product. 

Examples:

Original Research Report Example for a SaaS company

3. ‘What is our Enterprise plan, and is it right for you?’ 

Sometimes, the simplest solutions really are the most effective.

You want to get more people onto your Enterprise plan? Talk about it more!

And most importantly, show these big companies exactly how it’ll benefit them

Examples:

Enterprise promo content for SaaS

4. Use cases

No, they’re not exactly the same as ‘case studies.’ 

Instead, these additional SaaS blog posts will cover how your software can be used:

  • By one of your audience segments (e.g. marketing agencies, multinational companies, etc.) 
  • To overcome a specific problem or reach a goal (e.g. “How [segment] can use [type of SaaS product] to increase their sales by 50%”)

You want to attract more Enterprise customers, right? Then focus on ‘use cases’ that’d make their key decision-makers think, “OMG, was this written about me?!” 

(Just… not in a creepy way).

Examples of SaaS Use Cases:

Example of SaaS Use Case

Goal 7: Getting affiliates

There’s a difference between ‘regular customers’ and ‘faithful fans’. 

A benefit of attracting the latter is… they can even do the selling for you! As long as you promote your affiliate scheme and make their life easier, at least.

So, blogging for your SaaS company will also turn some customers into your best salespeople.

SaaS SEO Case Study

  1. ‘How does our affiliate scheme work?’

Once again, the simplest ideas are often the smartest. 

To help more people find out about your affiliate scheme (and sign up for it), blog about it more.

Walk your customers through it, and show them how it’ll benefit them.

Examples of affiliate promotion for SaaS:

Affiliate promotion article for SaaS

2. Content that makes it easier to be an affiliate

Some customers might be intrigued by your affiliate programme. But if promoting your brand sounds like ‘effort’? They might go, “Thank you, but no, thank you.”

Instead, make the whole process as smooth as that first coffee of the day. 

Create resources they can use (like email swipe files, promotional images and social media post templates) and… yep, blog about them, too.

Examples:

Affiliate promo saas example

We can create all that stand-out content for your SaaS company blog

Oof, that was a LONG list! But by now, you should be crystal-clear on what to blog about to reach those different goals.

Does it sound like a lot of work? We’re not going to lie: it is

But it’s the kind of work we LOVE doing (and happen to be pretty well known for).

So, as long as you’re happy to share your expertise during our onboarding process, we can keep blogging for your SaaS business. Get in touch, and let’s turn your blog into a lead-generating machine.

SaaS SEO Case Study

 

The post Content Marketing for SaaS: 25 Types of Blog Content to Increase MRR (with examples!)  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/saas-content-marketing-examples/feed/ 0
How to attract the best talent to your company through content https://jammydigital.com/attract-top-talent-content/ https://jammydigital.com/attract-top-talent-content/#respond Fri, 22 Sep 2023 05:32:24 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=13217 Content marketing is great for many things… getting new clients, increasing organic website traffic, growing your email list, and making sales. But there’s another benefit to producing and publishing awesome content for your business you may not have considered… and that’s attracting the right people to your team when hiring.  It’s hard to attract the […]

The post How to attract the best talent to your company through content appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Content marketing is great for many things… getting new clients, increasing organic website traffic, growing your email list, and making sales. But there’s another benefit to producing and publishing awesome content for your business you may not have considered… and that’s attracting the right people to your team when hiring. 

It’s hard to attract the right people to your business – and not getting the right employees can have a detrimental effect on your business growth, which is something you want to avoid at all costs.

So, how can great content help to get the best employees to apply to your upcoming vacancies? 

Get noticed by the best candidates in a challenging job market 

According to a recent survey by Monster, in 2023 51% of UK recruiters claim finding candidates with the necessary skills is the most significant challenge they face

So when finding great people is difficult, you need to do everything in your power to stand out and make applying to work with you attractive. 

If you can get your brand values and company culture across in your content marketing, you’re one step closer to attracting the right employees. It won’t reduce the HR side of hiring new employees but it will make your candidate pool stronger. 

Why? Because people remember good content. And bad content (or a lack of it altogether) can have a negative impact… As it’s harder to get behind a company you don’t know anything about or dislike their approach. 

Get into the head of the modern job seeker

Consider this… Lots of people in today’s world care about social, economic, environmental, and political issues when looking for an employer. And they can take their pick with the current candidate shortage. Research by Gartner shows that 65% of employees want to work for organisations with a strong social and environmental conscience.

After the COVID-19 pandemic, people are looking for good company culture, flexible working, and well-rounded HR policies. Work well-being is considered more than ever before… So people want to know what you’re doing to support employees. 

88% of employees believe it’s no longer acceptable for companies to make money at the expense of society at large. And nearly 70% of employees say they wouldn’t work for a company without a strong purpose. 

All this means you have an opportunity to appeal to the best candidates by telling people you care about these things. Shouting about it not only attracts new employees but also helps current employees to be aware of what you’re doing for the greater good. 

So as long as it’s not all talk, there’s no downside to sharing your values or purpose through online content! 

Attract top talent to your company with content marketing

Content Marketing Quiz

Earlier this year at Jammy Digital, we put a job advert out for a Content Manager. The response was overwhelming with applicants and the person who got the job (who’s also the very person writing this blog post) applied because they’d seen our content. 

POV: How did content attract me to the role of Content Manager? 

When I saw a LinkedIn notification saying Jammy Digital was hiring, even though I wasn’t specifically on the job hunt, I couldn’t help but look… and after only a few moments, I decided to put an application in.

So, why was applying for the role of content manager a no-brainer?

Jammy Digital was already on my radar. I’d attended webinars hosted by Martin and Lyndsay, I’d been on their mailing list, and I’d even filled out their recent survey about mental health in entrepreneurs. 

I liked everything I saw. From reading their content and being involved in their other events, I knew they ran their business in a way I truly valued… with kindness and honesty. And they seemed like great people (which, by the way, they are!).

Many marketing companies out there are cut-throat and don’t care about people’s well-being. I’ve experienced it myself as a freelancer and heard 101 horror stories. But not Jammy Digital – Martin explains in the Content Fortress book introduction the reason they started this version of their business was to protect their mental health, not be overloaded, and to have their business support a happy lifestyle. This makes them stand out in a crowded industry. 

So when I saw the job advert before meeting them ‘officially’, I felt like I already understood what they were about… and the rest is history!

Receive more tailored cover letters and relevant applications

Last month, we’ve also advertised for a Content Writer position. Many of the applicants specifically mentioned that they enjoyed and related to Jammy Digital’s content, which spurred them to apply…

We had messages that said this like, ‘Your values resonate with mine, and I know you’d be fantastic to work with‘ or ‘I’ve been a fan of yours for ages and LOVE how you do business!

This really does go to show your content can work wonders for hiring amazing people, as the candidate pool for this position was top-notch. And – sorry recruiters – but we’ve not had to outsource any of the hiring process! 

So, how can you attract the right people to your team with your content?

You’ve already found out why we think sharing great content is important for hiring the right people… 

Now you’re here to attract the right team members to you, right? Ok, well let’s run through 7 ways you can apply this to your business so it’s easy to hire people who ‘fit’ with your company values.

1. Communicate your purpose 

What’s the big picture of your business? That’s your purpose… And as we’ve already discovered, purpose matters to employees. People want to feel a part of something. So start telling people. 

Share your purpose on your website – a great place for this is your ‘About’ page. Regularly talk about your company’s goals and purpose on social media, link it to case studies for customer success stories, and mention it anywhere else you can! 

2. Share your opinions about the industry 

Here at Jammy Digital, we’re vocal about what we like – and don’t like – about the marketing industry. By voicing your opinions, you attract people with similar views… and put people off who disagree. 

There are always going to be people who think about things differently, especially when your industry can be subjective, so publicly sharing opinions shows your beliefs. 

3. Build trust using multiple forms of content marketing 

Sure, we love blog content… but having videos, live webinars, and emails creates a well-rounded online presence for our audience. Meghan had multiple touchpoints with Jammy Digital, and experiencing our content through different channels helps to build trust. 

So we encourage you to take a look at your full digital footprint: 

  • Are you creating video content, so people can hear you talk and see your expressions? 
  • Do you host live events where your audience can ask you questions? 
  • Are you talking to your audience on different social media platforms? 
  • Do you reply to their comments and engage in conversations?

All these things add to your credibility and authority in the industry, which helps for all elements of your business growth but can be especially useful when looking to hire great candidates. 

4. Tell people your brand values 

Are you actively saying what you care about online? Every business has its own values and reasons for doing things in certain ways. When you start expressing that, people can find out what’s important to you and your company, and if they agree you’ll stay in their minds.

If you have a particular focus on the environment, for example, are you writing or talking about it online? These things matter to people and can be the reason they apply – or don’t – to your job vacancy. 

There are many candidates out there who may not be looking for a new role yet but if they like what they see and agree with your values, it may make them reconsider. We had people actively say they weren’t looking for a job but applied for this very reason. As with all content marketing, being consistent pays off. 

5. Demonstrate company culture 

Like with your purpose and values, it’s important to show your real company culture. What’s a day in your office like? How do employees really feel about working with you? How do you demonstrate your values into that culture? 

You may have to get creative if you have a remote team. It’s possibly harder to show ‘behind the scenes’ images if your team works remotely, but it’s not impossible. Share online, from the employer’s perspective, success stories or awesome things your employees are doing both at work and during their free time. 

6. Don’t just get employees – get brand advocates

If your employees are talking about how great it is to work within your company, it will help to build brand advocates. Think about how quickly word can spread to their friends, online connections, and other people they chat with. Before you know it, you’ve got your employee’s brother-in-law looking out for vacancies. 

How do you do this through content? Ask employees to write guest posts, share video testimonials, and populate their own LinkedIn profiles. But it can’t be forced on them (as that will look inauthentic)… They have to want to do it to spread the word about your company. 

The same goes with your customers and business contacts – if you’re doing a great job, they will help to spread the word. This builds your own reputation and credibility, especially if it comes from a well-respected person. 

For example, people applied to us having seen we were recommended by Daniel Priestley or the foreword to our book was from Marcus Sheridan. 

Everyone loves a referral, and any time another person mentions your brand or company online you’re getting in front of way more people. 

7. Show your personality (both as a brand and humans)

Now, the last point is that not everything has to highlight your values and the good you do to connect with the right people. Sometimes it’s as simple as sharing the things you love or mentioning an element of your past that adds to your personality. 

Lyndsay mentions her obsession with Harry Potter and cats on our About and Meet The Team pages. Yes, it’s a simple little addition, but it draws people in and makes you more memorable (Plus, would we really want to work with someone who doesn’t love HP?).

And a few brilliant candidates mentioned Harry Potter when they applied to us!

People crave connection – so don’t hold back on what makes you, you! Add personality to your content. 

I’m hiring right now – is it too late to share content that attracts great employees? 

Content Marketing Quiz

The beauty of content marketing is that you can publish things instantly across multiple channels. If you’re reading this today and you’re hoping to attract more people to your current vacancy, don’t panic – it’s not too late. 

Here’s a few ideas about what to focus on:

  • What the day-to-day life in your company is like and how you work as a team – told from the perspective of a current employee 
  • What your company’s big vision is and how a new employee plays a part in that 
  • Highlight the key perks of the role, such as extensive training, flexible working, etc.
  • Does your company get involved in any charitable acts or have strong environmental policies? Explain this through online content. 
  • Is your About or Meet the Team page updated? 

So, what could that look like? 

3 example content ideas to illustrate these points

  1. Can you ask an employee to share their experience in a video interview? Perhaps they have asked for specific training to support their role, have learned a lot from other team members, or feel a deep sense of pride in their work. Ask them a few questions and post this online. 
  2. Can you showcase your daily company culture? Take photos of your team meetings or office spaces on ‘real’ days (i.e. not staged for cameras).
  3. Have you helped a local charity recently or supported another business in need? Write a blog post about community projects explaining why that’s important to not just them, but also your values. 

Not ready to hire? Attract the best freelancers instead! 

You might not be ready to employ someone permanently, which is perfectly okay. Maybe you’re here to be nosey about what we did in our own business!

Well, the good news is the same concept goes for if you’re looking to partner with expert freelancers to build your team… You still want to work with the best people to do your business justice (even if it’s on a short-term basis).

The content you put out there will show freelancers what your company is like to work with, so consider this if you reach out to them or put a call-out for an expert. What you say online in your content marketing will impact their decisions to work with you or not. 

Felicity of The Brand Language Lab regularly partners with agencies to deliver work, and she said a defining factor of working together is:

“Case studies that show work with wow factor and go in-depth about the strategy and steps to make it happen. It shows there’s method behind what they do and that they genuinely care about doing their best for the end client, too. It helps me judge if our values, beliefs, and approach to work align, which is a big deal for me…”

So if you want to partner with that coveted expert, make sure you’re communicating what’s important to you to attract the right people to you and not giving off any red flags. 

Get help producing consistent stand-out content for your business and fill your vacancy with awesome candidates

Are you feeling inspired to be a bit more creative in your approach to content marketing – considering it from the point of view of potential employees instead of just potential clients? 

There really aren’t any downsides to producing stand-out content! 

But planning, writing, and publishing content is time-consuming… And that’s without the added pressure of coming up with new ideas every month. Don’t worry – we love it and can take it off your to-do list.  

At Jammy Digital, we believe there’s nothing more satisfying than seeing our clients grow their businesses through awesome, stand-out content. That’s why we offer fully managed content marketing services, where the work you put in is minimal. Think of us as your partner to start growing your business on autopilot. 

What do we offer? Our two main regular services are SEO blog content and short-form video content packages. So, no matter your audience, you can share content in a way that feels right for you. 

The post How to attract the best talent to your company through content appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/attract-top-talent-content/feed/ 0
Boost SEO Rankings: How to Refresh Old Blog Posts in 5 Easy Steps https://jammydigital.com/refresh-old-blog-posts-seo/ https://jammydigital.com/refresh-old-blog-posts-seo/#respond Sat, 16 Sep 2023 07:03:26 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=12475 Imagine putting so much effort into creating dozens of blog posts and then… letting them gather dust on your website.  Okay, so maybe it’s not that hard to imagine: it’s what you’re already doing, right?! That’s ok: it’s a common mistake. But it means you’ve been missing out on juicy website traffic, new leads and […]

The post Boost SEO Rankings: How to Refresh Old Blog Posts in 5 Easy Steps appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Imagine putting so much effort into creating dozens of blog posts and then… letting them gather dust on your website. 

Okay, so maybe it’s not that hard to imagine: it’s what you’re already doing, right?!

That’s ok: it’s a common mistake. But it means you’ve been missing out on juicy website traffic, new leads and sales. 

The best thing is that updating old blog posts can be way easier and faster than creating a new one (depending on how good the blog post was in the first place). 

So, in this article, we’ll show you how you can breathe ‘dormant’ articles back to life and boost your SEO rankings! 

Why refresh old blog post content? 

At Jammy, we believe that stand-out content is what sets you apart from everyone else – and by that we mean creating “content that’s not already out there or includes a unique perspective.”

One thing we do for our clients is check out their older content, and refresh it if there’s a good chance it’ll increase in rankings. It’s the simplest way to get to page one of Google!

For example, this is what happened to the rankings of a blog post we re-wrote in June 23.

Refreshing Old Blog Posts

So yes, creating a blog post is obviously the most important part.

But if you never update it? You’ll miss out big time. Here’s why…

The benefits of refreshing your old blog posts

  1. Boost your SEO rankingsThat new section or some additional keywords could be all you needed to go from Google’s 2nd page to the 1st, or from the 3rd spot to the coveted top result
  2. Get more (and more relevant) traffic Makes sense when you rank higher and for the right keywords, doesn’t it?
  3. Link to more recent articles and boost their SEO too!We bet you have so many recent blog posts that expand on topics mentioned in older ones. But because you hadn’t written them yet, they’re not linked
  4. Provide better user experienceDid you link to websites that no longer exist? Or mention a service you don’t offer anymore? These might seem like small problems but can undermine your credibility and annoy your readers
  5. Stand out even moreNow that some time has passed, you probably have new original content that you can add to your older blog posts (like videos, case studies and data)
  6. Harness strong calls-to-actionImagine having a blog post that keeps bringing you traffic… but without telling your readers what to do next! Maybe, when you wrote those old articles, you didn’t have a newsletter (and now you do – so, you can encourage your readers to subscribe). Or perhaps you can direct them to a new service 
  7. Generate more leads and salesThat’s what all the previous points boil down to (hurray!)

Content Marketing Quiz

How to update old blog posts to boost your SEO rankingswithout getting overwhelmed 

“You’re telling me I need to read all my blog posts individually and update EVERYTHING?”

Not quite. We’re all about using our time effectively, so yes, in theory, you’d regularly review every article you’ve ever published and re-optimise/edit it. But if you’ve published hundreds or thousands of articles that’s not realistic (unless you have team to do this for you). 

So, remind yourself of what you aim to achieve with your SEO content strategy (growing your newsletter or selling a specific service?). Then, focus your blog optimisation efforts on that. 

Step one: Check your current content topics and performance 

As they say, “If it’s not broken, don’t fix it.” So, identify what exactly needs your attention first.

Get a good overview of your current content

Have you been keeping track of the blog posts you’ve published? If not, start ASAP (your future self will thank you).

Create a master document – like a spreadsheet – to log your blog posts, their topics and the keywords you’ve targeted in each of them.

Check what’s ranking (and what isn’t)

To boost your SEO rankings, you need to know what they are right now.

There are plenty of professional and paid tools to check your rankings, like SEMRush and Ahrefs. But you can start with a simpler and free option: Google Search Console.

The first thing you can do is check the search results section (under ‘Performance’). 

What keywords are you already ranking for? What blog posts could be better? And which ones never gained traction? 

You can also look at the difference between clicks and impressions. For example, if something gets loads of impressions but not many clicks, it means it is optimised well from an SEO point of view… but your title and meta description aren’t compelling your readers to click on it (so, fix that!)

Get Strategic 

On your original document, where you’ve listed all your blog posts, start writing action points against the blog posts you want to prioritise. 

We’re looking at targeting the ‘low hanging fruit,’ so this could be…

  • Identifying blog posts that are already ranking on pages 2, 3, 4, 5 etc. of Google that you can re-optimise to bump up your rankings 
  • Identifying blog posts that are ranking well and making sure the CTA’s and links to your services or products are all correct – you DON’T want to waste that traffic! 
  • Identifying blog posts that are ranking well and inserting internal links (where it makes sense) to newer blog posts to boost their rankings 

And Ignore the rest for now! As we said before, keep it realistic. If some blog posts aren’t relevant to your current goals, don’t waste your limited time on them. Instead, focus on evergreen content that feeds into your top-priority offers and objectives

Step two: Update your blog posts using the ‘Stand-Out Content’ principle

If you’re updating blog posts that are currently ranking on pages 2, 3, 4 etc. of Google, you can’t just reword what the other top-ranking articles are saying. 

You MUST bring something fresh to the table. 

A lot of people ask (genuinely, we’re not just making that up), whether they need to re-write old content, and that really does depend. If you’re looking at a 300-word that contains more fluff than candy floss, then yes, re-write. 

But if you’ve got a decent, in-depth article here, it could mean adding things like…  

  • Original research or unique content like interviews, case studies, surveys and your own data. For example, we often link to our entrepreneur mental health statistics
  • Harnessing your perspective and personality through storytelling, real-life and business examples or your take on that topic

So, if you haven’t already done so, take your blog posts from ‘generic’ to ‘stand-out’ when you update them.

You also want to consider:

  • Has any of the information changed? – If so, look for new stats and sources. Or maybe it’s your personal view that’s evolved? Be honest, and edit the article accordingly (for example, from a different angle)
  • Can you delve deeper into that topic? – Over 90% of blog posts get no traffic from Google. So, to do better, don’t just scratch the surface: go more in-depth!

Adding other types of content to improve SEO 

Your blog posts don’t need to be just about written content. In fact, it’s better not to do that! 

The right visual elements will complement your text and make your blog posts more varied (perfect to keep your readers engaged and stand out even more).

So, consider adding:

  • Photos
  • Custom graphics
  • Infographics
  • Videos

For example, if your blog post is a tutorial, it might benefit from a video on how to put it into practice.

Finally, make your visual elements accessible to everyone, including clients with disabilities:

  • Use descriptive names – Don’t upload your files as ‘image007.jpg’ but rather ‘infographic on social media stats’
  • Add captions to your videos

For more help on how to do this, check out our article on how to optimise a blog post

Step three: Review keywords, meta titles and links 

Time to boost your SEO rankings by tackling the more technical aspects of your blog posts (don’t panic! We’ve got you).

Keywords

  • Are you still using the BEST keyword for that article? Maybe it was when you picked it, but now it’s too competitive or no longer matches its new focus 

Once again, you can invest in paid and more accurate SEO tools, but if you’re a beginner, Google Keyword Planner (free) is a good place to start. The sweet spot? A long keyword that’s searched a lot, isn’t too competitive and perfectly describes your blog post (e.g. ‘how to build a WordPress website’ rather than just ‘WordPress website’). 

Things to think about are…

  • Are there similar and additional keywords that can reinforce your main one? (like ‘how to make a WordPress website’ and ‘WordPress website tutorial’)
  • Weave them all into your blog post – Don’t stress over specific percentages: keyword density is a really outdated practice. Just repeat them strategically (in your first 100 words, headings, last paragraphs, title, image alt text and the body of your blog post) but only whenever you can do so naturally
  • Optimise your title and meta description – They must stand out against all the other ones in the SERP (search engine results page). So, showcase your unique perspective or make your readers curious
  • Include external links – You might be worried about people clicking away from your website, but trust us: linking to external ones will benefit both your SEO and user experience (for example, you’ll build trust by backing up your data with sources). So, include a few links to relevant websites with a high domain authority – and Google will also start treating you like one of those cool kids!
    We use a (somewhat) controversial rule, and that’s to have external links open in a new window. Normally, that’s fine as there aren’t too many external links in an article so you won’t end up with loads of tabs!
  • Add internal links, too – Are there blog posts that expand on something you’ve mentioned? Services and products that would solve the problem you just covered? Internal links help Google understand your website better and they direct your human audience to the right next step. Bonus tip: instead of just saying ‘click here’, use keywords and descriptive words as your anchor text 

Content Marketing Quiz

Step four: republish and reshare the post 

Don’t repeat that initial mistake of posting and ghosting! When you repurpose and share your content, you can significantly boost your SEO rankings. 

Yep, you read that right! Even though sharing your content happens off your website, it still dramatically helps increase your rankings. This is because…

It helps drive traffic to your website

By promoting your blog posts on social media and email marketing, you can increase the number of visitors to your site. A higher traffic volume can be a positive indicator for search engines that your content is valuable – potentially improving your ranking.

It Builds Backlinks

Promotion leads to more visibility, more visibility can lead to more backlinks! 

Backlinks are a crucial factor that search engines consider when determining the authority and relevance of your website. The more high-quality backlinks you have, the better your chances of ranking higher in search results.

Engagement Metrics

Promotion can also lead to higher engagement on your blog posts, such as more comments, likes, and shares. Search engines can use these engagement metrics as signals that your content is valuable and trustworthy!

Increases Crawling

When you promote a new blog post and it gains attention quickly, search engines are likely to crawl and index that content faster. The quicker your content gets indexed, the sooner it can start ranking in search engine results.

So don’t forget, after updating your blog post, you should:

  • Share your blog post on your social media
  • Promote it in your newsletter
  • Log it in your (new?) spreadsheet overview
  • Make a note to promote it regularly
  • Repurpose it into other types of content – After all, you’ve just put a lot of work into updating it, and it’s all still fresh in your mind! So, identify relevant sub-topics and nuggets of information to turn into social media posts, newsletters, short-form videos and more

Step five: Track your SEO rankings

Finally, monitor your results. To do this realistically without getting overwhelmed, allow your blog posts around 3 months to gain traction again. Then, go back to Google Search Console (or your chosen tool):

  • Are your updated blog posts ranking higher now?
  • Are some of them doing better than others? If so, look at what you did differently and consider implementing it elsewhere, too 

For example, you might realise that your audience prefers blog posts with short videos: film more. Did your infographic earn you several backlinks? Add them to your other blog posts, too.

Then, keep checking your analytics regularly.

Ready to update your old SEO blog content?

The most important thing to keep in mind is that this is an ongoing process. 

Content marketing works when you’re consistent, but that doesn’t always have to mean creating something new. As you now know, updating old blog posts will also make a MASSIVE difference.

Too time-consuming? Can you already tell you’re gonna stop doing all that after a couple of months?

We can take your entire content creation and optimisation off your hands. Let us craft, manage and update your SEO optimised Content – and use your limited time and energy for your zone of genius instead.  

We regularly re-write content for our clients, with brilliant results! 

The post Boost SEO Rankings: How to Refresh Old Blog Posts in 5 Easy Steps appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/refresh-old-blog-posts-seo/feed/ 0
From Yoda to Mary Poppins: How coaches can find their ‘guide’ personality https://jammydigital.com/personal-branding-coaches/ https://jammydigital.com/personal-branding-coaches/#respond Sat, 09 Sep 2023 16:10:29 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=12713 Imagine, right now, if you could pick a fictional person to be your business coach. Someone who you’d think, ‘It would be so cool to work with them!’  For me, without question, it would be Ted Lasso – someone to remind me of what’s really important in life and also make me laugh.   Of course, […]

The post From Yoda to Mary Poppins: How coaches can find their ‘guide’ personality appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Imagine, right now, if you could pick a fictional person to be your business coach. Someone who you’d think, ‘It would be so cool to work with them!’ 

For me, without question, it would be Ted Lasso – someone to remind me of what’s really important in life and also make me laugh.  

Of course, the person you would choose might not be Ted (get out).

I’m joking of course, because we respond differently to different personalities, styles and approaches. You might need someone to give you a good kick up the arse or a more gentle approach. Or something in between. 

We need to consider this when we think of our personality, especially if you’re someone like a coach or consultant. 

Of course, you have your personality and approach to coaching, but how does that come across in your content? On your website? On social media? 

Does your audience have a real sense of who you are, and can they automatically qualify (or disqualify) themselves from your service based on your personality? 

What is the role of the guide in your business? 

From Yoda to Mary Poppins: How coaches can find their ‘guide’ personality

As a coach and the leader within your business, you have one main job – to be the guide for your customers. 

If you’ve ever read Storybrand by Donald Miller, you will know that you are not the hero of the story. Your customer is the hero. But you have an equally important role. You are the hero’s guide, helping them solve their problem and achieve their goal. 

Many books and movies have guides that help the protagonist on their journey. They don’t tell the protagonist the direct answers as such – could you imagine Dumbledore saying to Harry, ‘Oh yes, Voldemort has hidden parts of his soul in inanimate objects.’ It would be a pretty short movie! – but they do help the protagonist reach their goal. 

You can probably identify with the guides in movies (especially when the protagonist goes in the entirely wrong direction ) 

What is your ‘guide’ personality (or ‘personal brand’)?

Yep, you’ve understood that you’re the guide – here to help your mighty protagonist (or client) reach their ultimate goal. You should ensure your marketing is aimed at those potential protagonists – talking about how you can help them achieve their goals. 

All good, right? 

Apart from you’re missing one thing.

Guides aren’t bland, boring oracles (okay, some are oracles, but that’s not the point). They have their own personality, style, approach, and quirks. A good guide will draw their protagonist to them – often, they’ll beg the guide for help!  

That’s what you want, you want to be a magnet for potential clients who are eager to work with you and learn from you. 

And you don’t do that by being ‘blah’; you do that by having a personality. 

But, but, but…I deliver tons of value! 

That’s great! Unfortunately, value just doesn’t cut it anymore. There’s TONS of value out there. You can pretty much find out how to do anything you want to do using the internet. 

And I’m not saying your value isn’t er…valuable. I know it is. I know you have so much to offer, and your clients are so happy with your methods and what you help them achieve. 

But without a little something extra, it will be a lot tougher to stand out. Your personality and style are what will make people fall in love with you and want to work with you. The value you deliver is the thing that will help them justify investing in you. 

Both need to work together.  

So, what type of guide are you? 

I once took the plunge and invested in a coach I wasn’t sure about. She had experience in achieving what I had wanted to achieve. 

Only when I started working with her did I discover she was hilarious, empathetic, and kind. She came into her own on that first coaching call. 

But that should not have happened on the first coaching call; that should’ve happened way before then. If I had a sense of who she was before I invested, I’d have done it sooner (without hesitation). 

This got me thinking about the iconic guides we know and love from popular culture and how they each embody a unique coaching style. 

If you’re a coach, understanding your own guide personality will help you communicate your approach to potential clients. 

So, let’s dive into a few ‘guide’ archetypes to see which one resonates with you.

Yoda: The Wise Sage

Yoda

About Yoda:

Master Yoda, the iconic character from Star Wars, is all about drawing out the strength within, encouraging self-discovery, and providing sage advice. His teachings often present profound wisdom in a simplified yet impactful way, allowing his students to connect and discover their inner power. 

Famous Phrase:Do or do not. There is no try.

Examples of famous ‘Yoda’ Entrepreneurs:

  1. Oprah Winfrey: Like Yoda, Oprah is a beacon of wisdom and self-discovery. She has an innate ability to guide others on a journey of personal growth and transformation.
  2. Warren Buffet: Known as the “Oracle of Omaha,” Buffet’s prudent financial advice and insights have guided countless individuals and businesses in their financial journeys. His wisdom is highly sought after, much like Yoda’s!
  3. Mel Robbins: Mel’s emphasis on overcoming internal challenges and using the power within oneself aligns perfectly with Yoda’s approach to mentoring.

Haymitch: The Gritty Realist

Haymitch

About Haymitch:

Haymitch from the Hunger Games is Katniss Everdeen’s mentor. Haymitch teaches through tough love and brutal honesty. He might seem rough around the edges, but his primary focus is to prepare Katniss for the harsh reality of the games. 

Famous Phrase: Embrace the probability of your imminent death, and know, in your heart, that there’s nothing I can do to save you.’

Example of famous ‘Haymitch’ Entrepreneurs 

  1. Gary Vaynerchuk: His direct, no-nonsense approach is similar to Haymitch’s blunt truth-telling. GaryVee doesn’t sugarcoat his advice, ensuring his followers are fully aware of the harsh realities of entrepreneurship!
  2. Alex and Leila Hormozi: Founders of Gym Launch, a business known for helping struggling gym owners. The Hormozis’ pragmatic and honest approach to business coaching is what makes them successful and similar to Haymitch’s style.
  3. Cody Sanchez: An entrepreneur venture capitalist, Cody Sanchez is known for her bold and realistic guidance. Her approach to investment and entrepreneurship mirrors Haymitch’s realist perspective.

Mary Poppins: The Nurturing Motivator

Mary Poppins

About Mary Poppins: 

Mary Poppins, the magical, musical nanny, embodies warmth, kindness, and patience but also discipline, structure and rules. She motivates through nurturing, balancing gentleness with firmness. 

Famous Phrase: ‘In every job that must be done, there is an element of fun.’

Fun fact: you may think that Mary Poppins is the protagonist, but that’s actually George Banks!

Examples of famous Mary Poppins Entrepreneurs

  1. Deborah Meaden: As an investor on the TV show “Dragons’ Den,” Deborah Meaden is known for her straightforward yet constructive feedback. She shares her business acumen generously while also emphasising the importance of a good strategy, much like Mary!
  2. Arianna Huffington: As the co-founder of The Huffington Post, Arianna Huffington balances a nurturing approach with the discipline required for entrepreneurial success
  3. Brené Brown: As a research professor, author, and successful speaker, Brené Brown’s approach values vulnerability and courage, with a firmly realistic perspective, much like Mary Poppins!

Genie: The Enthusiastic Encourager

Genie

The Genie is always ready to offer guidance and support while making the process fun and engaging. Through jokes, laughter, and a radiant positive attitude, he uplifts spirits and keeps motivation high. 

Famous Phrase:Aw Al, I’m getting kinda fond of you, kid. Not that I want to pick out curtains or anything.’

Examples of ‘Genie’ Entrepreneurs:

  1. Richard Branson: As the founder of Virgin Group, Richard Branson is well known for his fun-loving, adventurous personality and pranks. Much like Genie, Branson injects excitement, fun and cheekiness into everything he does.
  2. Ryan Reynolds: The actor turned entrepreneur has a knack for using humor and wit in his marketing strategies, especially with his companies like Aviation Gin and Mint Mobile. His lighthearted and engaging approach is similar to Genie’s character.
  3. Elon Musk: From sending a car to space to naming his rockets with references from sci-fi novels, Musk’s approach to entrepreneurship is filled with elements of humor and enthusiasm, making him another good fit for the ‘Genie’ archetype (whatever you may think of him!) 

Ted Lasso: The Humble Inspirer 

Ted Lasso

Okay, okay, Ted Lasso is not a ‘guide’; he’s the main character, BUT he is a coach, and this is where I think I’m on more solid ground. It has nothing to do with me being in love with him. 

If you haven’t seen it, Ted Lasso, is a football coach whose infectious optimism, empathy, and down-to-earth personality make him an incredibly effective and lovable leader. Ted remains unflinchingly positive, showing us that kindness, humility, and understanding can be powerful tools in leadership.

Famous phrase: ‘I do love a locker room. It smells like potential.’

Examples of ‘Ted Lasso’ Entrepreneurs:

  1. Ann Handley: Ann Handley and Ted Lasso are two peas in a pod.  Ann encourages businesses to communicate in a way that resonates with people on a personal level. She’s funny, poignant and a great storyteller, just like Ted.
  2. Pat Flynn: Pat Flynn, the founder of Smart Passive Income, is known for his humility and eagerness to help others succeed in their online businesses, regularly sharing his own experiences, both the triumphs and the failures, to inspire and guide his audience.
  3. Simon Sinek: Simon Sinek’s concept of “Start with Why” encourages leaders to focus on their purpose, (or their ‘why’) similar to how Ted Lasso places value on personal growth and motivation rather than just winning games. Sinek’s approach is empathetic, inspiring, and all about understanding others.

Which ‘guide’ resonates with you? 

So, what type of guide are you? Remember, the goal isn’t to mimic these characters or personalities but to draw inspiration from them. They have to be authentic. There’s no point trying to act like GaryVee, when really you’re a right softy like Ted Lasso! 

So embrace your inner Yoda, Haymitch, Mary Poppins, Genie, or Ted and let it shine through in your content. 

If you do this right, you will attract clients who resonate with your style and personality.

 

The post From Yoda to Mary Poppins: How coaches can find their ‘guide’ personality appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/personal-branding-coaches/feed/ 0
6 Writing lessons from fiction authors that make you a better content marketer https://jammydigital.com/writing-lessons-content/ https://jammydigital.com/writing-lessons-content/#respond Mon, 04 Sep 2023 05:37:13 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=12479 Do you know who said the sentence, ‘The most powerful person in the world is the storyteller’?  Nope, it’s not a quote from a famous author or scriptwriter; it’s a quote from Steve Jobs.  Steve Jobs understood that stories are a shortcut to building the know, like and trust factor. They get your audience to […]

The post 6 Writing lessons from fiction authors that make you a better content marketer appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Do you know who said the sentence, ‘The most powerful person in the world is the storyteller’? 

Nope, it’s not a quote from a famous author or scriptwriter; it’s a quote from Steve Jobs. 

Steve Jobs understood that stories are a shortcut to building the know, like and trust factor. They get your audience to instantly connect with you, remember you and (if you do it right) buy from you. 

But how exactly can you use story in your business? Well, here are six lessons from six famous authors that all business owners can learn from about storytelling. 

Let’s get stuck in…

1. “Don’t tell me the moon is shining; show me the glint of light on broken glass.Anton Chekhov

This quote from Chekhov is probably more well known as: ‘Show, Don’t Tell’. 

It’s very easy for businesses to claim they are certain things. 

But let’s, for a second, imagine two companies:

  • Company A tells you they pay their staff well.
  • Company B publishes how much they pay their staff, just like Buffer, for example

Which one do you believe more? The company that tells you who they are or the company that shows you who they are? It’s the latter, right? 

But why must businesses show (or prove) who they are? 

You might think, why do I have to prove who I am? 

Have you ever heard of the phrase ‘belief-driven buying’? This is when consumers buy a product because the brand aligns with their values and beliefs. 

According to a study by the Edelman Trust in 2019, 64% of people classed themselves as ‘belief-driven buyers’, an increase from 51% in 2017. 

The problem is brands have never had to prove that they care about something until recently; they could just tell us they cared. 

But brand trust is on the decline. People don’t believe brands when they tell us something because now we can find the proof and find out when they’re lying. 

All you have to do is take a look at the news every once in a while, and you can see the stories of brand hypocrisy; for example, stories of ‘greenwashing’, where brands claim that they care about the environment but actually do things that harm the planet.

Examples of businesses that show us who they are: Everlane


6 Writing lessons from fiction authors that make you a better content marketer


Everlane is a clothing retailer that doesn’t just tell you they care about the planet, paying fair wages or being honest with their customers; they show it in everything they do. 

They show you the factories where their clothing is made, and on every product page they include ‘transparent pricing’ – breaking down exactly how much each item costs to make and deliver. 

2. “The most important thing for aspiring writers is for them to give themselves permission to be brave on the page, to write in the presence of fear, to go to those places that you think you can’t write – really that’s exactly what you need to write.” — Cheryl Strayed

Without a doubt, the more nervous we are to hit that publish button, the more successful our content is. 

Graph showing correlation between content success and nervousness

Of course, bravery in fiction writing and business writing is different, but the principle is still the same – bravery can be more impactful than writing ‘well’. 

Martin (co-owner of Jammy Digital) freely admits that he isn’t the best writer. English was his least favourite subject in school, and he never would’ve predicted that writing content would build him a successful business! 

What made Martin successful at content marketing and able to generate leads and sales for was not good writing. It was brave writing.  

Writing articles like how much we charge for a website or the problems with WordPress (our chosen platform) made him nervous, but people appreciated that honesty. 

Do you really have to be brave? 

Creating content that your competitors don’t dare to touch is one of the few ‘shortcuts’ to building huge amounts of trust with your audience. 

Sharing your opinions, stories and experiences–especially when they go against the grain–is one of the best ways you can build trust and a loyal following of fans. 

Sometimes, you will need to put your head above the parapet 

Example of businesses that show they’re brave!


Bartlett & Partners Estate Agency


A good example of bravery in content is from South London based estate agents, Bartlett and Partners, with this article: Why we are more ‘expensive’ than other estate agents in Richmond, Twickenham & Teddington. 

In this article, they explain that, yes, their estate agency fees are higher than other estate agency fees, and they go on to explain why that is. 

It takes a brave business to admit that they are more expensive openly! But what they’ve also done is explain how they’re different and how using their services will help sell your property much faster without dropping the price. 

3. “Never use a long word where a short one will do.” —  George Orwell

More broadly, we interpret this to mean take out the waffle. Stop trying to make yourself look clever by using grandiloquence (see what we did there?)

Now, this is not to say that you shouldn’t use big words IF your audience understands them. A doctor presenting to other doctors would quite rightly use scientific terminology for body parts or diseases. And would probably gain a few funny looks if they didn’t! 

So we’re not saying avoid all technical terms or longer words, but make sure that the words you use are ones that your audience fully understands.

Plus, it never hurts to explain things, even if your audience is well-versed in what you are talking about. The less someone has to think about your words, the easier it is for you to communicate your point. 

That’s why visuals like metaphors, similies, anecdotes, and stories work incredibly well. It cuts through the time it takes for your audience to gain understanding. 

Content Marketing Quiz

Example of businesses using simple language to connect with their audience

We’re going to the OG of storytelling for business, Steve Jobs and the launch of the iPhone. This example is used by copywriters everywhere, and with good reason. 

While every other MP3 Player manufacturer in the world advertised their products by listing a complex list of features (that made no sense to anyone but them), Apple led with this…


Apple advertisement for the ipod with words '1000 songs in your pocket'


The phrase ‘1000 songs in my pocket’ cuts through the noise. The audience (even a super technical one) doesn’t have to figure out how much space X amount of GigaBytes actually is. 

The phrase ‘1000 songs in your pocket’ tells you two amazing benefits you gain from an iPod – 1000 songs (plenty of choice without limits) and it fits in your pocket (for any oldies like us reading, fitting a walkman in your pocket was impossible in those days!) 

Even the techiest of people can appreciate this simplicity in language and cutting through the jargon to get to the product’s real benefits. 

4. “Every sentence must do one of two things — reveal character or advance the action.” — Kurt Vonnegut

Have you ever read a blog post and thought… ‘how long is this going to take to get to the damn point!’

We love this quote from Kurt because it rings true for brands, too; writing should either…

  1. Reveal character – or, in a business sense, showcase your tone of voice and brand personality. 
  2. Advance action – or, in a business sense, deliver value that helps your audience or gets them to take that next step with you. 

Everything else is quite simply fluff. 

This means cutting out the crap. For example, let’s say you have a blog post about website design tips and open it with the line ‘Having a website is important because…’ The audience already knows this (that’s why they’re looking for tips on improving their website!)

If it doesn’t add value and it does add personality, put it in the bin! 

Do you really have to add personality as well as deliver value?

We always say this to our content writing clients – value no longer cuts it! Of course, you want to make your content valuable, BUT there is TONS of value out there. 

If you want to learn about anything, you can pretty much guarantee that the internet has the answer. What makes you different is how you package your value. Use unique angles, stories, anecdotes, etc., because this will make you memorable. 

Think of it this way: We could’ve titled this blog post ‘7 writing tips for businesses’, but that’s been done to death! This is a unique take that’s ours alone.

Example of a business that delivers value and personality 


Showing copy from Atomic blog that is both valuable and enteratining


Andrew and Pete deliver TONS of value in their content, freely giving away their secrets to business success. But their content also packs a punch with personality too. Reading their content gives you a real sense of who they are. 

Take this excerpt (above) from a blog post about how to handle sales objections, where they say everyone (and their nan) has had a bad experience with someone in SEO! 

They often use humour, funny phrases, stories and GIFs to make their content stand out. 

5. “The very act of asking a question makes people want to stick around and find out the answer. The power of asking a question is enormous.” – Lee Child 

What’s the one thing that is 100% guaranteed to make someone stop scrolling? 

It’s that. ⬆️

Ask a question that people want an answer to. 

If you’ve ever read a Jack Reacher book (by Lee Child), then you’ll know the agony of wanting to know the answer to the question posed at the start of the book – usually, who is responsible for the grisly murder that’s just happened. 

Well, it’s no different for us business owners. If we want someone to pay attention to our content, ask a question your audience is dying to know the answer to. 

If you can make it a question that relates directly to the pain they are experiencing, you are guaranteed to get their attention. 

Do you have to answer the question? 

Yup. If you ask a question, make sure you answer it. Deliver on your promise and satisfy your audience with your answer. 

Imagine reading a whodunnit, and you never actually get to find out…well, who did it! That’s what it’s like when you pose a question and fail to answer it. Or answer it in some vague, fluffy way that invites more questions and confusion. 

Examples of business owners who ask great questions


Daniel Priestley quote LinkedIn about asking questions


Daniel Priestly, author of Key Person of Influence, often poses questions on his social media platforms that his audience is eager to know the answers to. 

It’s a simple technique, but it works well because…

    1. Daniel answers the question in depth, and people have become accustomed to his answers. They know he’ll answer the question and give them something new and exciting to think about or implement in their business. 
    2. He asks questions other people aren’t answering – he comes up with questions his audience are interested in but hasn’t been covered before. This is what makes it so exciting.

6. “You can’t use up creativity. The more you use, the more you have.”– Maya Angelou

This is one of our favourite lessons because the more you create, the more creative you become. We love it because it’s true. This is why, over time, we’ve gone from tutorial-type content to using: 

  • Stories 
  • Anecdotes 
  • Humour 
  • Personality 
  • Similies/metaphors 
  • Unique examples 

The more you create, the more addictive it is! 

Example of a business owner who never stops being creative…


Ann Handley Newsletter example


Without a doubt, it’s our favourite business writer, Ann Handley. We don’t get excited about email newsletters, but Ann’s is perfect. 

Every two weeks, she sends out a masterpiece in an email – always funny, often poignant and leaves you learning something new every time. 

Ann is so brilliant at storytelling that you forget she’s telling a story; you just become immersed in what she has to say! 

The newsletter is called Total Annarchy (she’s also good with puns!) 

Remember these six rules…

So remember, just follow these six writing rules inspired by the famous authors above!

  • Show, don’t tell
  • Be brave
  • Cut unnecessary words and jargon
  • Show your personality
  • Ask good questions
  • Keep writing!

If you’d like to test how good your content is – where you’re shining bright and where you could improve, then don’t forget to take our scorecard and get your score!

Content Marketing Quiz

The post 6 Writing lessons from fiction authors that make you a better content marketer appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/writing-lessons-content/feed/ 0
Myth: SEO and blogging are a long-term strategy https://jammydigital.com/myth-seo-long-term-strategy/ https://jammydigital.com/myth-seo-long-term-strategy/#respond Mon, 21 Aug 2023 09:48:28 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=11946 We bet you’ve heard this before: “SEO is a long-term game” – or in other words, you shouldn’t expect any results for MONTHS. Well, at Jammy Digital, we beg to differ.  It’s true that 95% of blog posts don’t reach Google’s first page in the first year. But that’s typically because of factors that are […]

The post Myth: SEO and blogging are a long-term strategy appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
We bet you’ve heard this before: “SEO is a long-term game” – or in other words, you shouldn’t expect any results for MONTHS.

Well, at Jammy Digital, we beg to differ. 

It’s true that 95% of blog posts don’t reach Google’s first page in the first year. But that’s typically because of factors that are INSIDE your control. 

Yes, you can’t control Google, but you can make it as easy as possible for them to understand what your content is all about.  You can prove to them that your content is the BEST content on the topic and worthy of showing to their users. 

All of that stuff IS inside your control. You just have to know how, right? Well, that’s precisely what we will help you with in this blog post! 

An example? We ranked on the first page of Google in just two days

Don’t get us wrong: NOBODY can guarantee a first-page ranking in just days. But it is possible.

For instance, a client approached our content marketing agency because they wanted to rank for a super competitive keyword – you know, the kind that gets searched thousands of times every month.

When we reviewed the websites already ranking for their chosen keywords, we could see they were extremely popular and with high domain authority. Eek! So we prepared our client for it to take potentially months to get there. 

But it didn’t. It literally took us two days to reach Google’s first page for our client.

Plus, they then shared that content with their small email list AND got a sale!

How? By creating stand-out content and avoiding the mistakes we’re about to show you…

Things you need to know about SEO blogging  

Before you get started, you MUST understand what works and what doesn’t work for SEO. And if you’re still relying on old advice and ‘best practices’, it’s probably not what you think. 

Seriously: what used to be a ticket to Google’s first page ten years ago (like churning out a generic article and repeating the same keyword more often than Draco Malfoy says “Potter!”) doesn’t work anymore.

SEO Quiz Link

What are your chances of ranking on Google: the factors you must consider…

For your content marketing to work fast, you can’t just write an SEO blog post and hope for the best (we wish!). There are a few things you first need to consider and, potentially, put in place.

Going through the list below will indicate how difficult or easy it will be for you to rank on Google for your chosen search terms…

1. Competitiveness 

When it comes to content, you may have ‘different’ competitors, and there may be more of them!

Competition in content doesn’t just mean the companies that offer similar products and services to you. It’s anyone that talks about the same topics as you. 

Here are some things to look out for when figuring out how competitive your keywords are…

    • How competitive is your industry? Some sectors are a lot more active than others when it comes to SEO content (think of marketing versus construction, for example). So, you might have more or less competition 
    • How competitive is your chosen keyword? Some keywords are only searched a few hundred times per month. Some others? Hundreds of thousands. The latter are obviously more difficult to rank for.
    • Who currently ranks for your chosen keywords? Put it this way, if we want to rank for something and HubSpot or Forbes are currently at the top spot, we know it will be more tricky. But if there are websites at ‘our level’, we know it’s easily doable.

2 Existing content: how well are you ranking already?

What blog posts of yours are already ranking on the coveted first page of Google? Analyse them! They may already rank for the keywords you want to go after!

It’s (usually) far easier to re-write an old piece of content and get that to rank higher than ranking a brand-new piece of content. Consider rewriting and re-optimising old posts ranking on pages 2, 3, 4 etc of Google! 

3. Backlinks

Backlinks can make a big difference in SEO. When an external website links to yours, it sends Google the signal that you’re posting interesting and trustworthy content. So, it’s likely that the blog posts ranking for your chosen keywords already have a few backlinks.

The best way to attract good backlinks naturally is by creating stand-out content – people will WANT to link to it if it’s different from everything else! For example, if it includes original research that can be used as a source, such as our research on entrepreneur mental health

It’s not just individual blog posts you should gain backlinks for; it’s your entire website (including the homepage). Think of good quality backlinks to your website as the ‘tide that lifts all boats’ – the more you get, the higher your domain authority, and the more likely your blog posts will rank individually. 

Remember, don’t fall for dodgy black-hat tactics, like buying thousands of low-quality backlinks! Play the SEO content marketing game fairly, and it will pay off. 

4. Technical SEO

When creating new content, it’s natural to focus on on-page SEO, like using your chosen keyword strategically. 

If you haven’t first sorted out some core problems on your website, though? It’ll be extremely hard for your article to rank – no matter how ground-breaking it is! 

Some issues to fix ASAP are:

  • Low website loading speed – If your blog post takes longer than 3 seconds to open, you’ll lose over half of your potential readers
  • No mobile optimisation – 51.52% of all internet traffic comes from phones. Not to be dramatic, but if your website doesn’t work well on a small screen? You’re doomed
  • No sitemap – That’s a fancy term for “making it more difficult for search engines to crawl your website”
  • No SSL certificate – Do your URLs start with ‘https’ or ‘http’? Hopefully, the former – because Google doesn’t really trust the latter
  • Lots of broken links – These make it harder for Google to crawl and understand your website (and they’re annoying for your human readers)
  • Indexing problems – If your pages don’t get indexed, it means Google doesn’t know they exist. So,your audience won’t be able to find them when they look for your chosen keyword. Try googling “site:yourwebsitename.com”: you should see all your website pages and blog posts. If you only get a handful of results, this should be your TOP priority

Now, before showing you how to create SEO content that works and ranks fast (exciting!), let’s make sure you’re clear on what you should always avoid. 

How not to do SEO content

  • Writing ‘thin’ articles that only scratch the surface instead of delving deeper into your chosen topic
  • Not linking to any resources or research to back up your claims, expecting both people and Google to “just trust you”
  • Churning out lazy content that doesn’t bring anything new and interesting to the table: it just regurgitates what the other top-ranking articles are already saying
  • Posting and ghosting without helping your SEO content gain traction 

How to produce stand-out content to boost SEO rankings

SEO Quiz Link

Think about it: if you want to become the ‘go-to’ company in your industry and see some content marketing results fast, it only makes sense to create stand-out content.

And by that, we mean blog posts different from EVERYTHING already on Google’s first page.

“But how can I do that in practice?” Like this!

1. Have something unique to say

You can’t expect Google and your audience to see you as a thought leader if you’re saying what everyone else is saying. So, while you don’t need to reinvent the wheel, you should:

Go the extra mile – don’t regurgitate what’s already out there. Deliver so much value to your reader. Do things like including examples, templates or your unique methodology. 

  • Draw from your own experience – Everyone can write a blog post on the same topic, but nobody is you (cliche but true). Use your background and personality to your advantage: tell stories, share examples and include relevant anecdotes to get your point across. 
  • Use original research and content – Did you run a survey? Turn those results into a report and reference it in your blog posts. Have you got a case study that proves what you’re saying? Link to it. Using original content will make you stand out and attract more backlinks (a win-win!)
  • Go niche – Just because plenty of people have already covered it, it doesn’t mean you can’t do so from a fresh angle. For example, you could write an article all about website design best practices, or you could write an article on website design best practices for accountants. Sure, the latter will have fewer searches, but you can guarantee that those people will be your exact audience. 
  • Don’t be afraid to stand up for what you truly believe in – Take this blog post, for example. Everyone is always going on about how SEO and blogging is a long-term strategy, but we believe it can also bring faster results. Not only that: we’ve proven it by actually doing that for our own clients. So, we wrote this blog post about it, and… look at that: you’re still reading it! Now, we’re not saying you should be controversial just for the sake of it. But if you have a genuine opinion that goes against the grain (and can back it up), go for it.

2. Go in-depth

We don’t believe in making blog posts longer just to hit a specific word count. The right length is… however many words you need to cover that topic in-depth (without waffling).

Statistically, though? Shorter ones – like 600 words – only scratch the surface. Many studies have shown that longer posts (2000 words+) rank higher than shorter ones. 

Remember that blog post that reached Google’s first page in two weeks for your client? We did that by analysing the top-ranking articles (all 500-1500 words) and creating stand-out content that went more in-depth. This turned out to be over 2000 words.

3. Make it easy to read

No matter how good your blog post is, nobody will read it if it’s just a massive block of wordy text (sorry!). This is why the way your blog post is designed so important. 

So, make it skimmable and user-friendly by using:

  • Headings
  • Short paragraphs
  • Bullet points
  • Bold text
  • White space

4. Get smart with your keywords

Don’t put all your SEO eggs in one basket:

  • Plan your blog post about a main keyword – This should be a long-tail phrase (at least three words) that describes your chosen topic clearly, like “how to bake a chocolate cake.”
  • Target multiple ones, too – Include variations, keywords that complement your main one and some that clarify your angle and industry. For example, since your main keyword is “how to make a chocolate cake”, you should also add “chocolate cake recipe,” “how to make a chocolate cake from scratch”, and “how to bake a chocolate cake step by step”

5. Help your SEO content gain traction

To try and reach Google’s first page (and faster than we get to our coffee machine on Monday mornings), give your blog post a boost by:

  • Sharing it on your social media
  • Including it in your newsletter with a strong call to action
  • Repurposing it into social media content – and linking to the blog post
  • Sending it to the businesses and people you mentioned in your article, or tagging them when you share it on socials (some of them will repost it)

Yes, it’s a long-term strategy, but you can get short-term results!

Now you know why “blogging and SEO is just a long-term game” doesn’t sit well with us – yes, it works best when you commit to it long term (as results compound over time), BUT that does not mean you can’t get short-term results too. 

Our clients have seen fast rankings, tons of leads and direct sales when publishing content. 

Would you like to enjoy those results without doing any of the hard work?

Get in touch! As long as you’re happy to share your unique perspective during a kick-off call, we can create the right stand-out content for your business – and help it rank fast.

The post Myth: SEO and blogging are a long-term strategy appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/myth-seo-long-term-strategy/feed/ 0
How to Add Short-Form Video to Your Content Marketing Strategy https://jammydigital.com/short-form-video-content/ https://jammydigital.com/short-form-video-content/#respond Fri, 21 Jul 2023 07:31:05 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=11926 Sleeping on short-form video in 2023? It’d be as counterproductive as marketing your business on MySpace (although we do miss it). Nowadays, to grab your audience’s attention and stand out online, you must step up your content marketing game – and short-form video is key. But we bet you’re already thinking: “I just haven’t got […]

The post How to Add Short-Form Video to Your Content Marketing Strategy appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Sleeping on short-form video in 2023? It’d be as counterproductive as marketing your business on MySpace (although we do miss it).

Nowadays, to grab your audience’s attention and stand out online, you must step up your content marketing game – and short-form video is key.

But we bet you’re already thinking: “I just haven’t got the time.”

So, after sharing all the ingredients for a successful video marketing strategy, we’ll also show you how you can embrace it without working harder.

Why is short-form video marketing essential in 2023?

Did you know that 84% of consumers are “sold” thanks to the videos posted by brands?

You see, social media has changed, and so have your audience’s priorities and… their brains, too. For real! 

  • People are looking to connect with personal brands and stories (NOT soulless corporations and generic facts)
  • Our attention span is getting lower: it’s gone down by a whopping 25% in 15 years and is now only 8.25 seconds

When you combine the two, it only makes sense that short-form video has been rising in popularity – and will keep on doing that.  

Some social media platforms have played an active role in this, and some others had to adapt (and quickly!) to keep up. Now, most of the biggest ones prioritise short-form videos:

  • TikTok – The undisputed star of this format! This fast-growing platform has over 1 billion active users. Although it does let you upload videos up to 10 minutes long, they can be between 15 seconds and 3 minutes when recorded through the app – which is what performs best
  • Instagram Reels – With 1.35 billion active users, Instagram keeps growing – but gone are the days of it being a photo platform to post your breakfast! Reels (which is what Instagram calls its short videos, up to 90 seconds long) are now what gets you the highest reach and engagement. And you can automatically share them on Facebook, too
  • YouTube Shorts 1.5 billion active users and counting. YouTube is still full of longer-form videos too, of course, but it’s now pushing a vertical TikTok-style format lasting up to 60 seconds. 

For example, this is how YouTube shorts are compared against other videos for our client!

YouTube Shorts results compared with other types of video content

And guess what? Short-form video is also gaining popularity on social media that haven’t found their own term for it (yet). So, it makes it easier for you to stand out on platforms like LinkedIn, too.

For example, our lovely client here saw massive results from sharing his short-form videos on LinkedIn – even though it’s not a ‘dedicated’ video platform!

LinkedIn results from sharing a short-form video

Let’s get real. Even if your initial gut reaction was “Ugh, now I have to do short-form videos?!”,  we bet we’re on the same page now: it’d be crazy not to, don’t you think? 

(Plus, as we teased, it doesn’t have to be as difficult and time-consuming as you fear.)

What makes an effective video marketing strategy?

Yes, short-form video is ridiculously popular, and some platforms are actively pushing it. But that doesn’t mean you can just hit record, start waffling and post it. 

If you want to see an actual ROI and results, you need a strategy first – and with our Video VIP package, we’re here to help along every step of the way.

Here’s the difference between recording-and-hoping-for-the-best and developing an effective short-video marketing strategy.

1. Knowing your audience 

You’re not here to create videos for yourself or ‘everyone’. To cut through the noise, you must make them for your specific target clients. 

  • What are they interested in when it comes to your industry?
  • What questions are they asking? 
  • What do they need to know to work with you?
  • What’s stopping them from taking action right now?
  • Where do they actually hang out? (For example, no point wasting your energy on growing a TikTok channel if most of your target clients use Instagram and LinkedIn)

2. Setting goals for your short-form video content 

Not clear on your actual aims? Then you won’t be able to measure the success of your short-from video strategy – or know when it’s time to open that bottle of champagne to celebrate it.

So, define what exactly you’re trying to achieve (psst: this will also influence the types of videos you’ll create).

For example, your goal could be increasing your brand awareness – like reaching 10k Instagram followers whilst keeping a 4% engagement rate – or getting 30% more sales every month.

3. Topic-planning and script-writing

Try and picture yourself pressing ‘record’ and improvising your videos. Eek, I can hear your heartbeat increase from here! And that’s why I’d never recommend doing that.

  • Start from your existing contentRepurpose the core topics you’ve already covered in your text-based social media posts and blogs (easier, isn’t it?)
  • Break those topics down into smaller chunks – It’s called short-form video for a reason! If you try and say too much or jump from one idea to the next in 60 seconds, you’ll confuse your audience
  • Place storytelling and your personality at the core of your scripts – Not only are our brains wired to connect with them: stories are what sets you apart from everyone else. After all, your competitors could easily spit out the same facts (which is why “giving value” is no longer enough). But what can’t they do? Share your anecdotes, funny episodes, poignant moments and perspective on a topic. As cheesy as it might sound, there’s only one you. So, use this to your advantage in your short-form videos
  • Focus on the hook – Forget about the 5-second rules: your audience will only take 3 to decide whether or not to keep watching (fussy, we know). That’s why you need a powerful intro to stop their scrolling 

4. Keyword research and captions 

You’ll be investing time – and probably money – in your short-form videos: it only makes sense to reach as many people as possible and get the very most out of them.

Why you need keywords

Social media algorithms will show your videos to a portion of your existing followers. But when you also add keywords and hashtags?

  • You’ll reach people who are actively looking for those topics – For example, one of Martin’s very first TikToks reached over 800 people… even when he only had 50 followers!
  • The algorithm will recommend your videos to users who’ve already engaged with that type of content

The importance of captions

Your videos will stop your dream clients’ scrolling and make them fall in love with your brand. Your captions? They’ll spark a conversation!

  • Once again, focus on the hook – Most platforms only show the first lines of your caption. So, get your audience to click “see more” by making them intrigued and curious
  • Write compelling captions, and speak directly to your target clients
  • Incorporate your keywords and hashtags
  • Always include a call to action – Depending on your videos and goals, it could range from answering a question to booking a call with you (and anything in between). You just don’t want people to watch it and keep scrolling

5. Recording and editing your short-form video content 

Time for the fun part (yes, we know you want to replace that with ‘scary’, but hear me out).

Filming short-form videos using the right foundations and equipment

Recording your videos is actually A BREEZE once that initial planning is out of the way. Instead of improvising them and running the risk of losing your train of thought (and waffling), you’ll have a clear script. Easy peasy.

As for your equipment… Well, technically, you only need your phone to get started. But you’re not just here to “make videos”. You want to create the kind of short-form videos that’ll position you as an expert, don’t you?

The good thing is that, when you book our Video VIP package, we’ll send you a recording kit with a microphone, ring light and props (all super profesh).

Editing your short-form video content to make it engaging 

Unless you’re trying to recreate that The Shining scene of Danny riding around the hotel, DON’T upload a long single shot. 

  • Edit your video and make it easier to digest through cuts and transitions. Don’t be afraid to try new things (oh, and don’t be boring)
  • Reduce silence and, if relevant, some background music, too
  • Add captions to make your short-form videos accessible to everyone (plus, 3 out of 4 people watch them on mute. So, without captions, you’d be missing out BIG TIME!)
  • Make use of things like sounds, emojis, and zoom in and out – these are things that will keep your audience highly engaged 

6. Staying consistent

Short-form videos will be part of your content marketing strategy, and content marketing only works when you create excellent pieces consistently.

So, don’t put one video out and, if it doesn’t bring you a lead within minutes, complain that “video doesn’t work”. 

To put things into perspective, short-form video has the highest ROI of any social media marketing strategy. For it to work, though, you must stay consistent (and that’s why batch-creating your videos is the best hack).

Add short-form video to your content marketing strategy – without working harder

Let’s face it: creating short-form videos in 2023 is a no-brainer. And you can get a headstart by repurposing your best stand-out content (like thought-leadership blog posts) into dozens of TikTok videos, Instagram Reels, YouTube Shorts and more.

But we get it:

  • You haven’t got that much premium content to begin with
  • You haven’t got the time to follow all those steps regularly 
  • Looking for the right content marketing strategist for your video ideas AND an SEO expert for keyword research AND a copywriter for scripts and captions AND a video editor? AND managing all of them? That sounds even more overwhelming and time-consuming than doing it yourself (let alone ‘expensive’)

Well, that’s exactly why we created our all-in one Video VIP package: so that you can finally make the most of short-form video content without wasting ridiculous amounts of time and money.

It takes an average of 68 hours to plan, create and edit 25 short-form videos. We’ll save you 65 of those.

Our team will take care of all the content strategy, scripting and editing. All you have to do? 

  • Complete our story capture questionnaire and have an in-depth call with us
  • Record the actual videos (‘being you’ is the only thing we can’t do), which you’ll get to do in only 3 hours thanks to our help

And if you want to see some pretty cool results, here’s a screenshot from a client of ours once we started publishing their short form video – pretty cool, right? 😉

YouTube Shorts Results from Content Agency

Deal? Then let’s get started with your video content marketing strategy!

The post How to Add Short-Form Video to Your Content Marketing Strategy appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/short-form-video-content/feed/ 0
How To Create Content for Every Stage Of The Buyer’s Journey (With Examples) https://jammydigital.com/content-awareness-journey/ https://jammydigital.com/content-awareness-journey/#comments Mon, 08 May 2023 14:06:28 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=10206 Did you know that before you buy anything, you take part in an exciting adventure affectionately known as the buyer’s journey? Okay, it’s not quite a Lord of the Rings adventure, but still, it’s one you and your customers embark on almost every time you purchase something. And when you read this article, you’ll start […]

The post How To Create Content for Every Stage Of The Buyer’s Journey (With Examples) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Did you know that before you buy anything, you take part in an exciting adventure affectionately known as the buyer’s journey?

Okay, it’s not quite a Lord of the Rings adventure, but still, it’s one you and your customers embark on almost every time you purchase something.

And when you read this article, you’ll start to recognise your buying behaviours. 

But more importantly, you’ll know EXACTLY how to use this process to reach your customers at every stage of their buyer’s journey. 

You’re the guide; your customer is the hero

If you’ve ever read Storybrand by Donald Miller, you’ll recognise this metaphor well. 

Your client is Luke Skywalker, and you are Yoda.

You’re the guide, and your content should aid your mighty protagonist (i.e. your customer) in navigating their journey, avoiding stupid mistakes, slaying the bad guys and reaching their goal, i.e. making a buying decision. 

Ready to learn how to do this? 

What is the buyer’s journey? 

The buyer’s journey is the process someone goes through before buying a product or service.

Let’s have a look at this journey in action…

  1. Unaware – your prospective customer or client doesn’t even know they have a problem yet! They’re blissfully unaware, but they still have a problem!
  2. Problem aware – someone in this phase knows they have a problem, but they’re not quite sure what they need to do to fix it. For example, many of our clients realise they have a problem when they want to spend less on ads. They think, ‘Oh, if we spend less on ads, we’ll have fewer leads. We really need a way to get new leads without relying on ads! They are aware of their problem (spending too much on ads) but unaware of the solution.
  3. Solution aware – someone at this stage has looked at some solutions that could solve their problem. In our example above, it could be that the person has considered a few things – SEO, content writing, social media management, email marketing, etc. They’ve gone through the different options and have picked a solution by now. But at this stage, they don’t necessarily have a provider in mind. And they certainly don’t know of a specific product or service just yet.
  4. Product aware. When they reach this stage, someone knows about you and your specific product or service. They’re also aware of your competitor’s products or services too. They’ve probably started to list pros and cons for each and are comparing features and prices.
  5. Most aware. At this stage, your prospective customer fully understands your product or service. In fact, they’re so confident by now that they’re just about ready to buy.

The buyer's journey broke down by awareness stage

Guide your prospective clients through the various stages – WITH CONTENT!

Pretty cool, right?

The thing is…

…Your prospective customer isn’t going through this journey and moving from one stage to the next just because

They won’t wake up one day and magically land on your product or service and feel absolutely sure that you’re the answer to all their prayers! If you’re really lucky, this might happen for some people. But you can’t just rely on luck, can you?

So your job is to guide prospective customers through the various stages of the buyer’s journey. And the way to do that is to produce awesome content for each of the 5 phases.

How exactly will you do that?

1. Content for someone who is problem aware 

Why haven’t we started with the unaware stage? 

When someone is unaware of their problem, they won’t search for it. So creating content for people when they’re unaware is difficult. If you’re selling a product or service to people unaware of their problem, you may need ads or an awareness campaign to make people realise they have an actual problem. 

So we will kick off with the ‘problem aware’ stage because it’s where your customers will look into their problem and how to fix it. 

Someone who is ‘problem aware’ is likely to Google their problem. They don’t know yet what the solution might be, but they know something isn’t quite working, and they want to change it.

Your job is to create content that people can find on Google that helps with their problems. And while you do that, you can also present them with the potential solutions to fix it.

For example, imagine you’ve just realised your website isn’t ranking in Google. You don’t know what or what’s causing it, but you’ve just realised it’s a major problem – you’re now, problem aware! 

This happens to be a real problem that some of our prospective clients have, so we wrote a blog post called 11 Reasons You’re NOT Ranking in Google & How To Fix It.

Examples of content for the ‘problem aware’ stage

So what content should you create for people in the problem-aware phase?

These types of content give your prospective customers and clients plenty of valuable information and options on how they might want to solve their specific problems.

Examples of problem aware content ideas

2. Content to help someone become solution aware

For many of us, our industry isn’t the only thing that can solve our customer’s problem. 

Let’s look at someone who wants to lose weight and all the avenues available to them. There’s…

  • Personal trainers 
  • Nutritionists
  • Gym memberships 
  • Calorie counting apps 
  • Hypnotherapy 
  • About a gazillion books 
  • Memberships like Slimming World 

The opportunities are endless! 

So your job, as the guide, is to help them find the right pathway for this person. Now, at this stage, you don’t have to talk about you specifically (although you can). Your job here is to guide someone down the right path. 

And you need to explore the options in an unbiased, helpful way. 

It’s the exact approach we took for these blog posts:

SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: Which One is Best for Your Business? 

We’re not a freelance SEO content writer or an SEO agency (we kind of sit between the two), and yet, we published this article because it’s helpful for our audience. It helps them find the right solution. 

Or SEO Content Writing vs Facebook Ads: Which One is Best for Your Business?

Examples of content for the ‘solution aware’ stage

Or you might want to create some use cases or case studies showing how your solution worked for someone else. 

Other ideas for content you could create here include:

By the time your website visitor has read these kind of posts, they’ll be much clearer on what they need! 

Content ideas for the 'solution aware' stage of the buyer's journey

3. Content to get someone product aware

Someone in the ‘product aware’ stage has decided on your solution. Whoop! Now, they’re going through each product and service to determine what’s right for them. 

We see many business owners and content marketers make the mistake of not producing enough of this type of content. 

And that’s a real missed opportunity because, as we just pointed out, your competitors aren’t producing this content either. And that means you can stand out from the crowd for all the good reasons!

But also, at this stage, your prospective customers or clients are primed to buy. They know they want to buy the thing you offer – they just need to know whether they should go with you or your competitor. 

And some people will be brave enough to pick up the phone and call you to ask any questions. 

But others would rather see all this information in black and white in front of them so they don’t have to go out of their way to ask. And your job is to serve all this on a silver platter.

We find that product-aware content is the easiest type of content to produce because you’re the absolute expert in how your products and services work. All you have to do is to give them everything they need to know to make an informed buying decision.

And that includes all the nitty-gritty stuff about your product or service. No question is too small here – if someone has ever asked you a question on a discovery call or an email enquiry, answer it in a piece of content. And make sure to also address (this is very important!) any objections people might have for not wanting to work with you.

So let’s talk about that a bit more…

Why ‘repelling’ content makes for brilliant problem-aware content! 

Contrary to what many believe, ‘repelling’ content is brilliant for people in the problem-aware stage. 

Repelling content is designed to push away anyone who isn’t right for your business. Someone may have decided to work with you at this stage, but if they’re not suitable for you, it won’t end well – for you or them.

So you’re better off helping them ‘disqualify’ themselves from your services. It may all sound scary and counterintuitive. Who in their right mind would push business away, right?

But if you’ve ever worked with someone who wasn’t the right fit, you’ll know how time-consuming, stressful and costly that was. In fact, according to our own research of over 500 small business owners, 81% of entrepreneurs have worked with a difficult client in the last year – week! 

To help prevent this, state clearly who is not a right fit for your business. And don’t be scared about this! After all, you’re doing them a favour by allowing them to move on to the next provider and solution (one that will be right for them, potentially). And you’re doing yourself a favour by ensuring you’re only talking to the right people.

This is brilliant because it builds trust with your ideal clients, and it makes them feel like you understand them on a deeper level and that you’re talking directly to them.

Here are a few examples of product-aware content we created:

Examples of content for the product-aware stage

Here are some more ideas for product-aware content you could create:

Content ideas for the 'product aware' stage of the buyer's journey

4. Content for someone who is ‘most aware’ 

At this point, you just need to give your prospects a little nudge, and they’ll take the plunge and buy from you. Hurray!

This is where having an email list comes very, very handy, which is why we always recommend you have a way through your website and social media channels for people to subscribe.

If you do have a list, you might find that a lot of people have been there for a while but haven’t bought yet. In fact, we know that 9 out of 10 of our clients are on our list for at least 3 months before they decide to buy. 

So how are you going to get them off the fence and help them go from ‘prospective clients’ to actual paying customers?

With content, of course!

Examples of content for the ‘most aware’ stage

‘Why we’re raising our prices’ type content

Here’s an example from our website: Why Are We Raising Our Prices For Our SEO and Content Management Service?

Whenever we raise our prices, we always let people know in advance by publishing a blog post on our website to explain why we’re doing what we’re doing. That’s not only great practice (and shows your prospective customers that you’re honest, upfront, and transparent), but it also helps people who are still undecided to go ahead and buy. No one wants to pay more for something they were going to buy anyway, right?

So by letting people know you’re raising your prices in advance, you give them a chance to buy at the old price. You get the sale and your customers save some money. It’s a win-win!

If you want to know more about this, have a read of the blog post Publish This Easy Piece of Content Before You Raise Your Prices (And See Amazing Results!)

‘Everything you need to know’ type blog posts

An example on our website is Everything You Need to Know About our Content Fortress Course.

These types of articles are exactly what they say on the tin – they include everything that a prospective client needs to know about your product or service. 

Think of it as a super in-depth blog post that includes all the answers to any questions someone may have during a discovery call. It’s a bit like the FAQ section you’d find on a website service page, but all put together in one coherent piece.

After reading this, someone should literally know your product or service like the back of their hands. They should have no further questions and feel 100% ready to buy.

More examples of content for the ‘most aware’ stage

  • Case studies. We’ve mentioned case studies before in previous stages, but they are super powerful! When done well and in detail, the story and example of how you worked with someone else and got them results can answer any remaining questions and dispel any doubts someone might have before they’re ready to go ahead and work with you.
  • Demos and video explainers also work well for prospective customers in the most-aware stage because they give tangible evidence, proof, and reassurance that your product or service is real. You can show how things work, answer questions, and shred those last objections to pieces.
  • Added bonuses. As we mentioned earlier, these work really well if you have an email list. But you can advertise bonuses in other ways too – through social media or via your website, for example. A bonus (especially one that disappears on a certain date) is a great incentive for someone to make the decision to buy right now rather than at some point in the future.
  • Discounts. We’re not so keen on discounts because if your product or service is great and gives people results, you shouldn’t need to devalue it. Just like added bonuses, discounts work though. And it’s a strategy we see a lot of marketers use in their businesses.

Content ideas for those at the 'most aware' stage of the buyer's journey

Create your content calendar based on the awareness stages 

So how do you put all of this together? How can you make sure you have content that covers all the various stages of the buyer’s journey?

Here’s what you need to do in a few easy steps.

  • Write down each service or product you offer. This is a super quick step, and it’s as easy as making a list. In fact, it might be a great opportunity to also review your offering, see if everything you sell is still profitable and relevant to your market, and adjust as necessary.
  • Imagine what questions someone will have at each stage. Again, unless you’re launching a brand new business, product, or service, this should be super easy. You may already have a list of questions people ask you all the time (during discovery calls, on social media, or via email enquiries). So gather them all up and split them by the various stages of the buyer’s journey.
  • Write it all down and build a picture of the content you’ll need. Once you’ve written down all the questions, you can start looking at what type of content you already have against the various stages and what’s still missing. 
  • Do some keyword research. Now that you’ve decided what type of content you need to create, it’s time to do some keyword research. Why? Because you want your content to be SEO-friendly or optimised for search (i.e. so people can find it on Google!) If you want to find out more about this, here’s a helpful blog post: WordPress SEO For Blogging – How to Optimise Your WordPress Blog Posts.
  • Create your content plan. And last but not least, create your content plan and get writing! You can see a quick sneaky example of our content plan below taken from our Stand Out Content Course

A content plan for different stages of the buyer's journey

Want some help? Check out our Blog Management Service

And there you have it. This is everything you need to know to be able to create content for every stage of the buyer’s journey. And if it all feels like something you’d rather not do yourself but hand over to an agency to take care of for you, we can help!

If you want to create standout content that people easily find on Google and want to get more website traffic and sales without having to write a single word yourself, just give us a shout.

CTA to our SEO Blog Management Service

The post How To Create Content for Every Stage Of The Buyer’s Journey (With Examples) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/content-awareness-journey/feed/ 1
How We’re Using AI in Our Content Marketing Agency https://jammydigital.com/ai-content-marketing-agency/ https://jammydigital.com/ai-content-marketing-agency/#respond Thu, 27 Apr 2023 10:31:35 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=9900 Do we use AI for content creation for our clients? If you’re our existing or prospective client, you’ve probably asked this question as the world seems to have gone wild talking about ChatGPT and all the other popular AI tools.  In fact, you’re far from alone in asking this question. Orbit Media and QuestionPro asked […]

The post How We’re Using AI in Our Content Marketing Agency appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Do we use AI for content creation for our clients?

If you’re our existing or prospective client, you’ve probably asked this question as the world seems to have gone wild talking about ChatGPT and all the other popular AI tools. 

In fact, you’re far from alone in asking this question. Orbit Media and QuestionPro asked over 1000 consumers if they would like their service providers to get help from AI.

Interestingly, 40% said they would choose a marketing agency that gets AI to check their work, and 25.5% prefer to work with a company with AI-generated graphics and copy (which is then checked by humans).

Research showing the breakdown of how someone would choose a marketing agency based on how much (or little) they used AI
Research conducted by Orbit Media and QuestionPro

Every agency should tackle the question – how much do they use AI

We think every marketing, SEO or content agency that uses AI should be completely transparent about how they incorporate these tools into their work, which is why we’re addressing this topic right now.

If you’re considering working with us, here’s how we use AI in our content marketing process.

Why and how we’re NOT using AI

First, let’s talk about how we’re not using AI.

Yes, you read that right. We don’t use AI software to create your written content.

Instead, we have a team of experts (including myself) who do this. And what you can expect consistently from our team is creative and original writing that isn’t taken from anywhere else on the Internet.

The only place we’ll use AI in the writing process to help us out when we need it. We like to think of it as our personal assistant. So sometimes, when you just can’t think of the right word or want a stellar metaphor, AI can be helpful!

So why did we go down this route and decide not to use AI tools such as Chat GPT to create your content?

Well, glad you asked…

1. Humans feed AI the data. AI can’t create content that’s never been produced before!

Human feeding AI-robot ideas

When working with clients, we aim to produce content that’s never been written before. Phew, right? The last thing you want is a collection of paragraphs copied and pasted from the Internet and a copyright infringement lawsuit on your hands!

Now in fairness, AI tools don’t copy and paste content, as such. But the ideas, concepts, and information AI puts together come from data that already exists. 

And it’s been fed data by humans. Now, don’t get me wrong, it’s A LOT of data. 570 GB to be exact. And in non-geeky terms, that’s 300 billion words from various places such as books, websites, original research etc. So it has a lot to go off. But any content or ideas it creates will originate, in some form, from somewhere else.

What we do is completely different. We create content that only you can produce. 

The topic isn’t necessarily unique, but how you present the topic is. For example, let’s say you want to create “How To” content that shows your audience how to do something (step-by-step). You could do this why using an example of your client, and how you achieved this very thing for them. That type of content teaches your readers something new and showcases your unique knowledge and expertise.

And guess what? No AI tool can do that! Because AI can’t:

  • Use personal experiences or lessons learnt.
  • Use specific examples of your previous work or client success stories.
  • Sprinkle storytelling into your content.
  • Talk about how your specific products and services work.
  • Use original research.
  • Interview others on your behalf for expert input into your content.

A human writer can only do this.

2. AI can’t replicate your exact tone of voice

Another thing that AI tools don’t do very well is replicating your exact tone of voice. They do okay at switching from formal to informal, for example. And the way AI does that is by adding a few exclamation marks here and there and taking out phrases like “yours sincerely”. But that’s not really what we’re after when we talk about content in your tone of voice! There’s a lot more to it than just being formal or informal.

A piece of content that’s written in your tone of voice is simply something that your Mum, Nan, or best friend (or any client who knows you well) could pick up, read, and think: “Wow! This sounds exactly like you! I read it and I can hear your voice in my head“.

So what we aim for when we create content for our clients is to produce something that sounds like them.

To do that, your writing needs to include your typical go-to phrases, expressions, colloquialisms, emotion and sense of humour (if applicable to their brand).

You know those words that you find yourself saying to your customers over and over again? Those things need to appear in your content. And AI tools simply can’t do that. Because they’re not in your brain, and they don’t know you like your Mum, Nan, or your best friend do!

Related article: How to Nail Your Brand Tone of Voice for Your Business [With Examples]

3. Lack of creativity 

The first reason we chose not to use AI tools to create content for our clients (or our own business, for that matter!) is that ChatGPT and other AI tools are trained to create content based on the text it’s provided. There’s no originality there. And that’s simply because software cannot and does not think!

Sure, AI can search for and pull out existing information, text, and data and put it together in a nice and coherent way in a fraction of the time it would take a human. 

And sure, the text won’t be copied – it’ll be unique. But it can’t be creative, and that’s a big difference! It means it can’t make original connections between thoughts like you and I would.

What makes engaging writing is the human ‘thinking’ behind it. This is why we only rely on human writers for content creation for all our clients.

4. Better quality content with human writers!

All in all (and for the reasons above), while AI-generated content can be really good, it just can’t beat the quality of writing and depth of thinking you get from a human writer.

And ultimately, that’s why we made the decision not to use AI software when it comes to content creation in our agency – for ourselves and our clients.

And maybe things will change in the future; who knows? But right now, we’re on team Human when it comes to your content writing, but with a little AI to help us when we need it.

Does it mean we’re ignoring AI and not using these tools?

Not quite.

So let’s get into that.

How we are using AI in our content marketing agency

With that all said (and in the interest of full transparency), we are using AI tools to support the content marketing activities we offer our clients. But we’re using AI tools for very specific tasks, which are mainly around repurposing content

So, for example, we use ChatGPT to repurpose your written content (i.e. the blog posts we’ve created for you) into:

  • Promotional emails. 
  • Social media posts to share on platforms such as LinkedIn or Facebook. 
  • Scripts for podcast episodes.
  • Short-form videos for TikTok or reels. 
  • Full video scripts.

Curious as to how this all works?

In a nutshell, we feed the content we’ve created into ChatGPT and ask the tool to repurpose it into different types of content that can be shared on other platforms.

The key difference here is that you’re using your own original content. The tool is just reworking it, so you can do many different things with it. But the piece of software didn’t create the content for you in the first place.

What do we mean by repurposing? 

When we talk about repurposing, we mean that you’ll need to tweak your original piece of content to turn it into other formats.

So when we say that you can repurpose a blog post into one or more social media posts, it’s not just about posting something on Facebook or LinkedIn to say: “Hey! I wrote this blog post. Here’s the link. Go check it out!”.

That’s not what you want to do.

Instead, you want to take that original piece of content (and we always recommend that’s a blog post), break the points down, and reformat the content so it works for the specific platform you want to share it. And yes, you can add a link to your original piece if you like (at least some of the time), but you don’t always have to.

Related content: How to Repurpose a Blog Post (and Save Yourself So Much Time!)

Is repurposing with AI as simple as copying and pasting? 

So when we talk about using AI tools to repurpose your original piece of content into something else (social media posts, a script for a podcast or a video, etc), we’re not simply talking about having the tool copying and pasting your words from the blog post so you (or your VA or Social Media Manager) can then copy and paste them onto your social media channels.

It’s not quite as straightforward as that.

This is why we’ve just hired an awesome Content Marketing Expert who is experienced in ChatGPT to repurpose the content we create for our clients into various different formats.

The tool is good, but it does need some help from a human to do a couple of things…

1. ChatGPT needs to be given a lot of direction!

For the tool to do precisely what you want it to do (and do an excellent job of it), you need to give it a lot of direction.

Writing prompts that give you the output you want isn’t as easy as it may sound, so you have to constantly tweak what you ask the tool to do for it to deliver exactly what you’re asking for.

For example, if you want the tool to repurpose a blog post into a promotional email, you have to tell it to first summarise the blog post into key bullet points and then add a good hook at the start and a compelling call-to-action at the end.

Unfortunately, if you want a good-quality email to send to your list, it’s not as simple as saying, “Turn this blog post into an email”.

There’s more work required than that, which is precisely why we’ve hired someone who knows how to write. Because they know the hooks, persuasive language, and writing formulas to follow to get the best out of the tool and your content.

As we’ve said, the tool can only do so much. But combining the tool with a professional, experienced writer is a winner! 

2. Output content needs editing

Once ChatGPT gives you a piece of content, you can’t just copy and paste it. You’ll need to review it and edit it to make sure it all makes sense, and the quality is good enough to share.

It’s not just a matter of asking the tool to do something for you and being able to use it without double-checking it and potentially having to make some changes to position the ideas in a way that makes sense to your audience on social media, for example.

So what does this mean to our clients?

Using ChatGPT to repurpose content rather than creating original pieces means that when hiring us, our clients receive original content written and edited by humans and humans!

But…

We also get the help of AI tools to do the things they do best (when given the right input), and right now, that’s repurposing the original content we’ve created for you into different pieces of content that you can share elsewhere (social media, email, etc.).

Sounds like you’re getting the best of both worlds, right?

Probably!

And that’s because you are!

Want some help creating epic SEO content? 

If all this sounds interesting and you want some help to create content that helps you stand out in a crowd filled with AI-generated content, we’ve got your back! We’ll write content for you that turns you into the go-to company in your industry, drives more traffic to your website, and generates more sales for your business.

Sounds good? Check out our Blog Management Service here.

The post How We’re Using AI in Our Content Marketing Agency appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ai-content-marketing-agency/feed/ 0
Why Are We Raising Our Prices For Our SEO and Content Management Service? https://jammydigital.com/raising-prices/ https://jammydigital.com/raising-prices/#respond Sun, 15 Jan 2023 11:47:01 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=9351 You’ve been there, looking at that ‘thing’ you absolutely need for your business. You know it’ll save you oodles of time and/or get you more leads and sales, but you think to yourself, ‘It’s okay. I’ll buy it later.’ But what happens the next time you check it out? Yup, the price has gone up. […]

The post Why Are We Raising Our Prices For Our SEO and Content Management Service? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
You’ve been there, looking at that ‘thing’ you absolutely need for your business.

You know it’ll save you oodles of time and/or get you more leads and sales, but you think to yourself, ‘It’s okay. I’ll buy it later.

But what happens the next time you check it out? Yup, the price has gone up.

Dwight crying

So, to avoid that happening to you, consider this your pre-warning!

On Friday, 27 Jan 2023, we’re increasing the price of our 1-2-1 SEO and blog management service.

So what’s going on, Jammy? How much are you increasing the price by?

Currently, we have 3 packages, aptly named our Bronze, Gold & Platinum packages.

Each package comes with

• Extensive keyword research
• Your own content strategy based on your goals and the keyword research
• Done for you blog posts (the number changes depending on which package you choose)
• Uploading your content to your CMS
• Image design, such as your blog post featured image and your call-to-action image (if you’re wondering what a call-to-action image is, see just below 😉)
• Optimisation of your content
• A repurposing plan for your content – so you know exactly how to maximise this content

The Silver package currently costs £1297+VAT per month (includes 2 blog posts at approx. 1500 words)
The Gold package currently costs £1797+VAT per month (includes 3 blog posts at approx. 1500 words)
The Platinum package currently costs £2297+VAT per month (includes 4 blog posts at approx. 1500 words)

And no, there is no ‘bronze package’ or ‘copper package’, unfortunately. 😂

From Friday 27 January, the price will increase for each package:

Making the Silver package – £1497+VAT
Gold package – £1997+VAT
Platinum package – £2497+VAT

CTA to our SEO Blog Management Service

But why are you increasing your prices Jammy?

We’re not increasing our prices because we feel like it. Because it’s the start of the year, and that’s just the ‘done thing’.

We’re increasing our prices for a few specific reasons, and we want to share these reasons with you.

Ultimately, we’re big believers in ‘charging what you’re worth’ but NOT raising your prices ‘just because’.

When we work on projects, we measure everything—the time we put into each project, the outside learning we do to make projects even more successful, the tools we buy, etc.

We LOVE to give our clients everything that will make them successful. But with that, we have to evaluate our service and whether we need to increase the price to reflect everything we do.

So, with that in mind, here’s why we’re increasing our prices…

1. The content strategy and keyword research are worth thousands on their own

When we initially launched this service, we knew we would include content strategy and keyword research.

After all, there’s no point in publishing content if it doesn’t help you achieve your goals, right? So we need to make sure we have the right content plan in place before we even think about writing.

But what we couldn’t predict was how intensive this could be (which is why we charge £2000+VAT for our content strategy & SEO audit service separately!)

What does our content strategy include?

  • A content strategy call with you

This is where we figure out your goals, what your typical year looks like, what problems you’re facing right now, who your audience is, how you’re positioned etc.

This helps us formulate a plan and understand what content we can create that will help you reach your goals.

  • In-depth keyword research & competitor analysis

Once we’ve had our call together, we’ll do the nitty-gritty technical research to find out exactly what you’re audience is searching for on Google.

This is a time-consuming process that’s part art, part science. But we can find a little goldmine of content ideas that can rank on search engines this way!

We also take a look at your competitors and what content they’re producing that is performing well. And also where there are gaps that you could fill!

  • Creation of your content strategy

Finally, after all that research, we put together a content strategy based on the initial call and our keyword research.

This will include the findings from our keyword research and three-six months of content ideas. We’ll give you the titles for these content ideas and a brief overview of them.

Because of all this intense work, it makes sense to increase our prices so we can continue to deliver content strategies that deliver results.

2. We’re spotting (and often fixing) technical issues

You may not know this about us, but we’re website designers (have been for over a decade). So we often spot technical issues with your website that need to be fixed. These issues are sometimes things that could prevent or limit your rankings and impact user experience.

This includes things like:

• Pages/posts missing important metadata
• Google analytics set up
• Website indexing issues
• Page speed issues
• Broken links

3. We act as advisors for your whole business

We aim to help you get more organic traffic and sales, but we don’t just focus on content writing.

We’ve supported our clients with their wider marketing activities, looking at how these can boost results for SEO and get sales (without any extra work from them!)

This includes things like:

• How to get the right backlinks when appearing as a podcast guest
• How to build backlinks through PR
• How to repurpose your content to LinkedIn, Instagram, Twitter, TikTok and Facebook
• How to promote your content to your email list
• What lead magnet you should use, and how to create it (we’ve also created lead magnets for our clients too)

And that’s why we’re increasing our prices! So what’s next for you?

When you put it down like that, it’s easy to see why we’re raising our prices by 10% (and this is why we recommend everyone create a piece of content like this when they’re raising their prices!)

Remember, you have until Friday, 27 January, to grab your spot on our SEO and content management service before the doors close and the price goes up!

CTA to our SEO Blog Management Service

The post Why Are We Raising Our Prices For Our SEO and Content Management Service? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/raising-prices/feed/ 0
What are the three different types of search query? And what content can you create for each type? https://jammydigital.com/types-search-query/ https://jammydigital.com/types-search-query/#respond Wed, 30 Nov 2022 11:11:22 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=9136 Us humans don’t just wake up one day knowing exactly what we need, pop that into Google and buy. We like to do research, and this research can be a little messy. The time between researching a product or service and buying said product or service could take a few minutes or years! That’s because […]

The post What are the three different types of search query? And what content can you create for each type? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Us humans don’t just wake up one day knowing exactly what we need, pop that into Google and buy.

We like to do research, and this research can be a little messy.

The time between researching a product or service and buying said product or service could take a few minutes or years!

That’s because we all go to the Internet with different intent. We might be looking for information, wanting clarification, or we may be ready to buy something. 

So if you want to get in front of your potential customers, you need to make sure you create different content that answers the different types of search queries your potential customer will type into Google.

AND you need to optimise that content, ensuring you maximise your chances of ranking.

But how the heck do you do all of that?

Let’s break it down and simplify it all before this whole idea makes you break out in hives. 

(Honestly, this isn’t as scary as it sounds!)

First things first, what is a search query?

A search query is simply the words or phrases you put into Google to find something you’re looking for.

When you’re trying to figure out where you’ve seen that actor before on TV, what do you do? You Google it! That’s a search query.

All you need to know is there are three different types of search queries, and your customers will use these to find you and potentially buy from you.

Don’t believe us? According to a study, 81% of people research online before buying.

We all do it. We can’t even buy a toaster without a bit of research!

So yes, you will need to create content if you want to get in front of people researching. Because if you don’t, your competition will!

What are the 3 types of search queries?

When you search for anything on Google, it normally falls into three categories:

  • Informational.
  • Transactional.
  • Navigational.

Different search queries lead to different results, i.e. different types of content.

So let’s look at each type individually and understand why you should produce (and optimise) content that falls under each category to help more of your prospective clients find you and to make more sales.

1. Informational queries and the content you can create

What is an informational query?

An Informational query is what it says on the tin. It’s the kind of stuff people look for when they need information on how to do something or find out what something is.

For example, you might type into Google: “How to make pumpkin pie”, “How to fix a broken zipper“, or “What does stoozing mean?

How can you create content for informational queries?

A lot of this is by answering ‘how’ or ‘what’ based questions; you can easily use this in your business too.

To get in front of our audience who are using informational queries, we use content like:

Why is informational content good for you?

The benefit of publishing content for informational search queries on your website is that it helps you attract website traffic and rankings.

What does this mean?

When prospective customers are looking for “How to” content, they can find your informational content.

Many of us use informational search queries. So if you can help your audience by answering their questions about the information they’re looking for, you could rank in search engines and get those people on your email list. Or even buy!

Of course, it takes time and effort to get website traffic and rankings from content that answers informational search queries. You need to think about keyword research, content writing and optimising the content, etc., but you get the gist. And if you need help with that, our SEO checklist for blog posts should help!

All sounds perfect so far, right?

But let’s play devil’s advocate.

Are there any drawbacks to publishing informational content?

We 100% recommend that you publish content that answers informational search queries (we certainly do!), but if you only focus on this type of content, you may be shooting yourself in the foot. Because while you’re attracting lots of people (yay!) they might not be looking to buy from you (oh dear!)

Remember that at this stage, people are looking for information. They want to find out how to get something done. That doesn’t necessarily mean they’re considering buying anything at this particular moment.

The idea is to get a lot of traffic using that content, and SOME of that traffic will eventually buy. But most won’t.

The good news is that you can (and should) publish other types of content, too – types of content that get people to buy…

2. Commerical/Transactional queries and the content you can create 

What is a commercial/transactional query?

A commercial/transactional query is what someone types into Google when they know what they want to buy, but they don’t know what company or person they want to buy it from.

Commerical/transactional queries are specifically about products/services/companies. For example, let’s say you’re looking for project management software. You can imagine typing into Google, ‘monday.com reviews‘. Or even ‘monday.com discount code‘. These queries show buying intent.

Commercial/transactional content is what pops up when someone is searching for your products or services specifically.

How can you create content for commercial/transactional queries?

If you look on our website, you’ll find blog posts like:

We have many more examples as we create A TON of transactional content.

And as you probably know, if you’ve come across our content before, we are big fans of the teachings from They Ask, You Answer by Marcus Sheridan. The key here is to focus on what your ideal customers ask you (face-to-face during meetings or sales calls, over the phone, or by email) and take the time to answer those questions in detail through your content.

Ideas for transactional/commercial content YOU can create

If you think you have nothing to write transactional content about, think again because the minute you start looking at your customers’ questions, the idea floodgates will open. But if you’re sitting there scratching your head and wondering how this might work in your world, here are some more examples.

  • Content that answers cost-related questions. For example, “How much does a Dyson cost?”
  • Case studies and success stories from previous clients.
  • “The best” type of content. Examples of this could be “The best website builders for beginners” or “Manchester’s best co-working and freelancing spots.”
  • Myth-busing content, that tells people (nicely!) what they get wrong about your products or services 
  • Jargon-busting content, like “What depreciation means to you and how our accountants can help.”
  • Original research you made in a specific area of your industry.
  • Or objection-led content. This is content that you create specifically in answer to the objections (explicit or implicit) you hear from your customers repeatedly. Things like, “I don’t have time to…” or “This won’t work for me because…”, or “I can’t afford this right now because…” This is where you tip the argument and explain why these objections aren’t valid. Acknowledge that you see and understand your prospective clients’ worries, but take the time to break them down and show them how they will get results from working with you.

Why is transactional/commercial content good for you?

You’ll want to publish transactional content on your website because it helps you attract more of your ideal customers and convert leads into sales.

Because ultimately, you want to sell, right?

The people who are likely to come across this type of content are already thinking about buying your products or services. 

They might not have decided to buy from you just yet, but this type of content is designed to sway them in the right direction! 

Why?

First of all, you’d be surprised, but many business owners don’t create transactional content (all the more reasons why you shouldn’t stop at informational content!) So this makes you stand out from your competitors.

But also, transactional content helps you showcase your services and explain how you work and what you offer. By creating content of this type, you’re pre-empting many of the questions, objections, worries, and doubts your prospective clients have around making that final decision to buy (or buy from you).

Think about producing transactional content as providing a service – helping prospective customers make a more informed decision. You’re making it easier for them to buy. And as a consumer, yourself, don’t you just love it when that happens?

Are there any drawbacks to publishing transactional content?

There aren’t that many drawbacks to publishing transactional content. The only thing that slightly plays against it is the fact that it’s sometimes not the best type of traffic-generating content.

This means it won’t necessarily attract tons of traffic to your website from search engines (it depends on what type of content you create). But the traffic it does attract is more primed to buy. 

3. Navigational content

And finally, navigational content is the type of content people land on when they’re looking to find a specific website or page. So when someone is typing in the name of your company or brand into a search engine, they’re performing a navigational search.

Of course, this means they already know you. They know your brand name and the products or services you sell, they’re probably interested in buying, and they want to find the correct website or physical location (like a specific product or service page) to get what they’re after.

Like transactional content, navigational content comes in handy when people are already in your world – they know your brand or business name. But it’s still important to optimise the correct pages on your website to ensure your customers find what they’re looking for.

For example, on our website, you’ll find the page Blog Writing & SEO for time-poor businesses, and that’s optimised for “content writing packages” “SEO content writer” or ‘SEO content writing”. So if someone were to type that in, they’d be directed to this page and find all the information they need.

We also link back to our service pages from other pages on our website or from our blog posts (just like we did above), and that helps our prospective customers find what they’re after.

Why is navigational content good for you?

In a nutshell, it helps you sell!

Take our service page for Blog Writing & SEO as an example again. It has all the information that someone needs to make a decision:

  • We open with a short video where you can see us (and see we are real people in the flesh and not robots!) and where we introduce the service.
  • It talks about the problems that our ideal customers are experiencing and want to solve.
  • It shows them what life could be like – what they would get if they invested in our service.
  • Then it explains the service – step by step.
  • It spells out how much time (and therefore money) our clients could save with our help.
  • And finally, it outlines the simple steps someone needs to take to get the ball rolling with us.

It breaks it all down for our ideal clients, so the only thing left to do for them is get in touch with us! That’s how brilliantly navigational content can work for you.

Are there any drawbacks to publishing navigational content?

Navigational content is an essential component of your website. Just like you need a Home page, you need product or service pages. Otherwise, how will your prospective customers know what they can buy from you and how?

But navigational content alone isn’t enough.

Plus, it tends to be static, meaning that (unless your services change every other month) this type of content isn’t likely to change very often. And if you don’t publish anything new regularly, Google and the other search engines can’t see that you have anything relevant or useful to share and are less likely to rank you high in the search results.

If you only have navigational content on your website with no other content whatsoever, it will be really hard for new prospects (i.e. people who don’t already know you and your business) to find you.

So if you want new customers to find you and your fantastic business, you need to publish fresh and helpful content (both informational and transactional).

Would you like our SEO blog agency to help you?

Your website needs a clean structure with the right type of content (i.e. an active blog with useful, in-depth, optimised articles) and optimised pages for your products and services so that more of your ideal customers can find you via the search engine results and buy from you. That means you need to plan for different types of content, set time aside for keyword research, and then create all that content.

And yes, we know this takes time! That’s exactly why we can create that content for you so you don’t need to worry about a thing.

We create:

  • Content that helps you rank on Google and delivers you traffic.
  • High-ranking content that helps your potential customers.
  • Content that pre-qualifies your customers and helps you attract those who are right for you.
  • And content that helps you make more sales.

And, of course, we do all the keyword research for you. Want to find out more? Get in touch and let’s have a chat!

The post What are the three different types of search query? And what content can you create for each type? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/types-search-query/feed/ 0
What content do you need to create to hit your business goals in 2023? https://jammydigital.com/content-business-goals/ https://jammydigital.com/content-business-goals/#respond Thu, 17 Nov 2022 08:00:41 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=9114 We typically think of content as something that can get you better rankings and more website traffic. And content definitely helps you do that. But it’s also so much more than that! Content can support you with a variety of goals. The key is knowing what type of content can help with which goals, so […]

The post What content do you need to create to hit your business goals in 2023? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
We typically think of content as something that can get you better rankings and more website traffic. And content definitely helps you do that. But it’s also so much more than that!

Content can support you with a variety of goals. The key is knowing what type of content can help with which goals, so you can be more intentional and strategic about what you create and share.

Sounds good?

Then let’s take a look at your business goals for 2023 and at the type of content you want to create to achieve those goals.

1. Growing your audience/email list

The more you become ‘known’ in your industry, the more customers you’ll attract. It’s that simple.

But even though social media is great and everything, nothing quite beats growing your email list. Having your potential customers’ emails means you can speak to them directly, whenever you want, with little distraction. It’s a powerful tool.

We know this ourselves because we’ve personally managed to grow our business on a tiny marketing budget. All we did was publish the right kinda blogs, convert readers into email subscribers, and, when we’ve built enough trust, sold them our content writing services.

Unfortunately, a lot of small businesses struggle to build a sizeable email list. In a study of over 1000 small business owners by Andrew and Pete at ATOMIC, they found that over half of respondents have an email list of 0-51 people 😬

When you don’t have your own audience, i.e. a list of people you can communicate directly with, you’re reliant on ads (which are pricey), referrals (which are inconsistent) or social media (which can be unreliable).

So how can the content you publish on your website help you grow your audience and your email list?

You can grow your audience by producing more SEO content.

What is SEO content?

What is SEO content - a definition

SEO content is what you create in direct response to your customers’ internet search queries. It’s in-depth, well-written, engaging content that’s both informative and educational.

And it’s also optimised content, meaning that is written in a way that helps your content pop up in the search results.

The benefits of SEO content

The main focus of SEO content is to help you rank on the first page of Google so that more of your prospective customers can find you.

Being in the search results on the first page is the ultimate aim here because, unfortunately (and you know this as a user yourself), people hardly ever click on the second page or beyond. In fact, according to research, only 0.63% of all Google searchers do!

So for your website to show up higher in the ranking, you need to create SEO content regularly and consistently and always optimise it for search.

This means you need to:

  • Research keywords on topics that are relevant to your industry and that are sought-after by your ideal customers (i.e. what are people searching for?)
  • Make sure that those keywords are organically (i.e. naturally) included in your content in strategic places (for example, the title, the sub-headings, the description of the images, etc.) You want your content to read well – not sound like it was created by a robot!
  • Make sure your content includes both internal and external links to other helpful and related content (just like we’re doing in the next line).

Related content: WordPress SEO For Blogging – How to Optimise Your WordPress Blog Posts.

Examples of SEO content

A simple way of understanding SEO content is by thinking about some of your own web searches. What do you typically search on the internet? Often, we’re after information or tutorials (‘How To’ type of content), such as “How to complete your tax return” or “Best pet-friendly cafes in Liverpool.”

Here are some examples of SEO content on our website:

7 Ways To Write An Irresistible Blog Post Headline.
What is an SEO content writing service? And how does it all work?

What makes for ‘bad’ SEO content?

Having SEO content on your website is a must. But we see a lot of business owners not quite hitting the mark with this.

Yes, your aim is to rank on the first page of the search engine results, which means the SEO content you produce must be driven by the type of searches your ideal customers type into Google. And you can use the internet and other more specialised SEO tools to decide what topics you should create content around.

But that doesn’t mean your content needs to be boring. Or that it needs to be the same as everyone else.

Quite the opposite, in fact!

You want to make sure your voice, personality, and your individual experience and expertise shine in your content. You’re creating educational and informative content, but you need to be doing this as you.

Because that also gives you a chance to highlight how you’re different and to start creating the brand awareness people need to decide to go ahead and buy from you.

Related content: How to use humour in your marketing, so people fall in love with your business (+11 prompts to help you!)

SEO Quiz Link

2. Increasing brand awareness

If your goal is to increase brand awareness with your content, you need to create thought-leadership content.

This is no longer a ‘nice to have’ but is an essential part of content marketing. With so much content out there, the only way to stand out is to create that positions you as the leader in your industry.

You can increase brand awareness by creating thought leadership content

What is thought-leadership content?

What is thought leadership - a definition

Thought-leadership content uses your expertise, insight, and experience to help you become the go-to source of information in your industry.

Rather than a specific type of content, we like to think of thought-leadership content as an approach to content creation. It can be about expressing controversial or outspoken opinions if you want it to be. But it doesn’t have to be.

It’s definitely not about picking fights with people! It’s more about not sitting on the sidelines and letting your audience know what you think about certain topics. We’d like you to see it as content that’s authentically and recognisably you, with a strong brand voice.

So thought-leadership content will typically include:

  • Stong and/or controversial opinions
  • Evidence of new findings within your industry based on your experience
  • A desire to share your knowledge without any limitations – i.e. showing us the why and the how!
  • Original research conducted by you and your business and your findings
  • A strong voice or different approach to whatever it is you do.

The benefits of thought-leadership content

The main benefit of sharing thought-leadership content is to help you build credibility as a business and be seen as an expert. That’s a sure way to strengthen brand awareness with your prospective customers and clients.

Examples of thought-leadership content

Thought-leadership content can cover the following topics:

  • Original research
  • Business decisions you’ve made and why you’ve made them
  • Expert interviews with others in your industry
  • Customer client stories and case studies – ones that show the exact steps you took to overcome a problem with lots of evidence and value. Not just saying nice things about yourself
  • Insider looks into your business that is actually helpful for your target audience e.g. publishing your income and expenditure every month and breaking down how you made sales that month (we always love these articles when we see them!)

Here’s an example you might recognise from our website:

How to market your business during a recession: 20 industry experts give us their views

What makes for ‘bad’ thought-leadership content?

Thought-leadership content is almost always a good idea unless you’re trying to be controversial for the sake of being controversial. Remember you’re not trying to pick an argument here!

There’s a difference between saying what you think and firmly drawing lines in the sand and explaining why you believe what you believe and trying to pick a fight with your prospective clients or competitors.

Be mindful of the difference!

Thought-leadership content will typically attract the people who are right for you and your business and ‘repel’ the ones who aren’t. But it doesn’t mean that you have to offend people or burn bridges in the process. There’s no need to criticise a competitor or expose a client, for example. You can express your opinions with objectivity and balance while also being kind to others!

Related content: SEO Content vs Thought Leadership Content: which should you create for your business?

3. Converting more leads

Another goal you might have in 2023 (and you should have this goal all year round every single year!) is to convert more leads. This goal is just (if not more important) than the first goal of growing your audience or email list. Because yes, it’s great doing that, but a large email list doesn’t pay the bills, you’ve still got to convert those subscribers into paying customers.

And that’s something businesses often neglect!

So what type of content can help you convert more?

You can increase conversions by creating sales-enablement content.

What is sales-enablement content?

What is sales enablement - a definition

As it says on the tin, sales-enablement content is what you produce throughout the selling process to engage with your prospects and directly address their concerns.

It shouldn’t just talk up your products or services, but it should also tackle the ‘objections’ your prospective customers have towards working with you. Whether they vocalise them or not, it’s your job to identify them, break them down, and explain (step-by-step) either why they’re not applicable or how are you planning to address them through your work.

For example, if you offer online fitness coaching, someone might think the service isn’t for them because they think they won’t be able to keep themselves accountable unless they have their coach physically in the gym with them. So how do you address that? How can you show them, through your content, that your service can actually help them and solve the problem they’re experiencing right now?

The benefits of sales-enablement content

Sales-enablement content help you gently guide your prospective customers towards making the informed decision to buying from you.

It’s not about being pushy or ‘salesy’ here. You’re not trying to convince just anyone to buy. You’re explaining to the people who are right for you what you can do for them and how, so they can feel reassured and confident in thinking you’re the right choice for them.

Examples of sales-enablement content

Sales-enablement content can include:

  • Case studies from clients
  • Objection-led content – problems with your industry, products or services, why you’re priced differently, why you don’t do something that others in your industry do etc
  • “How to find the right…” type of content, such as “How to find the right Virtual Assistant for your accountancy business.”
  • Buyer’s guides
  • Use cases
  • Content that breaks down the process of working with you
  • FAQ style content

Some examples you can find on our website are:

What is our Black Friday offer all about then?
Why is our SEO content writing & blog management service so expensive?
Biggest Problems with SEO Companies (and how you can avoid them!)
SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: Which One is Best for Your Business?

What makes for ‘bad’ sales-enablement content?

When creating sales-enablement content, you don’t want to be overly promotional. But there’s an easy way around this – think about your customers and what they need. Put yourself in their shoes:

What are they worried about?
What’s holding them back from going ahead and working with you? Is it money? Lack of time? Lack of self-confidence? Something else?
And what fears or doubts might they be experiencing right now?

Spend some time thinking about these questions (or even better, ask your prospective customers directly, if you can) and address them in your content. This will allow you to create sales-enablement content that does its job of helping you convert leads into sales while also being helpful and not pushy.

Related content: How to increase your sales using objection-led content and How to Make Content Part of Your Sales Process (so you get more sales, faster!)

4. Retaining more customers

The last goal you might have (and one that completes the sales cycle quite nicely) is retaining customers.

You’ve done all the work to attract people into your world, wow them into becoming your customers, and now you want them to be loyal and stay. You want them to be so happy with the results they get from working with you that they buy from you again and again.

You can retain customers by producing customer service content

What is customer service content?

What is customer service content - a definition

This is content that helps your audience achieve their goals by using your product or being part of your service.

Remember you’re addressing your customers now – not just leads and prospects. These people have already bought your product or service – they already know you’re brilliant!

But they still have questions about how to use your product or what to do next. So think about what type of content you can create that helps you serve your existing customers.

Ultimately, your aim with this content is to make your current customers reach their goals faster and more efficiently – which is good for both you and your customer!

The benefits of customer service content

The good thing about sharing customer service content is that it helps both you and your customers. How?

For one, it saves you time in answering questions. If one customer has a question about how to use your product or service, chances are that others will too. So answer these questions at scale and through your content – you do it once, and you don’t have to keep repeating yourself.

And when it comes to your current customers, it keeps them super happy. Have you ever been in a position yourself where you’re not sure about asking a question about a product or service you bought? You may feel embarrassed or think it’s a silly question. But if the business owner has already pre-emptied and answered that question, you don’t even have to put your hand up and ask!

One of our SEO content writing clients recently told us that their customer service team shares our content with customers every single day, and it has saved them hours every week in admin time! 

Isn’t that brilliant when you can just find all the information you need? That’s exactly what customer service content can do for you.

Examples of customer service content

An example of customer service content we wrote back when we were web designers is How To Write Your Website About Page.

We used to create the design and graphics for our website design clients, but they’d need to write their own copy. So we served them with content that helped them make the most of the service they were buying from us.

Another example we think is brilliant is this blog post from ScoreApp – 29 Simple Ways to Launch Your Quiz Lead Magnet.

Once you’ve set up your quiz, ScoreApp also produces content that helps you launch it, so you can take the next step. That’s customer service for you!

What makes for ‘bad’ customer service content?

The only thing that makes customer service content ‘bad’ is the lack of it! We don’t see many businesses regularly producing this type of content. And ‘product updates’ don’t quite count, especially if they sound technical and boring. This isn’t customer service.

Customer service content still needs to be helpful, engaging, informative, educational, and in your own voice. The only difference from the other types of content we talked about is that it’s aimed at your existing customers rather than your prospects.

You’ll often find that customer service content is all helpful for non-customers too. They’ll find it, learn more about you and your business and become a lead. So there are no excuses!

Would you like our help to achieve your business goals for 2023?

In this blog post, we discussed four different types of goals. You may have decided to focus on one or two as priorities for 2023 or you may want to work towards all four. There’s no right or wrong answer here.

But whatever your goals, content marketing can play a big part in helping you achieve your objectives, as long as you produce content that aligns with your goals. If that sounds overwhelming and like too much work for the time you have available, we can help!

Our Blog Writing and SEO Agency is the ultimate time-saving solution for ambitious and time-poor businesses. So if you’d like us to help you research and write your content for you, get in touch!

The post What content do you need to create to hit your business goals in 2023? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/content-business-goals/feed/ 0
What’s Our Black Friday Offer 2022 All About Then? https://jammydigital.com/business-black-friday/ https://jammydigital.com/business-black-friday/#respond Tue, 15 Nov 2022 11:47:11 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6697 I used to hate Black Friday. With a passion. It was up there with Valentine’s Day for my most hated days – yes, I am that miserable person who goes on and on about it being commercialised nonsense. And Black Friday was no different. But then I just couldn’t stop myself from opening some emails […]

The post What’s Our Black Friday Offer 2022 All About Then? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
I used to hate Black Friday. With a passion.

It was up there with Valentine’s Day for my most hated days – yes, I am that miserable person who goes on and on about it being commercialised nonsense.

And Black Friday was no different. But then I just couldn’t stop myself from opening some emails from my favourite companies. And lo-and-behold a few days later parcels would arrive containing chocolate and stationary – obviously for gifts and absolutely not for me.

I don’t want you to buy a dud.

But…I’ve also bought a few duds too – especially for our business. You know the ones, where you think this is an AMAZING deal, and then you never ever use it? Yeah those. So this blog post will tell you all about our Black Friday offer, and you can decide in advance of Black Friday if it’s right for you.

Zero buyer’s remorse!

What is our Black Friday offer?

We’ve created the Ultimate Blogging Bundle! 

What’s Our Black Friday Offer 2022 All About Then?

What does our Black Friday offer include?

Our Black Friday Offer includes:

1. The Blog Post Template Pack

These are Blog Post Templates for business owners who want more traffic, rankings and sales from their content in way less time.

This includes…

  • 17 fill-in-the-blanks blog post templates
    We have seventeen blog post templates that will get you either rankings and traffic or leads and sales. This will give you a huge headstart on your blog content in 2022.

    Blog post examples include:
    The Nudger – a blog post that explains why you’re raising your prices and how people can buy at your current rate
    The Fixer – a blog post that teaches people how to fix a problem they are having that you can help with
    The Repeller – a blog post that helps you repel those who aren’t the right fit (and attract your dream clients)

  • 4 blog posts featured image graphics
    You can select one of four beautifully designed blog post featured images to edit with your colours/fonts/logo. These are designed in Canva – you only need a free license to access them.

  • Two call-to-action graphics
    Throughout your blog post, you’ll want to advertise a product/free lead magnet/book a call. You can use our call to action graphics to do this. Free to edit as you wish in Canva.

  • (NEW) Two bonus Christmas blog post templates
    We’ll also give you two Christmas themed blog post templates you can use in December to promote your products or services.

  • An SEO cheat sheet
    This will help you optimise each blog post you create, making sure you dont miss anything important!



    What’s Our Black Friday Offer 2022 All About Then?

2. A Personalised Blog Post Video Critique!

This is where we’re getting a little bit excited because once you’ve created your first blog post (of many!) using our templates, you can then send it us to review.

What we’ll do is review the blog post, telling you EXACTLY how to improve it for SEO. You can then use our personalised advice across all future blog posts you create.

We will send our personalised review to you via video format (we’ll record our screen at the same time to show you exactly where you can improve).

Your video will be 10-15 minutes in length.

What’s Our Black Friday Offer 2022 All About Then?

3. Our New 90 Day Content Marketing Workbook (physical copy sent to you in the post)

Finally, you’ll also receive a physical copy of our 90 Day Content Marketing Workbook!

The workbook includes…

  • An overview of the 8 types of content topics you should produce
  • 30+ blog post ideas you can use straight away
  • Sections for evaluating where you are currently, such as your current website traffic and search rankings
  • One page per piece of content you need to produce with prompts to help you with SEO
    Blogging, podcast and video checklists
  • A section to evaluate how far you’ve come in 90 days
  • Notes sections
  • The perfect accompaniment to the blog post templates

The workbook will be posted to you and you’ll also receive a PDF version. The delivery times vary depending on where you are in the world (we’re posting from the UK).

What’s Our Black Friday Offer 2022 All About Then?

How much does it cost? And why is it such a big deal?

Ever seen a Black Friday ‘offer’ that was a bit..well how do I put this? Shit?

Where they haven’t really discounted anything? Just ramped up the price before and then discounted it to what it was originally? Yeah, I hate that.

So I’m going to break down the cost of this and why it’s such a steal.

The total cost of this product is $97.00 (plus VAT if applicable). 

To break down the costs, to buy these products separately it would cost you…

  • The blog post template pack is currently $47.00
  • The workbook is $30 
  • And the SEO review of your blog post is $124

So that’s $201. A total saving of $104. 

How long will I be able to get the offer for?

The offer is available from 12.00am on Thursday 24th November to 11.59pm on Monday 28th November 2022.

Where can I buy it?

The page where you can buy it is almost complete! You just can’t access it yet. We’ll make it available on Thursday evening to go live on Friday.

Are there similar offers out there for the same product?

We have actually looked and there isn’t anything out there like the blog post templates (that we’ve seen). This isn’t our way of selling it, by the way! We just can’t find a similar product!

Who is this for?

This is for anyone who wants to get better results from blogging i.e. more traffic, rankings and sales.

The post What’s Our Black Friday Offer 2022 All About Then? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/business-black-friday/feed/ 0
What you do (and don’t) need to have in place before you hire an SEO Content Writer https://jammydigital.com/need-before-seo-writer/ https://jammydigital.com/need-before-seo-writer/#respond Sun, 30 Oct 2022 12:41:02 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=9106 If you’re thinking of hiring an SEO Content Writer, you’re probably going back and forth in your head and wondering whether this is the right time for you. Is this what you should focus on in your business right now? Will it actually work? Should you redesign your website first?  Should you have brand guidelines?  […]

The post What you do (and don’t) need to have in place before you hire an SEO Content Writer appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
If you’re thinking of hiring an SEO Content Writer, you’re probably going back and forth in your head and wondering whether this is the right time for you.

Is this what you should focus on in your business right now?

Will it actually work?

Should you redesign your website first? 

Should you have brand guidelines? 

Should you wait until you’ve introduced another product or service you’re planning on introducing?

It’s all a bit confusing right? Well in this article, we’re going to tell you exactly what you do and don’t need in place before you invest in an SEO content writer. 

What is an SEO Content Writer anyway?

First thing first, what even is one of those, right?

An SEO content writer is someone who produces compelling content in your tone of voice and style that is so engaging that it gets your readers to take action.

That’s the ‘Content Writer’ bit of the title.

So what’s the ‘SEO’ bit all about, then?

The ‘SEO’ bit means that a content writer typically has a deep understanding of SEO. They won’t just write any old content, but they’ll also optimise it for the keywords you want to rank for. And they’ll do it in a way that sounds natural and not robotic – a way your readers will love. 

Makes sense?

This last bit is important. Because if you’re thinking about this service right now, it’s because you want your content to attract more traffic to your website and perform better in the search engine rankings.

But your readers still need to be at the heart of it all. And if you end up with blog posts that read like they’ve been written by a robot, you need to fire that SEO Content Writer – pronto! But a good one will make sure all your content is informative, engaging, and useful to your audience.

Related content: What is an SEO content writing service? And how does it all work?

So now that we got that out of the way, why are we writing a whole article about what you need to have in place before you can hire your very own SEO Content Writer? After all, we offer an SEO content writing service, don’t we just want to work with anyone and everyone?

Short answer, no. 

Long answer! We want to make sure we offer the right service for your needs right now so you can make a decent ROI out of hiring us. Otherwise, you’d be unhappy and feel like you’re wasting your precious time and hard-earned money. And that would make us sad too. Which is not a good outcome for anyone, right?

So let’s look at what you don’t need first.

A quick overview of what you do and don’t need before you hire an SEO Content Writer 

What do or don't you need before you hire an SEO content writer?

Things you DON’T need before you hire an SEO Content Writer

1. A fancy-pants, expensive website

You might think it’s a bit odd that expert web designers are sitting here (with a straight face) telling you that you don’t need a fancy-pants website to make your content work.

But it’s true.

This might sound like news to you, but websites are never forever. As your business evolves – and your products and services change with it – your website needs to change too. That means that during the lifespan of your business, you may go through a lot of different websites or re-designs. Does that mean that you can’t have any content on your website right now because you might be changing your services one or two years down the line?

Absolutely not!

If you have content on your website and decide to update it or start again with a different one, you can always transfer any blog posts you’ve already published onto your new site.

So let’s not use the fact that your business (and website) is still evolving as an excuse not to create any content. You’d be missing out on business and leaving A LOT of money on the table.

Related content: Why You Shouldn’t Redesign Your Website (And When You Should).

A caveat: what if you have an old-fashioned website (that looks BAD)

So you don’t need a fancy-pants website, but once you decide to invest in epic content for your website (i.e. the type of content we write for you), your content will start to bring more traffic to your website (yay!) and also increase your rankings in the search engines (get in!). 

So surely, when your prospective leads and customers land on your website, you want them to see something that looks good, right? But more on that in a minute…

What you definitely DON’T want is something that looks like it was designed 30 years ago when people still used MS-DOS and computer listing paper (if that’s before your time, look it up – it’ll be a laugh).

Now, that kind of outdated stuff would put your readers right off. They’d be clicking the back button faster than you can say “Hey!” and never actually get to consume the amazing content you’ve paid us to create for you.

We don’t want that either.

2. Brand guidelines

We hear this a lot from prospective clients: “We don’t have brand guidelines, so we can’t work with you yet.”

Technically, that’s not true. You definitely CAN work with us. Sure, brand guidelines are nice for you (and for us) to have. It means you’ve already done the groundwork to figure out how you can use imagery, text, and design elements together to represent your unique brand and show up consistently on different platforms and mediums. 

It also means you’ll have done the work on your ‘tone of voice’ and how you want to ‘sound’ to your customers. And yes, having that understanding would help us create content that fits with the rest of your brand.

But it’s not essential.

Why?

Because we can figure all that out together. During our kick-off call, we can tease out your tone of voice and fine-tune it as we go. You’ll give us feedback, we’ll take it onboard, and ensure that any content we write for you sounds exactly like you would.

It’s not Black Magic, promise. It’s what we do, and it’s based on cooperation and collaboration with you.

Related content: How to Nail Your Brand Tone of Voice for Your Business [With Examples].

3. Everything to ‘be perfect’ 

We see this all the time. And it makes us oh-so-sad.

A lot of website owners put off content creation (sometimes even indefinitely!) because they want everything to ‘be perfect’.

So they wait.

And wait.

And wait some more.

But the right time never comes because, as we pointed out earlier, your business is always evolving and changing. So things are never going to ‘be perfect’. There’s no such thing. Sure, they might be perfect for RIGHT NOW. But 12-18 months down the line, they might not.

So don’t wait.

Because you’ll forever want to make changes and tweaks – to your business, your products and services, your packages, your website, and even your content. And that’s fine.

But that doesn’t mean you can’t capitalise on what you have right now. So create content around your existing products and services (the ones that your prospective customers can buy today), and you’ll attract more traffic to your website, show up higher in the search engine rankings, and get more leads and sales in your business. And that’s more dinero in your bank account, thank you very much.

Right. So that was all the stuff you DON’T need. But what is it that you DO need if you’re getting ready to hire an SEO Content Writer to write for you?

Things you need before you hire an SEO Content Writer 

1. A professional-looking website

It may sound like we’re contradicting ourselves here.

But we’re not.

We told you that you don’t need to spend thousands on a professionally-designed website or hire a super fancy web agency to create your business website. And it’s true. But you do need a professional-looking website.

Note: That does NOT mean expensive!

This may sound a bit vague and subjective, but you’ll know what the opposite of that is – boring, dull, full of stock photos of people in suits and offices, and something that looks like it was designed in the wrong decade.

You don’t want that.

You want something fresh with colours, fonts, and photographs that reflect you, your business, and your personality. Your copy has to explain exactly what it is you do, it has to be easy for your user to find where they need to go, and your images should be good quality. 

Nope, it does not need to be a 50K website designed by some high-end agency, but equally, it shouldn’t have had its last redesign in 2007! There’s a fine balance between the two, but we find the majority of people who get in touch do hit the mark with their websites.

2. A website that ‘technically’ works well

You don’t want any major technical issues with your website, as this can hinder your search engine rankings and annoy your website visitor.

Before we start working with you, we run an audit to check that your website is in good condition for Google. If it isn’t, don’t worry, we can work with you to fix it!

Some things to make sure you tick off are:

  • Your website is mobile-friendly

You know how it works – most people check websites on the move on their smartphones, so you need a website that looks good on mobile as well as on desktop.

  • Your website loads relatively fast

Again, you know that Internet users have little time and patience. We want things, and we want them now. If a website takes ages to load, we probably think it’s spam, or that it’s down, and it’s just not worth our time. So we’ll move on to the next thing and forget about going back again. That’s a lost lead or customer. And you definitely don’t want that.

  • Your website is user-friendly

Our websites are about our businesses, yes, but they need to work for our audience as much as they do for us as business owners. Is the information easy to find? Is your website easy to navigate? Or are people getting lost? Are their burning questions being answered? Are your blog posts designed and structured in a way that makes it easy for your readers to skim-read them and get the information they want as quickly as possible?

This is what it means to have a professional-looking website. But it doesn’t mean you have to hire an agency to create it for you.

Related content: The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website and How much does it cost to build your WordPress website?

3. Knowing exactly what you’re selling and to who 

Your content should always point to what you’re selling, so we need you to be crystal clear about the products and services you offer and how you package them.

Do you offer monthly packages? Recurring fees? Do you sell a bespoke service, or is it a one-size-fits-all offering? Do you sell different packages at a range of prices? Who’s your ideal customer? Do you have a niche?

We create content with the aim of getting you more leads and sales, so it’s important we know what you want us to promote and talk about because, obviously, depending on what you offer, the content will vary.

Also, depending on who you’re talking to, the way we approach your blog posts and the language and tone we use will be different. Do you know what problems your customers are experiencing? Do you know how to talk about those problems and how your products or services are the perfect solutions for those struggles?

If you’re not yet super clear on this then you’re not ready to invest in content. But don’t worry, this is usually something you can work through quickly!

Related content: 11 Reasons our SEO content writing service is not right for you.

4. A lead magnet

And finally, this isn’t a must, but having a lead magnet is definitely helpful if you want to increase your audience. A lead magnet is usually something you give away for free in exchange for your web visitors’ email addresses.

A lot of lead magnets are handy ‘How to’ guides that help your audience solve a particular problem you’re an expert in. But they don’t have to be. You could also use content upgrades (these tend to be pieces of additional content that people can sign up for from within a blog post) or even a quiz. We have one, and it’s called The SEO Quiz.

There are several types of lead magnets you can offer on your website. But if you don’t have one just yet, don’t worry! We can definitely help you create something amazing that works for you and your business.

Related content: The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website.

So this is it. That’s exactly what you need to have (or not have) in place if you’re thinking of hiring us as your SEO Content Writers.

The post What you do (and don’t) need to have in place before you hire an SEO Content Writer appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/need-before-seo-writer/feed/ 0
How to market your business during a recession: 20 industry experts give us their views https://jammydigital.com/marketing-recession/ https://jammydigital.com/marketing-recession/#respond Mon, 10 Oct 2022 08:01:58 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=9004 Unless you actively avoid the news and/or the bills from your gas & electric provider, you’ve probably noticed that things are looking a bit…well, gloomy. We can’t get away from the topic of the oncoming recession that is expected to hit at the end of 2022. For businesses, that means there’s a lot of talk […]

The post How to market your business during a recession: 20 industry experts give us their views appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Unless you actively avoid the news and/or the bills from your gas & electric provider, you’ve probably noticed that things are looking a bit…well, gloomy.

We can’t get away from the topic of the oncoming recession that is expected to hit at the end of 2022. For businesses, that means there’s a lot of talk about cutting marketing budgets, ‘tightening your belts’ and hunkering down.

But this advice doesn’t sit well with us because, surely, most businesses can’t afford to hibernate during a recession? Isn’t it a time when you need to be there for your customers, to showcase what you do, how you help and who you are?

Why we’re talking about running a business during a recession

We started a business during the last recession. We were bright-eyed twenty-year-olds determined to beat the odds, and in a way, that unquestioning naivety kinda worked for us.

But we’ve never run an established business throughout a recession. This is new to us, and it might be for you, too. Even though we know we want to ramp up our marketing, we also know that marketing during a recession is a bit different.

So we’ve turned to business and marketing experts to give us their personal views on marketing during a recession.

We asked them all how they would market themselves during a recession and in this article we’ll talk about what they said.

Honestly, this stuff is absolute gold. And if your plan is to ‘hunker down’ during the impending (probable) recession, you absolutely need to read on…

How to Market Yourself During A Recession: 20 Business and Marketing Experts Give Us Their Views


Andrew and Pete

Andrew and Pete, Authors, Keynote Speakers, Co-founders of ATOMIC
Website
Book – Content Mavericks 

Double down on what’s working.

Though you may feel the desire to slash your own marketing budget, numerous studies have shown that actually maintaining marketing budgets is best. However, wasting marketing budgets is never a good idea, especially during a recession. Take a look at the ROI of all your marketing initiatives – what’s working and what’s not? Now is the time to double down on what is, and ditch anything that’s not bringing a return for your business.


Ann HandleyAnn Handley, Author, Marketer & Head of Content at Marketing Profs
Website
Book – Everybody Writes 

“Remember that your best and most loyal customers are your primary source of life and growth. That’s true always – but especially true during a recession. Marketing to and nurturing those relationships isn’t optional; instead, it’s a good investment. And it’s essential.

What does that look like?

1) Pay attention to not just what you say — but how you say it. Are you communicating with empathy in a way that feels real, true, relatable… and with zero “marketing speak”? Now it a good time to drop any whiff of a corporate facade in your communications.

2) Your email newsletter is important. Are you offering real value to readers? Are you writing to one person at one time in a way that feels connective and builds trust?

3) Stay relevant. Stabilize your spend but don’t choke it off. It’s tempting to cut all marketing costs. But that’s a mistake. History has shown us that companies that consistently market during downturns in accessible, relatable, relevant ways out-perform the rest.”


Daniel PriestleyDaniel Priestley, Author, Keynote Speaker, Co-Founder of Dent Global 
Website
Book – Key Person of Influence 

“There are two types of marketing strategies that work particularly well in a recession.

The first is to renegade with your existing database of people who already know who you are. As things change, their needs and wants change and your message can reflect this.

The second is to reach out to complimentary businesses around you and look for ways to promote each other. It’s particularly effective to have a lunch for 10 companies and to look for potential marketing joint-ventures.

Both of these strategies leverage money that has already been spent and relationships that are already in place.”


Christine GritmonChristine Gritmon, Senior Editor of Social Media Pulse, Host of #ChatAboutBrand, Content Creator 
Website

One huge thing companies need to recognize—especially nowadays—is that you won’t make it through if consumers aren’t rooting for you on some level, if they don’t feel like not having you there on the other side of the recession would be a loss they would truly feel.

You can create this feeling of attachment by humanizing your branding a bit more: showcasing the actual people who run the business, sharing more about the community of consumers themselves, and really building a sense that by supporting your brand, they are truly part of something that connects with them and reflects themselves on some level. When people have less disposable income to spend, brand means everything.


Jack ApplebyJack Appleby, Writer of Future Social – Morning Brew’s Newsletter
Twitter 

Honestly? If you’re marketing your product in a way you believe is right for your company and brand, you shouldn’t overreact to a recession. Sure, make sure you understand the market and are really honest about your product’s role in your customers’ lives, double check your measurements, but don’t hard reset unless things stop working.”


Kylie LangKylie Lang, Quiz Funnel Strategist & Consultant, Speaker
Website

Embrace personalised marketing.

One size fits all marketing is no longer a thing and you’ll find that within your audience you have people all at different points in their journey so meet them where they’re at in that journey. Generic emails that speak to everyone don’t work anymore. Nobody wants to feel like one of a number they want to feel like they’re the one and only in your world. How do you do this? By using personalised marketing funnels like quiz funnels that allow you to talk specifically to someone about their issue or challenge based on the knowledge you’ve gained from their quiz answers. Give value, be helpful, inspire, educate and motivate. This is the key to marketing success as move into 2023.


Joe GloverJoe Glover, Co-founder of The Marketing Meetup
Website 

My point would probably not be about getting ‘more’ from your customers, but instead being aware that some of your customers are going to be in a very different headspace than normal because of what will be going on in their personal lives, and, it’s impossible to know who will be feeling what.

Therefore, have patience with your customers and with your messaging. Err on the side of being kind and helpful. In times of struggle, it’s also the time we should come together, and our marketing comms is no exclusion.


Yinka EwuolaYinka Ewuola, Multi-Award Winning Business Owner, Coach. Ted-X Speaker
LinkedIn Page

Create Marketing Assets for your business, that create cashflow for you, and value for your clients.

Cashflow is the only thing that can involuntarily stop your business, and so the state of play in that area becomes even more important in a recession.

And so when things get tough, you want to ensure that you can keep marketing – which means it’s not longer sufficient for it to be something you have to pay for.
And more than ever, your marketing has to create VALUE, for your business and for your clients, so by creating marketing assets, that truly solve problems, and pays you cash, your marketing PAYS its way, and is not an expense to your business – but a means of continuing to support you and your market with value.


Joe PulizziJoe Pulizzi, Founder of The Tilt and Co-founder of Creator Economy Expo, Author, best-selling author of 7 books and speaker
Website
Book 

Focus on doing a few things really well. Create amazingly differentiated value and consistently publish it to your core subscribers.”


Madalyn SklarMadalyn Sklar, Serial Entrepreneur, Community Builder, Speaker and Leading Twitter Marketing Expert
Website

My best advice on marketing during a recession is to focus on engaging with your audience more than you already do. One thing that never goes out of style is to help others and make it about them.”


Marcus SheridanMarcus Sheridan, International Keynote Speaker on Digital Sales/Marketing,  Author of They Ask, You Answer
Website
Book 

The greatest marketing innovations happen during a recession. Why? Because, like myself in 2009, businesses have nothing to lose. And it’s during this type of pain, frustration, and stress that we often times do that which we’d been feeling for some time, but now finally have the motivation to do it.

So although I don’t look forward to the hardship a recession will bring to many individuals, I do know the marketing innovation we’ll see will, once again, be profound.”


Katelyn BourgoinKatelyn Bourgoin, Founder of Customer Camp, Keynote Speaker, ‘Customer Whisperer’ 
Website

The cold, hard truth is that the vast majority of people aren’t ready to buy. That said, there are common events that trigger prospects to move from being disinterested in a solution like yours to suddenly realizing they have a problem to solve. Marketers who leverage these buying triggers can spend 80% less on upfront marketing costs. If marketers want to reach more of the right people at the right time, they should focus on learning the common buying triggers related to their product.


Omar ZenhomOmar Zenhom, Founder of WebinarNinja & The $100 MBA Show podcast
Website

Don’t stop marketing. Marketing is what’s going to help you during a recession. Marketing is cheapest and easiest when everyone is pulling out their marketing dollars. Get resourceful and collaborate with others. Now is the time to put your foot on the marketing accelerator.”


Rob and KennedyRob and Kennedy, Founders of Email Marketing Heroes and ResponseSuite
and Hosts of the Email Marketing Show
Website

We are really going to focus on two things:

1. Maximising customer value. That’s doing as much as possible to increase how much each customer spends. There’s a huge variety of ways of doing this from offering an annual plan at a discount, offering upgrades and more support for an extra price.

2. Focus on acquisition of new customers. If customers are going to leave or spend potentially less, we need more customers so a keen focus on dialling in your ability to turn new, cold people into paying customers.

This involves list building and dialling in your email marketing to convert subscribers into paying customers.”


How to market your business during a recession: 20 industry experts give us their viewsJake Mason, Founder of performance agency Incaloop,
Director of fashion rental platform For The Creators

Website

“In recessions, good marketing really stands out. Even more so than normal, in recessions clients and customers shop around and choose carefully where they spend their money. This means you have to be crystal clear on the outcomes that your product or service delivers to your customer.

Let’s be clear, outcomes are NOT product benefits, or USPs, or features. Outcomes are the end result that the customer gets.

If you’re not communicating outcomes and you’re stuck on benefits and features, your marketing will blend in and you’ll get left behind by competition.”


Louis GrenierLouis Grenier, Founder of Everybody Hates Marketers and Host (and founder) of the Popular Contrarian Marketing Podcast ‘Everyone Hates Marketers’
Website

An entire century of data points to the same thing: don’t stop marketing. Or you’d come out worse off. Instead, tighten up your positioning and obsess over reaching as many category buyers as you can.


How to market your business during a recession: 20 industry experts give us their viewsSteven Oddy, CEO of ScoreApp
Website

Continue to build and develop an outstanding product or service. Listen to your customers and the people you want to help. During downturns, people tend to panic and product developments stall. Now’s the time to double down and build something you can be proud of.”


Kevin Indig Kevin Indig, Strategic Growth Advisor, Creator of the Growth Memo Newsletter
and Host of the Tech Bound Podcast
Website 

“My #1 advice: Consumer behavior changes during a recession, and so does conversation rate, exploration time, and evaluation time. So, you have to reset your conversion funnel and understanding of how users find and evaluate your products.”


Simon YuSimon Yu, Co-Founder & CEO of StormX, Inc. and Angel Investor
Website

It might take years for things to improve. It’s important to double down on efficiency. Keep costs low while maintaining profitability. In previous years where funding is prevalent, you can place bets on projects that won’t immediately make any revenues.”


Nathan BarryNathan Barry, Founder & CEO at ConvertKit
Website

“Be profitable.”

 

 

 

 

 

 

The post How to market your business during a recession: 20 industry experts give us their views appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/marketing-recession/feed/ 0
SEO Content vs Thought Leadership Content: which should you create for your business? https://jammydigital.com/seo-content-vs-thought-leadership-content/ https://jammydigital.com/seo-content-vs-thought-leadership-content/#respond Tue, 13 Sep 2022 08:42:50 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=8896 If you’re a regular on LinkedIn, then you’re probably pretty familiar with the term thought-leaders. And while you might assume this term is reserved for the Steven Bartlett and Richard Branson’s of the world, it is a strategy that can be utilised by anyone with knowledge and experience in an industry. But did you know […]

The post SEO Content vs Thought Leadership Content: which should you create for your business? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
If you’re a regular on LinkedIn, then you’re probably pretty familiar with the term thought-leaders. And while you might assume this term is reserved for the Steven Bartlett and Richard Branson’s of the world, it is a strategy that can be utilised by anyone with knowledge and experience in an industry.

But did you know that you can become a thought leader yourself?

You can then integrate this into your content strategy, to help attract customers and grow your business.

In this blog, we’re looking at the difference between SEO content and thought-leadership content to help you decide which is best for your business.

What is SEO content?

At Jammy Digital, we spent years designing functional and beautiful websites. And everyone always thinks that’s enough for the business to come flooding in.

But the truth is, it’s difficult for your website to rank without a stream of in-depth, informative, and educational content. Google isn’t too bothered about how ‘pretty’ your website is (just that it works!)

It’s estimated that the number one listing on Google accounts for 27.6% of all click-throughs. And only 0.63% of all Google searchers continue through to the second page of results.

So it’s not only crucial that you create content, but that you create content that ranks on search engines. Otherwise, your potential customers will struggle to find you online.

SEO content is well-written, engaging, and informative content, with a primary focus on getting your website to rank on search engine results pages (SERPs). It’s all about creating content your customers are searching for, so you show up higher in rankings.

SEO content harnesses the knowledge of SEO and keywords, optimising content for search engines, so the right people find it.

Related content: SEO content writer vs SEO agency: which one is best for your business?

What is thought leadership content?

First things first, let’s define thought leadership by itself, before going onto the content.

Thought leadership is the delivery of content that uses expertise, insight, and experience to help you become the go-to source of information in your industry.

Thought leadership isn’t so much a type of content, but rather an approach to content creation, created by tapping into the expertise, insight, and experience within your business and the wider community.

People often think that thought leadership content has to include controversial or outspoken opinions, and it can, but it doesn’t have to.

What it does need to be is authentically and recognisably you, with a strong brand voice. No sitting on the sidelines; it’s about letting people know what you think.

Thought leader content can include:

  • Stong and/or controversial opinions
  • Expertise
  • Experience
  • Authenticity
  • A desire to share their knowledge

This type of content helps businesses and individuals build credibility and be seen as an expert.

The different types of thought-leadership content marketing

I like to split thought-leadership content into different categories including:

  • Original research content…
  • Business decisions content…
  • Expert interview content…
  • Customer client stories content…

Examples of thought-leadership content

1. Original research content

This could be via surveys or analysis, for example, reviewing websites and reporting your findings.

If you do this right, you can become the ‘original source’ for a particular topic, meaning lots of others will link back to your article, which can skyrocket your rankings.

An example is from Backlinko, which analysed 3.6 billion pieces of content to better understand evergreen content.

2. Business decisions & strategies content

Want to stand out as an expert?

Give a little insight into your business and the decisions and strategies that you have implemented.

You can detail why you made those decisions and whether or not they worked. If not, you can let people know what went wrong – and what you learned from it.

In this example, Orbit Media shares its 15-year-old content strategy, detailing what worked and what didn’t. It’s a great way to showcase their expertise in SEO and content strategy – the service that they offer.

3. Expert interview content

As much as you would like to be, you probably aren’t an expert in everything.

So, why not capitalise on the expertise of others and bring that knowledge to your audience?

This can be done via guest blogs, but a great medium for this type of content is podcasts.

A great example is Steven Bartlett, Diary of a CEO podcast – where Steven interviews different leaders and CEO, bringing you their top tips, learnings, and insights from their careers.

4. Client stories content

You can tell your potential clients how great you are, but it’s much more believable if it comes from someone else.

So, why not let your clients do the talking?

This blog from Buffer puts one of their clients at the forefront and lets her write her own case study on how she used the scheduling tool.

It’s common for people to write blogs on product and service features, but this type of blog talks about them in a way that actually teaches potential clients something. It’s a powerful way to show the impact that your product or service could have on a business.

SEO content vs Thought leadership content: what results do they get your business?

Results! Let’s face it, most of us aren’t creating content (thought-leadership, SEO, or otherwise) just for fun. As exciting as creating content can be, I’d personally rather be eating chips on the beach or reading a good book (or both).

Content is all part of a wider marketing effort to increase traffic, leads, and ultimately sales. If your content is not getting you results, then it’s a waste of time and energy – two things you don’t have to spare running a business.

So, in order to compare the two, we need to understand the results that you can get from each.

What does SEO content help you achieve?

When creating SEO content, it’s all about getting your website to rank on search engine result pages (SERPs). The goal is to discover exactly what your potential customers are searching for and create content to answer those questions.

As the stats show, if you don’t rank your website within the first couple of search results, then it’s unlikely people will click on your website.

So, great SEO content should help you to:

  • Increase your search engine rankings for a variety of keywords
  • Increase your website traffic
  • Increase your backlinks from high-authority websites

Plus, there are the intangible benefits of SEO content, that enable you to attract the right customers and have better quality conversations.

But ultimately, the primary goal of SEO content is creating content that helps you rank highly and get found online.

Related content: How to 10x your website traffic

The results of thought leadership content

Unlike SEO content, thought-leadership content is not about what people search for. It’s about building authority and positioning yourself as a subject matter expert.

However, while the content is not focussed on ranking, it does still have some pretty incredible results when it comes to traffic and conversions. According to SEM rush, 81.4% of thought leadership content results in organic traffic. And if that’s not enough, 47.6% generates the all-important leads and sales.

Why?

It’s partly down to the fact that by the very nature of thought-leadership content. It’s WAY more likely to get you backlinks from other content creators.

For example, let’s relook at “original research” content – one of the types of thought-leadership content previously mentioned. This is a style of content that Brian Dean at Backlino has absolutely nailed. He carries out in-depth research on relevant topics and creates content with details and specificity that no one else has covered.

Thought leadership is not necessarily an SEO strategy. However, it increases the likelihood of backlinks (we’ve even used some in this article), establishes expertise, and optimises the website for rankings. Therefore it does benefit SEO, although it’s not targeting that.

The mechanisms that enable thought-leadership content to drive your business include

  • Brand credibility and authority
  • Generates backlinks, shares, and mentions
  • Attract potential customers

SEO content vs thought-leadership content: when should you use it?

Content is sold as the be-all-and-end-all when it comes to growing your business. But the truth is, there is no one size fits all, and not everyone will need to implement the same content strategy.

But which one is right for you?

When should you use SEO content?

Relying on referrals to grow your business?

Struggling to bring in leads?

SEO content is all about utilisng and capturing the existing search traffic within your market in order to drive revenue and grow your business. And it’s extremely valuable at helping you rank and convert when correctly implemented.

This is why we recommend that all businesses implement an SEO content strategy, assuming you have the following in place:

1️⃣ An up-to-date website (that wasn’t designed in the 90s)

2️⃣ A website that’s easy-peasy to navigate (no use getting loads of traffic to your website if all those people end up getting lost and then leaving.)

3️⃣ Decent and clear website copy

4️⃣ Products or services that sell right now (great content will not make up for a bad product/service)

5️⃣ Access to your actual website and blog (ie. your web design company isn’t holding it hostage)

Assuming you have these things, you can get started on creating a successful SEO content strategy that helps you will all the benefits we’ve already discussed. Start by thinking about what your potential customers are searching for and create content around that (or hire us to do it for you).

Related content: Why referrals are bad for business (and what to do instead)

When should you use thought leadership content?

As we now know, the point of thought-leadership content is not to rank, but to influence and gain authority.

The challenge is, that without an existing audience it’s hard to gain traction with thought-leadership content.

This is why thought-leadership can be seen as a more advanced form of content, that builds upon an existing content base. Think of SEO content as your BA honors, and the thought-leadership as your Master’s course. You need the foundations of the SEO content and the audience that comes along with it in order to really make an impact with thought-leadership content.

There are also undoubtedly industries that lend themselves to thought-leadership content more easily (such as business and marketing), as there is no one right way to do things. Although this creates huge potential in more traditional industries, as no one else is creating this type of content.

So, if you are already creating content, and driving organic traffic via search, then I’d recommend starting on a thought-leadership content plant too.

Thought leadership content vs SEO content: can you outsource it?

As a business owner, you wear a hundred different hats every day, and content is just one more thing to think about.

But can you successfully outsource content that sounds authentically you?

Or, is it something that you have to keep in-house?

Can you outsource SEO content?

A good SEO content marketing strategy requires a near constant supply of high-quality, search-engine optimised content – and that takes time to create ⏰.

In fact, we estimate that it takes around 10-16 hours in total per blog to create high-quality content, which includes:

6-8 hours: to write, edit & proofread your content
3-4 hours: of content design & formatting
1-2 hours: optimising each of your blog posts

Yes, you can pump content out at a much faster rate, but if you want to create in-depth and engaging content that ranks, then you’ll need to spend a little longer on it. This is why a large part of the reason why over half of businesses outsource their content marketing.

In addition, most owners know their business inside out, but that doesn’t mean they can write about it in a way that’s going to rank. SEO content writers are experts in writing engaging content that speaks to potential customers AND the Google algorithm.

While some argue that you can’t outsource SEO content writing, we definitely think that you can.

In fact, not only do we believe that you CAN, we think that it’s a positive step for your business. That’s why we’ve built our SEO & blog management service around outsourcing your content.

Yes, the content still needs to be informed by a subject matter expert in your business, but partnering with a talented SEO writer to outsource content can be a brilliant business decision.

Outsourcing to SEO content writers helps fill a skills gap in your team while saving you time and making you money.

Related content: Why is our SEO and blog management service so expensive?

Can you outsource thought leadership content?

You might think that thought-leadership content is harder to outsource. After all, it’s so dependent on your voice and expertise that surely it’s impossible to replicate via an outsourced writer.

And we agree, it is harder…but not impossible.

In fact, you might be surprised to find out that 48.7% of businesses outsource thought-leadership content.

However, it’s not something that an ad-hoc freelance writer will be able to achieve.

To successfully outsource thought-leadership content, you will need to develop an ongoing relationship with a writer or content marketing agency. But once you have a writer that you trust and that understands you, it’s possible to create high-performing thought-leadership content.

Again, it’s important to work with an experienced writer or agency that is able to translate your expert knowledge into influential content. But assuming you have a way to communicate that knowledge, there is no reason that you cannot successfully outsource thought-leadership content.

This is part of the reason that we don’t offer ad-hoc writing but, instead, a full SEO and blog management service. It allows us to form a relationship with our clients, understand their business, and convert their expertise into clear, informative thought-leadership content.

Can you have thought leadership content that also ranks?

Ranking on search engines is not the primary aim when it comes to thought leadership content, but it’s certainly not impossible.

As mentioned previously, the nature of thought-leadership content means that you are more likely to get backlinks from other relevant content creators. These backlinks are essentially votes from other websites, alerting Google to the fact that you have created helpful and relevant content.

The latest update from Google “the helpful content update” is an effort to ensure that searchers are seeing more “original, helpful content, written by people for people”.

So, while ranking is not the priority for thought-leadership content, it’s certainly possible. Originality leads to backlinks, which in turn build domain authority and ultimately boost SEO.

Plus, it’s certainly still possible to ensure that any content created is optimised for search engines (whether it’s the main aim or not) to make sure it’s positively viewed via algorithms.

Are there agencies that do both SEO and thought-leadership content?

While SEO content and thought leadership are separate, they are not two entirely distinct strategies. And while the results and means differ slightly, ultimately, both are aiming to increase revenue.

In our opinion, thought leadership content should be a part of a wider content strategy. You can’t become a thought leader without creating consistent content, it does not exist in isolation. However, it’s a brilliant way to set yourself apart from the increasingly noisy marketplace – and all the millions of blogs being published daily.

SEO content serves customers who are currently searching for what you offer and driving consistent organic traffic, while thought leadership content allows you to position yourself as an industry expert.

The post SEO Content vs Thought Leadership Content: which should you create for your business? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/seo-content-vs-thought-leadership-content/feed/ 0
How to use humour in your marketing so people fall in love with your business (+11 prompts to help you!) https://jammydigital.com/humour-marketing/ https://jammydigital.com/humour-marketing/#respond Fri, 12 Aug 2022 14:33:36 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=8845 On International Woman’s Day 20222, Burger King tweeted the words, ‘Women belong in the kitchen’.  Burger King followed up this tweet with more tweets highlighting the discrepancy between male and female chefs in restaurants. Some people thought it was a great way to attract attention and highlight a problem. But unfortunately, most of Twitter did […]

The post How to use humour in your marketing so people fall in love with your business (+11 prompts to help you!) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
On International Woman’s Day 20222, Burger King tweeted the words, ‘Women belong in the kitchen’. 

Burger King followed up this tweet with more tweets highlighting the discrepancy between male and female chefs in restaurants.

Some people thought it was a great way to attract attention and highlight a problem.

But unfortunately, most of Twitter did not agree, and Burger King was heavily criticised

Watching a brand get kicked through virtual mud on social media is enough to scare anyone off being funny. 

But if you’ve ever felt fear at the thought of incorporating humour into your marketing, all you need to do is ask yourself some questions…

Am I being funny to deliver value to my audience in an entertaining way? Do I genuinely want to make them laugh? 

Or is this about me? Is it about exposure? Is it about getting attention for myself? Is it about being controversial for controversial sake? 

Like Burger King, you can’t control how someone interprets your message. But you can control your approach to comedy, to begin with. If it’s the former (i.e. delivering value to your audience in an entertaining way) you know you’re on solid ground and that your intent is good. If it’s the latter, maybe rethink your approach! 

So you think you’re funny, do ya? 

So you’ve asked yourself the question, do I want to be funny to entertain and give value to my audience? 

Yes, Lyndsay. I do! 

So the next question is: How do you use humour in your business? 

The problem is, you might be funny to your friends and family. But sometimes, that humour doesn’t transfer to your business. 

My four-year-old finds me hilarious. But I don’t think my clients would find my walrus impression using breadstick teeth particularly funny. (Although, hit me up if that’s something that tickles your funny bone)

So that’s why in this blog post, I’ll walk you through the actionable ways you can be funny. And I’ll also give you 11 prompts too, which will help amuse even the most serious of audiences. 

This isn’t about being contrived or unauthentic. It still has to come from you. This blog post will get your funny juices flowing, but you’re the one who will need to think of the content. 

Ready? Let’s go. 

The psychology behind using humour in your marketing 

You know ‘Terry the tight-arse’ who never buys a round on a night out but makes you spit your drink in laughter?

There’s a reason ‘Terry’ can get away with it: because he is funny. 

Making people laugh is a superpower. Humour is, without a doubt, one of the most powerful ways to communicate. It can help your audience relieve tension, boost self-esteem and establish a connection to you

Ultimately, it makes your audience feel good. And making people feel good helps you sell stuff. Wild, right? 

Humour is subjective: but this isn’t a big problem 

Some people find Mrs Brown’s Boys funny. I’ve never met such a person, but I’m sure they exist somewhere. They must do; it was voted the best sitcom in the UK

Yet, I would rather have a root canal while simultaneously doing my taxes than watch it. 

Mrs Brown

And this is the biggest problem people have with using humour in their marketing. It’s subjective. What appeals to one person will turn off another. 

But this isn’t a bad thing for your brand. 

The creators of Mrs Brown’s Boys won’t give two hoots I don’t like the show, and, in the same way, you shouldn’t worry that some people might not like your humour. 

The only people who you should think about are your target audience. Not your mum, or your mates, or your competitors or business buddies…your audience (and we’ll come on to this a bit later). 

It’s better to have 100 raving fans who find you hilarious and 100 people who find your humour a load of rubbish than simply 200 people who can’t even remember your name. 

Some people might find me a bit dry or sarcastic. Some won’t find me funny at all. And that’s okay. Because they’re not my audience. 

What are the ways you can be funny in your marketing? 

So here’s the nitty-gritty bit. 

And I’ll be honest, whenever I write a blog post, I always snoop around to see what other people have published on the topic. 

A lot of people talk about why you should use humour. And there are lots of good examples out there, mainly from bigger brands like Dollar Shave Club

But I have yet to come across someone who tackles the different ways you can be funny, and this is what I’m going to do in this blog post. 

I’ve looked at the different ways businesses (and I’m mainly talking about small to mid-sized businesses here) use humour in their marketing. 

I’ve broken these up into different categories, which you can find below. You don’t have to use all of these. But they should give you some really good ideas. 

1. Making fun of your audience/customers

WHAT THE HECK IS WRONG WITH YOU, LYNDSAY?! 

I know, I know. I am fully aware that pointing and laughing at our potential customers is not a good sales tactic (duh). So when I say ‘making fun of your audience,’ I mean in the right way. 

But I notice A LOT of people get this wrong. But I understand 100%, why they get it wrong. 

I once worked in a chocolate shop and had a customer berate me because her Easter egg melted after she’d left it in her car for 4 hours in 35+ degree heat. 

And yes, when I’d replaced the egg, and the customer had stormed off with a new one, my colleague and I did go into the back room and laugh about it. 

Because we’re human. And sometimes, we will run into customers who do or say things that seem utterly bizarre (and probably hilarious) to us. 

Laughter is our way of dealing with the situation. It’s a way of relieving stress and tension. It’s a way of getting through the damn day when things are rubbish, and perhaps customers are being utterly weird and unreasonable. 

Now the problem is, many people don’t have staff rooms or colleagues or an outlet for them to find someone to laugh with about these happenings. 

So they turn to their trusty friend, the internet! 

I’ve seen countless posts that make fun of customers. Some are more justifiable than others. Some about late payments or rude behaviour. Others blame customers for their lack of technical skills or knowledge or ‘perceived’’ stupidity. 

Typically, people do this because they seek laughter and perhaps comfort from their business friends and others in their industry. 

Now, I’m not here to wag my finger at you and tell you what you should or shouldn’t post on the internet. 

But, when you post something like this, you could potentially discourage customers from working with you. 

So you need to make sure you do it in the right way, and by that, I mean to provide value. 

There’s a way of poking fun at your audience while getting them to learn something new or come to a realisation, and THAT’S where you can connect with them. 

An example of how poking fun at your customers’ works 

I’ll use our example here. On April 1st 2019, we published an article about how to create the perfect website. The date was, of course, April Fool’s Day. 

In the blog post, we poked fun at the most common website mistakes business owners make. 

This was everything from wanting a logo so ginormous it gave the website user ‘a virtual punch in the face’ to harassing your website visitors with pop-ups until they’re forced to give you their information. 

This article gained us two new clients. 

Mostly, people took it in good grace. Some people admitted that they were guilty of doing some of the things we’d described. 

But the point is, they gained value from it. We had some people laugh and say they’d changed things on their website because of our post. 

It wasn’t a personal attack on someone’s character, it simply made fun of common website mistakes. 

If you do this the right way, you can attract better customers 

Yes, many of our website designer and copywriter friends found this funny, but, more importantly, it allowed us to attract better clients. 

People who read this understood that we were experts at website design. We don’t exactly come across as pushovers, right? So we attracted the kind of clients who wanted an expert and not someone to boss around! 

An overview of comedy that pokes fun at your audience 

Pros: can position you as an authority and can make customers understand what they’re doing wrong

Cons: there’s a fine line between getting your audience to laugh at themselves and downright insulting them–so try not to cross it. 

Poking fun at your audience prompts: 

  1. What does your audience get wrong (around what you sell)? For example, if you’re an email marketer, your audience could be guilty of only emailing their list every three months when they have something to sell. 
  2. What classic things does your audience say that you disagree with? For us, it’s ‘my audience doesn’t expect to see a price on a website. They prefer to talk to us.’ (Said no one ever). 
  3. What expectations does your audience have around your product or service that are incorrect? For example, for us, it’s that SEO is long-term, and it takes forever to see results

How can you turn the answers to these questions into funny anecdotes? Give it a try!

2. Personal Brand Comedy

Personal brand comedy is exactly that, it’s comedy related to you. It’s to enhance your personal brand. And it doesn’t (necessarily) have anything to do with what you sell. It can be more to do with your personality. 

Now, I will hold my hands up and say that I used to struggle with this. 

Not because I’m especially introverted–even though I am–but because I’m obsessed with giving value. 

But not everything has to be value driven, particularly if you’re raising your profile. Simply making your audience laugh is value in itself. 

Personal brand comedy will make you memorable. So when someone thinks who should I hire for this, they’re like, ‘oh yeah! Julie. They’re so funny, I love them!

An example of personal brand comedy 

Janine Coombes is a marketing coach and all-around business whizz. She’s also bloody hilarious. 

Her LinkedIn is full of valuable, actionable business advice. But she also posts funny videos that have absolutely nothing to do with what she sells. 

Like this video, all about Janine’s love of water butts (yes, water butt fans are a thing). 

https://www.tiktok.com/@janinecoombes/video/7104621343974444293?is_from_webapp=1&sender_device=pc&web_id=7077921590222292485

And you might think, well, what the heck does this have to do with anything? 

Well, number one, when someone says the phrase ‘marketing coach’, I without question think of Janine. Her smiley face pops into my head immediately, and of course, I recommend her. 

But also, imagine you’re looking for a marketing coach–someone you have to talk to regularly over a long period. You’ll want to find someone who you like, right? And if you’re comparing two marketing coaches who offer a similar service and have similar knowledge, are you going to go with the bland one or the one that makes you laugh? I bet it’s the latter! 

When you let your personality shine through using humour, you will attract like-minded people who love who you are and how you work. 

An overview of personal brand comedy 

Pros: it can make you stand out, and people could choose you over your competition

Cons: too much of it can make people forget exactly what it is you do. You have to balance it with more relatable, actionable content 

Personal brand comedy prompts: 

  1. What weird shit are you into? Okay, try not to go too weird. But don’t be afraid to show your quirky side. For example, I happen to know that health coach Hayley has a love for Louis Theroux. It makes me laugh every time I see her talk about him.
    T-shirt saying 'squat like louis theroux is watching'
  2. What’s something funny that happened to you today? Take me, for example, having an utterly disastrous conversation with a woman in a cafe and using it for content…

Example of using every day stories for marketing

3. Making fun of your industry 

Do you know what I find utterly bizarre? When I see more people making fun of their customers than their competition. 

Newsflash – your competition does not pay the bills! 

Now I’m not saying you should slag off individual companies, that’s a recipe for disaster (and a lawsuit), but there are often things about our industry our customers find bewildering, frustrating or downright dodgy. 

And you’re well within your right to call that shit out and make fun of it (if you like). 

Because when you point all of this stuff out, you’re saying to your prospective customers, I’m not like this. You may think that everyone in our industry does this, and many do, but I don’t. You immediately position yourself as more trustworthy. 

We’re in the SEO industry, and I’m not sure if you’ve come across the industry, dear reader, but if you have, you probably know there’s A LOT of stuff I could make fun of. 

A lot of shady shit goes down, from companies that make SEO sound like some sort of dark art to those who make their customers hand over their firstborn child before they give an actual price. 

You might be in a similar industry. You may see your competitors do stuff that makes you wince or winds you up. Or even stuff you find quirky or odd. Whatever it is, it makes for great, funny content. 

And hey, you might just find you give people in your industry a laugh too. 

An example of making fun of your industry

Mike is a funnel-building expert and author of Five Figure Funnels. And I love what Mike has done here. Here’s made fun of a subset of the marketing industry, ‘bro marketers’. 

You may have come across bro marketers before, they tend to sell you a rags-to-riches story after they discovered some super secret success sales formula (they like to alliterate with the letter S) which they will sell to you for just five grand. 

So I enjoyed Mike thoroughly taking the piss out of them. Will he offend ‘bro-marketers’ who identify with what he posts in the video? Probably. Should he care? Absolutely not. Because ultimately, he’s putting his customers first. He’s showing them the kind of people they should avoid and positioning himself as someone with a completely different ethos and approach to ‘bro-marketers’. 

An overview of comedy that makes fun of your industry

Pros: positions you as someone who isn’t like the ‘competition’ and attracts new people

Cons: you could face disagreements from others in your industry, but that’s okay! 

Making fun of your industry comedy prompts: 

    1. What do others do in your industry that annoys you? For example, if you’re a SaaS company, this could be others in your industry not giving essential product features on their lower plans–forcing customers to move up. Or getting charged so much more for extra features.
    2. What’s something that’s the ‘norm’ for your industry that you don’t do? For example, for us, that’s the whole ‘have a call with a client, send a proposal, and only THEN give a price’ thing. We’re upfront with our SEO content writing prices. 

4. Relatable business comedy 

This is probably the most common form of comedy you’ll come across. Relatable business comedy takes everyday shenanigans that we experience and turns them into…well, comedy. 

This can be related to what you sell or completely unrelated. For example, Innocent crack me up yearly for their social media commentary on Eurovision. Eurovision has absolutely nothing to do with smoothies (but it helps brand loyalty and awareness). 

An example of Innocent using humour in their marketing

So it’s entirely up to you how you do this. But one thing that is difficult about this is thinking of it on the spot. Some people can do it, but most cannot (I personally find it difficult). I prefer to note something funny that happened in my day. They make great stories.  

Example of relatable business comedy 

Dead Happy, a life insurance company (yes, that is their name), will have you in literal stitches with their relatable comedy all about the topic of…death. 

Their content is aimed at the 8 million people in the UK who wouldn’t use a financial adviser but do need life insurance. 

It’s not stuffy or formal –as co-founder Phil Zeidler puts it, it’s ‘like talking to a mate at the pub about death, which for many us has an edge of humour’. Dead Happy is trying to get people to be more open about death in a humorous, informal way. Or, in their words, ‘Talking about sex won’t make you pregnant. Talking about funerals won’t make you dead.’

Here are some of their recent social media posts so you can see what I mean. 

An example of using humour in your marketing by Dead Happy

FYI, top middle for me. 

Picture of 6 celebrity women from early 2000s. An example of using humour in your business

All of the above for Martin. As he explained, ‘I’m not fussy,’ which made me feel extra special. 

And here are a few more examples…

Social media post from Dead Happy Example of humour in your marketing

An overview of relatable business comedy 

Pros: mass appeal and usually makes people laugh! It also doesn’t have to be controversial or attention-seeking.

Cons: too much of it and people can easily forget what you do! 

Using relatable business comedy prompts: 

  1. What are some funny things you laugh at all the time in your business  For example, for me, it’s the number of people who find learning about SEO truly painful or boring (which is why I wrote this…)LinkedIn post funny
  2. What happened to you today that was funny?
    Our good friends Rob and Kennedy gave us a great piece of advice–there are stories in your day that can easily be turned into entertaining and valuable content. You just have to look for them. What happened today to you that was funny? Can you use this? 

5. Political humour

Have you ever heard of the phrase, ‘belief-driven buying’? 

Simply put, it’s when a customer buys a product because the brand aligns with their values and beliefs. According to a study by the Edelman Trust in 2019, 64% of people classed themselves as ‘belief-driven buyers’, an increase from 51% in 2017. 

This ain’t just a millennial or Generation Z ‘thing’ either:  ‘Almost as many consumers aged 35 to 54 buy on belief as 18- to 34-year-olds. And 60% of people overall said brands should make it easier to see their values and position on important issues at the point of sale.

So if you’ve steered clear of politics for fear of putting people off, you may find that talking about your views isn’t such a bad thing. It tells people who you are and what you stand for, which will attract customers with similar beliefs and ethics. 

Don’t manufacture something to care about 

The problem is, brands have never had to prove that they care about something until recently; they could just tell us they cared. 

But now we can find the proof, and we can also find out when they’re lying. All you have to do is take a look at the news every once in a while, and you can see the stories of brand hypocrisy; for example, stories of ‘greenwashing’, where brands claim that they care about the environment but actually do things that harm the planet.

Or the companies giving lipservice on International Women’s Day, only for a Twitter Bot to highlight the differences in pay between their male and female employees. 

Ultimately, it’s better to decide not to discuss anything political in your business rather than manufacture something to care about.

If you’re going to talk politics, make sure you walk the walk. Because no one likes a hypocrite. 

But if you do want to talk politics, bringing in a little humour to get your point across is one of the best ways to do this. 

An example of political humour

An example of business using political humour

There are very few rules I’ve stuck to that I had at the start of my business ten years ago, except this one: AVOID POLITICS. 

That was until July 2022, when I decided to call out the UK government. What I decided to call them out on was important to me–but more importantly–to my audience. 

In all its wisdom, the UK government decided to advise businesses to cut their marketing spend prior to the upcoming recession (I know, they’re just so good at filling businesses with confidence and a positive outlook). 

So I decided to highlight just how bizarre this advice was, and  I posted about it. It’s one of my most successful LinkedIn posts to date. 

Sometimes, a political issue doesn’t have to be part of your brand, it can just be something that annoys you! 

An overview of political humour 

Pros: can attract people with similar values and ethics as you

Cons: your views could potentially turn people off 

Using political humour prompts: 

  1. What don’t you agree with that’s happening right now? For example, like me with the government’s decision to advise businesses to cut their marketing spend. 
  2. What do you and your audience care about?
    For example, if that’s the environment, can you incorporate that into your marketing and brand? This won’t always have a ‘humourous’ slant, particularly if it’s a serious topic, but sometimes it can. 

What’s your next step? 

The first thing to do is just test it out. Be a little funny in your blog or post something humorous on social media. 

But what if I don’t get anything back from my audience? 

I’ll hold my hands up and say I’ve tried to be funny only to see tumbleweed in return. Sometimes you won’t always hit the mark. You learn from it and move on! 

Or if you’d like us to write you hilarious content that ranks on search engines, check out our content writing packages.

 

The post How to use humour in your marketing so people fall in love with your business (+11 prompts to help you!) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/humour-marketing/feed/ 0
11 Reasons our SEO content writing service is not right for you https://jammydigital.com/not-the-right-fit-for-you/ https://jammydigital.com/not-the-right-fit-for-you/#comments Thu, 07 Jul 2022 08:51:16 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4348 We could harp on about how great we are, and why you should work with us. But frankly, that’s boring. What you really want to know is whether you should hire us. Are we the right fit? Or could hiring us turn out to be an even bigger mistake than the eighth Fast and the […]

The post 11 Reasons our SEO content writing service is not right for you appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
We could harp on about how great we are, and why you should work with us. But frankly, that’s boring.

What you really want to know is whether you should hire us.

Are we the right fit?

Or could hiring us turn out to be an even bigger mistake than the eighth Fast and the Furious movie? I mean seriously, how many do we need?

Doing business with someone, especially long-term, is a commitment. It’s a bit like any relationship–there has to be respect, honesty and good communication. We have to be on the same page. Otherwise, it ends up stressful, time-consuming, and could potentially end up in a divorce. Not a happy ending for anyone.

So in this blog post, I’m going to go through the reasons why you shouldn’t hire us, so you can establish whether we’re the right fit for you and your business.

And don’t worry, it’s not full of bullshit reverse-psychology reasons like, ‘you shouldn’t work with us if you DON’T want your business to succeed.’ 🙄

So who shouldn’t hire us for our content writing services?

Let’s take a look. 👀

1. There are lots of people involved in approving everything

We happily work with marketing teams, but we only communicate with one person within that team, particularly when it comes to feedback.

We’ve been in situations before where feedback has come from different team members.

Sometimes it’s been contradictory, where one person has loved something we’ve done and another has been unsure, meaning we have to clarify which person’s feedback we prioritise. And as you can imagine it all gets a bit…messy. 😬

The best thing to do is for our contact to collate any feedback and give us everything in one go (and they’ll be able to spot if there are any opposing views). If this isn’t possible, we’re not right for you.

2. You don’t have any time to give feedback on the writing

The aim of our SEO content writing service is to save you time. In fact, we save you up to 10+ hours per week by offering a full blog management service, i.e. doing everything from keyword research to hitting the publish button–and all the tasks in between.

But we still need a teensy-weensy bit of your time. And that’s to either:

  • Approve each blog post
  • Give any feedback

On average, our clients spend 15-30 minutes giving feedback and approving each blog post.

So if you picked our Gold package (which comes with 3 blog posts a month), you’d have to dedicate 45-90 minutes per month to giving us feedback and approval.

Often this time gets less and less as the project goes on, e.g. there’s more feedback on the first blog post than the fourth!

I don’t think it’s an excessive amount of time, but if you can’t do that, we’re not right for you.

3. You want a yes man/woman

At the start of each project, we create a content plan. We create this plan based on our in-depth kick-off call with you (where we find out all about your business), and our keyword research and competitor research.

In this content plan, we’ll suggest three months of blog content–which includes draft titles and a bit about what we should include within each blog post.

Not one single client has asked to change any blog content ideas we’ve come up with–which they’re more than welcome to do, by the way!

But we get why.

We put so much upfront work into the content plan, and because of this, our clients understand how our proposed content ideas will help them achieve their business goals. We even record a video to go through the content plan and explain why we’ve proposed each idea.

As you can see, we don’t just ‘write the content’, we’ll tell you what we need to write too. We do this, not because we’re ego-maniacs, but because doing tons of research tells us the best content ideas to go after.

So if you’re the kind of business who wants a yes-man/woman to tell us what to write and when to write it, we’re simply not the right fit for you.

4. You’re not exactly sure what you’re selling right now

You might be clear on your products or services, but maybe you’re not clear on exactly how you’re selling them or in what way.

For example, if you’re a website design agency, you know you’re selling website design (at least, we hope so 😂). But maybe you’re not sure whether to offer a ‘website in a week’ service or do a truly bespoke service for every client?

If these are decisions you’re still thinking about, then we might not be the right fit, right now.

We create content with the ultimate aim of getting you more sales, so we need to position you correctly through your content.

For example, the way we’d talk about a ‘website in a week’ service is completely different to how we’d talk about a bespoke service for each client.

But once you’ve figured all that out, come back to us. 😉

And if you need help with that, check out Janine Coombes who specialises in helping business owners package up their services!

5. You’re not sure who your audience is

If you’re thinking to yourself: should I pick a niche or not? Or even ‘What are you talking about? I sell to anyone and everyone!’ then we might not be the right fit for you.

If you don’t understand your audience and their problems, it’s difficult to create content for them.

Because everything starts with your customers–their goals, problems, values, the language they use etc. This will help inform our keyword research and come up with your content strategy.

It also helps inform our tone of voice. We would write differently for an audience of plucky microbusinesses and freelancers than corporate HR professionals.

If you’re still struggling to find your niche, definitely check out niching expert Amy Caiger! Amy can help you understand how to hone in on who your audience is!

6. You want us to pitch for work

We sound a little egotistical here and we really don’t mean to. But we don’t pitch for work. The reason we don’t pitch is simple: pitching isn’t the best way to find the right content writing agency.

Why? Well, there are three main reasons:

  • It relies on you having already diagnosed your problem

You don’t go to the doctor having done your own diagnosis. Well, I’m sure some people do! Doctors need to do their own investigation to diagnose a problem and prescribe medication or further help.

It’s the same with your business.

You need an expert to diagnose any problems and tell you what you can do to fix them.

  • Pitching is all about turning on the charm (and quite frankly, we’re not all that charming. But we are good at what we do 😉)

We’re just not ‘charm the pants off you’ kinda people. And we certainly don’t want to peacock our way to your money by being all ‘look at how good we are’.

It’s not us. And it’s not right for you either. You need a company that asks YOU a lot of questions. That listens to you. That gets to understand you and what you need. Not the other way around.

That’s the only way for us to create good content that will deliver rankings and sales.

  • Just because it’s free, doesn’t mean it’s good

Pitching can sometimes feel like a race to the bottom, where everyone competes by giving all their ideas and strategies away for free.

But ideas are cheap.

We can only create a good content strategy by delving deep into your business, understanding who you are and conducting our own research like keyword research and competitor analysis.

To do that takes a huge amount of time. And it’s not something we can cobble together quickly for a pitch. If we did, we’d be doing you a huge disservice.

So those are our three main reasons why we don’t pitch! And, if you like, you can learn more about why we don’t pitch for projects.

7. Your website needs A LOT of work

Our service gets you higher search engine rankings and website traffic (nice), but if your website looks like a dog’s dinner, it’s pretty pointless bringing more people around to see it. They won’t be impressed, we’ll tell you that much.

Now, don’t get us wrong, even when we were website designers we’d always say: don’t spend thousands on a website until it makes business and financial sense!

You do not have to have a fancy-pants website to make content work, but it does need to be:

  • Professional looking i.e. doesn’t look like it was designed in 1992
  • Mobile friendly – because 50% of searches take place over mobile now
  • Relatively fast – because people won’t wait around for it to load
  • Be clear about what you offer – and have a good user experience where people can find what they are looking for.

And that’s it. But if it doesn’t do those things, you may want to look at improving your website first (or getting it redesigned).

Side note, it’s helpful if you have access to your full website. Some website design agencies like to control access or gate certain areas so clients ‘don’t break anything’ (newsflash, that’s why you have backups).

If you don’t have access, you may have to send content to your website design agency to upload for you, which adds time and money to the process! Our advice: get access! No company should be prevented from accessing something as important as their website! 

8. You want a cheap service

Honestly? There are writers that charge $20 for a blog article out there (if you look at places like Fiverr). And we’re a teensy bit more than that (our content writing packages start from £1397 per month).

When we work with clients, the actual writing takes up around 40% of the actual time it takes to press publish on a blog post. The rest of that time is taken up with:

  • Keyword research
  • Coming up with a content strategy
  • Uploading the content–formatting it and optimising it for search engines
  • Creating imagery (such as the featured image or images within the blog post)
  • Adding and optimising images and GIFs
  • Fixing small technical issues
  • Tracking rankings

It’s a full blog management service, where you can ‘outsource your entire blog’ to us. We can do this because we’re experts in content writing, but also SEO, website design and content design too.

Unfortunately, all that ain’t cheap. If you want to learn more about it, check out our blog post: why are we so expensive?

9. You want free samples

We won’t work for you for free. Ever. No, not even if you’re Hopper from Stranger Things (he’s my favourite). But not even then will we work for free.

Of course, you’ll want to see samples of our writing. That’s fair. And if you contact us directly we can send some samples to you. But we don’t do any kind of free sample.

10. You just need one blog post

It baffles us when we get this request, because, in all honesty, you’re unlikely to see a massive difference to your bottom line thanks to one blog post.

Of course, we’ve had single blog posts that have performed AMAZINGLY well for us and our clients. BUT that was because we had a content strategy in place based on our research.

You can see results from just one blog post such as an increase in traffic, rankings and even leads. But to see results that impact your sales in the long-term, that only comes from consistent blogging.

11. You want to write about your awards

If you can honestly say that you’ve had a genuine customer or client contact you and say, ‘what awards have you won?’ then we will happily write about your awards. Until then, no. 😂

Think we’re a match made in heaven?

So, you’ve read through this and you’re thinking, ‘do you know what, Jammy? You’re my kinda people!’

Firstly, yay. We may be a bit fussy about who we work with, but that’s because we love the relationships we build with our clients. It’s better for everyone if we’re the right fit.

Secondly, visit here if you’d like to know more about our SEO content writing service. Or book a 15-minute chat with us to ask us any questions.

The post 11 Reasons our SEO content writing service is not right for you appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/not-the-right-fit-for-you/feed/ 1
SEO Content Writing vs Facebook Ads: Which One is Best for Your Business? https://jammydigital.com/facebook-ads-or-seo-content-writing/ https://jammydigital.com/facebook-ads-or-seo-content-writing/#respond Mon, 04 Jul 2022 08:37:45 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=8786 If you’re thinking of using your Facebook ads budget for SEO content writing, you’re not alone. We’ve noticed our clients have ditched the ads in favour of inbound marketing. BUT, even though Facebook ads seem expensive right now, it’s still an important decision. Because whether you pick Facebook ads or content writing, it’s still going […]

The post SEO Content Writing vs Facebook Ads: Which One is Best for Your Business? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
If you’re thinking of using your Facebook ads budget for SEO content writing, you’re not alone. We’ve noticed our clients have ditched the ads in favour of inbound marketing.

BUT, even though Facebook ads seem expensive right now, it’s still an important decision. Because whether you pick Facebook ads or content writing, it’s still going to take you time and/or money to get these things right.

Some businesses will be more suited to Facebook ads.

Others will be more suited to content writing.

Let’s find out what’s right for you, shall we?

But how do Facebook ads compare to something like SEO content writing?

It might seem odd to compare the two. It’s actually a question that three people have asked us before investing in our content writing packages.  And, essentially, what we’re exploring is the differences between inbound and outbound marketing.

Content writing is an example of inbound marketing: pulls potential customers in by creating valuable content that nurtures relationships.

Whereas Facebook ads are an example of outbound marketing: a traditional method of marketing that pushes messages out to potential customers.

I know what you are thinking! Lyndsay, you are a content writer, so of course, you are going to say it’s better than Facebook ads. Come on, you know me better than that by now! In fact, we know that there is a time and place for both, and we utilise both in our business.

However, it’s likely that depending on where you are in your business one might be more suitable than the other.

So, in this blog, we’ll explore the differences between content writing and Facebook ads, to help you decide which one is right for your business?

SEO Content writing vs Facebook Ads: how much do they cost?

Of course, as always, the cost comes into play, and will likely have an impact on which one is right for your business. But in this case, the cost is a little more complex as you need to consider:

  • Upfront cost
  • Cost per lead

The upfront cost is what most people usually consider. However, you also need to think about how much it costs to obtain each lead, and whether this is feasible for your business.

For example, if you pay £500 for a service, but get zero leads, that would be a very bad deal. However, if you paid £5000 and get leads and sales worth £50,000, well then that would be worth it. Right?

More upfront, but better ROI in the long term.

So, let’s look into these a little more…

How much does SEO content writing cost?

The beauty of content creation is that there are multiple ways and budgets available to tackle it.

If you have the time, skills and inclination then you can DIY your blog content. This will cost you time, but it is free to publish a blog on your website. In the early days if you have very little, or no, budget then this might be the best course.

If you need a little guidance then we run regular content challenges and provide blog templates within our ‘Make your Mark Online’ membership. This helps keep you accountable and speeds up the content writing process.

If you’ve got some budget then you can outsource to a content writer. Although this will cost you money, it will free up time to spend on other revenue-driving activities.

Plus an SEO content writer will usually have more knowledge and expertise than you. It’s not just about saving you time, but knowing how to write content that ranks on search engines and converts readers into leads.

The cost of hiring an SEO content writer varies, but on average it’s between £200-£700/blog post. The exact cost will depend on the individual writer’s skills and experience. And the more blogs you want to publish every month, the more you will pay.

Related content: Why is our SEO content and blog management service so expensive?

What is the cost per lead for content marketing?

With blogs, it’s hard to attribute an exact cost per lead, as you are not paying for every single click or visit to your page.

And unless you are using software such as Hubspot, or using a customised lead magnet on each blog then you might not be able to track exactly what leads come from each blog.

If you take the DIY route then you should calculate your £ value per blog. And if you are paying a content writer, then you can divide the £ by the number of leads for an average cost per lead.

A lead magnet on one of our blog posts generated 574 leads in 18 months. Which is a pretty amazing number.

Of course, we wrote this blog ourselves, which took time but didn’t have any financial output for us.

But, let’s pretend that we paid ourselves to research, write, publish and promote this blog (which would cost £648.50 based on one blog from our Silver package). We can then calculate a cost per lead of around £1.12.

The success of every blog will differ, and not every single blog will generate that many leads. But it’s possible to get a lot of leads, for a very low cost with blogging.

And the beauty of the content is that once it’s published it works forever even without spending any more (more on that later).

In fact, we’ve got more leads since we started writing this blog post.

How much do Facebook Ads cost?

Despite changes to Apple iOS over the last year, Facebook is still the cheapest social media advertising channel in 2022.

However, unlike content writing, Facebook Ads will always come with a financial cost, even if you do them yourself💰. That’s because you are paying money directly to Facebook for them to place relevant adverts on their user’s feeds.

But, the beauty of Facebook ads is that you can spend as much or as little as you like. You can set your daily budget (from as little as £1), and either run them continuously or set an end date if you want to stick to a set budget.

Facebook ads use a bidding system. So exactly how many potential customers you reach, and how much it costs you will depend on the competitiveness of your industry.

It’s hard to benchmark costs as there are so many variables. However, Facebook bills are based on two metrics: cost per click (CPC) and cost per mille (CPM) ie. cost per 1000 impressions. Wordstream suggests that you can expect to pay:

  • $0.44 per click
  • $14.40 per 1,000 impressions

However, it can be very easy to squander money using Facebook ads if you don’t know what you are doing. Facebook make it easy to boost a post here and there, and before you know it you’ve spent hundreds of pounds with very little return.

If you are going to invest in Facebook ads, then we advise hiring someone who knows what they are doing. Hiring a professional Facebook Ads consultant will range between £250 and £10,000 a month. You’ll pay them a management fee, plus a budget for Facebook for advertising.

If you’re looking for a person or company to help, we highly recommend Facebook ads specialist, Jo Francis or, if you’re looking for an agency, Gavin Bell at Yatter.

What is the cost per lead for Facebook ads?

With Facebook ads, each lead will have an associated cost attached to it. However, you need to remember that not every person that sees or clicks on your ad will become a lead.

According to Wordstream, the average cost per lead (across all industries) is $19.68. This differs from industry to industry and can be higher or lower depending on what you are selling.

So you have to ensure that your customer’s lifetime value is higher than this. Otherwise, you risk driving revenue with Facebook ads, but not making any profit💰.

If you look at our blog post that got 574 leads, we would likely have paid around $11,296.32 (approx. £9,207.07) in ads for the same number of leads over the same 18-month period. This is much more expensive than the cost to write one blog post.

What’s the cost comparison: Facebook ads vs SEO Content Writing

Table showing the cost comparison between Facebook ads and SEO content writing

SEO Content writing vs Facebook Ads: how much time does it take?

In business, time is money, and it’s something everyone is always running low on. So understanding the time you’ll spend on each will help you decide which one is right for your business.

How much time does SEO content writing take?

As we said, SEO content writing will either cost you money or time⏰.

And it’s not just the time that it takes to write the actual blog. A good blog isn’t just about writing, there are quite a lot of different elements that go into creating a successful, ranking blog that drives traffic and leads.

You’ve got to:

  • Research keywords
  • Write (rewrite) and edit the content
  • Proofread your content
  • Upload to your website
  • Design the featured image
  • Create in-text images
  • Design and format the blog post
  • Optimise the blog post (so it’s found on Google)

As you can see, writing the content is just one part. And all of that can take around 10-16 hours per blog post. Honestly, we’re tired just thinking about it​​😴.

That’s why a lot of people invest in our blog writing and management service, as we do ALL of this.

Of course, there is a cost for this, but if you think it’s the right option for you then you can take your Facebook ads budget and pay us (or someone else) to take care of it for you. Not only will this utilise the skills of a professional, but it will allow you to get on with the things in your business you actually enjoy. Win, win!

How much time do Facebook ads take?

It can take as little as a couple of minutes to set up a boosted post, which Facebook actively encourages (and it’s so damn tempting to push that button). But, you’ll find that most experts don’t suggest you take a shotgun approach to boost posts. Instead, they recommend you, formulate an ad strategy that is tailored to your goals.

So, while the setting up of adverts can be pretty quick, it’s worth taking some time to figure out what you actually want. And take time to design creatives and copy that help you achieve these goals.

That’s why the set-up (if done correctly) will be the most time-consuming part of running Facebook ads.

And the setup always surprises people, because if you do it the right way, it’ll likely involve writing the copy for the ads, designing graphics/creating videos to promote them, designing a landing page and writing a follow-up email sequence once someone becomes a lead.

For us—and as website designers, graphic designers and writers, we’re at an advantage here—it takes the following amount of time:

  • Writing the copy for the ads (we usually write three different types of copy to experiment with how they perform): 2 hours
  • Creating the landing page: 1-2 hours
  • Creating graphics or videos for the ads (again, we usually create 3 different types of graphics or videos to see how each performs): 2-3 hours
  • Writing and setting up the follow-up email sequence (once someone is a lead): 3-4 hours

As we’re proficient in this (and have done it over and over again), we’re going to estimate that it would take someone who has never done this before at least double this amount of time. So let’s realistically say up to 22 hours to set up Facebook ads the right way. 

However, once they are set up, they are incredibly low-maintenance and require very little of your time.

Especially if you cleverly set up funnels, landing pages and email sequences which nurture potential clients through the entire process. Which certainly makes them an appealing way to drive leads and sales.

Time comparison: Facebook ads vs SEO content writer

Summary of time comparison between Facebook ads vs SEO content writing

 

SEO Content writing vs Facebook Ads: which one gets you leads and sales faster?

Both content writing and Facebook ads are ultimately a way of driving more revenue and profit for your building. So it’s important to understand how quickly you’ll get results from each.

How long does it take content marketing to work?

You press publish and then the leads just flood in right?

Well, not quite! Content marketing isn’t a silver bullet, it takes time to work.

However, there is a bit of a myth that it takes 3-6 months before you see any results from content marketing. The 3-6 months marker is definitely a turning point, and if you are writing quality content then you should start to see consistent leads and sales as a direct result of your content marketing at this point.

But it is possible to see markers of success much quicker than this.

We recently wrote and published a client blog that ranked on page one of Google for their BIG target keywords after just a couple of days. Ranking for key search terms can instantly drive traffic, build trust and increase leads. Proof that if you are writing about the right things and optimising for SEO then you can see results almost instantly.

This, of course, depends on your website. So if you’ve had an active website for a number of years, naturally got some backlinks to it over time and have created content on it already, it’s much more likely to rank quicker through content.

Brand new websites take longer. If you think about it, that makes sense. Because Google needs to trust you first before it presents your website in the search results.

Here’s an example of how a keyword ranking shot up for our client within 24 hours of us publishing a blog post.

Graph showing rankings increase following blog post published

Over time though, the more content that you create the more keywords and phrases you’ll rank for. So even if it takes a while for you to see the fruits of your labour, those results will amplify over time.

Even if it does take some time for leads to find you organically from content, you can instantly integrate it into your sales process. If you have an existing audience, you can send them content that answers their pre-purchase questions. Publishing content is a brilliant way to build trust with potential customers and drive sales from day one.

Related content: How to make content part of your sales process (so you get more sales faster)

How long does it take Facebook Ads to work?

Once your Facebook ads have been approved (which usually takes 24 hours), they are instantly placed on the feeds of relevant people and can start showing results quickly.

Research from Hootsuite shows that Facebook ads reach up to 60.5% of users in the United Kingdom (and more in countries such as the USA and Mexico). So there is a huge potential to quickly get in front of the right audience.

However, the challenge is that if you are starting from scratch you are often targeting a cold audience. This is especially true if you are raising awareness for “new” customers, who have never encountered your brand before.

According to the marketing rule of seven potential customers need seven “touchpoints” with your company before buying. And although social media makes it easier to create these touchpoints the rule still holds true. This is why the cost per lead isn’t as simple as getting charged for one click.

So, while Facebook ads might get your business clicks and impressions almost instantly, this might not translate into immediate sales. You can take advantage of things like lookalike audiences, and retargeting, but these are usually a little more advanced and might require you to employ the skills of a professional.

For this reason, Facebook ads, like content, will likely become more successful over time. As you learn more about your potential audience, optimise the ads, and touch base with customers regularly they will learn to know, like and trust you.

So although Facebook ads are often touted as a quick win, the reality is that you will get the most success from them if you invest over the long term.

Which one gets you leads and sales faster: Facebook ads vs SEO content writer

Comparing how long it takes to get leads with Facebook ads vs content marketing

SEO Content writing vs Facebook Ads: which one works best long-term?

We know from above that both content writing and Facebook ads are ultimately long-term strategies to help grow your business.

But what would happen if you invested in one over the other and then decided to stop after a couple of months? Obviously, it’s not something we recommend, but it’s good to know the long-term impact that these two strategies would have on your business.

How long will content marketing work for?

Yes, content marketing can take a little longer to kick in, and it’s certainly not a silver bullet for your marketing needs.

However, the payoff is that most blogs are evergreen🌲.

Once they are published they are available on your website 24/7, 365 days a year.

You might need to update or optimise them to keep them relevant if things change or if there are any major Google updates. But your budget will never run out, and they have the potential to continuously drive traffic and lead generation for as long as they are live on your website.

In fact, the accumulation of great content means that the whole is greater than the sum of all parts. Over time, the more and more content that you create can make the content work even better. …

Plus, blogs live on YOUR website💻.

Remember MySpace? Yeah, me neither!

Although it feels like Facebook might be around forever, we’ve seen the rise and fall of social media sites before. If your Facebook is hacked, blocked or if Facebook is down then you are losing potential leads.

When you publish a blog you are in control of it, and it will be live for as long as you choose on your website.

We don’t plan on it, but we know if we stopped publishing content tomorrow the accumulative effect of the content we had already published would continue to drive leads and sales for a long time. And this is what happened when we stopped publishing content for 6 months ⬇️🙌



How long do Facebook Ads work for?

In our opinion, this is one of the biggest downfalls of Facebook ads, especially in comparison to content writing.

As soon as you stop spending, your ads stop being shown💰.

It’s a paid-for media, so their placement relies on your continual spending. You’ll always have to allocate some budget to Facebook if you want to keep seeing results.

This doesn’t necessarily mean that there will be no residual effects from the adverts. The chances are you’ll get some new followers, email subscribers and customers as a result of your adverts.

These people are now part of your audience, and you have the opportunity to communicate with them without the use of paid adverts.

But, you lose the ability to get in touch with anyone who hasn’t interacted with your business. And if your cost per lead vs profitability is too high for Facebook ads, then you can get into a vicious cycle of needing the income to continually boost revenue. It’s not a good place to be.

The return should be high enough if you are doing ads right, that the continued investment is well worth it. 

This is why you really need to know what you are doing with ads, as you need to make sure you are making enough from the ads to justify the continual spending – otherwise, you’ll end up prioritising revenue over profit.

Evergreen comparison: Facebook ads vs SEO Content Writing

Facebook ads won't deliver leads after they are switched off. Blog content delivers leads continously.

Combining Facebook ads and content writing: how does this work?

We actually combine Facebook ads with content. How? Well, we don’t just promote each and every blog post by setting up an ad–that probably would waste money.

What we do is take our service pages, like for our content writing service, and retarget people who visit that page with objection-led content.

It’s likely that if someone has visited that page, they might have additional questions about it. So we’re doing something a bit brave! We’re re-targetting people, sending them back to articles like why is our content writing service so expensive?

We’ll also create more articles to retarget people with too. We’ll keep you updated on here how it goes!

Content Writing vs Facebook Ads: Which one is best for you?

So, which one is best for you?

We’ve found that the key to both content writing and FB ads is winning strategy.

Writing random topics or boosting Adhoc posts probably isn’t going to have a long-term impact on your business. This sort of approach leaves businesses feeling disenfranchised, and it’s often the people you hear saying they don’t work.

You need to understand what your goals are and optimise the content or ads to achieve these goals.

But the truth is, that both content marketing and Facebook ads have the ability to drive revenue for your business if used correctly. And for many businesses, both content writing and Facebook ads will have value.

However, if you only have time or money for one which should you pick?

We think that step one is creating a really solid content foundation. Create an asset that is going to live on your website, and help you rank 24/7, 365 days a year without having to spend any more money on it.

If, and only if, you do this, you can then start using Facebook ads to amplify the impact of your organic content and drive traffic back towards your website.

This will help you avoid getting stuck in a spending cycle with Facebook, and allows you to increase your reach via search traffic and social media. Ultimately leading to more leads and sales over a long period of time.

Want someone to take control of the Content writing?

If you’d like to invest your energy into content writing without it taking up lots of time, then our SEO content writing and blog management service might help. We take control of the entire blogging process including planning, writing, optimising for SEO, designing imagery, uploading and formatting.

To find out where you should begin with your business blog, take our SEO quiz, and find out exactly how you can improve.

SEO Quiz Link

The post SEO Content Writing vs Facebook Ads: Which One is Best for Your Business? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/facebook-ads-or-seo-content-writing/feed/ 0
6 Simple Steps that Make a Successful Business Blog [+ Free Blog Post Template] https://jammydigital.com/business-blogging-steps/ https://jammydigital.com/business-blogging-steps/#respond Wed, 15 Jun 2022 20:07:42 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=8671 I’m sorry to be the bearer of bad news. But publishing epic business blogs that make your readers fall head-over-heels in love with you requires more than good writing. If you want your business blog posts to rank on search engines, deliver website traffic, WOW your readers (and I mean really wow them) and deliver […]

The post 6 Simple Steps that Make a Successful Business Blog [+ Free Blog Post Template] appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
I’m sorry to be the bearer of bad news. But publishing epic business blogs that make your readers fall head-over-heels in love with you requires more than good writing.

If you want your business blog posts to rank on search engines, deliver website traffic, WOW your readers (and I mean really wow them) and deliver leads and sales, you’re going to have to approach blogging a bit differently.

Because there are actually six elements that make a successful business blog.

SIX!

I know, I know. It sounds like a lot and you’re probably thinking, ‘I don’t have time for this, Lyndsay.’

But here’s the thing:

  • Most businesses don’t do all six things (or are even aware of them) so if you do, you’ll be miles ahead of your competition
  • I’m going to break down all six things below, so you know exactly what to do in each of these areas. Which makes everything much simpler for you.

Ready to learn the 6 key steps to a successful blog?

Let’s get stuck in…

1. Conduct keyword research for your business blog post

Hold your horses! Before you get to the writing, you’re going to need to do a sprinkling of keyword research first.

Why?

Because surely one of the reasons you’re publishing blog content on your website in the first place is because you want to be found on Google.

You want your blog to consistently send you website traffic, rank well in the search engines, and generate more leads and sales for your business.

It’s no surprise that bloggers who do keyword research before writing content see much stronger results.

And if you want that to happen, you need to be strategic about it. That means you need to do your research in advance to make sure you’re writing content about topics that your ideal customers and clients are searching for.

So far so good?

Great.

So how do you know what your customers and clients are searching for?

Customer’s questions give you an idea of what people are searching for

Well, first thing first, you ask them. And before you say you don’t have the chance to do that, we know for a fact that you do.

Every email conversation, every discovery call, or sales call you have with a prospective client is an opportunity to find out what problems they have and what they want to know.

They will ask you questions (lots of them!) and your job is to write them down and save them so you can create amazing blog content about those topics.

But if you want further ideas or find out exactly what search terms people are using when looking for information about your industry, niche, or business, then there are tools you can use to do your keyword research.

Some of our favourite keyword research tools for business blogging

When searching for keywords online, you’re aiming for phrases that are both competitive and profitable.

What does that mean?

In a nutshell, you want keywords that lots of people search for but that aren’t too competitive. So make sure you spend some time doing keyword research for every blog post you write and try to pick keywords that aren’t overused.

Some of the tools we recommend are:

Answer the Public. An amazing free tool (with the option to upgrade to the paid-for version) that helps you visualise real questions that your potential customers have asked via visual and intuitive search clouds.

Quora. This website is free to use and is completely user-generated. This means users ask the questions and others will reply to them.

Keywords Everywhere is a free Chrome extension. Once installed it will pop up on the side whenever you do a search. It’s free to use but a paid-for version is also available.

KW Finder. This is a paid-for tool that allows you to find the best longtail keywords to include in your content. It offers affordable plans depending on the number of keyword searches per month you need and also has a FREE 10-day trial.

Semrush. This is another paid-for, full-service research tool and allows you to figure out what people are searching for in relation to a specific keyword using their content marketing topic research.

You can find more information about each of these tools (including some cool screenshots that show you what they look like) in our blog post 23 of the Best Business Blogging Tools that Increase Traffic and Conversions.

Or, you can read a bit more about SEO and keyword research in our super comprehensive blog post SEO for Beginners.

Check competing blog posts for your keyword/phrase

Don’t forget this final important step: check your competition.

Don’t rely too heavily on your SEO tool to tell you how competitive a keyword or phrase is, instead Google the keyword or phrase and see for yourself.

These are some indicators you’re targeting an ultra-competitive keyword.

Go to Google (in incognito window) and type in your target keyword or phrase. If there is…

  • A lot of ads
  • Some well-known trusted companies writing about the topic
  • Lengthy blog posts and guides dedicated to the topic

This could be a sign it’s super competitive. It may be worth digging a little deeper around that keyword. Is there a longer keyword or phrase you can use? Something more niche? But still with good search volume?

Blogging Quiz

2. Plan your business blogging strategy

Different types of content will help you achieve different goals with different types of people who consume content on your website.

Most people think of content, especially business blog content, as something that will generate website traffic and rankings. That’s true. But actually, content can also sell too.

To do this, you must create content for every stage of the buyer’s journey…

Blog content at the awareness stage

People in the awareness stage of their buyer’s journey might not know about you yet. Actually, they probably don’t even know they need you just yet!

Let’s bring this to life with an example. Let’s say you’re a career coach who specialises in corporate, leadership roles. Some people might land on your website because they’re looking for a career coach that meets those criteria. And those people are further down the buyer’s journey already – they know they want a career coach.

But people who are still in the awareness stage might be looking for information such as “How to be a more assertive manager” or “How to become a better leader”. They don’t know about you or your services, so your job is to create content that answers those questions. And through that, they’ll want to find out more about you. Clever, right?

Examples of awareness stage blog content

So make sure you create blog content that tells people who you are, what you do, how you do it, and why they need to work with you.

This is educational and informative content that targets your customers’ pain points.

For example, a popular piece of awareness content we’ve published on our website is Why Am I Not Ranking in Google, and How to Fix It and How to Make Your Blog Posts Look Good.

These two blog posts came directly from questions we had from our customers. The keywords actually didn’t show up on keyword research tools! But we were confident people were searching for this. A few months later, these were ranking for lots of juicy search terms. Years later, they still are!

Blog content at the consideration stage

Consideration-type content is what helps your customers see that your business is a valid and viable option for them.

They’re certainly ‘shopping around’ and looking to solve a specific problem, so they’re checking what’s out there.

At this stage, they aren’t sure what solution to find for their problem, so they are looking for help. For example, someone who wants more leads and sales could invest inbound marketing (like blogging and SEO) or outbound marketing (like Facebook ads). They haven’t decided yet, so your job is to help them make that decision.

Essentially, your job here is to help people find the right solution for them. This does not mean pushing your solution as the only viable option! In fact, you may recommend a different solution to what you offer in some cases.

For example, if someone wanted to get 100 leads in less than 24 hours, we’d recommend ads over blogging – even though we sell a blog management service!

Be honest in this content and speak to your audience as if they are a friend. Discuss the different options available to them without bias and explain who is the right fit for each solution.

Examples of consideration stage blog content

If you want to check out a few examples of this, we’ve created consideration content like, ‘What is an SEO Content Writer?’ and ‘SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency, which one should you choose?’ You can see how both these articles would introduce this service as a potential solution to a problem.

Content at the purchase stage

Things are getting serious now. These are people who have decided to buy. They just need to be sure they’re making the best possible decision when going ahead and buying from you.

This is the point where you need to reassure them you’re the right and best option for them. It’s the last checkpoint before they press the BUY button, so you want to give them the last bits of information to help them take the plunge and buy from you.

They may be looking at your competitors too, trying to understand the differences between you and them.

This is where ‘sales content’ can come in helpful. This is content that talks directly about your products or service, not just your industry.

You can learn all about it and get some amazing sales content ideas here.

Examples of purchase stage content

Here are a couple of examples of purchase content we created on our website: Why You Shouldn’t Join Our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge or Everything You Need to Know About our Content Fortress Course.

You’ll notice that these talk only about our products and services!

3. Create compelling business blog posts

The next thing you want to check to make sure your business blog is as successful as it can be is your copy. It needs to be engaging and compelling. And when we say that, we don’t mean you need to sound like Shakespeare.

Quite the opposite, in fact!

Your copy should sound like you. When your prospective customers read your content, they’re forming an opinion on who you are, the types of things you say, and how you work.

You want to make sure that the way you sound in your blog content is similar to how you sound when you talk to your customers face-to-face.

Make sure your tone of voice and your personality come across – don’t be boring and hold yourself back too much. But also, don’t try to be someone you’re not.

Your copy also needs to be direct, clear, and jargon-free. In your blog post, tell the reader exactly what the piece of content is going to be about and then deliver on your promise. This needs to start from the headline, so make sure you pick a great title for your blog posts. And if you want more information on how to do this, head over to 7 Ways To Write An Irresistible Blog Post Headline.

And all the way through you need to make sure your blog is well structured and makes keeps people engaged. You can read all about this in our article, how to write a blog post – which covers everything from start to finish!

Break the text down

To make your blog posts user-friendly, make sure you include plenty of sub-headings and paragraphs to structure your information so it’s easy to read and digest. As much as we all like to think that people who consume our content will read it all (word by word) that’s really not the case.

We know it.

And you know it.

And according to Nielson Norman Group, website users read on average 20% of the text on the page.

People who consume content online want to be able to get to the information they need as quickly as possible, so make your text ‘scannable’ by adding sub-sections (all with their own sub-headings) and bulleted lists that help you guide the readers’ eyes to the key bits of information.

Make sure you also include lots of white space and images (more on that in a minute) to let the page ‘breathe’ and ensure you break up the text. No one wants to read a big wall of text, do they? That’s the opposite of compelling!

Website design actually has a huge impact on your content, so make sure you do all of the things above. That way you maximise your chances of blogging success!

Blogging Quiz

4. Include standout imagery in your blog posts

Photos and images are essential for your blog. In fact, articles with images get 94% more views than articles that don’t.

An eye-catching featured image (which is the first thing people see when they land on your blog) can help them decide whether to click on the link and read through or not.

This means more people clicking through your content rather than hitting the back button and heading off to another website! So make sure your featured images are striking, on-brand, and clearly include the title of your blog post.

The rest of the images you sprinkle throughout your article should also play a huge role in how successful your content is going to be.

Much like white space, paragraphs, and sub-headings, images help you break up the text and encourage your readers to stay on the page. When you choose the right images, they immediately elevate the quality of your content. Especially if you create bespoke imagery in your branding (i.e. your colours, graphics, fonts, etc.)

The right images help you stand out

We’re not trying to brag here, but people often tell us that the featured images on our blog posts are so unique that when we share them on social media, they’ll immediately recognise the post as being one of ours.

That shows that using the right type of imagery can make you stand out. People know it’s you before they’ve even clicked on the content and read a single word you wrote. And that’s a great place to be!

Plus, there are other benefits to using great images in your blog posts. Pictures can make you more visible and relatable. Rather than sharing generic stock images from the Internet, we always recommend you use pictures of yourself and your team. That helps you build trust and rapport with your readers.

And you’ve all heard the saying that “a picture is worth a thousand words”. It’s true. Choose your images wisely, and they’ll enhance your content.

You can optimise your images

There’s also a slightly more technical reason why it’s important to have images – you can optimise them! That’s right – it’s not just text that you can optimise for search. So if you’re trying to be found for a particular keyword, you can include that keyword in the title and description of any images you use in your blog post and increase your chances of ranking for that keyword.

5. Optimise each blog post for your keywords

Another important factor to help you decide whether you’re doing a great job with your business blog is optimisation. We know this is something a lot of people don’t even want to hear about, but it really doesn’t need to be complicated!

Optimisation is actually really simple when you know the key steps you need to take. All you need to do is to allocate 15-20 minutes at the end of writing a blog post to make sure you’ve included your keywords in a few strategic places.

How to optimise your blog posts

Remember that keyword research process we talked about at the beginning? Let’s say you went for the keyword “piano teacher in Liverpool”. You’ll want to mention that exact combination of words in the text of your blog post.

On top of that, you’ll also want to include it in:

  • Your URL. That’s the web address for your blog post.
  • The title tags. The headline and some of the sub-headings, if possible.
  • The meta description. That’s the short description that appears on Google under the title of the blogpost that tells people what the content is all about. It’s what helps them decide whether they want to go ahead and read or not.
  • Your images. If you’ve included any images in your blog post (and we really recommend you do), you should add your selected keyword in the Alt Description.
  • Throughout your article. Include it naturally within your blog post. And if you can, within the first paragraph of your entire article too.

And finally, remember to add links to relevant and related content. These should be both internal links (i.e. links to other pages or blog posts on your own website) and external links (i.e. links to resources from reputable websites that aren’t your competitors).

And that’s all you need to do to make sure your blog posts are optimised! When you break it down, it’s still not the most exciting of tasks (yes, we can see that). But it’s easy enough to do, and it’ll definitely give a huge boost to your business blogging efforts.

You can learn everything you need to know about optimising your blog posts in this handy guide: The Ultimate Guide to Optimising Your Blog Posts.

6. Lead Generation

Last but not least, a successful blog post will help you generate leads. In other words, you want your business blog to attract your dream customers.

Driving traffic to your website is great. You definitely want more people to find you through search engines and consume your content.

But what you want even more is for people to give you their email addresses, sign up for a free trial, or hit that buy now button.

Tips to improve your blog lead generation

Here are a few things we recommend you do to encourage people to give you their email addresses…

Mention your products and services. Don’t be shy!

This is your business blog after all. It’s published on your business website! And while you can absolutely help people with the content you share, you can help them even more through your products and services. That’s why they’re here – looking for help. So let them know how you can serve them. (For example, did you know we offer an SEO Content Writing and Blog Management service? 😉)

Include a lead magnet on your blog posts

In this blog post, you may have noticed a Business Blogging Quiz. We include this in our blog posts about blogging (shocker!)

We also have an SEO quiz, and we mainly include this in blog posts about SEO. Either way, we are able to capture email addresses via our blog.

Use imagery throughout your blog post to promote your lead magnet

Rather than just signposting people to your lead magnets through a link (which isn’t all that visible) we recommend you use branded images with big and bright call-to-action buttons.

Images are more eye-catching and encourage the reader to spend more time on the page. Plus, these images will have a big button that people can press if they want to download your lead magnet. And give you their email address. Win-win, right

Make your lead magnet irresistible

So lead magnets are often a bit…meh. They are often a checklist or an email series, and that’s fine but it’s not exactly compelling. That’s why our quiz seems to work so well. It’s interactive, and fun and you also get a personalised report too. So that appeals to people. Try to think about how you can make your own irresistible lead magnet too!

And finally, the free blog post template!

Below, we’ve included a free blog post template you can refer to, to help you improve your blog posts! And if you want something more substantial, you can check out our blog post template pack which includes 12 fill-in-the-blank blog post templates.


Breakdown of the perfect blog post


What area of your business blog should you focus on first?

So there you have it. The 6 key steps you need to take to create epic, lead-generating business blog content. As a reminder, these are:

  1. Keyword research
  2. Blogging strategy
  3. Compelling copy
  4. Standout imagery
  5. Optimisation
  6. Lead generation

To know which area you should focus on first, take our blogging quiz which will score you in each individual category and tell you EXACTLY how to improve.

Blogging Quiz

The post 6 Simple Steps that Make a Successful Business Blog [+ Free Blog Post Template] appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/business-blogging-steps/feed/ 0
Why is our SEO content writing & blog management service so expensive? https://jammydigital.com/why-so-expensive/ https://jammydigital.com/why-so-expensive/#respond Mon, 06 Jun 2022 08:54:45 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=1428 Let’s talk about the elephant in the room🐘. Cost is relative, and our SEO content writing service is no different. What is a MASSIVE investment for one business, might be a drop in the ocean for another. Some of you might already know what we charge and think that we are really cheap. Given all […]

The post Why is our SEO content writing & blog management service so expensive? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Let’s talk about the elephant in the room🐘. Cost is relative, and our SEO content writing service is no different.

What is a MASSIVE investment for one business, might be a drop in the ocean for another.

Some of you might already know what we charge and think that we are really cheap. Given all the different elements that are included in our service (including planning, writing, publishing and optimising the content). After all, if you were to hire multiple different freelancers or agencies to do all of the jobs that our service encompasses then you could easily be paying double or more every month.

But recently, we’ve also had people who are interested in working with us ask: “why are you so expensive?”

And it’s a totally fair question!

Especially if you’re ready to hire someone to help drive organic traffic to your website, and you’re wondering why our SEO content writing & blog management service is more expensive than hiring a freelance SEO writer.

But regardless of which camp you fall into, we want to make sure you make the right buying decision. 

While we think that there is loads of value bundled up into our SEO content writing & blog management service, you need to know what you are getting for the cost before you sign up.

So, in this blog, we’ll explore why we are so expensive, what our service includes, and how we differ from other services available.

Before we get into it, if you’re not quite sure what SEO content writing is, you can check out our article on what is an SEO content writing service?

How much do we charge for our SEO Content Writing and Blog Management service?

Don’t you hate when you can’t find the prices online when you want to buy something?

That’s why we’re pretty upfront about what we charge. No need to book an hour-long call with us just to find out the price!

So let’s just dive straight into our pricing. Then you’ll know exactly how much we charge (and whether that’s expensive for you).

The prices for our SEO content writing & blog management service start at £1297 per month and go up to £2297 per month. The smallest package (£1297) gets you up to 3000 words a month, which is usually split between two blog posts. And the largest package gets you 6000 words a month, which is often split between four blog posts.

The total cost that you pay depends on how many blogs you want us to publish every month. Everything else in the package remains the same. So regardless of whether you go for our silver or platinum package, you’ll get the same level of support from us (just a different number of blogs).

If at this point you are thinking: “Ah, that’s incredibly expensive”, then please do us a favour and keep on reading🙏.

By the end of the blog, you might decide that it’s still too expensive for your business. And that’s totally fine, we might still be able to work with you in a different way. But you also might realise that it’s such a valuable service, with loads packed in. It’s more than just writing content, hence why we charge what we do.

If you are thinking: “Lyndsay, that sounds like an amazing price, how can I sign up right away.” Then you can find out more here. But also we still recommend reading, as we promise it will get you even more excited about working with us.

SEO Quiz Link

Content writer vs SEO content writing & blog management service: which is more expensive?

We write content! So it’s totally understandable that we get compared to content writers when it comes to cost.

And in all honesty, we are usually more expensive than a freelance content writer.

So, let’s dig into why that is…

There are a couple of different pricing structures commonly used by freelance writers.

The first one is per word, with writers charging between $0.02 and $2.00 per word on average. If an average blog is 1000 words, this would work out at around £20 to £2000 per blog (a HUGE difference). However, this type of pricing often promotes word stuffing – more words written = a higher cost. But a blog should be as long as it needs to be, so we think it’s better to get a set price per blog. And luckily, this is the most common way for freelance content writers to price

The average cost per blog is between £200 and £700. The exact cost will depend on the individual writer’s skills and experience. The more blogs you want to be written every month, the more you will pay.

Let’s say a content writer is charging £300/per blog, for two blogs you will be paying £600 per month.

If you compare this to our Silver package (two blogs per month) you pay £1297 per month or £648.50/blog. So over double what you would pay the £300 per blog content writer.

But when you see what you else you are getting for your money you’ll understand why we price this way.

Why are we more expensive than content writers?

So, if we’re both writing content, then why do we charge more than most content writers for our content services?

I mean, obviously, it’s because we want to fund our lavish lifestyle and make all our neighbours jealous with multiple Lamborghinis in the driveway, right? Just kidding 😉

It really comes down to two things: services and skills.

What does an SEO content writer service include?

Traditionally a content writer primarily sticks to writing content (I know it’s in the name). They focus on creating blog content that educates and informs your potential clients while ranking highly on search engine results pages (SERPs).

In order to do this successfully, content writers will be skilled in SEO and optimising content. However, they usually work off a supplied content plan and are not involved in the planning or strategy aspect. They’ll also provide the blog via Google Docs, Microsoft Word, or something similar and won’t usually upload the content to your website or promote it in any way across your platforms.

Of course, the skills of each content writer will differ massively, but a freelancer by definition is one person. So you are very much restricted by the skills that they personally have.

What does our SEO Content Writing and Blog Management service include?

In comparison, our SEO content writing & content management service covers a whole range of content services within the one package.

That’s because we know that good content is just one part of driving organic traffic to your website. In addition to content, it includes:

  • A discovery call (to get to know your business)
  • In-depth keyword research (this takes us a LONG time, and we charge £997+VAT to do this as a stand-alone service)
  • Competitor analysis
  • Content strategy (i.e. telling you the exact articles you should create to rank on search and convert)
  • A website audit, where we look at what could prevent or limit you from ranking
  • A professional proofreader to look over the content (who we hire separately)
  • Adding the content to your website and formating it
  • Creation of the blog post featured image
  • Extra ‘in-the body’ images that are optimised for search engines
  • Optimise the content
  • Publish the content

All of this is in addition to the writing. So yes, you could hire an SEO content writer, but that would mean you’d have to do all of the above yourself. Which is not a bad thing, by the way. It just requires more of your time.

Plus, we can also create social and email marketing copy for an extra cost to amplify the impact of your content.

Taking all of the above into account, suddenly £648.50/per month per blog doesn’t seem all that expensive right? Hiring individual freelancers for all of these roles would cost you A LOT more. You’d need to hire an SEO agency, graphic designer and web specialist or tech VA for those roles. That’s a lot!

SEO and Web Specialist Meets Expert Writer

Plus with Jammy Digital there are two of us, so you get to take advantage of our individual skills (plus we use a professional proofreading service to make sure there are no mistakes).

Although we both love creating content we have two different skill sets that enable us to offer a wider range of services than your average freelance content writer.

I (Lyndsay) am the content & SEO strategist and writer. I create blog posts in your style and tone of voice and optimise them for ranking on search engines.

Martin is a website and SEO strategist and graphic designer. He develops content strategies around topics that will rank, as well as uploading, optimising the content, and making it look beautiful. He was also a website designer for over a decade and can spot issues with your website that will prevent or limit your rankings. Your website has a huge impact on the success of your content, so it’s handy having Martin in your corner!

So, not only do we offer a lot more in terms of service, but we also have a wider range of skills that your blogs can benefit from.

SEO Quiz Link

SEO agency vs SEO & blog management service: which is more expensive?

In addition to content writers, we’re also often compared to SEO agencies. It makes sense, as we both aim to get you ranking on search engines via organic traffic.

But, whilst our goal is the same, the strategy we use to get you there differs quite dramatically. And as a result, so does the cost.

SEO agencies can charge anywhere between £2000 – £6000 per month, depending on what services you require.

However, as we talked about in our blog on SEO agency problems, this price doesn’t always include content creation (especially if you opt for a cheaper SEO package). In fact, our research showed that 13 out of 20 UK SEO agencies offered content marketing as a separate service to their SEO services.

Out of the 20 agencies we looked at, only one provided a price, which was £2899 per month. This included a blogging strategy and content calendar but there was no mention of creating content. So it’s likely that you will need to DIY your content or pay the SEO agency more to write the blogs.

In comparison, our content services range from £1297 per month (two blogs) to £2297 per month (four blogs). Even our top-end platinum package is at the lower end of SEO agency pricing.

Of course, the service that we offer in comparison to an SEO agency is very different.

Related content: SEO content writer vs SEO agency: which one is best for your business?

Generally speaking, we are LESS expensive than SEO agencies.

Why are we less expensive than hiring an SEO agency?

So, why are we less expensive than hiring an SEO agency?

Suddenly even our Platinum package at £2297/month seems like a bit of a bargain in comparison to the £6000/month you could be paying an SEO agency.

Does that mean an SEO agency gets better results?

A good SEO agency will be highly skilled at driving organic traffic to your website. They’ll dive into the technical aspects of SEO that will affect website performance and rankings.

However, some of them won’t flag problems with the user experience or design of your website (that’s not in their ‘remit’).

They will potentially create content that helps you rank (although sometimes they outsource this). But often won’t create content designed for conversions. This could result in more eyeballs on your website, but not an increase in sales.

While there are many great SEO agencies out there, we’ve found that some rely on the fact that no one really knows what they do. SEO is a bit of a dark art, and many SEO agencies have a magical wizardry surcharge.

In comparison, we know that technical SEO wizardry alone is not enough. And we used to run an SEO agency, so you could say that we are pretty clued up on all things SEO.

Rich content is a crucial part of driving traffic to your site, so we focus on creating content around a keyword strategy that helps you rank on search engines. Of course, we’ll let you know if there are any major issues with your website that is blocking traffic.

Whether an SEO agency or a content service is right for you will depend on the specific problems you are having. But, for most businesses looking to drive organic traffic, and more leads, focussing on SEO optimised content is hugely beneficial and more affordable than hiring an SEO agency.

Related content: The biggest problems with SEO companies (and how to avoid them).

Need help with your SEO content writing & blog management?

If by this point you are thinking that our price isn’t really that expensive for all that we offer, then our blog management service might be perfect for you.

We’re generally more expensive than content writers, but less expensive than SEO agencies. This is because our combined skills and subsequent service offer a little more than is usually offered by a content writer. And while we do a lot of SEO tasks, we don’t dive into the technical stuff quite as much as an SEO agency.

You could say it’s a mid-point between SEO content writers and SEO agencies, and our prices reflect that.

If your business wants to drive more traffic, leads and sales by creating epic content, then the SEO & blog management service will help you do just that. Plus, the whole process will be managed by us so you can put your time to better use.

Want to see where you’re at with SEO?

Struggling with SEO? Or just want to see where you’re performing right now? Then take our 2 minute SEO quiz and get a personalised report, telling you exactly how to improve.

SEO Quiz Link

The post Why is our SEO content writing & blog management service so expensive? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/why-so-expensive/feed/ 0
How does web design impact the success of content marketing? [With examples] https://jammydigital.com/web-design-impact-content/ https://jammydigital.com/web-design-impact-content/#respond Mon, 30 May 2022 06:36:55 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=8644 You could have the most profound, compelling, through-provoking piece of content in the world, but if it looks awful on your website, people won’t consume it. That’s how website design impacts content marketing in a nutshell. But hold your horses because that’s not all you need to know. What you really need to know is […]

The post How does web design impact the success of content marketing? [With examples] appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
You could have the most profound, compelling, through-provoking piece of content in the world, but if it looks awful on your website, people won’t consume it.

That’s how website design impacts content marketing in a nutshell.

But hold your horses because that’s not all you need to know.

What you really need to know is how you can design your website to make your content irresistible to your web visitor.

And that’s exactly what I’m going to show you how to do.

Because there’s no use in creating content if something about your website turns people away, right!?

Just a head’s up! When I say content, I mean things like your blog articles, podcasts (with transcripts and notes) or video pages on your website.

There’s a problem with how content is presented on websites

Through our membership, we’ve reviewed over 500 pieces of content on websites, usually in the form of blog posts and podcasts. And one of the most significant pieces of feedback we give is not about the content itself but about the way it is presented.

If you think that the way you design your content is not a big deal, it really is.

According to Nielson Norman Group, website users read on average 20% of the text on the page.

Users don’t have the time to read everything word-by-word. You’ve probably even skipped some parts of this article already!

*I’m waving if you’re still here.*

How does web design impact content marketing?

You can’t expect your user to read every single word you write.

But when your website and content are visually appealing, you’ll start to see significant engagement with your content, i.e. people consuming it, sharing it and buying from you.

So how do you make the content on your website more visually appealing and engaging? And what aspects of website design impact your content negatively?

Let’s find out how website design impacts your content marketing!

1. User experience impacts how people find your content

User experience means your web visitor can easily navigate your website and find what they need. Everything works seamlessly as your visitor makes their way through your various website pages.

But your visitors may find it difficult to find your content if your website has bad user experience. And if no one is finding your content, you won’t see any results!

Ways to improve your website’s user experience and increase traffic to your content

At the very least, you should feature your blog, podcast or video page:

  • In the main menu on your website
  • On your homepage (often people use their last three or four articles or podcast episodes)
  • In your footer
  • On your about page (people always forget that an about page must lead to further pages on your website)

An example of good user experience and easily found content!

Nicole Osborne, a marketing coach for agencies based in the UK, features her content prominently on her website’s homepage. It’s super easy to access and grabs your attention right away. Well done, Nicole!


Nicole Osborne homepage showing access to content


2. Searchability impacts how people search your content

Your website must make it easy for your visitor to search and find the content they are looking for.

If you publish a regular blog or podcast episode, you will end up with pages and pages of content. If you don’t make this content easily searchable, users have to trawl through all those pages to find something they like.

This gets even more difficult when you also have content like free guides, checklists and other downloads.

So how do people find all of this fantastic stuff? And how can you encourage more engagement and email sign-ups?

Ways to improve your content’s searchability

Categorise and tag each piece of content

Your content management system (i.e. the backend of your website) should allow you to categorise and tag each piece of content.

Pick one category and four or five tags for each piece of content. For example, this article is categorised under ‘content marketing’ and tagged under ‘content design’, ‘user-experience’, ‘accessibility’ and ‘website tips.’

You can then feature things like a search bar at the top of your blog or podcast pages. When your website visitor types something like ‘content marketing,’ only those articles categorised and tagged as ‘content marketing’ would appear.

Add a learning centre

A learning centre is a page on your website where ALL of your content is easily accessible to your website users in just a few seconds.

It can allow people to search through your content, access any free guides or giveaways, and access content on different platforms (such as videos, podcasts or articles). You can look at our learning centre to show you one in action!

This works if you have a lot of content and want to give your users an easy way of searching for it.

Example of good ‘searchability’ of content on your website

Okay, so I’m pretty proud of our learning centre, alright? So I’m showing it off to you. There are different elements of the learning centre that allow people to find what they’re looking for easily. Theres’ the:

  • Search bar – for people who know exactly what they want
  • The categories of content (such as content marketing or SEO) for people that want to search by topic
  • Our quizzes and extra freebies to encourage sign-ups to our emails
  • Most popular questions, with direct links to articles

We wanted a page that helped people find all of our content, and it’s one of our most popular website pages!


An example of how a learning centre looks


3. Readability impacts how people consume your content

It isn’t 1882. A giant wall of text ain’t going to cut it, my friend. This is the internet, and people want scannable content that’s easy to read.

The way you design your website will impact the readability of your content. Everything from fonts, text size, headings and subheadings and colours will affect how your user reads your content.

If it looks difficult to read, people won’t read it. It’s that simple.

Ways to improve the readability of your content

Add headings and subheadings

It would help if you used headings and subheadings throughout your content (otherwise known as H1, H2, H3, H4, H5 and H6 tags).

Your main heading and subheadings should differ in how they look to reflect each section and where everything sits within each section. I.e. don’t just use all your headings randomly.

A H1 tag should be used once for the main title of your piece of content.

You should use H2 tags as your main subheadings. You should use H3 tags for the subheadings in H2 sections and so on.

I get that this is not easy to visualise, so here’s an image to help! (From an old design of our website, ahhh how times have changed!)


heading tags h1-h6 correct order


Make sure the hierarchy of your headings is correct

Think about the hierarchy of your headings and subheadings. Your main title should be the largest and most prominent. H2 should be bigger than H3, H3 should be bigger than H4, etc.

Finally, use subheadings often in your content to break up the text and make it easy to read.

In fact, people should get the general gist of your blog post just from the subheadings. Try it with this one. Just read the subheadings and see if you can gather a lot of information from just those!

Increase the white space…then increase it some more!

White space is the space in between all the elements on the page and the elements themselves. Even the space in-between each word and each line of the text is ‘white-space’. It also doesn’t have to be white (just to add to the confusion).

My husband is a graphic designer, and whenever I have tried to design anything, his mantra has always been, ‘more white space’. (I still can’t design, but I got that bit).

White space makes your content easier to read. It’s not all mushed up and close together. People need regular breaks (e.g. space between the paragraphs).

Make sure your font is large enough

Again, this is all about making your content easy to read, so it’s not rocket science. But we give ‘increase the size of your font’ feedback on people’s content ALL. THE. TIME.

We use 16px (12pts) for the size of the text you’re reading right now. This is the minimum you should use.

Anything below size 16px (12pts) is too small (as you can see. Or not see, as is probably the case).

An example of good ‘readability’ on a website’s blog

I picked Orbit Media’s website here (below) as an example because even though it’s a simple web page and could be described as basic–it’s easy to see why less is more.

You want your website visitors focused only on your content. That’s why on this website, there is plenty of white space at the sides of the content.

The text is also quite large, and regular subheadings break up the text.

Finally, notice how each line is short, so your eye doesn’t have to go from left to right so much. The text sits centrally on the page, and there are approximately 7-9 words on each line. This makes it incredibly easy to read.

If you want to learn more about this, check out our blog post on how to make your blog posts look good.


Example of a blog post with great readability


4. Accessibility impacts how much everyone can access your content

The way you design your website has a huge impact on how accessible your content is.

Website accessibility means everyone can use, navigate and understand your content–including people with disabilities.

If our business were a shop or building, we’d want to make sure that everyone could come in and find what they are looking for. We’d like everyone to feel welcome. And we wouldn’t want the layout of the shop or building to prevent anyone with a disability from accessing it.

It’s the same with websites. But unfortunately, in a study from 2021, 96.8% of home pages had accessibility issues.

However, things are changing. As website designers originally, we’ve noticed that the website design/development industry has started to take accessibility more seriously.

But what are some basic things you can do within your website design to make the content on your site more accessible?

All the things we’ve talked about above (searchability, readability and user experience) help make your content more accessible to everyone.

But here is what else you can do.

Ways to improve your content’s accessibility

Make your links clear

Throughout your content, you’ll link out to other internal pages on your website and external websites. Therefore, you need to make sure your links are clearly links.

You can do this by changing the colour of the links, and you could also add an underline.

Use clear wording that says what the user is going to click on. Don’t just put ‘read more’, ‘click here’, or ‘learn more’. You need to explain what you’re linking to.

Contrast the text with the background colour

We prefer a lighter background and dark text. But whatever way round you do it, make sure there is a sharp contrast between the text and background colour.

Contrasting background and text colours make it much easier to read. Unfortunately, many websites–particularly those in the fashion industry–use a light grey text against a white background. This makes it so difficult to read. My dyslexic brain really struggles with this!

Make sure to add ALT text to all your images

ALT text is like a label for your image–it explains exactly what it is. Many people can’t ‘see’ images, so they rely on ALT text to understand what the image is.

Make sure you give each image ALT text when you upload it to your website. It’s super easy to do and makes a massive difference for those who can’t see images. Plus, it has added SEO benefits too.

Use sentence form in your ALT text too. Imagine someone points to your image and says, ‘what’s that?’ That’s how you should describe your image. For example, the ALT text for the image below is, ‘Black cat climbing white shelf’. Simple.

Black cat climbing white shelf

Example of website content with good accessibility

It’s safe to say we have a lot of work to do to improve the accessibility of our websites (us included). But as I said, the website design/development industry is changing in this area. There is definitely a thirst for more education and training around accessibility issues.

In terms of websites that do this well, HubSpot is a great example (below).

The text is clear and in contrast to the background. The links are clear, and all the images have ALT text (on the blog post I checked at least!)

But also, it’s incredibly simple. There’s no flashy stuff, no automatic videos playing, no stuff cluttering the page. Simple is a word you’ll notice a lot when it comes to the design of your website and content. Often the simpler, the better!


Showcasing Hubspot and accessible website content


5. Conversions impact how you well your content delivers leads or sales

The way you design your website can have a huge impact (both good and bad) on conversions, i.e. the number of leads and sales you get through your website.

Ultimately, that’s what your content is all about, right? Increasing conversions! There’s no point continuously creating content and getting nothing back from it.

Our content brings us a steady flow of leads because we’ve designed our website to encourage email sign-ups. So how can you do the same?

Ways to improve your content’s conversions

Add a sidebar to your blog or podcast

We’ve added a sidebar to the right that follows you as you scroll on our blog.

Adding a sidebar is controversial, as some people prefer a clean page with nothing around the text. However, we’ve found this works incredibly well for getting email sign-ups, and it’s not too cluttered or distracting.

Try not to feature too much here; include things like one call to action and some links to your other content.

Add a call to action in the footer

You can also add a footer to each blog or podcast page, which encourages your user to take action.

This could be encouraging someone to sign-up to your newsletter or download a freebie.

Encourage people to consume more content

When you categorise your content correctly, you can showcase similar content that might be of interest to your reader at the bottom of the post or page.

This is pulled through automatically to every single page. So at the bottom of this one, I’m hoping you can see other articles related to content marketing!

This works because it hooks your website visitor into more content from you, building trust and credibility in the meantime.

Example of website content that encourages leads

Mike and Callie, AKA, The Membership Geeks have a fantastic blog that not only is an amazing resource for those who run membership sites, it’s well designed too!

In the sidebar of their blog, they have a few call-to-actions such as buttons to their free Facebook group or downloading their blueprint. They also include a box that encourages you to join their academy, which follows you as you read their blog.

These elements aren’t intrusive and don’t steal the attention from the fantastic content. But I imagine they work well for encouraging email sign-ups and sales.


An example of a high converting blog from the Membership Geeks


6. Technical issues impact how long people stay on your content

This last one is a biggie! If your website experiences technical issues then this will impact the success of your content. Your website visitors may leave if there are issues, and Google may limit your appearance in their search results. After all, Google doesn’t want to show their users websites that don’t work, right?

You may need a website developer to fix any specific issues, but here are a few things to watch out for.

Ways to solve any technical issues that impact the success of your content marketing

Check it works on mobile

First thing’s first, check your website works on mobile. And not just works but looks and works just as good as it does on a desktop computer.

We tend to view our own business websites from a laptop or desktop, but don’t forget about mobile! In the last quarter of 2021, mobile devices accounted for over 54% of all internet traffic.

The simplest ways to check your website works on mobile is:

Keep checking it regularly too, you never know what will crop up.

Make sure your site loads quickly

We’re an impatient bunch, aren’t we! Unfortunately, people will not wait while your content loads on their screen. If it takes too long then they’ll hit the backspace button and go to another website that answers their question.

Ideally, your page should load in less than two seconds. Any more than that, and your website visitor will start to get antsy.

To check your page load time, you can use a tool like GT Metrix to help. Just pop in your URL and it’ll give you all the info you need.

Make sure your website is secure

Finally, make sure your website is secure by installing an SSL certificate. This isn’t the only thing you should do to secure your website, but it is something your users (and Google!) will notice.

If you don’t install an SSL certificate this could impact your search engine rankings AND users may notice that it’s not there. An SSL certificate makes sure there’s a secure connection from your webserver to your browser.

The best way to check is to look at your URL, if there’s a little lock symbol then your website has an SSL certificate.

If you don’t have one, speak to your web developer or host about getting one installed on your website.

What’s next for you?

That’s pretty much all the ways that website design impacts content marketing.

If you’re creating website content yourself and want to know how to improve the look and feel of the content, then check out our blog post on how to make blog posts look good!

Alternatively, if you’re looking to hire an SEO content writer, you might want to check out our blog management service. As well as writing content we also optimise it for search engines, do all the keyword research and strategy and format it and make it look good.

The post How does web design impact the success of content marketing? [With examples] appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/web-design-impact-content/feed/ 0
SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: Which One is Best for Your Business? https://jammydigital.com/seo-content-writer-vs-seo-agency/ https://jammydigital.com/seo-content-writer-vs-seo-agency/#respond Mon, 16 May 2022 16:44:49 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=8556 It’s a battle you might not have considered before: SEO agency vs SEO content writer. But it really is a question you should consider. Because a lot of people go straight into hiring an SEO agency when potentially, a good SEO content writer could get them great results at a more affordable price💰. So, do […]

The post SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: Which One is Best for Your Business? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
It’s a battle you might not have considered before: SEO agency vs SEO content writer.

But it really is a question you should consider. Because a lot of people go straight into hiring an SEO agency when potentially, a good SEO content writer could get them great results at a more affordable price💰.

So, do you need a full SEO package with a fancy SEO agency?

Or, is an SEO content writer going to help you build authority, trust and rankings?

Traditionally SEO has meant tinkering with backlinks, on-page SEO and all the techy bits like site speed. But, with the modern-day Google algorithm, content is equally (if not more) important when it comes to winning the ranking war.

That’s why, in this blog, we’re going to explore the differences between SEO content writers and SEO agencies, to figure out which one is best for your business.

Related content: What is an SEO content writing service? And how does it all work?

SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: What is the difference between the two?

In order to figure out whether a content writer or agency is going to suit your business best, you need to understand the differences between them.

  1. What’s the difference in cost?
  2. What does their service include?
  3. What results do they get you?
  4. What’s the difference in skillset?
  5. How do they work?

So, let’s look further into these to help you decide which one is right for your business

1. SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: What is the difference in cost?

One of the most important decisions for a business (especially in the current climate) is COST💰.

How much money are you going to need to budget every month?

And the cost between an SEO content writer and an SEO agency can vary quite substantially.

How much does an SEO content writer charge?

The 2021 ProCopywriters survey showed that the average daily rate for a copywriter is £387. Yes, content writers and copywriters are arguably different professions. However there is a lot of crossover between skillset and writers, so it’s worth using it as a benchmark for costs.

An SEO content writer usually charges anywhere between £200 and £700+ per blog article (yes, it’s a pretty wide range). But the exact cost will usually depend on the individual writer’s skills, experience, and exactly what services they offer.*

This might sound expensive, but content writing and SEO are highly skilled and time-consuming work. Once you factor in keyword research, competitor research, writing, proofreading, and optimising you are looking at around 6-10 hours per blog.

Plus you are paying for the experience and expertise of an SEO content writer that will enable your website to rank highly on search engines.

Most SEO content writers charge per blog, so exactly how much it will cost you will depend on how many blogs you want to publish per month.

Some SEO content writers may also charge per word (although this is less common). This could be anywhere from $0.02 per word, to $2.00 per word.

How much does an SEO agency charge?

In comparison, SEO agencies charge monthly and this usually starts at around £1000 per month all the way up to £10,000+ per month. And it’s worth noting that they are usually a little less flexible as they usually have six-month minimum contracts.

According to this research by AHREFS, SEO agencies charge an average of $2,819.87 per month for SEO. It’s unclear if this charge includes content writing and how much content writing that would be. From our own research looking at SEO agencies in the UK, 13 out of 20 SEO agencies we looked at offered content marketing as a separate service to their other SEO services.

As we talked about in our blog on SEO agency problems, the monthly cost doesn’t always include content creation (especially if you opt for a cheaper SEO package).

So you’ll either have to do that yourself or pay more to the SEO company to do this for you. If you want this included then it’s likely that you will be looking at the higher end of this monthly budget.

Out of twenty SEO agencies we looked at, only one provided a price. They had three packages. Their middle package is £2899 per month and includes a blogging strategy and content calendar but nowhere did it say they would create content on your behalf in this package.

Obviously, an SEO Content writer and an SEO agency offer different services. An SEO agency will dive deeper into the more technical aspects of SEO that can affect website performance and rankings (in a way that an SEO content writer generally won’t do!) We’ll come onto that a bit more later.

Related content: The biggest problems with SEO companies

Who is the winner?

Table showing differences in costs between SEO agency and an SEO content Writer

For cost? An SEO content writer!

An SEO content writer is usually cheaper than hiring a full-service SEO agency. Seeing as content has the biggest impact on your search engine rankings (particularly if you have a healthy website) then this might be the best option for you.

Either way, you’re going to need content if you want to increase search engine rankings and get more traffic to your website. And we think hiring a specialist content writer who understands SEO, rather than a specialist SEO who may or may not ‘get’ good writing, is best.

2. SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: What does their service include?

We’ve talked about cost, however, there is another side that relates to the value of the service.

What are you actually getting for your money?

Is the service the same, or are you paying for two different things?

What does an SEO content writer do?

A traditional content writer does just that – writes content! And while an SEO content writer does everything that a traditional one does, they also focus on (you guessed it) Search Engine Optimisation.

Their main task revolves around creating blogs that help your website rank on search engine results pages (SERPs).

They should have a comprehensive understanding of SEO, and how to optimise written content for keywords without stuffing them in and making it totally nonsensical. However, they will usually work off a content plan created by a business, rather than planning or directing the content themselves.

Will SEO content writers write guest posts on other websites?

In addition, some SEO content writers will create guest posts for other websites to help increase the backlinks to your website. This increases your Google authority and business awareness and overall improves your SEO. But they won’t do the ‘outreach’ for you i.e. approach website owners asking them if they will accept a guest blog post.

If you’re planning on hiring a content writer to do guest posting for you, you’ll probably need to do the outreach yourself. But if you have a strong network of people you can approach, hiring an SEO content writer can be a much more affordable option.

Most SEO content writers:

DOs:
✅ Write professional, well-written and engaging content
✅ Understand tone of voice and style
✅ Have knowledge of SEO and how to rank on search engines
✅ Be able to optimise your content for keywords and phrases
✅ Might offer keyword research

DON’Ts
❌ Upload the content to your website
❌ Create or source imagery
❌ Run an SEO audit
❌ Run a technical audit on your website to understand if there’s anything preventing you or limiting your search engine rankings (such as slow site speed)

Of course, each individual will vary, but this is the most common service for SEO content writers to offer.

What does an SEO agency do?

In comparison, SEO agencies focus on all aspects of SEO (not just the content).

They may offer writing (although in some cases they outsource this as they’re not specialist writers). Plus they look at building backlinks, technical SEO (such as website speed, fixing issues, mobile-friendliness etc), and optimising website pages.

Plus, they take a much bigger role in keyword and competitor research in order to find out what you should be ranking for with your content.

Most SEO agencies will:

DOs
✅ Competitor and keyword research
✅ Help direct blog topics
✅ They may outsource content writing or have in-house writers or give you some direction on the content for you to do yourself
✅ Optimise your content for keywords and phrases
✅ Build back-links
✅ Optimise website pages
✅ Fix any technical SEO aspects

DON’Ts
❌ Create or source imagery
❌ Often don’t focus on writing in your tone of voice/brand
❌ Often don’t focus on how to convert people from the content

Again, the exact package will vary depending on the agency, and cost.

Who is the winner?

Table showing differences between what an SEO agency and SEO content writer does

SEO Agencies (but with a caveat!)

On the face of it, an SEO agency covers A LOT more ground than an SEO content writer, which you would expect given the difference in cost.

But because content is such a vital part of SEO, it really is important that whoever writes the content is an expert who knows how to write compelling content. You may rank on search engines with content, but that content still has to engage your reader. Otherwise, it’s all pretty pointless if they hit that backspace button!

So absolutely, SEO agencies do more stuff but make sure you choose one that prioritises content. The best place to start to check this is by looking at an SEO agency’s blog to see what kind of content they create for themselves. Is it helpful? Is it engaging? Or is it full of jargon or just about themselves and what award they’ve won that month?

Related Content: DIY SEO vs Hiring and Agency – Which One Should You Choose?

Remember: Content that gets backlinks has to be good

And remember, backlinks are another huge ranking factor. If you have backlinks to your website (i.e. links from other credible websites that link back to your site) then this tells Google you are trustworthy.

One of the best ways to gain backlinks is by producing stand-out content that people will link to. This is another reason why it’s so important you hire specialist writers who will do lots of research into your topic and write compelling content. Mediocre content does not get backlinks!

3. SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: what results do they get you?

RESULTS! They are kind of the reason that you are writing content, or worrying about SEO, right?

So, it’s definitely something you need to consider when choosing which one is right for your business.

And honestly, both SEO content writers and SEO agencies have the same ultimate goal:

To get your website ranking organically on search engines.

This should (in theory) lead to increased website traffic, and hopefully revenue for you💰.

The main goals of SEO content writers and SEO agencies are to:

✅  Increase your search engine rankings for a variety of keywords
✅  Increase your website traffic
✅  Increase your backlinks from high-authority websites

Luckily, this is super easy to track. You can do it in Google Analytics, which is completely free. So you can check how well your SEO agency or SEO content writer is doing.

Of course, SEO is great and everything, but it only kinda gets you halfway there. Once you have rankings and traffic you should want to convert that traffic into actual sales.

This is where your SEO content writer should come in. An SEO content writer should also focus on how to convert your readers into leads. They’ll do this by encouraging your reader to join your email list or find out more about your services.

Who is the winner?

The three things an SEO agency/content writer will do

A tie!

Both an SEO agency and an SEO content writer should increase your search engine rankings and website traffic.

But, SEO agencies can be more focused on the rankings and traffic, whereas an SEO content writer should also focus on converting readers into leads. However, an SEO agency is much more likely to give you a comprehensive report on how they are doing (such as the increase in rankings, traffic, backlinks, domain authority etc).

Whoever you choose, make sure they value leads and sales just as much (if not more!) than rankings and traffic. If you choose a content writer, you will probably need to keep an eye on how well things are going through your Google Analytics (it’s recommended you do this anyway). If you hire an SEO agency, you should receive a more comprehensive report from them.

4. SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: what’s the difference in skillset?

Although both SEO content writers and SEO agencies have the same ultimate goal their skillset, and emphasis on how they get there is a little different.

What skillset does an SEO content writer have?

As you would expect, SEO content writers are expert writers. Their aim is to capture the essence of your business and translate that into an engaging, entertaining and informative blog that your potential customers love and gain value from.

Yes, they’ll scatter in the necessary keywords, and optimise the entire blog so that Google likes the look of it. But that’s just because they understand you have to appease the Google Gods in order to rank in search engines.

SEO content writers are writing for humans.

And because of that, they are really good at emulating the tone of voice, building trust, nurturing relationships and ultimately converting website visitors into paying customers.

What skillset does an SEO agency have?

In comparison, SEO agencies’ skillset lies in SEO (unsurprisingly). And they are much more concerned with and knowledgeable about development and technical SEO.

SEO agencies understand all aspects of technical SEO and what makes a website appealing to search engines. They typically:

  • Offer a website audit and fix any issues such as site speed
  • Come up with an SEO strategy
  • On-site SEO such as optimising your pages and imagery
  • Off-site SEO such as creating a backlink strategy
  • Content marketing – either in-house or outsourced

Yes, they can write content, however, many aren’t usually expert writers. And unless you pay larger fees for SEO agencies with expert in-house writers, you may find that they outsource content writing work to a freelancer. Because of this, you may find that they place less emphasis on things like brand voice and style. The articles may sound a little cold, overly factual and not particularly engaging.

Ultimately they are focussed on getting traffic to your website, and while content is a means to an end for this, it’s not the main focus.

Who is the winner?

A tie!

It’s difficult to pick a winner here as they both have different skillsets, and that’s okay. If you’re looking for a specialist writer who knows SEO, then an SEO content writer may be better. If you’re looking for more technical help and expertise, then an SEO agency may suit you better.

What if you need a specialist writer with technical knowledge?

It’s worth pointing out here that this is exactly why we set up our SEO and Blog Management Service. We are expert writers (Lyndsay has a master’s in creative writing and writes professionally for all sorts of businesses and industries), but we’re also web experts.

We ran a web agency for over a decade so understand all the technical issues that could prevent you from ranking. And we know how to write content and also how to upload it to your website, format it, design imagery etc.

If you’re looking for a company that sits nicely between an SEO content writer and an SEO agency, we might just be the right fit.

5. SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: how do they work?

Due to their overall goal, and associated skills, the actual process that an SEO content writer takes is quite different to an SEO agency.

How does an SEO content writer work?

An SEO content writer will dive straight into keyword research and writing. Their aim is to get content live on your website as soon as possible.

They will usually expect you to have a content plan ready (or they will charge more to create this) and from there they will write your content.

They typically check in with you every month to see what content you’d like to publish for that month. They’ll often write 2, 3 or 4 blog posts per month and they usually recommend you commit to 3 months working with them (although often, they have no minimum commitment).

They might need to get some of the expert knowledge from your brain to theirs and can do this via email, video, voice notes or whatever suits you.

But then they are off! 🐎

Tapping away on their laptop getting content ready for your business.

Once they’re finished it’s usually up to you to upload this content, format it, design imagery and optimise it for search engines. Some SEO content writers may upload it for you, others avoid this as they’re not web experts and every content management system is different.

How do SEO agencies work?

SEO agencies take a more reserved, strategic approach.

You’ve got to know where you are in order to know what work needs to be done.  SEO agencies will usually kick things off with an SEO audit to see how your website performs and if there are any technical issues to fix. They’ll also examine your current traffic, rankings, backlinks etc to see where you are right now. They’ll probably have a gander at your competitors’ websites too.

This allows them to create a plan that will get you from where you are, to where you want to be. This plan will vary depending on exactly what’s going on with your current setup.

After this, they’ll likely get on keyword research and focus on fixing any technical issues that are stopping your website from ranking.

They’ll then focus on on-page SEO, i.e. optimising your current website pages for search engines.

It’s not usually until after this is all done that they start to turn their attention to content creation (if that’s included within their package). So, it may be a few months before you actually see any content being produced or published. Of course, this depends on the company and budget, but they tend to get to content later on in the process.

SEO Content Writer vs SEO agency: which one should you pick?

So, content writer or SEO agency: which one is right for you?

Ultimately, which one is best for your business will depend on what support you are looking for, and what your business budget is.

Hiring an SEO content writer will usually deliver results faster and cheaper but only if your website is healthy. That means there’s nothing preventing or limiting it from getting ranked on search engines. In other cases, you may want a full SEO agency to manage all the technical aspects of your website, especially if you have a large website with a lot of pages and lots going on!

However, there is a third option, which is a blog management service.

It’s kind of a mid-point between SEO content writers and SEO agencies. We do an SEO audit and deep dive of your website, identifying any problems. Plus, we do ALL the work around your blog including planning, writing, optimising for SEO, designing imagery, uploading and formatting. Basically, we manage the entire blog!

We take care of any SEO issues, while also creating content that ranks and drives traffic to your website. Which is really the best of both worlds! Win/Win!

 

The post SEO Content Writer vs SEO Agency: Which One is Best for Your Business? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/seo-content-writer-vs-seo-agency/feed/ 0
What is an SEO content writing service? And how does it all work?  https://jammydigital.com/seo-content-writing-service/ https://jammydigital.com/seo-content-writing-service/#respond Sun, 24 Apr 2022 19:05:14 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=8412 You may have heard of SEO. You might have even heard of content writing. But how have those two things been mushed together, and what the heck is it? In this article, I’ll explain exactly what an SEO content writing service is. And more importantly, how SEO content writing can be an absolute gamechanger for […]

The post What is an SEO content writing service? And how does it all work?  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
You may have heard of SEO.

You might have even heard of content writing.

But how have those two things been mushed together, and what the heck is it?

In this article, I’ll explain exactly what an SEO content writing service is. And more importantly, how SEO content writing can be an absolute gamechanger for your business.

SEO Quiz

Firstly, what is an SEO content writing service?

An SEO content writing service is the process of creating content for your website that helps you rank on search engine results pages (SERPs).

The company or freelancer who offers this service will usually create content in the form of blog articles (just like this one).

Some companies can also create guest posts that are added to other websites (not just the client’s website). The aim of this is to increase the number of backlinks to your website, increasing your authority in the eyes of Google.

What does an SEO content writing service include?

At the heart of it, an SEO content writer should be able to produce compelling content written in your tone of voice and style.

The content should be highly engaging and get your reader to take action. This is the same for all content writers, whether they specialise in SEO writing or not.

So what’s the difference between an SEO content writer and a content writer?

The main difference is in the extra ‘stuff’ included within the SEO content writing service and the overall aim of the content.

An SEO content writer should have a deep understanding of SEO. They should know how to optimise your content for your chosen keywords and phrases (without it sounding like a repetitive mess!)

They should know how to get you ranked on Google and advise you on the best ways to do it.

What is the goal of SEO Content Writing?

Just like content writers, SEO content writers should create compelling, engaging content that users love to read.

If you use an SEO content writing service you should expect the overall goal of the content to focus on website traffic and search engine rankings.

Any good SEO content writing service should:

    • Increase your search engine rankings for a variety of keywords
    • Increase your website traffic
    • Increase your backlinks from high-authority websites

As stated in Search Engine Journal, the main issue with SEO content writing services is often they focus too much on rankings but don’t know how to convert that traffic into customers.

Are you thinking of hiring a company or freelancer to help you with SEO content writing? It’s a good idea you look for a company that can create compelling copy that converts AND help you rank on search engines.

What are some key elements an SEO Content Writing Service could include?

Writing is just a part of what makes a successful, high-ranking blog. There’s actually a lot more that goes on behind the scenes.

Some SEO content writing services will include:

Keyword research

SEO content writing services may also include keyword research.

Keyword research is the process of finding out what topics and specific keywords and phrases people are searching for around your products and services.

If someone is doing this on your behalf, they will identify the topics you can realistically rank for that get a healthy number of searches each month. If they offer this as part of the SEO content writing service, then they’ll go ahead and write the content based on this research. Simple.

Content strategy

SEO content writing services are primarily focused on getting more traffic to your content via search engine rankings.

But good SEO content writing services should also focus on the entire buyer’s journey. It shouldn’t just be about getting people through the door (or finding you from Google), you also want to convert people too.

That’s why some SEO content writing services also offer content strategy as part of the service. They’ll help you form a strategy that guides people through the entire customer journey–from finding you to buying from you. This means they may create some content that isn’t designed to get website traffic, it’s designed to convert people into paying customers.

On-Page Optimisation

Some SEO content writing services will include on-page optimisation as part of the service. This means they’ll upload the content for you and ensure it’s optimised and formatted correctly for SEO. For example, they’ll optimise your URL, title tag, imagery, meta description and select your categories and tags.

This will increase your chances of ranking in search results. Optimising your content for your keywords is only part of what will help it rank, a lot of work also has to happen on your website itself too!

If you want to learn how to do this yourself, check out our article on how to optimise your blog post.

Measuring success

Some companies will track your search engine rankings as they continue to create content for you. They’ll also track things like the number of backlinks to your website, website traffic and leads coming through the site.

This is helpful as you can see what is working and what isn’t working so well and adjust your strategy accordingly.

Creating imagery

Some SEO writers or companies will even create bespoke imagery and optimise it for search engines. Some will also use stock image websites and ensure these are optimised for search engines too.

Who offers SEO content writing as a service?

There are a few types of freelancers or companies that offer SEO content writing as a service. And they all differ slightly in price, process and approach.

1. SEO Content Writers

These are typically freelance writers who have knowledge and experience in SEO. They are able to write blog articles and optimise them for search engines.

Some of them will offer keyword research as part of their service, which means they will research the topics, keywords and phrases that your audience is searching for.

Others won’t offer keyword research. They will ask you what keywords or phrases you’d like to rank for or what you think people are searching for. They’ll then optimise your blog post for these keywords and phrases.

Many don’t upload your content to your website and optimise your SEO settings. They will leave that part to you. But some will write things like the meta description for you, leaving you to add that to your website.

Some may upload the content to your website if it’s a platform (or content management system) they are already familiar with. There are a lot of different website platforms, and writers tend not to have knowledge of them all (nor should they need to!)

A quick overview of SEO Content Writers and what they do

Generally, this is what SEO content writers do and/or specialise in

  • They are professional writers, often with experience in writing for business
  • They have knowledge of SEO
  • They are able to optimise your content for keywords and phrases
  • Some will offer keyword research as part of the service
  • Often they don’t upload your content to your website
  • Often they don’t create imagery

How much does it cost to hire an SEO Content Writer?

SEO Content Writers can typically charge anywhere between £250 – £1000+ per blog article. I know that’s wildly different amounts!

I also understand that this can sound expensive. But remember, both writing and SEO are highly-skilled work, and it’s likely that the SEO content writer has a lot of experience and expertise. Plus, it will take them time to research and write each article. Hence the price tag!

2. SEO Agencies

Many SEO agencies offer content writing as part of the service. This is often part of a broader service where they’ll also offer things like keyword research, an SEO audit, technical SEO, improving your website’s performance, and increasing backlinks to your website.

Some agencies will outsource the content writing they do for clients, as writing isn’t their specialism. Some will have in-house writers.

SEO agencies are highly focused on getting traffic to your website, and as many are not expert ‘writers’, you may find they place less emphasis on your brand voice and style. The content is merely a means to an end, and that end is website traffic.

They will usually upload your content to your website and optimise it for search engines, but may not have the skills required to create fancy graphics.

A quick overview of SEO Agencies and what they do

  • They are experts in SEO and focus on all aspects of SEO (such as technical SEO or increasing backlinks)
  • They may outsource content writing or have writers in-house
  • They are able to optimise your content for keywords and phrases
  • They will offer keyword research
  • They will upload and optimise your content
  • Often they don’t create imagery

How much does it cost to hire an SEO Agency for this service?

They are usually more expensive than SEO content writers. A lot of SEO agencies have 6-month contracts and prices will vary from £1000 – £10,000+ per month (if they’re a pretty decent agency). And the more content they create generally the more expensive it is.

Remember that’s not just for creating content, that’s for an entire SEO service.

We know of a lot of great SEO agencies, but we also know that there are a lot of problems in the industry too. If you’re thinking of hiring an SEO agency, you might want to check out our article on the problems with SEO agencies.

3. Blog Management Agencies

This is where we sit.

Blog management agencies are less well known than content writers or SEO agencies, but they do similar things.

A blog management agency does exactly what it says, they manage every aspect of your blog. That means everything from keyword research and strategy, to content writing and creating imagery.

If they have a focus on SEO (like we do), they should hit the balance between creating compelling content and ranking on search engines.

Some of them will also be able to advise if there’s anything technically on your website that will hinder your rankings (like us!)

They may also write guest blog posts in order for you to build your backlinks to your website, building your authority with Google.

A quick overview of Blog Management Agencies and what they do

  • They are expert writers and can write in your tone of voice and style
  • They understand content strategy and should create content that helps people go through the entire buyer’s journey – from finding you to buying from you
  • They should do keyword research for you
  • They will upload your content to your website and optimise it for you
  • They are knowledgeable in SEO
  • Some (like us) should be able to create custom graphics for your blog posts
  • Many don’t understand technical SEO (such as website speed, mobile-friendliness, broken links etc) so they can’t advise on that

How much does it cost to hire a Blog Management Agency?

There aren’t that many blog management agencies out there, and the ones that do offer this service don’t give a price unless you get on a call with them (annoying).

But a blog management agency would usually sit between an SEO content writer and an SEO agency.

We charge a minimum of £1397 per month for our blog management service.

Is an SEO Content Writing Service right for you?

Whether you choose an SEO content writer, SEO agency or blog management agency, SEO content writing can have HUGE benefits for your business.

Not only can you use that content to rank on search engines and deliver traffic to your website, but you can also repurpose it across your social media channels too. In fact, I can get 4-8 LinkedIn posts just from one blog post! You can learn more about how to repurpose a blog post here.

So yes, it’s an investment, but for many businesses, you’ll certainly see a good ROI from it.

And don’t forget to check out our SEO blog writing service for more information.

The post What is an SEO content writing service? And how does it all work?  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/seo-content-writing-service/feed/ 0
The Biggest Problems with SEO Companies (and how you can avoid them!) https://jammydigital.com/problems-seo-agencies/ https://jammydigital.com/problems-seo-agencies/#respond Mon, 18 Apr 2022 15:23:49 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=8404 Eeek! We can practically hear the SEO companies lining up ready to virtually yell at us for exposing their secrets🗣️ But for years now we’ve offered SEO services, previously alongside our web design, and now as part of our SEO blog writing & management service. We’re experts, and so we know that not all SEO […]

The post The Biggest Problems with SEO Companies (and how you can avoid them!) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Eeek! We can practically hear the SEO companies lining up ready to virtually yell at us for exposing their secrets🗣️

But for years now we’ve offered SEO services, previously alongside our web design, and now as part of our SEO blog writing & management service. We’re experts, and so we know that not all SEO companies are created equal.

And, while we know that SEO is hugely beneficial for your business it’s also a BIG investment (both in time and money). And that’s why you need to choose the right company to get you to the top of those all-important search results.

Are we saying that SEO companies are full of problems?

Of course NOT. There are some GREAT ones out there that can help you get your website ranking highly on Google.

However, SEO is not well-known as being a trustworthy or reputable industry. And unfortunately, there are some common problems we see with some SEO agencies we think you should be wary of.

So in this blog, we’re exploring some of the most common problems with hiring an SEO agency and giving you a solution to fix them.

But First: Why do you need to think about SEO?

SEO (Search Engine Optimisation) is the process of making changes or additions to your website in order to help you rank highly in search engine results.

When was the last time you clicked on page two of Google’s search results?

Not very often, right?

So, ideally, you’ll want to rank on the first page of Google results, and with the first few spots if possible. The top five organic search results account for 67.60% of all website clicks from search engines. If you aren’t appearing within these first five spots, then you’re probably not getting much traffic from search engines.

A good SEO strategy gives you a higher chance of ranking for keywords, which in turn increases organic traffic to your website. And the best part is that organic traffic is free. So, it’s definitely worthwhile!

So, what is an SEO agency or company?

An SEO agency will partner with you to optimise your website, improve search visibility and ultimately drive more traffic to your website.

However, as with all marketing efforts, it should help to drive leads, sales and ultimately revenue for your business. And if it’s not, then it’s not doing its job properly.

But, there are some problems with SEO agencies that mean it won’t have an impact on your bottom line in the way that it should.

Related content: 11 Reasons You’re NOT Ranking in Google & How To Fix It

What are the main problems with SEO companies?

When it comes to SEO we’ve been there done that and got a lot of happy customers to prove it. We’ve provided SEO services in the past alongside our web design business, and now include it as part of our SEO blog writing & management service now.

So it’s safe to say that we know how to ensure that your website and content rank highly on search engines.

However, we’ve also seen the ugly side of SEO, so know what to look out for when finding a company. And we think that it’s something that you need to be aware of too before hiring a company.

  1. They are expensive
  2. They don’t advise on messaging and copy
  3. They may not produce content
  4. Reports can seem overwhelming
  5. Difficult to find a reliable company
  6. Can take a while to see results
  7. May not be honest about search volume
  8. They don’t practice what they preach
  9. They guarantee search engine results

So, let’s get into it…

1. SEO agencies can be expensive

Did you know that Jammy Digital wasn’t our first foray into the world of business?

Years ago we started a business selling cushions and soft furnishings on the internet. We invested every last penny that we had into building a website. And then, once the website was live…tumbleweed. Absolutely nothing!

Why?🤔

Because we weren’t getting any traffic to our website, and so weren’t making any sales.

When we asked our web designer about it he told us that we’d have to spend up to £5000 a month on something called SEO 😱

You can imagine our shock, after spending all our money on our website, that now we were going to going to have to spend more money.

SEO can cost between £100- £10,000+ per month, depending on who you hire, what you need, how competitive the search terms are and the amount of work that needs to happen to get you ranking on search engines.

So, why is SEO so expensive?

A well thought out and executed SEO strategy requires expertise, time and work. Those three things cost money.

But however much you spend you absolutely should see a healthy return on investment. So yes, it may seem expensive, but if you’re getting a good ROI, that makes it all worth it, right?

Unfortunately, as we’ll explore further here, some of the issues around SEO companies mean that you might not get results even if you are paying a professional to do it every month. And this is why it’s perceived as expensive. Because of course, it’s expensive if you don’t get that money back!

Are you paying for SEO confusion?

Finally, SEO may be pricy because it can seem like a bit of a mystery. For example, SEO is (typically) more expensive than hiring a content writer, even though both will help you get better search results. The SEO industry can charge more simply because it’s more difficult to understand. Whereas with writing, people have a full understanding of how it works and may perceive it as less valuable.

Related content: 5 FREE ways to check keyword rankings in Google

2. They don’t advise on messaging and copy

Woohoo!

The SEO is working! Your website is drowning in traffic, with loads of hits every single day. But, it isn’t resulting in any more leads or sales. 😔

What’s going on?

The truth is that there are loads of different issues that can result in failed conversions.

Maybe you’ve got a bad user experience?

Or, maybe the copy isn’t compelling enough?

Or perhaps your website looks like it was last designed in 1992 and it’s putting people off?

Traffic is great! It’s often the precursor to more sales. But it takes more than traffic to convert those potential customers into paying customers.

SEO companies often won’t mention or even think to look for any issues with the user experience or copy. Because it’s not really their problem. They want to get lots of eyeballs on your website and once they’ve done that their job is done.

However, getting people to your website and not making sales is a massive waste of money. And it’s something that a good SEO specialist should be able to point out to you.

We’ve personally turned clients away if they don’t have what’s needed to make their content and SEO work – i.e. an easy to use website that clearly shows what you do and appeals to your target audience.

3. They might not produce content for you

If you want to grab one of those coveted top spots on Google then you’ve got to create amazing content that is going to be relevant to those searches. That means you’ve got to have blogs, videos, landing pages and sales pages – filled with keyword optimised content.

The average content length of the article in the top position on Google is 2,416 words. So if you want to rank highly on search engines then you need to be producing long-form content.

SEO companies (should) know this, however, they’ll often ask you to create your own content. Alternatively content will be an added cost, on top of the £100 – £10,000/month that you are already paying. Suddenly it’s all adding up and becoming very pricey indeed.

Or worse still, they might just not mention it and they’ll focus on link building or technical SEO. As long as they are getting you more traffic they are doing their job. 🤷.

But as you know to really utilise the impact of SEO you need content. So you either need to do it yourself or pay SEO specialists more to do it for you.

This is part of the reason that we’ve bundled content and SEO all together in one package (along with a few other things). So that you are getting quality, consistent content that drives traffic and is SEO optimised.

Related content: The Biggest SEO mistakes you’re making (and what to do instead)

4. Reports can seem overwhelming

The reports that SEO companies send you every month can seem overwhelming and full of jargon 🙄

Of course, you want to know what has been done, and what impact that has had on your business, especially when you are spending money. However, it’s important that the right metrics are being reported to you – rather than ALL of them.

SEO reports can include overall organic traffic, backlinks, website speed, technical website health and keyword rankings among other things. But this might not mean a lot to you.

Speak to your SEO specialist to understand what KPIs you might need to measure, and have reported on. These might include:

  • What keywords are ranking and where?
  • Are we getting traffic to our website?
  • Is that turning into leads and sales?
    How is that affecting our revenue and profit?

5. It’s difficult to find a reliable company

Pretty much anyone could open up an SEO agency tomorrow and start selling themselves as an expert.

There is a really low barrier to entry ⛔, which is great in some respects, as it means that anyone can become an expert – even you!

However, it also means that there are a lot of dodgy SEO companies out there who aren’t qualified or experienced to deliver results to your business. This is exacerbated by the fact that SEO can seem like a total dark art to many business owners. The lack of knowledge and understanding on the business side, coupled with a dodgy SEO company means that a LOT of money can be spent with not a lot of results.

Looking for SEO agencies with good testimonials, who implement a good content and SEO strategy themselves is a good place to start.

If they can’t show that they have a successful SEO strategy themselves how are they going to do it for you?

6. It can take a while to see results

How long does it take to see results from your SEO efforts?

The magic number you’ll hear bandied about in the SEO world is 3-6 months. And that can be the case, it can take a while for SEO agencies to deliver results. Especially if they are focussing on the technical SEO aspects of your website rather than creating content.

However, one of the biggest SEO myths is that it takes 6 months to see results. When the truth is if done well it can take less than a day to rank for your chosen keywords and phrases.

We recently wrote and published a blog for a client that ranked on the first page of Google for their BIG target keyword within a couple of days. But of course, it doesn’t end there, you keep writing and publishing relevant content. The more content you create the more keywords and phrases you’ll rank for. (As long as you follow the right strategy and optimise it correctly).

There’s not a 1-month limit. Or a 3-month limit. Or a 6-month limit. If you want to be successful at SEO and content, then it needs to be part of your business forever. And you need to work with someone that is open and honest about this commitment. It doesn’t always have to be via an agency, you might eventually hire in-house, but it will always need to be a part of your business.

Related content: WordPress SEO For Blogging – How to Optimise Your WordPress Blog Post

7. They may not be honest about search volumes

We could write a blog today about “moon exercises” and rank number one on Google pretty quickly.

We’re not just blowing my own trumpet🎺 (although we’re pretty good at creating content). It’s because the term moon exercises barely have any keyword volume – meaning no one is searching for it. This makes total sense as no one is casually joining an exercise class on the moon.

It would also make it pretty easy to write a blog that would rank highly on search engines.

But why would we bother when no one is searching for that keyword?

You might think that there are certain keywords and search terms that you want your website and blog to rank for. But they won’t always be the best terms, and sometimes SEO companies won’t be upfront about the search volumes of those keywords.

Recently we did some keyword research on behalf of a client. They were optimising their website and content for the name of their service followed by the word ‘partner’.

But actually, their audience didn’t use the word ‘partner’ they used the word ‘consultant’. And there was a vast difference in search volume (less than 10 searches a month for ‘partner’ and over 600 searches a month for ‘consultant’).

That’s why keyword research is essential and finding an SEO & content specialist who will be honest about what you need to be ranking for in order to grow your business is crucial.

8. They don’t practice what they preach

Found an SEO agency that doesn’t rank for any of the keywords in their industry?

It’s an ongoing joke (especially in marketing circles) that your own business comes last. SEO companies aren’t paying themselves, and so sometimes their own SEO comes after client work.

Which is totally understandable to an extent. However, if they aren’t doing any of the things they are suggesting that you do then you’ve got a problem. Not only does it make you question the effectiveness of their SEO strategies, but it calls into question their expertise and qualifications.

Your SEO company should be creating content that is optimised for search engines, and that is ranking for the relevant keywords.

If they can’t do it for themselves, how are they going to do it for you?

9. They guarantee search engine rankings

Unless an SEO company owns Google, they can’t guarantee rankings!

Of course, they can show you examples of client work and how their SEO strategy was implemented, and the results that it had. They can show you testimonials from existing clients. But they cannot guarantee that you will achieve the same.

Google can be a fickle little beast, that changes on a whim. And in addition, you’re competing against competitors in your industry and have no control over what they post.

So no one can absolutely guarantee that you’ll be ranking in the number one spot for every single keyword. And if they are – run the other way.

Should you hire an SEO agency? (and how to find a good one)

So, after telling you all the problems with SEO you might think they are the devil 😈

Are we saying that SEO is useless and shouldn’t be invested in?

Absolutely not!

As SEO specialists we know just how crucial a good SEO strategy is to the success of any business. However, it’s just part of the success puzzle, not the entire picture, and there are many other things that you need to think about.

But, the truth is, if you are spending thousands on a fancy SEO strategy every month and you’re NOT creating quality, consistent content, that is speaking to what your customers are searching for then you might be wasting money🤷.

Rather than spending thousands a month a better place to start might be with a good, SEO optimised, content strategy. This will help you rank on search engines as well as build trust with potential customers and convert them into paying customers.

So, what should you look for when looking for a company to help improve your website SEO?

  1. Companies that create content for their clients and themselves
  2. Ones that don’t guarantee rankings
  3. Are honest with you about what to expect, and the best way to get there
  4. Companies that don’t use stupid jargon

As part of our SEO Blog Writing & Management package, we do ALL the work for you including planning, writing and optimising for SEO. And we do all this for a very reasonable price if you are looking for a complete package that will take everything you need into consideration.

If you want to see how your current blog is ranking on the six key components, then take our blog quiz now – and see where you need to improve and more importantly how.

 

The post The Biggest Problems with SEO Companies (and how you can avoid them!) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/problems-seo-agencies/feed/ 0
23 of the Best Business Blogging Tools that Increase Traffic and Conversions https://jammydigital.com/best-business-blogging-tools/ https://jammydigital.com/best-business-blogging-tools/#respond Thu, 03 Mar 2022 08:40:04 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=8136 Writing a business blog takes forever right? We know better than most just how time-intensive writing consistent and high-quality business blogs can be. We’ve been doing it pretty much every week (or more) since 2017.  Back when we kicked off our blog we were primarily web design and SEO specialists. And we’ll admit there were […]

The post 23 of the Best Business Blogging Tools that Increase Traffic and Conversions appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Writing a business blog takes forever right?

We know better than most just how time-intensive writing consistent and high-quality business blogs can be. We’ve been doing it pretty much every week (or more) since 2017. 

Back when we kicked off our blog we were primarily web design and SEO specialists. And we’ll admit there were times when blog production dropped to the bottom of our to-do list due to lack of time. ⏰

But, we also know just how crucial a strong content strategy is for growing your business.

So over the years we’ve tried and tested a bunch of business blogging tools to help with SEO, improve the quality of writing and shave some precious hours off the process. 

In this blog, we’ll share our best blogging tools to help you create blogs faster than ever before. 

IMPORTANT! There are zero affiliate links in this blog post. We don’t earn any money out of recommending these companies, we’re here to just give you the best tools for your business.

And don’t worry, these tools aren’t going to set you back hundreds or thousands of pounds. They are all either completely FREE to use or pretty cheap – so they won’t break the bank.💰

There are some key areas that these blogging tools can help in, so we’ve split the blog post into these sections:

Table of Contents

Evaluating Where You Are Right Now

First thing’s first, you’ll want to evaluate where you are now with your blog and how you can improve. That way, you’ll know exactly what you need to focus on moving forward (and what blogging tools you can use to help you do that).

Luckily, we created just the tool for you…

1. Business Blogging Quiz (FREE)

If you have ever wondered how “Good” your blog is, then check out the Business Blogging Quiz. We created this FREE tool that will automatically assess how well your blog is performing.

It will also tell you exactly how to improve your business blog so you can increase your website traffic, rankings and sales.

Click the link below and get your Business Blogging Score instantly.

Business Blogging Tools Quiz

The Best Blogging Tools for Generating Blog Post Ideas…

“I’ll run out of things to write about.” 

Have you ever found yourself saying this? ⬆️

We know that coming up with amazing, traffic-generating ideas is one of the biggest barriers to getting started on your blogging journey. 

But if you’re tearing your hair out trying to come up with blog ideas then stop. 🛑

We’ve been consistently blogging since 2017, and trust us when we say we’ve still got loads more to write about. 

That’s because we employ a few different blogging tools that help us generate ideas. They hack into what our potential customers are actually searching for online. 

Not only do these tools help create blog ideas, but they will allow you to see what terms and phrases people search for on Google. These are known as longtail keywords. 

For example, if you bake cupcakes, it’s unlikely that people are just typing “cupcakes” into Google. They are probably searching for things like:

  • Where to buy cupcakes in Blackpool?
  • How much do cupcakes cost?
  • How to make my own cupcakes?

This is a crucial step for SEO, as you can sprinkle these phrases into your content. And this will allow you to be found by search engines.

Using these tools allows you to integrate topics your potential customers are actually searching for rather than guessing. So when they type their query into Google guess who’s blog will pop up first – that’s right, yours. 

2. Answer The Public (Free)

Answer the Public is an amazing tool that helps you clearly visualise real questions that your potential customers have asked via an image known as a “search cloud”

Simply enter your topic into the search bar, and Answer the Public will produce a “mind-map” of questions that have been searched for.

Remember people ask Google questions they would never ask someone else (or you). So it’s a great way to gain insight into the inner workings of potential customers’ minds. 

It’s a useful tool to come up with blog titles, but also individual sub-headings and sub-sections. 

The free version gives you up to three searches per day, which will be enough for most small businesses. But if you think you’ll be running multiple searches a day, then you can upgrade to the PRO version. Below, we’ve shown an example of when we put in the phrase, ‘book editor’. 


Showing the results from searching for 'book editor' in blog idea tool Answer the Public


3. Quora (Free) 

People ask a lot of random questions on the internet…

How long would it take me to walk to the moon?

Which country in the world has the strangest shape?

If you’ve ever searched for something online then you’ve probably come across Quora

It’s a free-to-use, search and answer website, that is completely user-generated. This means users generate the questions asked and the answers given.

It’s a really great insight into what people are searching for, and what the common answers (or potential misconceptions) around your industry are. All really juicy information when you are trying to come up with blog ideas. 

Plus, you can follow specific topics and keep tabs on any new questions that are popping up. Below, I typed in the phrase ‘book editor’ and look at all the juicy questions that could easily make great content!


Search results using great blogging tool, Quora, showing lots of content ideas


4. Keywords Everywhere (Free and Paid Version) 

Keywords Everywhere is a free Chrome extension that helps you with keyword research, and SEO. 

It allows you to do keyword research on the go, as you type queries into Google. Once installed it will pop up on the side whenever you do a search and will give you access to:

  • Trend data and search volumes for that keyword
  • Related keywords to the search term you selected
  • ‘People also search for’ suggestions.

It’s free to use but a paid-for version is also available if you want more information on monthly searches and competitor analysis. However, most people will find the free version more than adequate for their needs. 

Below, we’ve shown you an example of how this works by searching for the keyphrase ‘business book editor’. We do pay for this tool, but it’s incredibly cheap at just $10 for 100,000 credits (which is a lot!)


Search results using keyword research tool Keywords Everywhere


5. Semrush (Paid) 

Semrush is the creme de la creme of keyword research tools, but with a price tag to match. 

It’s is a full-service research tool and allows you to figure out what people are searching for in relation to a specific keyword using their content marketing topic research. 

It is a paid tool with prices starting at around $119/month, however, you can sign up for a free trial to see if it would be worth it. This tool is something that we use to get really deep insights into keyword research, rankings, backlink data and more. Below is a screenshot of SEMRush, with us searching for the keyword ‘book editor’ – and this is just surface level stuff (yes, we do geek out over this!) 


23 of the Best Business Blogging Tools that Increase Traffic and Conversions


The Best Blogging Tools for Planning Blog Posts…

“Aghhh, I’ll just wing it, and see what happens.”

Does this sound like you?

We can almost guarantee that this is the easiest way to fall off the content bandwagon. We’ve seen it time and time again in the 90-day content challenge we run within our membership.

The people that fail to plan are always the ones that struggle to complete the challenge. Every👏 Single👏 Time👏.

Putting a little time aside upfront to plan out your content, and organise it into a schedule will give you a fighting chance. 

Not only will you not have to worry about what you are writing about every week (especially if you use the brainstorming blogging tools above). But it will also help you plan and prioritise blogging as a task on your to-do list. If it’s written down in black and white it’s not as easy to push it to the bottom of the list.

Everyone plans in a different way, so we’ve got a couple of different blogging tools that will suit depending on your brain works. 

6. Trello (Free and Paid Version) 

Trello is an amazing visual planning tool if you have a logical and linear brain. It is a very simple visual planner that allows you to layout all your blog posts via boards and cards. 

The cards allow you to add more detail in an unstructured way. This makes it easier to create content plans than something like Google Sheets/Spreadsheets. 

You can create columns for each of your products and services so that you can manage what blogs are coming up, and what ones have been done. 

Trello is a free tool, however, if you need more than ten boards or want a calendar view then you can upgrade to a paid plan (starting from $5/person/month). But we’ve found that for most small businesses, the free tool is more than powerful enough. 


Blogging tool Trello


7. MindMeister (Free and Paid Version) 

Did you know that mind maps are 30% more effective than linear documents when it comes to generating ideas? 

MindMeister is a mind-mapping tool, and it’s a brilliant way to plan out content for people who love to inject some creativity into their planning process. 

The free plan allows you to create up to three mind-maps, which should be enough for most businesses. However, if you have a team, or if you really want to get into creating mind maps, then you can upgrade to a paid plan. Below is an example of how we use MindMeister.


Mind Map to Help You Plan Blog Posts


The Best Blogging Tools for Creating Blog Post Images…

Have you ever seen a blog post image and immediately known who wrote the blog at a glance?

This is definitely something we’ve managed to achieve throughout pop-art blog images (or so we’ve been told). And while we create a new blog post image for every single blog, there is a definite and distinct theme running through them all. 

With over 4 million blogs published every day, and shared all over social media, you need a way to stand out from the crowd. 

Creating an eye-catching image for every blog post is a great way to do this and to convey your unique brand personality in the process. 

This might seem like a daunting process if you aren’t a graphic designer, but we use one great tool that is simple and effective. 


23 of the Best Business Blogging Tools that Increase Traffic and Conversions


8. Canva (Free and Paid Version)

You’ve probably heard of Canva, it’s got a bit of a love-hate relationship, especially among the graphic design community. We are definitely on the LOVE side for Canva, and it’s a tool we happily recommend to all our clients and MYMO members. 

It’s much easier to use (and cheaper) than Photoshop. And it’s brilliant for creating consistent and beautiful images for your blog post. 

The free version has tonnes of functionality and allows you to overlay text onto existing photos, or add graphics to your website. 

There is also a paid-for version that offers a little more functionality and access to more images and graphics. 


Using Canva for Blog Post Featured Image


The Best Blogging Tools for Editing Your Blog Posts…

Ever hit publish and then realised there is a glaringly obvious, totally embarrassing error?

Oh no, you’ll never be able to show your face in public again😳

Not really, we’ve all been there. But it is a good idea to eliminate as many errors from your blogs as possible. 

And we know the fear of errors is one thing that can hold people back from writing and publishing blog content -especially if they aren’t confident writers.

There are a couple of blogging tools that will help you write like you’ve got a team of editors and proofreaders on your team (well almost, they aren’t quite as good as trained humans).

9. Grammarly (Free and Paid Version)

Grammarly is an AI-powered tool that helps you write mistake-free content across loads of apps including Google Docs, Gmail, Facebook and Twiter. 

Contrary to what the name would have you believe it’s about more than just grammar (although it certainly does help with that). It will also check spelling and punctuation, as well as ensure the content is clear and easy to read. 

Basically, it’s an absolute life-saver if you are writing lots of content. It’s one of our favourite blogging tools!

And the best part is that it’s free, although you can upgrade to a premium version. 

Yes, you‘ll still need to read over your work, as some slip-ups will bypass the super-smart AI. But it’s a quick and effective way to check your work for mistakes and make your writing better in seconds. Below, we’ve shown you an example of how it works using this blog post!


Grammarly in use editing a blog post


10. Power Thesaurus (Free) 

If you’ve ever seen Friends then you might remember when Baby Kangaroo (a.k.a Joey) turned to a thesaurus to help him sound smarter. 

And while running every single word through a thesaurus is not a good idea – it can certainly help. 

Power Thesaurus is a free, community drive app that allows you to find synonyms or antonyms for over 80 million English language words. 

Perfect for when your brain stops working after lunch and you just can’t think of a smart-sounding way to say nice.

Ps. amiable, charming and good-natured could all work. 


Showing Power Thesaurus in action


The Best Blogging Tools for Optimising Your Blog Posts…

Despite what the latest marketing doomsday opinion piece will have you believe, Google is very much alive. 

And paying homage to the Google Gods can really make or break the success of your blog.

You could craft the most informative, beautifully written blog post, and still have it flop if you don’t adhere to some of Google’s rules.

The algorithm is ever-changing, so appeasing the search engines is an ever-evolving task. We call this optimising content, and we’re taking what we’ve created and tweaked it to give it a better chance of being found online

However, there are some blogging tools that remove the guesswork and help us adhere to the rules. 

11. Yoast (Free and Paid Version – WordPress Blogging Tool Only)

Once you’ve written your blog it’s time to get it uploaded and hit publish. 

Well, yes but there are some steps to take before hitting publish to make sure that everything SEO related is in ship-shape for Google (and other search engines).

Yoast is a WordPress specific plug-in that double-checks the soundness of your blog content, and give you practical suggestions for improvement, including:

  • Readability improvement (ie. sentences are too long)
  • Keyword distribution and density
  • Text length
  • As well as loads of other features

It’s one of our favourite blogging tools. It’s great for issuing practical prompts and presenting them in a traffic light system. Perfect if you’re like us and like competing against the machines. 

Ps. don’t worry if you can’t get all greens. It’s not always possible but it’s a good goal to have. 

The basic version of Yoast is free, but you can also upgrade which gives you access to even more SEO based tools to improve your writing. It is a tool that every self-respecting blog writer should include in their repertoire. We’ve included an example below of how Yoast looks evaluating this blog post for the keyword ‘blogging tools’. 


Showcasing the blogging tool Yoast


12. Tiny PNG (Free and Paid Version)

Have you ever tried to get on a website or a blog and it just takes forever to load?

Not only is it super frustrating (who has time to wait for a page to load)

But if people get tired of waiting and bounce off the page then this can negatively affect your Google stats. Which can cause them to rank you lower than they would if your website was super speedy. 

One of the ways that you can stop this from happening is by compressing your images so that they take less time to load. You can use a free web-based app called Tiny PNG helps to compress the image size. 

It’s a really simple thing that you can do to help improve your site speed and overall Google ranking. 

This is us, showing you Tiny PNG by compressing this image of Tiny PNG (how meta!)


Showing the results of using blogging tool TinyPNG


13. Pic Resize (Free) 

Got the ideal image but it’s HUGE, or needing to be cropped down?

Having images that look good, and are appropriately sized for your blog is essential in making it look good. 

And luckily Pic Resize helps you with just that. Allowing you to resize image dimensions, and crop out sections that are necessary quickly and easily.

Once you’ve done this you should still pop it through TinyPNG to compress the image size and make sure it loads.


Image showing how Pic Resize works


The Best Blogging Tools to Make Your Blog Look Good…

While we’ve all been led to believe that looks don’t matter, that just isn’t the case for your blog posts (or websites in general).

Have you ever been on a website and left straight away because it’s a wall of text?

Of course, the content and what you are saying really matters, and there is no point in creating a beautiful blog with no substance. 

However, creating a visually appealing blog post is arguably just as important as writing amazing content. And the last thing you want is for people to not read your super amazing blog because it doesn’t look good. 

Getting people to click on your post and stay there requires a balance of content, SEO and visuals. 

Especially when there are some really simple solutions…

15. Depositphotos (Paid) 

We always recommend that you have professional images that you dot around your website and blog posts. This helps add personality and ensures people know what the person behind the site looks like. 

However, we know that sometimes stock images are needed, and when that is the case we recommend Depositphotos. It’s a bank of royalty-free images, videos, vectors, illustrations, and music, that you can use on your website. 

It is a paid tool (either on-demand or subscription-based), but we find that it’s much better quality than many of the free tools out there. And you can be confident that they are licensed to use for business. 

Just be careful of those super cheesy stock photos. You know the ones, where everyone has a psychotic smile and are way too happy!


Showing how Deposit Photos works


16. Death to Stock Photo (Paid) 

Sick of cheesy stock images? Enter Death to Stock Photo. The clue is in the name really but this website provides the most amazing images that look, well, non-stock-photo-like!

There are no cheesy smiles or fake-happy looking people. Here’s an example of one of the images that came up when we typed in ‘office’.

A woman working in her studio

17. Pixabay (Free)

If you’re on a budget, using a free stock image website like Pixabay can come to your rescue! They have literally millions of stock images you can choose from. And the best thing is, they are free. Although, it’s nice to ‘tip’ a cup of coffee sometimes to the photographers!

If you want to do even more than just create images, check out this blog post on how to make your blogs look good.

Pixabay Homepage

The Best Blogging Tools for Collecting Leads on Blog Posts…

Ultimately the aim of creating a blog post is to make sales. However, while we’d love for someone to pop on a blog page and buy straight away it’s not always realistic. 

People need to come into contact with various touchpoints before they buy from you. And that’s why it’s important to drive people towards an email list so that you can stay in contact with them and nurture them towards the eventual sale. 

We’ve recently launched our new SEO and blog management service, and this prompted us to look into who bought from us on launch, and whether they were already on our email list.

And guess what…they all were. 

In fact, we found that:

  • they were on our email list for at least 12 months before investing in our 1-2-1 services
  • they are engaged, email subscribers (ie. they open, click or reply to emails)

So aiming to get people off your blog posts and onto an email list is a good one to have. 

But how exactly do you do this? Well below is a good example using one of the tools we recommend. 😉

23 of the Best Business Blogging Tools that Increase Traffic and Conversions

18. ScoreApp (Paid, with Free Trial)

One of the BEST ways of gaining leads from your blog post is by creating a quiz. Quizzes are fun, interactive and offer a ton of value. And our favourite quiz software has to be ScoreApp.

ScoreApp allows you to create beautiful quizzes easily. It’s so easy to create your quiz, and it comes with:

  • Beautiful landing page designs
  • Results page designs
  • Personalised feedback depending on the results your audience gets
  • Category scoring – so you can give people a score for different categories

Results page example of quiz software


19. OptinMonster (Paid)

OptinMonster is a very powerful, and intuitive lead generation tool that allows you to create beautiful and eye-catching opt-ins, pop-ups. Their ultimate goal is to help turn blog visitors into email subscribers. 

Ideal!

You can integrate these into your blogs, and on other pages on your website to drive people towards your email list. 

OptinMonster is a paid tool, however, the entry-level package is very affordable, and has all the essentials for building a lead generation campaign from your blogs. 


How Optin Monster Works


20. Thrive Leads (Paid) 

Another one that we love is Thrive Leads which focuses on driving uses from your blog onto your email list. 

It allows you to create visually stunning opt-ins in the form of pop-ups, widgets, in-line forms, screen locks as well as others. 

Thrive Leads is also a paid plugin, that you buy as a yearly subscription, however, it’s well worth it for those serious about making their blogs work for them. 


Showcasing Thrive Leads


The Best Blogging Tools for Measuring the Success of Blog Posts…

Before you kick things off with your blogging you need to know your starting point. 

What pages or blog posts are the most read on your website?

Where do your visitors spend most of their time when on your website?

Knowing this is invaluable because it allows you to understand what is working, and more importantly what isn’t. From this, you can tweak and optimise your content to do more of what works. And if you’re struggling to see rankings, check out this blog post on why you’re not ranking in Google (and how to fix it)

So how do you measure your website traffic?

21. Google Analytics (Free)

Google Analytics is a brilliant free web analytics tool that helps you analyse your website traffic in pretty minute detail. 

While the background workings are pretty technical (involving code, and tracking links), Google Analytics allows you to access easy-to-read reports that will give you insight into who has visited your website, how they found you, what content they consume and how they behave on your site. 

If this sounds a little scary, then don’t worry Google has a free course to help you get started with Google Analytics. Below is a screenshot of our daily users from Google analytics. It’s good to know!

Showing Google Analytics

22. The Hoth Rank Checker (Free)

The Hoth Rank Checker is a free tool powered by Semrush that helps you identify your website’s top traffic driving keywords. Simply put, what are people typing into Google that is leading them to your website. 

It’s a great way to figure out what is already working, and how to utilise these current top-performing keywords to boost you to page one. 

Think of Hoth Rank Checker as a soft “quick-wins” identifier. It will still require some work to boost these rankings, but it’s a good place to start.

It’s completely free, and the same website can also give you access to other tools such as backlink checkers, and keywords planners – but the rank checker is our favourite.  


The results after using the Hoth Rank Checker


23. Fat Rank Chrome Extension (Free) 

Fat Rank Chrome Extension is as it sounds another Chrome extension tool to help with on-the-go keyword ranking research. 

After installing the extension, simply visit a website and click the Fat Rank icon to find out where that website currently ranks in Google, and which page URLs are ranking. 

Again it’s a great, free, way to figure out what pages and keywords your website is already ranking for and might help with some potential quick wins or areas to focus on. 

Below is a screenshot of us using Fat Rank to determine where we’re ranking for the keyword ‘write blog post headline’. This shows us we’re number 12, so with some more tweaks to that blog post, we should be able to get to page one! Handy to know, right?


Results by using Fat Rank


Does this sound like a little too much work?

Phew! That’s quite a lot of work and quite a lot of blogging tools to get your blogs in tip-top performing shape. 

Loads of people think blogging is just banging out some words, uploading it to your website and hoping for the best. 

But the reality is that in order to produce successful blogs, that actually drive traffic (and sales) there is a little more to it than that. 

And while these blogging tools will help you shave hours off your blog writing sessions, they will still involve some time on your part. 

If this all sounds like a little too much work then you might want to consider our SEO content writing and blog management service. It’s a full blog writing and SEO service, that could shave 10 hours off your to-do list every week. 

Just think about what you could be doing with that time?

We take care of:

  • Generating search-drive blog ideas
  • Writing the blog content
  • Keyword research
  • Planning the content
  • Creating blog images
  • Edit the blog (using a professional proofreader)
  • Optimising the blog
  • Ensuring you can collect leads
  • Measuring the success
  • Uploading it to your website

Basically, everything that we’ve covered above is included in our SEO and blog management package. 

Not sure if this service is right for you?

Don’t forget our free blogging tool! 

Take our Blogging Superstar Quiz – a quiz that tests how well you’re doing in the 6 key areas that make a successful blog post to see if you’re all sorted or need some help.

23 of the Best Business Blogging Tools that Increase Traffic and Conversions

The post 23 of the Best Business Blogging Tools that Increase Traffic and Conversions appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/best-business-blogging-tools/feed/ 0
7 Ways To Write An Irresistible Blog Post Headline https://jammydigital.com/write-blog-post-headline/ https://jammydigital.com/write-blog-post-headline/#respond Mon, 24 Jan 2022 21:43:16 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=7399 They say don’t judge a book by its cover, but you definitely judge it by the title, right? The same goes for your blog posts. People will only click if the title is tempting. Whether that’s from social media or in search results, your title is the thing that will grab your audience’s attention.  The […]

The post 7 Ways To Write An Irresistible Blog Post Headline appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
They say don’t judge a book by its cover, but you definitely judge it by the title, right?

The same goes for your blog posts. People will only click if the title is tempting. Whether that’s from social media or in search results, your title is the thing that will grab your audience’s attention. 

The problem is, writing a blog post title is HARD. 

We personally find writing an entire blog post easier than writing a title. 

But over the years (and after A LOT of testing) we’ve figured out what works and what doesn’t. 

Read these 7 ways to write a blog post headline that’ll excite and entice your viewers to keep reading on.

1. Make Your Blog Post Headlines Specific 

If people don’t ‘get’ what your blog post is about from the headline then they won’t click on the blog post. 

For example, let’s say you’re writing a blog post about the best Keto Brownies you can order online. 

Imagine if these were the headlines…

The day I got to try a load of brownies!’ 

Brownies for the win!’ 

Chocolatey goodness without the sugar – yum!’ 

They don’t tell the reader what the heck your article is about. Yes, they’ll know it’s about brownies, but you need to be more specific with things like…

‘The best keto brownie companies that deliver straight to your door.’ 

Now that is specific, and it tells the reader exactly what they’re going to get. This brings us nicely onto our next point…

2. Optimise your Headline for Keywords 

If the aim of your blog post is to bring in website traffic, then you’ll want to optimise it for your keyword/phrase. 

Think about the example above. No one is searching for ‘Brownies for the win!’ on Google. 

But we bet there are people looking for ‘the best keto brownie companies that deliver’ or ‘the best keto brownie companies’ or even ‘keto brownie companies’. 

If you do a little keyword research, then you’ll know exactly what your audience is typing into search engines. 

Once you know that, you’ll know what words or phrases you need to include in your blog post title. 

Does anyone else really fancy a brownie right now or is it just me? 

3. Use numbers for list posts 

Oh, we don’t half love numbers. 

Numbers make us feel all warm and fuzzy inside. 

When we see a number as part of a blog post title, we know three things: 

  1. This is going to be easy-peasy for my brain to consume 
  2. This is going to be specific and actionable 
  3. I’m going to be able to skim read this and get the main points 

This is what makes articles that feature numbers way more appealing. In fact, in 2020, 41% of the top articles were listicles – i.e. list-based posts just like this one. 

4. For Big, In-Depth Blog Posts, Make Them Sound Epic

We love to read epic articles that go into real depth on a topic. 

I’m talking thousands and thousands of words here. 

But sometimes they might get missed if they have such a lacklustre headline. 

When you create an epic blog post, make sure your headline reflects that. Use phrases like…

  • The Ultimate Guide 
  • The Beginners Guide 
  • X 101 (for example, Puppy Training 101)

When you call your post the ultimate guide, your audience will understand that this is a chunky post that will go in-depth on one topic. It’s definitely an appealing post title, particularly for those who are ready to learn. 

One caveat though–only use the phrase Ultimate Guide or Beginners Guide on blog posts that really do go in-depth. 

Don’t use it for blog posts like this that are more of an overview. Even though this is 1200+ words long, we would never class it as an ultimate guide. 

5. Sprinkle Your Blog Post Headline with Magic Words 

Magic words are exactly like they sound…magic. They add that extra pizazz to a blog post headline, making it irresistible to clicks. 

Take this blog post as an example, we could’ve said ‘7 Ways to Write a Blog Post Headline’ but we added in the word irresistible. 

Notice it’s still search engine friendly (it contains my chosen keywords ). But just that one word makes the blog post more interesting, right? 

Some other words you could use are…

  • Surprising 
  • Unknown 
  • Shocking 
  • Skyrocket 
  • Drastically 
  • Latest 
  • Awkward 
  • Impact 
  • Instantly 
  • Under (give timeframe)
  • Steal 
  • Ultimate 
  • Secret 

6. Go Niche on Your Blog Post Title 

It may seem counter-intuitive to go super niche with your blog post title, but honing in on your audience can have much better results. 

Let’s say, for example, you edit fantasy fiction for self-published authors. Which of these blog post headlines do you think would appeal to fantasy fiction writers the most?  

  1. 8 Writing Tips 
  2. 8 Writing Tips for Authors 
  3. 8 Writing Tips for Fiction Authors 
  4. 8 Writing Tips for Fantasy Fiction Authors (Bingo!) 

You’re right, it’s the last one! Even if numbers 1, 2, or 3 received more readers, your target audience is far more likely to click on number 4. 

7. Experiment with the positive and negative 

Your blog post headline should make a promise to your reader. It should say, if you read this, this is what you’ll learn.

You knew before you read this article that you would leave knowing some ways to write better blog post headlines – and hopefully, we’ve done that! 

But you should also experiment with ‘negative’ headlines and ‘positive’ headlines. 

What we mean by this is headlines that point out what can happen if your audience doesn’t read your article (i.e. the bad stuff) vs headlines that point out what can happen if they do (i.e. the good stuff). 

Take this blog post for example. We focused on the positives–learning how to write an irresistible blog post headline. 

But we could’ve gone down a more negative route…

Positive focus: How to write an irresistible blog post headline

Negative focus: How to avoid writing blog post headlines that turn people off 

It would’ve been the same article but with a slightly different angle. 

It’s good to test out the positive and negative angles, to see what resonates with your audience. 

Where to start? 

It’s tempting to finalise your headline right at the beginning before you’ve even started on your blog post. But it’s often better to wait until the end of the post when you’re more clear and warmed up with lots of writing! 

Make sure you test out a few headlines too and see which one feels best. 

The post 7 Ways To Write An Irresistible Blog Post Headline appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/write-blog-post-headline/feed/ 0
6 Ways to Raise Your Prices in 2023 Without Losing Customers https://jammydigital.com/raise-price-current-customer/ https://jammydigital.com/raise-price-current-customer/#comments Thu, 30 Dec 2021 16:50:52 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6997 Let’s not beat around the bush, shall we? Getting an email telling you that the price of something is increasing is never fun.  Even if we love the product, it’s not something we’re going to jump up and down with glee about.  So it’s no wonder you’re nervous about increasing your prices for your current […]

The post 6 Ways to Raise Your Prices in 2023 Without Losing Customers appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Let’s not beat around the bush, shall we? Getting an email telling you that the price of something is increasing is never fun. 

Even if we love the product, it’s not something we’re going to jump up and down with glee about. 

So it’s no wonder you’re nervous about increasing your prices for your current customers. 

You may think to yourself, ‘what if they complain?’, ‘what if they stop working with me?’ ‘what if they think I’m money-grabbing?’ or worse, ‘what if they head on over to the competition?’ 

So how do you increase your prices without losing customers?

Most People Are Understanding…If You Do It Right 

BUT, most people are reasonable. And we say most because of course you get a few that are entirely unreasonable. But if you attract the right customers to begin with, you should be fine. 

But they are only reasonable IF you do it the right way. 

This blog post will help you do that. Below, I’ve listed the 6 ways you can communicate a price increase that will keep your current customers happy. 

Before we get into it…

There are some people who try to advise you to use clever hacks when communicating your price increase, such as reducing the quantity or quality of your products rather than increasing your prices (anyone else notice that chocolate bars are getting smaller?)

This is not what this blog post is about. This blog post will help you communicate a price increase clearly and effectively, without the need for sneaky bullshit. Yes, we are mad about the chocolate bars, okay? 

So let’s get into it, shall we? 

1. Create public content around your price increase 

This is the biggie when it comes to building trust with your customers. 

If you want to increase your prices without losing customers then create public content around why. 

Imagine you’re raising your prices for your current customers and instead of explaining why in an email, you send them to a public blog post. This lets your customer know that this is a ‘company-wide’ policy and not something personal to them. 

Our favourite phrase is, people don’t care what you say, they care what you publish. You can say anything privately. But unfortunately, the only true way to show transparency is to create public content. 

It also allows you the space to fully explain your price increase and remind your customer of the benefits of working with you. 

An example of how to raise prices for your current clients 


6 Ways to Raise Your Prices in 2023 Without Losing Customers


We love this blog post from Sara Bussandri, which she sent to her clients that were receiving a discount for her writing services. We should know, we were that client! 

Sara explains in her post why she no longer offers a discount to her current clients (and any future clients). She makes it personal, by stating that when she started out she ‘fell into the trap of underpricing and underselling my services.’ And she also includes pictures of herself, to remind the reader that this is a person (and not a company). 

And then she goes into detail about why she no longer offers discounts. 

2. Say the actual words ‘my price is increasing’

We’ve seen companies use the words ‘price adjustment’ or ‘changes to our pricing’. Don’t do this. Don’t use fluffy language that tiptoes around the topic. 

Don’t use passive voice either, i.e. the price is being adjusted in 2022. By who, exactly? Fairies? An evil price-adjusting ogre? 

Nope. Own the message. State clearly, ‘We are raising our prices for x. And here’s why.’ This brings clarity to your customers who will appreciate your honesty and transparency. One sure-fire way to lose customers is to use confusing messaging when communicating your price increase. 

An example of a confusing price increase message


Email showing confusing price increase copy


We remember receiving this email from a company that sold baby products. We were so confused. Are they raising their prices? Are they not? We get what they’re trying to do here but there’s no real incentive to buy now, and there’s no real communication as to whether the price is or isn’t increasing soon. 

If you’re going to increase your prices, stand firm in your decision and communicate it clearly! 

3. Sell them the benefits of your price increase (and avoid losing customers)

Just because you’re talking about increasing your prices doesn’t mean you have to turn into a negative-nelly. Use this opportunity to explore why you’re raising your prices and remind your customer of the value you deliver. 

Let’s say for example you’re a web designer and you want to increase the prices of your monthly maintenance plan for your current customers. You could explain how you’re investing in better software to keep your customer’s websites safer and more efficient. 

It’s important you flip the message from you to your customer. What do they care about? What do they value? How can you make them the heart of your message? 

An example of selling the benefits of your price increase 

When we increased our web design prices, we wanted to make sure that we communicated the benefits of working with us (and therefore why we were increasing our prices). 

So we created a blog post explaining why our prices were increasing. This wasn’t aimed at our current customers, but the principles remain the same, we moved the message away from us and our price increase and turned into the things that our customers cared about. 

4. Tell the story and make it personal 

When you’re asking someone to pay more money, there’s nothing worse than some impersonal, cold email, written in the third person. 

Just because you’re not ‘face-to-face’ doesn’t mean you shouldn’t take a personal approach. 

Remember to tell the story of why you’re raising your prices, use the words ‘I’ and ‘we’, and communicate with your customer like they’re an actual human-being. 

A Good Example of a Price Increase Notice to Customers 

 

I love this video from Cara MacKay, MD of Gillies and Mackay who make sheds and garden homes in Scotland. 

It feels like Cara is talking directly to you in this video, and she tells the story of the challenges Gillies and Mackay have faced with their timber supply. There’s no formal stuffy language or unclear messaging, Cara remains frank, personal and respectful to her customers. This video could’ve been sent to a thousand people, and yet it would feel personal to you. 

5. Give an actual reason for your price increase

This may seem obvious, but we see quite a lot of emails about a price increase but people don’t actually explain why they’re increasing their prices. It’s just taken as a given. A ‘just because’. This usually happens at the start of the year in January where maybe people expect the price will go up. 

But this is frustrating for your customer who won’t understand why you’re raising your prices and will simply assume that you’re doing it to get more of their money. 

So give an actual reason for your price increase.

6. There’s no need to say sorry for your price increase

It’s tempting to apologise for a price increase. We personally struggle with this because even though we know that raising prices is a must and absolutely justified, we still feel the need to apologise. 

But there’s no need to say sorry.  Remember, sorry is a feeling of regret, and we shouldn’t regret raising our prices. If you deliver a good product and offer value, then there’s zero reason you should be sorry about it. And actually saying sorry communicates that you’re uneasy about your decision. 

Where should you start with it all?

If you want to raise your prices, then grab a piece of paper and a pen (or your keyboard) and start writing down the reasons why your prices are increasing. With every reason, also write down how this benefits your audience. For example, the cost of materials is going up could be the reason you’re increasing your prices. But this benefits your customers because you’ve decided not to cut corners and get cheaper materials.

We’re not saying it’s easy, but trust us, once you start with this kind of content you’ll find it easy-peasy to come up with ideas. And above all else, your customers will appreciate your honesty and transparency. 

The post 6 Ways to Raise Your Prices in 2023 Without Losing Customers appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/raise-price-current-customer/feed/ 1
Publish This Easy Piece of Content Before You Raise Your Prices (And See Amazing Results!) https://jammydigital.com/price-increase-content/ https://jammydigital.com/price-increase-content/#respond Thu, 30 Dec 2021 16:46:31 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6995 Are you thinking of raising your prices right now?  Well, stop.  Step away from the keyboard.  And don’t you dare sneakily update your prices on your website (not yet anyway.)  Because there’s something we’d like you to do first.  Something that will help you both increase sales, AND build trust and loyalty with your audience.  […]

The post Publish This Easy Piece of Content Before You Raise Your Prices (And See Amazing Results!) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Are you thinking of raising your prices right now? 

Well, stop. 

Step away from the keyboard. 

And don’t you dare sneakily update your prices on your website (not yet anyway.) 

Because there’s something we’d like you to do first. 

Something that will help you both increase sales, AND build trust and loyalty with your audience. 

We want you to create content around your price increase. 

Before we begin, this is aimed at you if you want to raise your prices for brand new customers (i.e. people who aren’t your customers already). If you need help on how to raise your prices for current customers, have a read of our article here. 

What is ‘Why I’m Raising My Prices’ content? 

This piece of content goes into detail about why you’re raising your prices. It explains what your prices are now when they’re going to increase, and what the new price will be. 

It’s an easy-peasy piece of content for you to create. But it’s also great for sales and delivers excellent customer service. 

Why is this content so effective? 

There are three main reasons why this piece of content works so well.

  1. It’s sales content. It’s a piece of content that promotes the benefits of your products or services. It says ‘Hey, I’m raising my prices because I’m pretty awesome. Here’s why…’ 
  2. It can act as a ‘heads-up’ to those who are on the fence about working with you, giving them an opportunity to buy from you at your lower prices. We did this with our blog post and earned 25K in a week. 
  3. It’s incredibly helpful and transparent and builds trust with your audience. 

Why do I have to tell my audience why my prices are increasing? 

You’ve received one of those emails right? The ‘get in now before the price goes up tomorrow!’ type thing. You probably get one at least once a week. 

Hell, just walk past any furniture shop and there’s always a sale ending ‘soon’. 

The problem is, we’re used to this fake scarcity sales tactic. It just looks to your audience like you’re raising your prices to pressure them into buying from you. 

But the actual reasons behind you raising your prices are legitimate and justified. And when you sit down to think about it and consider why you’re raising your prices, you’ll probably come up with a whole host of great reasons. 

Think about your customer when it comes to explaining your price increase 

A lot of these reasons will relate to your customer and their experience. And when explaining a price increase, you should put your customer at the heart of it. Think about what will benefit them. 

Ultimately, take the narrative away from you and your price increase and put your customer at the heart of the message. 

For example, for web design, we explained that we were raising our prices because…

  1. The projects became more time-intensive (because we spent more dedicated time with each client and took on fewer clients as a result)
  2. We invested in more expensive tools and software (so the websites we created performed better and were more secure) 
  3. We invested more in our own learning (and passed that onto our customers to make them more effective websites) 
  4. We took on a more ‘consulting’ role during projects (so we could advise our clients on how to make their website a success, with help on content marketing to website copy)

The stuff in brackets above is what the customer cares about–the parts that actually benefit them. And that’s what led to us landing four new clients in one week from this one piece of content (earning us £25K). 

But we would not have done that if we’d simply emailed our list and told them our prices were going up without explaining why and how our customers benefit. 

Why does this content need to be public? 

We hear you. Creating public content around your price increase is scary, to say the least. What if your competitors see it? What if you put people off? What if you’re on the fence about raising your prices? 

Our favourite thing we like to say is ‘people don’t care what you say, they care what you publish.’ 

When something is published publicly it’s more trustworthy than something that is private. You can say anything privately or by email. But, public content is out there for the world to see, and when you’re talking about money, it’s instantly more trustworthy. 

Do you have to give a deadline? 

A big part of the success of when we did this was that we gave our audience the opportunity to buy from us at our current prices before they increased. 

However, you don’t have to do this. If it’s important you raise your prices and not offer your current rates that’s okay. You can still create this kind of content. It’s still incredibly helpful for your audience to understand why you’ve increased your prices and the benefits of what you offer. 

How do you promote your price increase content? 

The thing about price increase content is…people love to see it! 

Why? Because people love a good nosey that’s why. Our most popular blog post (in terms of social shares) is the one about why we’re increasing our web design prices. 

So don’t just create this content and shy away from any promotion. You have to take full advantage of your price increase and share it everywhere for it to be effective. 

Here are some ways you could promote it…

  1. Send it to your email list 
  2. Post on LinkedIn (company and personal page) 
  3. Post on Facebook 
  4. Go live on Facebook or LinkedIn 
  5. Create Instagram stories or posts 

Make Sure You Promote this Time-Sensitive Content 

Remember, this is a time-sensitive piece of content because once your prices have gone up it becomes less interesting and relevant to your audience. 

So you need to give yourself time to promote it, and if you have a deadline where people can buy from you at your current prices you need to give your audience time to take up that offer. The amount of time will depend on what you sell. When we did this with our web design service, we gave a month’s notice as the investment ran into the thousands. You might not have to give that much notice with a cheaper product. 

What format should the content be in?

There’s no particular rule for what format your content should be in. Just that it’s public and shareable. We do everything via our blog. 

What if don’t want to publish your prices publically? 

Now, all of this is futile if you don’t actually publish your prices publicly. There’s no point saying your prices are going up if you don’t want to state how much they are now. 

If you don’t currently do this (or at least, give an indicator on price) then seriously consider doing so. The benefits for your business are huge, as highlighted in this blog post about why you should publish your prices on your website

The best question to ask yourself when it comes to publishing your prices is this, would you rather find out the price of something from a website. Or would you rather call someone and speak to them? 

Most people prefer the first option, right? Even if it’s not an exact price, just an indicator. We’d prefer to have an idea before we speak to someone in advance. 

Publishing your prices is just good customer service, as well as having a whole host of other benefits. 

Need some extra help? Try our blog post templates! 

If you’d like some extra support when it comes to writing your ‘price increase’ content, then check out our blog post template pack. This pack includes 10 blog post templates (including a raising your prices template) and saves you so much time when it comes to writing content. Check it out below. 

Blog Post Templates

 

The post Publish This Easy Piece of Content Before You Raise Your Prices (And See Amazing Results!) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/price-increase-content/feed/ 0
The Ultimate Business Blogging Guide https://jammydigital.com/blogging-for-business/ https://jammydigital.com/blogging-for-business/#respond Fri, 10 Dec 2021 11:29:45 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6968 Is your website just a fancy online business card? Because, you know, your website can do a lot more for you and your business. If you have a business blog, it can act as your… Best salesperson, bringing leads and sales to your business 24/7 Trusted customer service advisor, informing and building trust and loyalty […]

The post The Ultimate Business Blogging Guide appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Is your website just a fancy online business card? Because, you know, your website can do a lot more for you and your business. If you have a business blog, it can act as your…

  • Best salesperson, bringing leads and sales to your business 24/7
  • Trusted customer service advisor, informing and building trust and loyalty with your customers
  • Knight-in-shining-armour, defending you against those crappy clients or customers who absorb all your time and cause you stress
  • Personal ‘Town-Crier’, someone who will pull in the crowd and get traffic to your business

Publishing content consistently could help you rank higher in the search engine results and drive more traffic to your website. More traffic from the right kind of people means more leads and, ultimately, more sales. Ka-ching!

But getting results from your business blog takes time, and you have to be doing ‘all the right things’. This is why we put together this guide for you – covering everything you need to know about running a successful business blog.

Ready to grab a brew, sit comfortably, and get stuck in?

How to create a successful business blog

The first thing you need to decide (before you even get started) is what you want to achieve with your blog. Maintaining a business blog requires time, focus, and consistency, so you don’t want to do it just for the sake of it, right? Like with anything you do in life and in business, you need to have a specific goal in mind. Otherwise, how do you know if it’s working or not?

For your blog to be successful, you need a goal for it first.

So what do we mean by goals? What can a business blog actually help you achieve?

Here are some examples…

1. Drive more traffic to your website using your blog

Publishing regular content on your business blog can help you drive more traffic to your website. How? Well, how many times in a day do you search for something on Google? Loads, right? Every time we need information, we head over to Google. And your ideal customers are exactly the same.

So if you publish content on your business blog that answers their questions, bingo! You immediately increase the chances of your website popping up in the search engine results (ideally super close to the top), which in turn means that more people might click on the link, go visit your website, and read your articles.

Want some tips on creating content that gets found on Google? Check out our SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide.

2. Attract more qualified customers with your business blog

Once you get people on your website, your amazing content is your chance to show them who you are, what you have to offer, and how you work. And your web pages (like your Homepage, your About page, your sales pages, etc.) can do that to an extent. But with the articles on your business, you can showcase who you are, what you stand for, and what you know in a lot more depth.

So what happens when people land on your website and find all your valuable content? They either feel they can relate to that (and find it interesting and relevant), or they don’t. And if they don’t, they’ll hit the back button, go back to Google, and move on to the next piece of content.

Now, that might seem like bad news for you. But it’s not, really. Because if someone can’t relate to you your content, they’re not the right people for you! You don’t want to work with them as much as they don’t want to work with you!

We’ve written loads about this, so if you want to find out more, check out How and Why You Should Create ‘Wrong-Fit’ Content, or How to Stop Customer Issues Before They Happen (Using Content Marketing).

What you really want is for the people who are the right fit for you and your business to stay on your website and engage with your content. Because these are the people you ultimately want to work with – the people who will buy from you and who will prove to be great clients. These are much better-qualified prospects. And you can attract them (like moths to a flame) simply by sharing awesome content on your business blog.

3. Increase your sales by blogging

Did you know your website can sell for you? That’s right. A lot of people treat their websites as fancy online marketing material. But if you play your cards right, your website can actually make sales for you.

How? Because people don’t care what you say – they care what you publish. And the content you share on your business blog can help your ideal customers get to know, like, and trust you. When you answer all their questions, reassure them you’re the right choice for them and the person who can solve their problem, the next logical step is for them to press the buy button and work with you.

And wouldn’t it be nice if instead of spending hours on a sales call with a prospective client, that call only lasted 15-30 minutes? If you publish enough of what we call decision-based content on your website, people will start to self-qualify, meaning that they’ll only go ahead and get in touch if they’re truly interested in working with you. So by the time they jump on that sales call with you, it’s only to finalise the details, sign on the dotted line, and ask when they can get started!

If you want to find more about that, here’s a handy blog post we wrote: How to Make Content Part of Your Sales Process (so you get more sales, faster!)

4. Grow your email list through your blog

Another goal you can achieve through your business blog is to grow your email list. When you give people something of value through a lead magnet (this could be a pdf guide, a quiz, an eBook, etc.) you can ask people to give you their email address in return. And with that, you get the privilege of landing straight into their inbox as often as you like.

Sure, you can advertise your lead magnet on your Homepage, but how well do people know you by then?

Probably not much.

But when they consume content on your business blog and learn about your views about a certain topic, it’s a lot easier for you to include what we refer to as content upgrades that people can download for free by entering their email address. Once they’re engaged with your content, your readers are more likely to want to grab the freebie you’re offering and land on your email list as a result.

So now that you know what you’re trying to achieve with your business blog, let’s try and work out how often you’ll need to share content.

Important! What to do if you have multiple goals...

You’ll probably have multiple goals for your blog.

In fact, our blog helps us achieve all the points above. We use it to get traffic, increase sales, deliver excellent customer service and to make sure we attract the right people to our business.

We know At some points in the year, we focus on sales – creating sales content for specific products or services we want to promote at that moment. 

During non-sales-focused periods, we focus on creating content that will drive traffic to our website and grow our email list (this blog post is an example of that – notice it’s published in December, a particularly quiet month for us). 

And then there’s the content we create that helps deliver excellent customer service and helps us attract only the right customers – this generally will come from the questions that people ask us. 

How often will you blog for your business?

If you’ve decided to start a business blog, the worst thing you can do is to publish one blog post and then disappear from the face of the earth for months on end. (Seriously, don’t do that).

Unfortunately, as much as we all wish blogging was like waving a magic wand, it’s not. It’s a game won with showing up regularly and consistently. So if you’re going to start, make a solid commitment and stick to it!

Yes, we know it’s hard. And that’s why we run our 90-day Content Marketing Challenge a few times a year to help you produce consistently good content that gets ranked on search engines. We also help you get faster and more efficient at content creation and, ultimately, get more leads and sales from your website. The cherry on top? We give you accountability and feedback and break down all the technical stuff that’s holding you back so it becomes super easy and actionable.

You can find out more and join the next 90-day content marketing challenge here.

Decide on your blogging frequency

So, now you’ve made the decision you’re going to blog, you need to work out how often you’ll publish new content. We find that consistency is key, so whatever you go for, make sure you stick to the deadlines you’ve given yourself.

Ideally, if you could blog weekly, that would be amazing, especially if you’re just starting out and don’t have a library of content yet. Nothing stops you from blogging more though – you could publish content 2-3 times per week or even daily if you wanted.

Blogging frequently tells Google and the other search engines that your website is updated regularly, which must mean you have great content to share. So by publishing more content you’re not only giving yourself more chances of being found for more search terms that are relevant to your business, but you’re also telling Google that your website is the place to be to find new and relevant information.

Having said that, you need to strike a good balance between quality and quantity.

Publishing a piece a day of only 300-500 words might not give you as much as going really in-depth into a topic and writing a good 1,500-2,000+ word article. So if that means blogging every fortnight or every month, then that’s a great start. But be consistent. Because your audience will expect to see new content from you on a regular basis, and delivering on your promise helps you build trust with your readers.

Decide on your platform – where should you put your business blog?

We’ve seen some companies use various platforms for their business blog, including…

  1. A separate website for their blog
  2. A website they don’t own like Medium
  3. Using LinkedIn articles to replace their blog
  4. Housing their blog on their own website

We recommend you house your blog on your own website. That way your articles will rank and get found by people searching on Google. And then easily be able to find out about your products or services or sign up to your email list.

You can always repurpose your blog posts for Medium or LinkedIn articles, but it’s wise to publish on the platform you own first!

Blog Post Templates
Blog Post Template Pack

What will you share on your business blog? 

I know what you’re thinking now. “This is all well and good, but I don’t know what to write about!”

Well, we know that getting started with something new is always tricky. But once you get going, you’ll have so many ideas you’ll never run out again. Promise!

So let’s look at some content inspiration for you.

“How to” content

This is the most popular form of content you’ll find on the internet and business blogs in general. There’s a reason for it – it’s great for website traffic. Because when you don’t know how to do something, you head over to Google to find the answer, right? So your “How to” articles provide your audience with the know-how they’re looking for.

Although this blog post you’re reading doesn’t have “How to” in the title, it’s a “How to” piece of content. It tells you everything you need to know about the topic of starting and running your own successful business blog.

So think about the kind of things you’re an expert in. What do you teach in your business? What do you find yourself explaining to your customers or clients over and over? Sit down with a cuppa and make a list of topics – you’ll end up with an awesome starting list of potential articles for your business blog.

Here are a couple of examples from our own business blog:

“They Ask, You Answer” content

In a nutshell, this is about answering the questions that your existing customers or prospective clients ask you all the time. The term comes from the book They Ask You Answer, by Marcus Sheridan. You may have heard us talk about this book before (we love it!), and that’s because its teachings have literally transformed our business and the way we use content marketing to generate leads and sales.

If you want to find out more about the exact topics that Marcus Sheridan recommends you create content about and want more inspiration, head over to the blog post, How to Plan 50 Pieces of Content in 30 Minutes.

“Content Fortress” Content

If you’ve come across any of our content at all, you’ll probably be familiar with the phrase “Content Fortress”, which is the title of our book and online course.

So what does this phrase mean? Imagine your business is the ‘castle’ you’re trying to protect. To keep it safe, you might want to build a wall or some sort of structure around it. And for us, the way to build this ‘fortress’ is to create content. That’s it. Creating a content fortress means protecting yourself (as the most important asset in your business) with content.

With us so far?

“But protect yourself from what, exactly?”, you might ask.

Glad you asked.

From bad clients, for example. From people who aren’t right for you and your business – people who come with the wrong expectations or assumptions. Or people who might be after a product or service you don’t even offer!

See, the thing is – when you create the right type of content around your business (and publish it on your business blog), you start to attract more people who are right for you and repel those who would you might say yes to despite your gut telling you not to, and they turn out to be people who aren’t a great fit for you (or you for them).

Like we said earlier, repelling clients might sound like a bad thing, but it’s really not! Especially if it protects your mental health and ensures your business occupies a positive place in your life.

If you want to find out more about all this, head over to the blog post, What is a content fortress?

“Pillar” content

Pillar content is long-form content that goes really in-depth into a topic. We’re talking 2,500-4,000+ words here. Yes, it’s epic! But that’s what’s so good about it. It’s comprehensive, it goes into detail, it answers loads of questions that your ideal customers might have, and it’s great for SEO. It’s your typical “Everything you need to know about X” content.

Here’s an example we have on our website, SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide.

When you write this type of content you’re not just providing a great customer experience for your users, but you’re also increasing your chances of being found on Google. Why? Because when you write long-form content you’re probably going to use lots and lots of handy phrases that people might search for (a.k.a. keywords) and also link to other pieces of content you’ve created. And these are the kinds of things that the SEO gods absolutely love!

Plus, with articles of this length, you’re also telling the search engines that their users are more likely to find what they’re looking for in your piece, rather than in your competitors’, who may have written a short 500-word article on the same topic. So you’re winning all round!

News-related content

There’s a lot you can do here. You could share newsjacking content, which is all about creating a piece showcasing your thoughts and opinions based on trending news topics or breaking news stories. This could be anything you have an opinion on, but we’re talking about your business blog here, so ideally, stick to topics that relate to your industry, niche, or business.

For example, are there any changes coming up to rules and regulations that affect your industry? Could your readers benefit from you breaking down key information and explaining how the changes impact them? Say you’re an accountant. I’m sure you have loads of clients who could do with an easy explanation of what Making Tax Digital is all about and how it impacts them, right? (No, seriously, are you that accountant? Help!)

And finally, when it comes to news-related content, it could be something about your own company. Although, we always say to try and limit this because as much as this is your website and your business blog, the harsh truth is that your prospective customers don’t care about you – they care about how you can help them.

So whenever you’re sharing news about yourself and your business, make sure they’re relevant to your audience. An example of this may be talking about ‘your why’ (i.e. why you started your company and do what you do).

But how do you write one of these blog posts?

Once you know your topic, then you actually have to write them damn thing. And even if you’re a seasoned blogger, there’s always so much room for improvement. We know, we learn something new on every post we create.

You’ll want to make sure you hit the key points that make a great blog post. Including…

  1. A killer headline that attracts attention (and helps you rank)
  2. An opening paragraph that grips the reader and gets them to read on
  3. A structure that is easy-to-understand and follow
  4. A conclusion that gets your reader to take action

We’ve actually created an in-depth blog post on how to write a blog post.

Blog Post Templates
Blog Post Template Pack

What will your blogging schedule look like?

Okay, so now that you know what you’re going to blog about, it’s time to look at how you’re going to do it. How will you distribute content across your business blog?

You have a few options here:

  • You could mix and match your topics, choosing from the different types of content we shared in this blog post. This gives your audience a good variety of topics and ensures you’re not only just creating the same kind of article week on week. This is exactly wa
  • Goal-focused approach. If you have a particular goal you’re trying to achieve (for example, increasing your website traffic), you could decide to create a lot of ‘How to’ or Pillar content to attract more visitors to your website from the search engines. Or, if you’re trying to rank for a particular keyword, you might decide to create a series of articles on that topic for a month or two or until you’ve said everything you wanted to say about that topic.
  • Campaign-driven approach. This is about choosing the one thing you want to sell and going to town with creating content around it. If you want to read more about this approach, head over to our piece, How to create a 90-day content strategy.
  • Awareness days content. You could also decide to create content around specific awareness days, such as Mental Health Week, Dry January, or whatever you choose. Again, you want this content to ideally be relevant to your industry and your business, as this gives you a chance to let your readers see what your take is on a particular issue and add value to them. 

How will you optimise your blog posts?

So you now know how often you’re going to blog, what you’re going to blog about, and how you’ll distribute your content creation. What’s next?

You’ll notice we talk a lot about SEO and the fact that having a business blog where you publish regular and valuable content will help you be found on Google.

But the thing is – it doesn’t just happen by magic. There are things you need to do before, during, and after writing your blog posts to make sure they are picked up successfully by the search engines. This is called optimisation, and even if you don’t know the first thing about it, you don’t need to be a techie or hire an expensive SEO agency to be able to do it.

You can learn everything you need to know about optimising your blog posts in this handy guide, WordPress SEO For Blogging – How to Optimise Your WordPress Blog Posts.

And once you’ve done that, simply set aside an additional 20-30 minutes to optimise each of your blog posts, and you’ll be good to go!

How will you drive traffic to your business blog?

Now that you have the most amazing business blog, the last thing you need to do is to start driving traffic to it. You’ve got this incredible content you’ve spent all this time and effort creating, so of course, you now want to make sure people find it, right?

Definitely (and pleeeease) don’t fall at this last hurdle! We see so many business owners do this, but your job when it comes to business blogging doesn’t stop when you hit the publish button. You need to get eyeballs on your content. Because that’s the first step to generate leads and sales from it.

So what are some of the things you can do to promote your blog posts?

1. Repurpose your content

Optimisation is of course the first big step in making sure you’re ticking all the right boxes so that Google and the other search engines pick up your content. But you can’t just leave it at that. So the next thing you can do is to repurpose your blog posts into other pieces of content to get them in front of more people.

So, for example, you could repurpose your blog posts into:

  • LinkedIn articles.
  • Guest posts on more influential websites with a broader reach than yours.
  • YouTube videos.
  • A series of slides, a talk, or a presentation.

To get more ideas and information about what repurposing is (and find out how to do it), head over to the article, How to Repurpose a Blog Post (and Save Yourself So Much Time!)

2. Share on social media

Sharing your content on social media also gives you a chance to reach more people. However

How many times have you seen a post from someone on your social media feed saying,

“Hey, here’s my latest blog post! Go and read it! Here’s the link.”

Do you honestly stop scrolling and go and read it? We’re willing to bet that most of the time you don’t. (Unless the title or the title image happens to jump at you as the thing you’ve been wanting to look into for a while).

So instead of just broadcasting and letting your social media audience know you’ve published something new, try repurposing that content (see above). You can do that by pulling out some of the key points you covered in your blog post and inviting people in that way. You’re more likely to grab their attention and have them click on your link to head to your website and read.

3. Share with your email list

If you have an email list (and if you don’t, why not?), it’s another great chance to let more people know about the new content you’ve published on your website. A brand new blog post gives you a nice excuse to email your list, but (again) don’t just drop the link and run. Make sure your email shares something of value that links nicely to your latest blog post. And then you can drop the link.

And if you’re looking for tips on how to grow your email list, head over to the article, The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website.

4. Paid advertising

Another way to drive traffic to your website is through paid advertising. You could run paid ads via different social media platforms (like Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, etc.) While this isn’t free (the clue being in the name), when done right, paid advertising gives you the chance to get in front of new audiences, especially if you don’t already have a large following on your social media channels.

You see, social media platforms hold lots of information about their users that you could never dream of getting direct access to – things like where people live, how old they are, what interests they have, etc. So by using social media advertising, you’re in a much better position to utilise that data and get your content in front of more of your ideal customers and clients.

How to generate leads and sales from your blog

So now that you’ve driven traffic to your website, what’s next? Well, the last thing you want is for people to just come and have a quick read and then click the back button and never come back. When that happens, you have no real visibility of who’s been on your website, which means you can’t interact with them and steer that relationship in any way.

Instead, you want to generate leads – i.e. capture your visitors’ details. You want people to give you their email address in exchange for some sort of freebie or giveaway. It could be someone booking a call with you or filling in your contact form.

As we explained earlier when talking about using your business blog to grow your email list, you can do this by offering:

  • A freebie or lead magnet. This is something you offer on your website to all your visitors.
  • Content upgrades. This could be, for example, a free checklist or PDF that expands on the content you covered in a specific blog post.
  • A paid product. Similar to a content upgrade, this product fits in with the content of your blog post, but instead of being something your audience can download for free in exchange for their email address, it’s a paid-for product.

You can learn more about how generate leads through your blog and website in general in our blog post, how to create a lead generating website.

Want to Cut Your Blogging Time in Half?

So there you have it. Everything you need to know about business blogging! As you can see, there’s A LOT that goes into blogging and creating a blog post can take a lot of time. This is why we’ve created our Blog Post Template pack. It includes 10+ fill-in-the-blanks blog post templates that will save you so much time and increase your traffic and rankings!

Blog Post Templates

The post The Ultimate Business Blogging Guide appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/blogging-for-business/feed/ 0
The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021 https://jammydigital.com/black-friday-small-business/ https://jammydigital.com/black-friday-small-business/#respond Tue, 23 Nov 2021 10:01:30 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6759 You’ve already started getting them, right? Those Black Friday emails. But instead of bash you over the head with our offers, we wanted to help you out with this blog post. We’ll be going through our favourite Black Friday deals for business owners in 2021.  A few things before we begin… There are ZERO affiliate […]

The post The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021 appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
You’ve already started getting them, right? Those Black Friday emails.

But instead of bash you over the head with our offers, we wanted to help you out with this blog post. We’ll be going through our favourite Black Friday deals for business owners in 2021. 

A few things before we begin…

There are ZERO affiliate links in this post. 

We’ve not included ourselves – that would be icky. 

We’ve not featured any software – not that this is a bad thing but there are so many blog posts about that. In this post, we’ve focused on indiviuals who are offering amazing services or courses to their audience. 

1. Linkedin Profile by Lunch – Louise Brogan 

Create or update your LinkedIn profile, just in time for lunch! This wonderful mini-course from the LinkedIn brainiac, Louise Brogan will help you…

    • Get found by your ideal client 
    • Getting connection requests from people you want in your networ
    • No longer cringing when someone looks at your profile!

Usual price – $197 

Black Friday offer – $97 

Link

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021


2. The Website Content Planner – Laura Robinson 

Laura really knows her stuff when it comes to copywriting. This Black Friday, Laura is offering a step-by-step guide and templates to help small business owners write website copy that converts.

This is for you if you sell your expertise as 1-1 services, courses, programmes, memberships, digital products or any combination of these things + you’re at your best when working with pen and paper.

Please note, this offer will be available from Friday 26 November. 

Usual price – $27 

Black Friday offer – $7 

Link

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021


3. Sell by Helping Course – Nick Gulic 

We couldn’t get more behind Nick’s ‘Sell By helping’ philosophy. 

If you want to increase your sales without being sleazy and have better relationships with your clients then Nick’s course is an absolute game-changer. 

This is the best course you can take on sales if you want to transform your business. 

Usual price – $400

Black Friday offer – $180

Link 

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021


4. Authority Amplified PR Course – Amy Merrywest 

Amy is my absolute go-to when it comes to PR. And in her course she teaches you exactly how to get featured in high-end publications. 

As part of the Black Friday deal, Amy is giving away a FREE press release review to anyone who buys between Novemeber 22nd and November 28th. 

Usual Price – £97 

Black Friday offer – £97+ a free press release review

Link 

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021


5. One-off Blog Review – Debbie Ekins 

Debbie is the absolute QUEEN of content. And there’s absolutely nothing she doesn’t know about making blogging a success for your business. 

As part of Black Friday, Debbie is offering a blog post review. She’ll review your current blogs, give you feedback and guidance, and then review one future blog you publish! 

Usual price – £197 

Black Friday offer – £147

Link 

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021


6. The Membership Retention Kit – Diana Tower 

We first saw Diane talk at the Retain – an event for membership site owners and OH.MY.GOD Diana knows her stuff about keeping your members happy!

Diana has put together a Membership Retention Kit which includes…

  • QUIZ:  Retention Strategy Health-Check Quiz 
  • VAULT: 60+ Retention Ideas Vault
  • CHEAT-SHEETS: 60+ Implementation Cheat-Sheets 
  • MINI GUIDE: 6 “Evergreen” Retention tactics you can “set-and forget” today! 
  • VIDEO WORKSHOP: The 6 Retention Levers and how to pull them to boost retention and craft a remarkable member experience people rave about. 

And loads more! 

Usual price – $97 

Black Friday offer – $29

Link 


7. Demystifying ‘White Hat’ SEO – Pete Everitt 

Pete really does know his stuff when it comes to SEO and his ‘Demystifying White Hat SEO is perfect for business owners and agency owners too! 

This Black Friday, he’s offering 33% of his course, which includes a 6 module, step-by-step, actionable breakdown of on-page and off-page SEO. 

Usual Price – $591 

Black Friday offer – $395.97

Link

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021


8. ‘No Stress WordPress’ Course – Dave Foy 

Dave is the best teacher is the world (it’s a fact, okay.)  In his course, ‘No Stress WordPress (best name ever) Dave teaches you how to build a process and framework for quickly developing a fully functional WordPress website with Elementor. 

The course includes…

  • The Starter Site concept that lets you build websites faster and more efficiently
  • Dave’s simple Layout System that creates great-looking designs, even if you’re not naturally a designer
  • The process for building fully dynamic websites with Elementor, custom post types and custom fields

This is suitable for people who have an active interest in managing their own website and mastering WordPress. 

Usual Price – $497

Black Friday offer – $97

Link 

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021


9. Oxygen Master Course – Corey Dodd

Let the wonderful Corey be your guide and learn how to build an amazing, fast-loading, custom website using Oxygen! 

With this course you will build an entire custom designed website. You’ll go from blank install to completed live site (without any coding!) 

Usual price – $200

Black Friday offer – $120

Link  

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021


Web Designer/Agency Deals 

1. The Website Identity Framework – Imogen Allen 

Imogen is an amazing web designer who has so much knowledge on content marketing and user-experience. 

But, we’re even more excited about his product she’s created called the Website Identity Framework (The WIF). This product solves your biggest agency problem – when website projects stall because you’re waiting on copy! 

If you run a web design agency, you absolutely need this!

Usual price – $199

Black Friday offer – $99

Link 

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021


2. Funnel Packs – Matt Davies and Mel Fallon 

Matt and Mel have an this amazing products for agencies – pre-built marketing funnels that generate leads for your agency and save you so much time. 

This year they are running the HUGELY exciting Funnelventura! With some huge discounts over Black Friday including a massive 40% off Funnel Packs! 

There are lots of offers, but one of their offers is for a single pack…

Usual price – $147  

Black Friday offer –  $88.20

Link 

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021


Stationery (okay this is just for Lyndsay) 

1. The Five Minute Journal 

I love the five minute journal. As someone who wasn’t really into journaling, this was perfect (because it takes 5 minutes!) 

It’s so good looking at past journals. And this is gorgeous looking too! 

Link 

The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021

What are you going to buy? 

We usually make a list of things we really want to buy on Black Friday (so we don’t overspend). And the ones above should definetly be on your hit-list! 




The post The Best Black Friday Deals for Small Business Owners 2021 appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/black-friday-small-business/feed/ 0
WordPress SEO For Blogging – How to Optimise Your WordPress Blog Posts https://jammydigital.com/seo-wordpress-blog/ https://jammydigital.com/seo-wordpress-blog/#respond Tue, 16 Nov 2021 15:45:33 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6668  Are you using WordPress for your website? Do you blog? If you’ve answered yes to both you’re in the right place. Because you’re probably wondering how on earth you can SEO your WordPress blog posts so you get higher search engine rankings.  We won’t lie to you, SEO is not a sexy topic to talk […]

The post WordPress SEO For Blogging – How to Optimise Your WordPress Blog Posts appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
 Are you using WordPress for your website?

Do you blog?

If you’ve answered yes to both you’re in the right place. Because you’re probably wondering how on earth you can SEO your WordPress blog posts so you get higher search engine rankings. 

We won’t lie to you, SEO is not a sexy topic to talk about. A lot of people zone out as soon as we mention those three letters – They try and hide it, but we can see it in their eyes! 

That’s why we put together this handy guide to help you optimise your WordPress blog posts.

Don’t worry.

It doesn’t need to be technical.

It doesn’t need to be complicated.

And there’s a plugin (or two) for that.

Ready to get into it?

Firstly, why use WordPress?

WordPress is the most popular site builder and content management system out there. We love it because it’s completely customisable and super easy to use.

You don’t even need any knowledge of code or programming language at all because yes, it’s that easy to use! And when you come across something you can’t do, you have loads of people (other website owners or experts) and reputable forums you can go to for help. And even better, if there’s something you’re struggling with, there’s probably a trialled and tested plugin that will do the job for you.

But there are also some slightly more technical reasons why WordPress is always a great choice if you want your website to be found on Google. For example, WordPress offers a clean URL structure that allows you to create unique web addresses for each page. And it’s not built with lots of unnecessary code, which means it’s fairly lightweight and quicker than other platforms. And the search engines love that!

Ultimately, you can easily use SEO on your WordPress blog posts – even if you’re a beginner at SEO. 

We have a whole long list of reasons why we love and always recommend WordPress. You can read them all in the blog post Why Do We ONLY Use WordPress To Build Your Website?

Different WordPress plugins you can use to optimise your content

One of the big reasons why we recommend WordPress to all our clients and members is that it gives you access to easy-to-install plugins that allow you to optimise your content easily. And here are some of our favourites:

  • Yoast SEO plugin. One of the most popular SEO plugins out there, it has a great free version, you can use it on multiple websites, and it comes with an extensive number of features to help you make your website more search-engine friendly.
  • SEOPress also has a free version and is another strong contender when it comes to WordPress plugins for SEO. It includes most of the key SEO tools you’re likely to need and it works fast.
  • Another WordPress SEO plugin worth checking out is All in One SEO (AIOSEO). 

But how exactly can these plugins help you optimise your WordPress blog posts?

How to SEO your WordPress blog posts – longtail keywords

When it comes to search engine optimising your WordPress blog posts, there are a few things we recommend you do to the text (or the content) of your article. But first thing first, you need to decide on the longtail keyword (or phrase) you want your content to be found for.

So, for example, if you’ve written a fantastic piece on how to grow your Personal Training business, you might want to optimise it for the longtail keyword “promote fitness business”. That means you’re going to include that phrase in various key, strategic places inside your blog post in order to give yourself the best chances of ranking high in the search results when someone goes looking for that phrase.

So let’s have a look at where you need to include the focus keyphrase you’ve picked. We’ll look at the following places…

  1. Adding your keyword to your main heading or title
  2. Using your keyphrase naturally in your subheadings
  3. Adding your keywords naturally through your main body text
  4. Using your keywords with your blog post images
  5. Optimising your internal links
  6. Using outbound links in your article

Let’s get started! 

1. Adding your keyword to your main heading or title

The very first place to add your keyword to (in our example, “promote fitness business”) is your blog post title. This is right at the top of your screen when you write your blog post. 

So using the same example as above, your blog post title might be something like:

  • “10 Easy Steps to Promote your Fitness Business”.
  • Or “How to Promote your Fitness Business in 2022”.
  • Or even “The Best Marketing Strategies to Promote your Fitness Business”

How to assign a blog post title in WordPress

When you first create a post, simply type in your title, and WordPress will automatically assign it a Heading 1 tag (or Title Tag). That’s the only Heading 1 you’re going to use throughout your blog post.

Google will understand that this is a ‘H1 tag’, and the words you use in within this summarise exactly what your article is about. It’s hugely important for SEO, so try to make your title clear (and of course, include your keyword!) 

Top tip! The sooner your keyword phrase appears in the title, the better for SEO purposes.


Example of Optimised H1 Tag in WordPress


2. Using your keyphrase naturally in your subheadings

Your subheadings are the Heading 2s, Heading 3s, Heading 4s etc. that you include in the body of your blog post to give it a nice structure and to make it easier for your readers to read through your content.

To SEO your WordPress blog posts for search, include the keyword phrase in some of your subheadings – not all of them, mind. You don’t want to sound too repetitive and robotic. It needs to sound natural and read well. If it doesn’t fit in the context of that section of the text, don’t try and force it.

How to assign a subheading in WordPress

As you can see below, we’ve added a H2 tag to the example blog post. To do this in WordPress all you need to do is simply highlight the text you want as your subheading, and change the text from pargraph to Heading 2, 3 or 4 etc. You can see where we’ve done this in the red circle.

Make sure your subheadings make sense. Your heading 3 should come under your heading 2 etc. Don’t mix them randomly! Google (and your end-user) read these to understand what’s most important on the page. It’s good for SEO and user-experience if you keep them logical and consistent. 

Top tip! Don’t worry about using variations of your keyword such as ‘promoting your fitness business’ or ‘promote your fitness and lifestyle business’ – Google is smart and will understands ‘user-intent’ i.e. the goal of the searcher (even if they use slightly different wording).


Example of Optimised Subheading in WordPress


3. Adding your keywords naturally through your main body text

You’ll also want to include your focus keyword in the main text of your blog post and not just once. In fact, the longer the piece of content, the more time it’s recommended you use your focus keyword. Aim for 2 or 3 times at least, but if you’re writing a longer piece, your SEO plugins might suggest you sprinkle your keyword around the main body of the blog post a few more times.

When doing this though, always make sure the keyword phrase fits in the text naturally and organically. Don’t try to shoehorn it afterwards and out of context because your readers will be able to see through that. And they’ll quickly get fed up with reading and hit the back button. And that’s definitely not good for you or your SEO efforts!

How to add your keyword or phrase through your main body copy in WordPress

This part is simple. All your need to do is write as normal and include your keywords/phrases. There’s an example below highlighted in red (just please don’t highlight all your keywords and phrases 😂). 

Top tip! In all honesty, we don’t focus overally on keywords within our main copy. Yes, we may mention them. But it’s important you write for your users first. Write naturally, use personality. Don’t worry too much about keywords otherwise you’ll sound like a robot!


Example of how to optimise main body copy


4. Using your keywords with your blog post images

No one wants to read a blog post that looks like a wall of text without breaks or images, do they? That’s not very easy on the eyes, so always make sure you include some relevant images with your blog posts.

The thing is though, Google and the other search engines cannot ‘see’ images as you and I do. To them, an image is a collection of pixels. It’s just a bunch of data. So in order to tell Google what your image is all about, include your focus keyword in two key places:

  1. The name of the file. Wherever you can, just rename the file and make sure you include your focus keyword in there.
  2. The Alt Description. This is a bit of text that you can populate when you edit the image. The Alt Description is normally used to describe to Google (in words) what the image is all about, and it’s the perfect place for you to add your focus keyword.

How to add an Alt Description in WordPress

Firstly, you’ll need to add your image. To do this, go to ‘insert’ at the top of your page. 

Then go down to ‘add media’ and upload your file (the tab on the left). 

Once you’ve done this on the right hand side you will see a section where you can add your ALT text. 

Top tip! There’s no need to add the phrase ‘image of’ or ‘picture of’ when adding your ALT text, just go straight into it. 


Example of Alt Text in WordPress


5. Optimising your internal links

Another important factor for SEO on your WordPress blog is including internal links in your content. These are contextual links to your own website – the same website where you’re publishing the blog post you’re writing. The reason why they’re important for SEO is that they tell Google how various pieces of your own content are related to each other.

It’s a bit like giving Google the ‘map’ for your website. Internal links tell the search engine that piece A is linked to piece B, piece B is linked to piece C, etc. Plus, they help your readers delve deeper into your content and get to know you and your work better. When you think about it, adding internal links is a great piece of customer service.

Don’t add these in at random though! Make sure you include internal links wherever they’re relevant. For example, if you briefly mention a topic that you’ve covered in more detail in another piece, add the link to that piece of content. You don’t have to have loads – 2-5 is plenty!

How to add an Internal Links in WordPress

All you need to do is highlight your text and click on the ‘insert link button’ (picture below) to link internally.  

Top tip! Don’t link the words ‘click here’ actually link your keyword or phrase instead, as then Google will understand more about the article you are linking too. 


WordPress SEO For Blogging - How to Optimise Your WordPress Blog Posts


6. Using outbound links in your article 

For similar reasons, outbound links are also important. These tell the search engines that your piece of content doesn’t just exist in isolation. So always try to add relevant outbound links to authoritative websites. This could be the BBC, national newspapers and other news outlets, or authority websites in your niche or industry.

You can actually see how ‘authoritive’ a website is by checking a website’s domain authority. This is where you can see how trustworthy a website is. Sidenote, do you see what we did there with linking out? 😉

Again, remember to only include links that are relevant and organic – you want to add value to your readers and give more authority to your content.

Top tip! This is a controversial one but for outbound links, we set them to open up in a new tab. This is because we still want people to remain on our website and not visit BBC then get distracted by something else – forgetting to come back to us! This is just for outbound links we do this. 

How to add an External Links in WordPress

You follow the exact same process as above (for internal links). However, you may want to set your link to open in a new tab. To do this, simply click on the gear icon when you’ve inserted your link. And then select ‘open in new tab’. 


WordPress SEO For Blogging - How to Optimise Your WordPress Blog Posts


How to use the Yoast SEO plugin to optimise your WordPress blog posts

SEO Starter Pack

So now you’ve sprinkled your keyword of choice in all the right places and done all the right things to give you brownie points with Google, you’ll want to use the additional features in your SEO plugin of choice and populate a few more entries. And here we’re going to give you an example of how to use the Yoast SEO plugin.

The Yoast plugin allows you to use search engine optimise your blog posts easily. There’s a free version too, so it’s well worth installing!

When you install and activate Yoast SEO on your WordPress website, if you scroll down to the end of your blog posts, you’ll see two separate tabs – one called ‘SEO’ and one called ‘Readability’. When you click on the ‘SEO’ tab, this shows you a few fields:

  1. Focus keyphrase
  2. SEO title
  3. Slug
  4. Meta Description.

So let’s get through each one in a bit more detail.

1. Focus keyphrase

This is easy. Remember when you decided on the phrase you wanted to optimise your blog post for before you even started writing it? We used the example “promote fitness business” earlier, so in this case, that’s what we’d type into the ‘Focus keyphrase’ field.

This won’t impact your rankings in any way, but it does tell Yoast what you would like to rank for. The plugin will scan your post (or page) for this keyword/phrase and tell you how well you’ve optimised your page for it. 

How to insert your focus keyphrase into Yoast

Just scroll to the bottom of your blog post to find your Yoast information. You’ll see the words, ‘Focus Keyphrase’, just go ahead and add your keyphrase into that section. Easy-peasy! 

Top tip don’t worry about including words like “a”, “the”, “your” in the keyphrase. People don’t always type that kind of stuff when doing searches, so you don’t need to include it.


Where to add Focus Keyphrase in Yoast


2. SEO title

Also known as the ‘Title Tag’, this is the title of your blog post that Google and the search engines will display when people run a search. If you look just above the ‘SEO title’ entry under the Yoast SEO plugin, you’ll see a section called ‘Google Preview’, which shows you (in blue) what your title looks like. In order to optimise your blog post, you want to make sure you include your longtail keyword in there.

If you don’t do this manually, WordPress will automatically take the title of your blog post and add this here, but you may find this is too long. It may also add other unnecessary details like your website name, which is fine if you have room but best to leave out if you don’t!

How to write your Title Tag using Yoast

Under the ‘SEO title’ section, you may need to delete anything prepopulated here (depending on how it looks under the ‘Google preview’ section). Once you’ve done that you can type in a more appropriate title that contains your keyword/phrase. 

Top tipthe earlier your focus keyword appears in the title, the better!


An example showing where to fill in the SEO title on Yoast


3. Meta Description

This is the bit in the search results that appears underneath the blog post title (the one in blue). This short bit of text gives the readers a little preview of what the content is all about.

When an exact match of your search term appears in the Meta Description, it’s highlighted in bold. This tells a user that your content is relevant to their search, so always make sure you populate the ‘Meta Description’ entry in the Yoast SEO plugin and stick to the length recommended by the plugin. You’ll see the traffic light go red if you’re over the maximum character length.

How to write your Meta Description using Yoast

Just head to the ‘meta description’ section and add an enticing description of your blog post that encourages people to click. Use the green and red marker to make sure you don’t go over your word count (where Google will cut off your words!)

Top tipthe meta description doesn’t impact the SEO for your WordPress blog post, however, it does encourage people to click on your website once you appear in search results. So make sure it’s enticing!


Where to add Meta Description in Yoast


4. Slug

Also known as the ‘URL permalink, this is the unique web address allocated to your piece of content. Say you went for the blog title “How to Promote your Fitness Business”, your URL might look something like this:

www.yourwebsitname.com/promote-fitness-business

As you can see, there’s no need to use the full title there. In fact, the shorter your URL, the better! What matters for optimisation purposes is that your focus keyword is in there.

How to create your URL using Yoast

Head over to the section that says ‘slug’ and add your slug here, using hyphens to separate each word. You don’t need to add the www.yourwebsitname.com/, just everything that comes after that. 

Top tipKeep your URL slug short (2-3 words if you can) and remove all unneccary words like ‘the’ ‘and’ or ‘of’.


WordPress SEO For Blogging - How to Optimise Your WordPress Blog Posts


The SEO Analysis for Your WordPress Blog Post

Once you’ve written and optimised your blog post and added your focus keyword in all the relevant places, you can check the section called ‘SEO Analysis’ under your Yoast SEO plugin. Hopefully, the traffic light against it will be green, which means you’re good to go. If it’s amber or red, you can use the drop-down arrow on the right-hand side, and the plugin will tell you what you need to fix.

It could be that you haven’t added or optimised any images, or that you haven’t included any inbound or outbound links. Or even that you’ve used the keyword phrase but just not enough times. But if you follow the instructions in this blog post, you’ll know exactly what to do to remedy any of these points.

And if you want more cool tips on SEO, head over to the blog post, SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide.

Having said all that… Please know that the traffic light system isn’t the end all be all of SEO! Because obsessing over the traffic light system is something we see people do all the time, and it’s a waste of your time.

Further Elements that Impact Your SEO for Your WordPress Blog

Although not WordPress specific, here are a few further elements that can impact your SEO results…

1. Wordcount

Word count (i.e. the length of your blog post) is also a big factor for SEO. Why? Because the type of content that’s published on the internet has changed over the years. Gone are the days when a short piece of 500 words would have ranked at the top of the search results. And that’s because people publish much longer content, which is why we always recommend you choose a specific topic and then go really in-depth when writing about it.

Ideally, you’re looking at creating blog posts over 1,000 words. But don’t be afraid to hit the 1,500-2,000 word mark (or even longer!) This will really help when it comes to your SEO for your WordPress Blog. Some of our top ranking articles are 2000+ words in length, and more importantly, they actually convert!

2. Include a Call to Action (CTA)

A Call to Action (or CTA) is your way of telling your readers what you want them to do once they’ve read your blog post. Do you want them to go read another piece of content? Check out your course or membership? Or maybe download your lead magnet and sign up to your email list?

Ideally, with your CTA you want to keep your audience on your website because this improves your bounce rate. Simply put, you want to stop your readers from hitting the back button and going back to Google to check out another piece of content. The longer they spend on your page, blog post, or website, the more Google takes this as a signal that your content is relevant, interesting, and trustworthy. And that means in the future when it comes to similar searches, they’ll rank your content higher than someone else’s who has a higher bounce rate than yours.

For example, here’s our call-to-action you’ve probably seen throughout our blog post – look at us getting it in here again 😉


SEO Starter Pack


3. Related content

And finally, you can add a section at the end of your blog post with ‘Related Content’. If it’s content you’ve published, this gives you the opportunity to add more internal links to your piece, which is great for SEO.

But you could also link to videos on your YouTube channel, for example. Or even better, embed those videos inside your blog posts. This increases the time that your audience spends on the page, which, again, tells Google that your content is relevant, interesting, and trustworthy.

Common Mistakes with your WordPress SEO for Blog Posts

Please please please don’t spend way too long trying to keep the Yoast SEO traffic light system happy. The plugin is there to help you and remind you of the things you could improve when it comes to SEO. But if you follow the tips in this blog post and have them at the back of your mind while you’re structuring and writing your blog post, optimising it shouldn’t take you more than 20-30 minutes.

And on that note, here are a couple of other SEO for your WordPress Blog mistakes that are worth calling out.

  • Spending too long on keyword research. This doesn’t have to be complicated! Use handy tools like KWFinder, Answer the public, or Keywords Everywhere to help you.
  • Focusing on search rather than users. We mentioned this quite a few times throughout this blog post, but this is important. You don’t want to stick words in for the sake of it because your readers will see through it and will disengage from your content and, as a result, from you as a brand. So always make sure your keywords are included organically and naturally in the text – they need to sound like they belong there. And if you’ve chosen your keyword and your topic right, they will! 

If you want to find out more about all this, head over to our blog post, The Biggest SEO Mistakes You’re Making (And What to Do Instead).

Ready to take your SEO to the Next Level? 

The benefits of good SEO are clear – it helps you get more leads and sales organically, without having to spend so much time on social media or fork out a load of money for ads. 

But often, business owners find SEO a bit too complicated, which is why we’ve created our SEO Starter Pack. This pack is aimed at complete beginners and will teach you exactly how to optimise your website for better search engine rankings. 

SEO Starter Pack

The post WordPress SEO For Blogging – How to Optimise Your WordPress Blog Posts appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/seo-wordpress-blog/feed/ 0
Five Awkward Questions You Should Ask Yourself To Create Great Content https://jammydigital.com/questions-content-marketing/ https://jammydigital.com/questions-content-marketing/#respond Wed, 29 Sep 2021 08:33:47 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6523 One of our members recently asked how we create so much content that neatly links back to the thing we are selling. They described this as ‘hitting different pain points or nuggets of info that seemed totally unconnected, but always magically ended up at the promo.’ And the key to this is simple. All you […]

The post Five Awkward Questions You Should Ask Yourself To Create Great Content appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
One of our members recently asked how we create so much content that neatly links back to the thing we are selling.

They described this as ‘hitting different pain points or nuggets of info that seemed totally unconnected, but always magically ended up at the promo.’

And the key to this is simple. All you need to do is understand exactly what your audience needs to know in order for them to buy from you.

And then talk about it – in your blogs, on social media, in video, in email and in your sales page copy. Hit everything your audience could possibly need to know.

But Here’s The Tricky Part

You need to do this by asking yourself some important (but pretty uncomfortable) questions.

The more honest you are, the better. And then all you need to do is share your unbelievably honest answers with the world.

So in this blog post, I’m going to tell you exactly what awkward and uncomfortable questions you should ask yourself, and your answers will make great content.

What Are The Uncomfortable (But Essential) Questions You Need to Ask Yourself Before You Create Content?

Let’s get stuck into some pretty awkward questions, shall we?

1. Why wouldn’t someone buy your products or services?

Thought I’d start you with a gentle one to ease you in. Just kidding. I’m starting off mean.

I want to know why someone wouldn’t buy from you? What is it about the product or service that you sell that makes people nervous?

An Example of How We Would Answer This Question

I’m going to use an example of when we designed WordPress websites. There’s a whole bunch of stuff about WordPress that makes people nervous. Such as, is WordPress safe? I’ve heard WordPress isn’t as secure? Isn’t Squarespace or Wix much easier?

Or let’s say you’re hosting a virtual event. Some people might think that ‘virtual’ means less social. Less exciting. Less actionable. Of course, you know this isn’t true. But that doesn’t matter.

Turning Your Answer Into Sales

It’s your job to explore all the issues people may have with your product or services. Explain why people may be wrong or misinformed. Or explain why they might be right, but what they can do to combat the problem. Or what you do to help.

But most importantly, be honest. Don’t just say there isn’t an issue when there is one. Explain the issue and describe, as the expert you are, the best ways to deal with it.

2. And why wouldn’t someone buy from you?

And you thought the first question was mean.

Sorry. But it’s only going to get more and more awful.

By this question what I really mean is: what the hell is wrong with you personally?

What puts people off about you?

An Example of How We Would Answer This Question

Here’s something that put people off working with us when we did website design. (It’s a long list, bear with me).

We don’t sit at our desks 9-5. We don’t have a fancy office with bean bag chairs and whizzy coffee machines. We don’t do face-to-face meetings. We don’t have a massive team but we still charge just as much as bigger agencies. We don’t work weekends and we don’t wear suits.

Phew. That’s a big list, right?

But does it scare us? Did we try to hide these things? Or do we make ourselves miserable and not do these things just so we can make sales? Nope. We stuck with them and we were upfront about them. And I’ve explained why below.

Turning Your Answer Into Sales

In spite of all the perceived things that are wrong with you, I bet you still deliver an excellent product or service, right? I bet your customers bloody love you. We certainly still delivered great websites.

So, your job is to explain why the stuff that is ‘wrong’ with you doesn’t actually matter. In fact, it isn’t all that wrong at all. And why you still deliver a great product or service.

By speaking about this stuff you will start to build trust and loyalty amongst people on your wavelength. Amongst the people who love you for your negative points (not in spite of them).

It’s no surprise that more modern and flexible businesses came to us for a website, rather than more traditional or old-fashioned businesses.

The more modern businesses weren’t chained to their desks from 9-5 either. And they hated face-to-face meetings or wearing ties just as much as we did.

Basically, your weird will attract similar weird. And that makes for a really enjoyable working environment for you.

3. Who will not get a decent ROI from working with you?

Ahhhhhhhhh!

What are you talking about, Lyndsay! Everyone gets a good ROI with me.

Do they though? Would everyone in the entire world benefit from your products or services?

I’m going to guess the answer is no. They won’t.

I want you to start thinking about who really wouldn’t get a decent ROI from working with you.

An Example of How We Would Answer This Question

When we ran a web design agency, we wouldn’t work with new business owners.

That’s because new business owners hadn’t yet established their brand, target audience and outlined their services. And this meant that investing 10K in a website (that was likely to change 6 months later when their business changed) would not be a wise investment.

Or for our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge, it’s those who don’t want to make time to create the content. Because if you’re not going to take the time for it then there’s no point joining the challenge, right?

Turning Your Answer Into Sales

Think about who won’t benefit from your products and services and create content out of this. Why? Because if you highlight who won’t benefit from your products and services, you strengthen the trust and loyalty with those who will see the benefit from your products and services.

They will consume your content and see that your product/service is exactly right for them, and they’ll definitely see an ROI. They’ll respect your honesty and transparency and feel confident in working with you.

4. Who are you not the right fit for?

Have you ever worked out who you’re not the right fit for and spoke about this publicly?

Now, I’ve seen people try to tackle this question with things like, ’If you don’t want to make 6-figures in less than a week, then I’m not for you!

That’s not an answer. That’s just bullshit. Because of course, everyone would want to earn 6-figures in less than a week. So you’re not really stating who you’re not the right fit for. You’re just trying to use some weird reverse-psychology crap to make a sale.

An Example of How We Would Answer This Question

For us, in web design, it was people that wanted a ‘techie they could boss around’. People who had zero interest in our website strategy advice. There were also a bunch of other things too. You can actually read more on our blog post – reasons we’re not the right fit for you.

Turning Your Answer Into Sales

Doing this means you only attract those who are truly your ideal customers (no wasting time with the wrong-fits) And it builds trust and loyalty with your ideal customers too.

Your ideal customers understand that you’re not out to make a quick buck from anyone and everyone. You’re choosy, and you care who you work with.

5. Why do you charge what you do?

Most businesses’ pricing structure is unique. Even a tin of beans (I’m British, okay) varies in price between 25 pence and a pound. Why such a difference for the same product?

Your customers want to understand why you charge what you do. Okay, maybe not for a low-cost purchase like beans. But for most things people buy, they are interested in the cost.

You could cover things like…

    • Why you’re more expensive than other companies. Don’t cringe. Your customers are wondering this anyway, so just answer it!
    • Why are you so cheap? Yep, customers are also suspicious of stuff that’s cheap. So explain why you’re priced cheaper than others. Or why you’re product is so affordable.
    • Why do you quote different businesses at different prices
    • Why are your prices increasing?
    • Why do you not offer discounts?
    • How much money have you made? Yep, we’ve also answered this one too.

An Example of How We Would Answer This Question

We have answered many questions about our pricing structure. But a successful one was a blog post about why we charged larger companies more for web design.

We tackled a particular objection large companies may have had had, which was ‘they’re probably charging us more because they know we can afford it’. This wasn’t true, and we set out to explain why.

Turning Your Answer Into Sales

This works because it’s incredibly open and transparent. It takes a lot of trust for someone to invest in you. And if you break down why you charge what you do then you help build enough trust and understanding for someone to move forward and invest.

Why Does This All Work? Because Objection Handling Is Broken.

There you have it – five uncomfortable questions you should ask yourself that can turn into great content.

You’ll notice that all these questions are essentially about answering people’s objections about working with you.

And do you want to know my one problem with objection handling? It relies on the prospective customer voicing their objection. And this is a problem because prospects can be shy (they don’t want to offend you) or defensive (they don’t want to admit they can’t afford it).

This is why creating content around these objections works so well. Because you voice them. You say out loud what the customer is thinking in their heads.

And they, in turn, will be hugely impressed! They’ll feel understood and heard. And they will appreciate that you brought it up first so they didn’t have to.

What’s Next For You?

If you want to take your content to the next level, check out our Content Strategy Guide which will help you create a lead-generating content strategy in under 10 minutes!

The post Five Awkward Questions You Should Ask Yourself To Create Great Content appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/questions-content-marketing/feed/ 0
How to Make Content Part of Your Sales Process (so you get more sales, faster!) https://jammydigital.com/content-sales-process/ https://jammydigital.com/content-sales-process/#respond Tue, 07 Sep 2021 13:43:54 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6455 What would you prefer?  Scenario A – you arrange a call with someone in order to get answers to your questions about a product or service they sell.  Scenario B – you get all the answers to your questions and objections via this company’s website.  Hmmmmmm… Sales call where you have to wait to chat […]

The post How to Make Content Part of Your Sales Process (so you get more sales, faster!) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
What would you prefer? 

Scenario A – you arrange a call with someone in order to get answers to your questions about a product or service they sell. 

Scenario B – you get all the answers to your questions and objections via this company’s website. 

Hmmmmmm…

Sales call where you have to wait to chat with someone, and possibly feel pressured into the sale.

Or…get everything you need, as-and-when you need it. 

It’s just so tough, right?

Nah, not really. We’re option B all the way. And you probably are as well. 

But a lot of business owners force their prospects onto ‘sales calls’. Or hide information from them until they at least get in touch. I’m not saying they do this is on purpose. Often it is this way because everyone else does it this way. It’s accepted as the ‘norm’. 

Unfortunately, this is highly frustrating for your potential customer. But it’s also a pain in the arse for you too. Because it means you have to spend your time with lots of people who are potentially not the right fit. 

People Don’t Care What You Say, They Care What You Publish 

One of the main reasons we use content to ‘do the selling for us’ is exactly that – people don’t care what you say, they care what you publish. 

Buyers are cynical and they fear getting ripped off, or making the wrong purchasing decision. They don’t want to waste money (understandably).  

And even though I’m sure you’re a super-honest person who delivers an excellent product or service – it’s difficult for your buyer to tell on a sales call or even in email. That’s because you could say anything to them. They have to take what you say with a pinch of salt. 

That’s why bringing content into your sales process works so well. If you create public-facing content and send this to your client/customer, it’s instantly trustworthy because it’s out there. It’s content for everyone to see.  

How to Use Content Within Your Sales Process 

In this blog post, I’m going to tell you how to bring content into your sales process at 3 key stages of the sale…

  1. Just before someone gets in touch with you 
  2. Once they have got in touch with you 
  3. Once they’ve purchased from you 

And if you do this, you’ll see so many benefits. You will

  • Deliver excellent customer service to your potential and existing customers – wowing them and building trust 
  • Deliver sales faster and more efficiently 
  • Get sales from your ‘ideal clients’ who are eager to buy from you 

Ready? Let’s get stuck in! 

Content Marketing and the Sales Process: Just Before Someone Gets in Touch

Most content marketing is aimed at helping people. That’s why you see so much ‘how-to’ content. Like this article, for example. The aim of this article is to educate business owners about content marketing. 

But what this article (and many, many more like it) doesn’t do is talk about our products or services directly. It doesn’t help you make a decision about whether or not you should buy from us. 

And that’s the biggest mistake business owners make with their content. They produce too much content like this, and zero content that helps their readers invest in them. 

What they need to do is create content that’s aimed at the decision stage of the buyer’s journey i.e. content that helps people decide whether they should work with you. 

What Happens When You Don’t Create Decision-Stage Content

We grew our business by creating lots of helpful content. However, our enquiries looked a little like this…


How to Make Content Part of Your Sales Process (so you get more sales, faster!)


We attracted anyone and everyone! And a lot of these people simply weren’t the right fit. So we wasted a lot of time with the wrong people. Or worse, we’d take someone on as a client and they wouldn’t be the right fit for us. 

Decision-based content tackles this. It helps your prospects qualify (or disqualify) themselves from your business. And it increases trust and loyalty because you’re prepared to publicly talk about your products or services in a frank and transparent way.  

What Does Decision Based Content Do? 

Decision-based content helps your prospect make an informed buying decision. If they are comparing companies to buy from, it helps them understand you and your products/services better. 

There are a few key elements that make good decision-based content: 

  1. It’s content that directly relates to your products and services 
  2. It’s content that informs your customers and gives them what they need to make a buying decision 
  3. It’s not overly ‘salesy’ i.e. it’s not pushy! It is helpful first and foremost

What Are Some Examples of Decision Based Content? 

These are some examples of decision-based content that you use in your business right now…

  • Why I’m Not The Right Fit For You 
  • What is My Step-By-Step Process 
  • Everything You Need to Know About My X Service/ Y Product 
  • Why We’re More Expensive than X
  • Reasons You’re Not Ready to Invest in My Product/Service 
  • How Much Do I Charge for X

You can see clearly how this kind of content will help your website visitor make a buying decision. This should be the content that either: 

  1. Encourages your audience to get in touch
  2. Repels the wrong fits from your business

You can find out more about this kind of content via these two articles: What is sales content and how can it help you get more sales and how to get more sales with objection-led content.

How to Make Content Part of Your Sales Process (so you get more sales, faster!)

Content Marketing and the Sales Process: Once Someone Does Get In Touch 

So, you get an email into your inbox from someone asking to work with you. If you’re a service-based business, many prospects will request a call or face-to-face meeting at this point. 

And we have one thing to say to this!

You don’t have to go on a call with a prospect at this point. 

You have no idea at this point whether your prospect is the right fit i.e. will they have the right budget, do they have what they need in place to start working with you, are they ready for your service, do they have the right timeframe in mind etc? 

There’s no point wasting an hour meeting with this person if they’re completely wrong. 

So at this point, we recommend you send your prospect some content. 

Sending Content Before You Meet: An Example in Action!

It may go a little something like this… 

Example email from your prospect:

Hey Emily

I’ve just finished my fiction book and I’m looking for an editor. I came across your website. You were recommended to me by a friend and I’ve checked out your website. All looks great, can we arrange a chat? 

Kind regards, 

Steve

Instead of jumping straight into the call, you can send content at this point to make sure they’re right for you (and also deliver some extra customer service magic). Your reply could go a little something like this. 

Hey Steve, 

Thanks so much for getting in touch. Huge congratulations on finishing your book! 

A call sounds great. Just before we do that, here is some content about me and my business that will help you decide if we’re the right fit. If this all looks good, just let me know and we’ll arrange a call. 

  1. How Much Do I Charge? 
  2. What Is My Process? 
  3. Everything You Need to Know About My Editing Service 

Kind regards, 

Emily 

Do you see how simple that is? In this example, Emily has prevented wasting her time with Steve if he isn’t the right fit. 

What she’s also done is provide Steve with excellent customer service. Imagine how impressed you would be if you got the answers to your questions like this, without having to speak to someone first? 

Plus, when the call does go ahead, it’ll be a much more productive and engaging meeting. That’s because don’t have to talk too much about price or process or how something works. All that’s been covered by your content, so your prospect can ask more specific questions. 

This is just an example and it works differently for every business. Sometimes, we might send prospects to an article called ‘Why You’re Not The Right Fit For Us’ – this is usually when we pick up on something in their initial email that tells us they might not be the right fit. 

Every time You Waste Your Time…Prevent It From Happening Again 

This is a good rule to follow. Unfortunately, there’s a lot of time-wasting in business. People want to absorb your time and before you know it you’ve had a few calls and your day is completely wiped out. 

This isn’t a criticism of the people who book those calls or want to speak to you face-to-face. They’re usually unaware of what they’re doing. And they’re unaware of how much time you have (or lack!) 

So it’s your responsibility to prevent time-wasters. A good way to do this is to create a piece of content every time someone wastes your time in order to prevent it from happening again. 

For example, as web designers, we were often asked to pitch for work. We’ve pitched once in our lives a long time ago, and it took days out of our business. We had to prepare a presentation, do research, and come up with ideas. We even mocked up a homepage of a website. 

So we decided to never, ever pitch again. And when someone asked us to pitch we’d politely say no. But it still took time explaining why. 

So we published a blog post about Why We Don’t Pitch for Projects, and never again have we done this or had to explain why we don’t do it! 

And the amazing thing is, we’ve actually been hired by companies who initially wanted us to pitch because they appreciated our honesty. 

Next time someone asks you a question as part of the sales process that requires a lengthy explanation, create content instead! 

Content Marketing and the Sales Process: Once Someone Becomes a Customer 

Have you ever bought something and then wondered what the hell was going on right after you bought it? 

Or have you ever bought something and immediately felt like the company’s initial enthusiasm about you completely waned as soon as you handed over your cash? 

I know I have.  

And it’s a horrible feeling to face as a customer, right? You instantly start to question your purchase. You may feel ripped off. You may feel angry. You may have buyer’s remorse. 

This is the absolute last thing you want your customers to feel as soon as they buy from you. 

In fact, you want them to be more excited after they’ve bought than they were before they bought from you. 

But this takes time, right? To make every customer still feel excited and at ease. 

Actually, it doesn’t have to take too much time, because you can you content to support you. 

Sending Content to Someone Once They Become A Customer: An Example in Action!

As part of our onboarding process for our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge, we send all new subscribers a document on exactly how the challenge works, where they can find everything they need and what to do next. 

This isn’t public content (although it can be) and it’s actually just a simple Google Doc – to show you what we mean, you can check it out here if you like

It’s nothing super fancy, but it helps answer any questions our new members might have and it also makes people feel at ease. You don’t want anyone confused about what is happening!

Content is So Much More Than Driving Traffic…

Content isn’t just about getting more traffic. It can be used throughout your entire sales process. And it can do a lot of communicating on your behalf – saving you time, making sure you attract the right people and delivering excellent customer service. 

If you’re ready to take your content to the next level, then check out our content marketing challenge…

How to Make Content Part of Your Sales Process (so you get more sales, faster!)

 

The post How to Make Content Part of Your Sales Process (so you get more sales, faster!) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/content-sales-process/feed/ 0
Why You Shouldn’t Join Our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge https://jammydigital.com/90-day-challenge-wrong-fit/ https://jammydigital.com/90-day-challenge-wrong-fit/#respond Thu, 02 Sep 2021 20:11:34 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6442 Our 90-day challenge is an investment. Of course, money-wise. It’s $59 per month. But more than that, it’s an investment of your time.  I personally hate wasting time. With a business and a toddler and lockdowns popping up here there and everywhere, time is not something I have in abundance. And I’m conscious of your […]

The post Why You Shouldn’t Join Our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Our 90-day challenge is an investment. Of course, money-wise. It’s $59 per month. But more than that, it’s an investment of your time. 

I personally hate wasting time. With a business and a toddler and lockdowns popping up here there and everywhere, time is not something I have in abundance. And I’m conscious of your time too. The last thing I want to do is waste your time. I understand just how precious it is. 

I don’t want people to join the challenge who aren’t going to see the true benefit of it. Who will waste their time and not commit to it. Yeah, I’d get some money but ultimately, I’d have unhappy, unfulfilled customers. And that’s not good for anyone. 

So in this blog post, I’m going to give it to you straight. No, it’s not one of those, don’t sign up to me if you don’t bring a positive attitude type things that’s actually some crappy reverse psychology. 

This is a genuine, unbiased look at who really isn’t suited to join the 90-day challenge. 

This is so you know if this challenge is right (or not right) for you. 

So here goes…

1. You don’t have the time 

Each week, for 13 weeks, you will submit one piece of content. This could be a blog post, video or podcast episode. Or it could be a web page or sales page (some people use the challenge to create their website). 

But creating content or web pages takes time. This blog post took me 2 hours 15 minutes from the start to uploading onto our website (yes, I timed it!)  And this is exactly the kind of content we’ll encourage you to create. 

So you will need to carve out some time each week to dedicate to the challenge. 

However, I will say that creating content will also save you lots of time when it comes to social media. I repurpose all my content to social media so I never have to think about what to say over LinkedIn or Facebook! 

We’ve done this challenge ourselves (that’s why we love it so much) and every week we had to make time for it and prioritise it. It’s tough but so worth it!

2. You don’t want to push yourself with your content 

A lot of business owners publish ‘helpful’ content that tells people how to do things. This isn’t a bad thing. At all. But if that’s the comfort zone you don’t want to leave, then this challenge isn’t for you. 

In this challenge, we don’t just want you to create helpful content, we want you to create content that helps you get more sales from the RIGHT customers. And this means creating the kind of content that’s a little scary. 

Things like Janine Coombes’ blog post about why she’s increasing her prices

Or Mira’s blog post about who is not the right fit for her business

Or FitRoot’s blog post tackling why parents might be wrong about their views on martial arts for children

3. You prefer social media 

Some business owners invest a lot of their time into social media. And that’s okay. I’m not going to argue which one is better because it’s different for everyone. But if you prefer spending your time on social media, and the thought of writing a blog post or recording a video fills you with dread, this challenge might not be for you. 

In the challenge, we advise that you select a platform that will deliver you organic traffic, such as

  • Your blog 
  • Youtube Channel 
  • Podcast 

This is the main channel where you’ll create your content. And from there select one or two platforms to repurpose this content, such as Instagram and LinkedIn. 

This is the most time-effective way we create content for both our blog and social media channels. And it will help you get natural organic traffic as well as engagement and conversations over social media – you’re hitting two birds with one stone! 

BUT if you’re only for social media then this probably isn’t suited for you. 

Why You Shouldn’t Join Our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge

4. You need 1-2-1 support 

I personally hate the phrase ‘you can bring a horse to water but can’t make it drink‘. It’s often used by coaches when their clients don’t do the work. But I do think it’s my responsibility to make it as easy and stress-free as possible for you to create your content. 

This is why we do everything in our power to help you create content, including…

  1. Holding you accountable via a scary-looking spreadsheet 
  2. A weekly ‘content idea’ we give to you with a breakdown on how this idea works and how it can be applied to your business (this is a new feature!) 
  3. Courses on content and SEO to help you 
  4. Live weekly calls to answer questions and give feedback 

But we cannot create the content for you. We’re here to support you and champion you. But the actual content creation is still on you. 

If you want someone to create the content for you (and that’s not a bad thing, by the way!) then this challenge isn’t for you. But we can highly recommend the wonderful content writers Debbie Ekins and Sara Bussandri to help. They are amazing writers who totally ‘get’ good content. 

5. You don’t want or need accountability

I need accountability in my life, someone to be like ‘Hey Lyndsay, where are you at with this?’ or ‘Hey Lyndsay, put the Netflix down and get this shit done, will you!’ 

But some people HATE this. They hate someone asking them where they’re up to or why they haven’t done what they said they were going to do. 

Or some people simply don’t need it. They hold themselves accountable all on their own (I’m jealous) and don’t need external help. 

If that’s you, then perhaps this challenge isn’t right for you. 

6. You HATE feedback 

Another thing I personally love is feedback. I like to know how I can improve. 

But, I am not everyone. And some people truly hate feedback. The thought of criticism gives them the heebie-jeebies. 

In this challenge, we provide feedback on the first 10 pieces of submitted content. We go into detail and provide actionable feedback on every piece. So if feedback isn’t your bag, perhaps this challenge isn’t right for you. 

What Now?

Hopefully, you’ll now have an understanding about whether our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge is right for you. And if you do think it’s right for you, then check out our challenge below!

Why You Shouldn’t Join Our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge

The post Why You Shouldn’t Join Our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/90-day-challenge-wrong-fit/feed/ 0
5 Must-Have Blog Post Ideas That Work Hard For Your Business https://jammydigital.com/blog-post-ideas/ https://jammydigital.com/blog-post-ideas/#respond Sat, 21 Aug 2021 16:46:33 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6397 Each blog post on your blog should do a job. Think of your blog as your team and each blog post as a team member. Do it right and your blog post can act as your… ‍Best salesperson – that will deliver you actual direct sales (as well as be helpful)  ‍Knowledgeable customer service advisor […]

The post 5 Must-Have Blog Post Ideas That Work Hard For Your Business appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Each blog post on your blog should do a job. Think of your blog as your team and each blog post as a team member. Do it right and your blog post can act as your…

‍Best salesperson – that will deliver you actual direct sales (as well as be helpful) 

‍Knowledgeable customer service advisor – to help your potential customers make the right buying decision 

Knight in shining armour – to protect your time from those who are the wrong fit 

Advertiser – encouraging lots of footfall (i.e. web traffic) to your business

But we’ve noticed that some of our blog posts are the ‘shining stars’ – they work really hard for us (and other businesses too). They pull their weight by saving us time, increasing sales, and getting lots of traffic to our website. 

And the best thing is, you can create content like this too. And if you’re not sure where to start with blogging or need some help, then read our ultimate guide: how to write a blog post

So in this blog post, we’re going to tell you about 5 key killer blog post ideas that will work hard for your business.  

1. Blog Post Idea One: How much does it cost… 

What’s the one thing you Google? 

How much does it cost. 

How much does it cost to hire a marketing coach/personal trainer/book editor? 

How much does a shark hoover cost? 

How much does a swimming pool cost? 

How much does a mansion cost in London? (I already know this one – way out of my budget)

You get the picture. 

And better yet, creating a ‘how much does it cost’ piece of content is easy because you already know the answer inside out. You’ll know and understand the variables that can make the cost of your product or service go up or down. And you’ll know and understand the market and what the minimum/maximum price might be for your product or service.  

Top Tip for this Blog Post Idea!

The one thing I would recommend when creating content like this, is that you give someone an indication of what you charge within the content too.

For example, you could go into details about how much it costs for a website, what the variables are, what can make the price go up or down etc. And then you could say, I charge between £x and £x or I charge ‘from £x’.  

How Will This Content Work For You? 

One of the biggest benefits of this content is that it ranks – especially if your competitors shy away from this topic. This is something we learnt from Content Marketing master, Marcus Sheridan in his book, They Ask, You Answer

The reason we recommend you also include your costs is because…

  1. It’s just good customer service if you do this 
  2. It saves you time -it prevents people from getting in touch with you when they don’t have the right budget. This can save you hours on emails, calls and writing proposals. 

Key advantages of ‘how much does it cost’ article:

  • Rankability 
  • Time saver – you can send it to new prospects once they get in touch, providing help and advice and preventing you from spending time with people who don’t have the right budget

Example of this blog post idea in action!

Fit Roots Martial Arts School do a great job at this with their article, How Much Does Martial Arts Cost? And it shows how this can work not just for B2B business but also a B2C business.

5 Must-Have Blog Post Ideas That Work Hard For Your Business

2. Blog Post Idea Two: Everything you need to know about x service/product

I personally follow a lot of people because they deliver thought-provoking, helpful content. 

They give and give and give. 

And…I don’t have a clue what they do. Not specifically. 

Their website might be unclear. Or I just soak up their content on social media and never actually visit their site. 

This is the danger when you only give helpful content. There’s got to be a point where you ask for the sale and explain what it is you do.

This is where a piece of content can help. We love ‘everything you need to know about my x product/service’ or ‘how to work with me’ type content.

This is a very specific piece of content that walks the reader through the key features and benefits of your product or service in a simple way. It’s a great way to get eyeballs on your products and services. You can share it on social media and email it to your list. 

It grabs the attention of those who love you but may not have considered working with you before. Or it gives those people who have been considering you a little nudge in the right direction. 

Top Tip For This Blog Post Idea

This content isn’t a sales page. So try to avoid over the top, unnecessary sales copy. Imagine this content is a good customer service advisor, providing helpful advice on a particular product or service – that’s exactly how it should sound!

How Will This Content Work For You? 

This isn’t content that ranks on Google. And that’s okay. Not everything has to rank. This is something very much aimed at people at the ‘decision stage’ of buying from you – where your potential customer is looking at different companies to buy from and weighing up which one suits them best. 

This content delivers good customer service and it fills in any gaps missing from your sales pages. It also shines a light on your products and services as you can share this on social media and in your email. 

Key Advantages of an ‘Everything You Need to Know’ Post

  • Sales generator
  • Customer service 

Example of this Blog Post Idea in Action:

I love Adele’s blog post all about her Greek Retreat. It tells you everything you would need to know without being salesy or overly promotional. It’s frank and informative. Exactly what’s supposed to be. 

We also published an Everything You Need to Know post about our 90-day content marketing challenge. In exactly the same way, this is an unbiased overview of the product – the exact opposite of the sales page!

An Example of a Blog Post Idea

3. Blog Post Idea Three: ‘How to find the right x’

We all hate making a bad buying decision. We fear wasting money and time. We fear looking silly. We fear getting ‘ripped off’. And that’s also why we do a lot of research before we invest in things. I can’t buy a bloody toaster without doing a deep dive on reviews. 

That’s why it’s a good idea to hold your audience’s hand when it comes to buying the products or services you sell (even if they don’t directly buy from you). This is where the ‘How to find the right x for you’ content comes in. 

This is content that helps guide people to find the right person for them. It could be how to find the right editor, coffee machine, graphic designer, estate agent, personal trainer, content writer, social media expert, recruitment agency etc. 

Whatever it is you sell, people need help buying it. Your job is to help them. 

Top Tip For This Blog Post Idea

When you create this kind of content, it’s not about selling you specifically. It’s about helping your audience find the right person for them. 

It has to be unbiased and incredibly helpful. Sure, mention what you do (definitely don’t shy away from it) but that’s not the sole purpose of it!

How Will This Content Work For You? 

You can deliver excellent customer service and rank on google too. People often search for ‘how to find the right x’ and similar key phrases, so it’s a good one to go after. 

It also builds a huge amount of trust with your audience. Imagine struggling to find the right personal trainer. Then you come across a helpful blog post that tells you exactly how to find the right personal trainer for you. 

Who are you going to remember? And who are you more likely to use as your personal trainer? The person who helped you, of course!

Key Advantages of a ‘How to Find the Right X‘ Post

  • Rankability
  • Customer service 
  • Trust Builder 

Example of this Blog Post Idea in Action:

I love this example from Denise, who actually published a podcast on how to find the right editor for you. It’s great content that really does help the audience. There are so many different factors that go into hiring an editor, and in one piece of content, Denise clears everything up!

Blog Post Idea Example

4. Blog Post Idea Four: Reasons you shouldn’t work with me 

This is the juiciest piece of content you will ever create, and it’s fun and highly therapeutic! But most importantly, it’s the best kind of content for attracting the right people to your business and repelling the ones you don’t want

This content is a simple list of reasons why someone shouldn’t work with you. It could be something you don’t do – for example, a fiction editor might say, ‘I don’t edit non-fiction’. 

Or it could be something more specific to your service, such as ‘I don’t work with people who have a budget of less than £5,000.’ 

It could even be something to do with mindset or attitude, for example, when we wrote our repelling content (that’s what we call it!), we stated that we didn’t want to work with people who were searching for a ‘yes-man/woman web designer.’ Essentially, we didn’t want to be told what to do and treated as an employee. 

Top Tip For This Blog Post Idea

It’s quite easy to slip into arrogance when you create this content. You might not do it purposefully. But when you create a list of reasons why people shouldn’t work with you, it can understandably come across as egotistical. 

Just have empathy for your reader when you create it. Come at this from a ‘good customer service’ point of view. You want to help your reader understand if they’re the right fit for you. You want to prevent them from wasting their time (as much as you don’t want to waste yours). 

So leave your ego at the door. And if someone isn’t the right fit (if they haven’t got the budget, for example) then point them to resources that can help them too. 

How will this content work for you?

Creating this kind of content works well for two reasons: 

  1. You don’t waste your time communicating with the wrong people
  2. You increase your trust with your ideal clients as they understand you’re exclusive. And you’re not out to make a quick buck from everybody out there. It shows pride and confidence. And people like that. 

We use this in our sales process quite often, particularly if someone gets in touch and they’re already bossing us around! But that’s rare now. Just having the content there really does prevent the ‘wrong fits’ from getting in touch. 

Key Advantages of a ‘Why You’re Not the Right Fit For Me’ Post

  • Customer service
  • Prevents bad clients
  • Saves time

Example of this Blog Post Idea in Action:

I love this piece of repelling content from the content writer, Debbie Ekins. It’s confident and respectful and hits the perfect tone of repelling content.

If you’d like help creating this kind of content, check out our blog post on how to create repelling content.

5 Must-Have Blog Post Ideas That Work Hard For Your Business

5. Blog Post Idea Five: What’s the Process of Working with Me? 

How does it work? What’s the process? What’s the next step?

Ever asked yourself those questions when you’re thinking of working with someone? 

I have. All the time. And I hate it. I personally hate not knowing what’s going to happen. It makes me suspicious. 

I’m not interested in mystery and in the secret formula you promise to show me (once I hand over my cash, of course). 

Nope. I (like many other people) want to understand the EXACT process. 

And this is where process content comes in. 

Process content is extremely simple. It outlines the step by step process of working with you. 

There’s an argument to suggest that your prospects don’t need to understand the exact ins and outs of how you work. But in our experience, people do want to know your step-by-step process, even if it’s just a basic overview. And of course, it really does depend on the level of investment. You’re going to want to know more if you’re spending thousands. 

How will this content work for you?

Process content can work in many different ways. Firstly, it can actually be a way of generating sales because if someone sees your process they understand you know what you’re doing. 

You can also use it at various stages of working with someone. We add our process to every proposal we send and we also send it to each client at the start of them working with us. This means no one has that horrible ‘I’ve just paid money and don’t know what happens next’ feeling! 

Key Advantages of a ‘What’s the Process of Working With Me’ Post

  • Customer service 
  • Saves time 
  • Can lead to sales!

Example of this Blog Post Idea in Action:

This is one of our oldest blog posts but it still pulls its weight 4 years on! This is the blog post where we listed our web design process step by step. 

5 Must-Have Blog Post Ideas That Work Hard For Your Business

The post 5 Must-Have Blog Post Ideas That Work Hard For Your Business appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/blog-post-ideas/feed/ 0
The Best Business Membership Communities for Entrepreneurs https://jammydigital.com/best-membership-business/ https://jammydigital.com/best-membership-business/#respond Tue, 10 Aug 2021 13:06:36 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6265 Ever tried to talk to your partner, family and even the dog about your business but they just don’t get it?  One of the toughest parts of being a small business owner or freelancer is the feeling of loneliness. It feels like you vs the world. And even though you have a good idea of […]

The post The Best Business Membership Communities for Entrepreneurs appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Ever tried to talk to your partner, family and even the dog about your business but they just don’t get it? 

One of the toughest parts of being a small business owner or freelancer is the feeling of loneliness.

It feels like you vs the world. And even though you have a good idea of what you should do in your business, having a sounding board or just someone there to talk to would be amazing. 

This is one of the biggest reasons why we join membership communities (and why we set one up ourselves). Of course, it’s the learning and the advice and the feedback and all that good stuff. 

But it’s also the community. It’s making new friends and connections. It’s talking to people on your wavelength who get what you’re going through. And that’s why we decided to write this post, so you can find the right membership community for you. 

Why on earth are we writing this article?

Yes, we run our own membership community and it might seem a little odd that we’re here promoting other memberships here. But we’re big believers in using content marketing as a customer service tool. Imagine you walk into a shop and a customer service advisor told you (without bias) all about the best products and where to find them – even if they didn’t sell them themselves. That’s what good customer service is all about right?

So if you’re a business owner or freelancer looking for a membership community to be part of, here are our top seven membership communities. 

Now, this is by no means an exhaustive list! There are so many membership communities out there (we’ve tried so many ourselves). 

But these are all membership communities we are part of and that we love. We wouldn’t feel comfortable recommending something we’d never seen before. We’ve tried a lot of membership communities and these are the ones we stick with. 

We have added these in alphabetical order – they’re all our favourites!

 Some of the links below are affiliate links. But, we are part of every single one of these memberships. We love them and recommend them 100%.  

1. Atomic

The Best Business Membership Communities for Entrepreneurs

At the heart of Atomic is their community and two lovely fellas, Andrew and Pete, who genuinely care about their members and champion their success. 

Who is it for? 

‘Small but mighty’ business owners – mainly freelancers and micro-businesses. 

What does it teach? 

Atomic teaches you everything you need to know about business strategy. It’s incredibly practical for freelancers and small business owners and gives you the foundations to building a business that you love. 

They also have amazing guests who teach things like SEO, writing sales pages, email marketing and so much more. 

It’s a great combo of marketing advice and practical business advice!

What are the Key Highlights? 

  • The Become Atomic Roadmap – this is 9 modules that give you the foundations for building an ‘Atomic’ business with modules such as ‘The Friday Reclaim’ – learning how to take Fridays off (my personal fave)
  • The Success Predictor – which helps you identify the areas that you really need to work on in your business (and gives you the tools to help you) 
  • Atomicon and the Community – Atomicon is a yearly business event in the UK with an amazing line up of speakers. And the Atomic community is just a lovely, supportive place to be!

How do you access the community? 

Via their Facebook group 

How Much Does It Cost? 

£39 per month or £390 per year 

Where Can I Find Out More? 

Visit Atomic

2. Impact+ Membership

The Best Business Membership Communities for Entrepreneurs

The King of content marketing, Marcus Sheridan, has introduced his membership community, Impact+ and it is packed full of amazing content.

Who is it for? 

Agency owners and those who work in marketing or sales. (I would personally say it’s more suited to larger businesses with sales and/or marketing teams.) 

What does it teach? 

So much! They mainly specialise in content marketing and inbound marketing, website strategy, Hubspot training, sales and so much more. 

They have an extensive library of courses and singular learning videos. And they have a big team of experts who deliver the training. 

What are the Key Highlights? 

  • The in-depth courses definitely. I love how much detail they go into on any given topic, such as the ‘Elements of a Great They Ask, You Answer website’ course – which has 10 videos. I’ve also noticed that each video is short (usually under 5 mins) which I absolutely love! Nothing worse than watching an hour-long slog!
  • You get access to their online events such as Video Sales and Marketing World 2021, Virtual Selling Summit 2021, and the Website Optimisation Summit 2021. 
  • They have mastermind groups that meet up once a month, for example, the Content Managers Mastermind, Sales Professionals Mastermind and Hubspot Users Mastermind.

How do you access their community? 

Internally through the membership 

How much does it cost? 

$79 per month

Where can I find out more?

Visit the Impact+ Membership

3. The Marketing Automation Academy

The Best Business Membership Communities for Entrepreneurs

Kenda teaches you how to automate your marketing and she’s there every week with her members giving so much value and personalised feedback.

Who is it for? 

Business owners who want to automate their marketing

What does it teach? 

Kenda and her team of Ninjas teach you how to automate the entire customer journey – from awareness all the way through to aftersales. There are courses every step of the way, from building your list and creating lead magnets to getting re-engagement and testimonials. 

They have a Slack community, which is my favourite community platform as I personally find Facebook a bit too unorganised! And they also have weekly calls. There’s a lot of Kenda-time in this membership and she really puts so much effort into delivering personalised feedback. 

What are the Key Highlights?

  • The courses that break the sales process down by (attract, engage, sell and wow) and how to automate much of that process 
  • The challenges – these take place every month and are different each time. They work well and you get so much personalised feedback from Kenda. She really takes time and effort to go through everyone’s work. 
  • The ‘Tech corner’ which covers all the popular email marketing platforms and helps you untangle all that horrible ‘techy stuff!’ 

How do you access their community? 

Through Slack 

How Much Does It Cost? 

£37.00 per month

Where Can I Find Out More? 

Visit the Marketing Automation Academy

4. The Marketing Meetup Plus


The Best Business Membership Communities for Entrepreneurs


Joe Glover has created Netflix for marketing in his membership where you can binge on amazing content delivered by an industry expert! 

Who is it for?

Business owners and marketers 

What does it teach? 

I discovered Joe after signing up to one of his ‘positively lovely marketing events’ for free. And it was amazing! The Marketing Meetup delivers so much good stuff for free every week – because they’re super lovely. And they also recently launched their extremely affordable Marketing Meeting Plus membership. 

You can pick from so many helpful videos within the membership – getting expert advice on things like storytelling, video, SEO, writing, social media and so much more. 

It’s simple, and yet incredibly helpful. 

What are the key highlights? 

  • There are 100+ videos in the community. If you have a marketing problem, the likelihood is, it’s covered! 
  • They get guest experts in to not just teach the why or theory, but how to actually do the thing! This makes it so helpful! 
  • It’s incredibly affordable at £9 (price currently)

How do you access their community? 

There isn’t a community with this membership.

How Much Does it Cost?

£9 per month

Where can I find out more?

Visit the Marketing Meetup Plus

5. Membership Academy (by the Membership Guys) 


The Best Business Membership Communities for Entrepreneurs


The Membership Academy is The Godfather of membership communities. Ran by Mike and Callie, I can’t think of a single thing that would improve it! *chef’s kiss. 

Who is it for? 

Business owners who want to build and/or grow a membership community. 

What does it teach? 

It teaches business owners everything they need to know about building and then growing a membership community. 

The Membership Academy simplifies the ‘tech’ around setting up a membership site. It covers planning and strategy, building your site, launching, marketing, growing your audience, getting engagement in your communities and so much more. Everything is covered within in-depth courses. And it’s incredibly easy to follow. 

What are the Key Highlights?

  • The ‘Roadmap’ – this is what we followed to the absolute letter when we launched our membership. It guides you every step of the way from idea to launch
  • The ‘Game Plans’ which help you solve specific problems in your membership such as growing your audience, increasing sales, getting better engagement in your membership etc.
  • Courses to help you with…well, everything! There’s not one thing we can think of that isn’t covered in the Membership Academy. There are specific courses for everything you could possibly need

How do you access the community?

They have a very busy forum and also a Facebook group too.

What’s The Cost? 

$49 per month or $490 per year 

Where Can I Find Out More? 

Visit the  Membership Guys

6. The League

The Best Business Membership Communities for Entrepreneurs

Rob and Kennedy teach you exactly how to do email marketing the right way in their Den. Their email templates and campaigns are so useful and a HUGE time saver in your business. 

Who is it for?

Course creators, membership site owners, coaches, consultants and affiliate marketers 

What does it teach? 

The League teaches you how to make sales from email marketing. Every month, Rob and Kennedy walk through a particular email campaign. For example, The Time Lord campaign (they all have cool names) teaches you what emails you should send before you launch an offer or have a sale. 

Every single campaign has a series of emails and best of all you can swipe the copy. This membership is a serious time saver. And the emails really do work too (always a nice bonus!) 

What are the key highlights? 

  • Swipeable emails – I’ve personally created entire email campaigns in an hour! 
  • The monthly live videos that go through a new email campaign you can implement in your business. Rob and Kennedy explain the psychology behind why the campaigns work so well. I really like this because I like to understand the why not just be given the how!
  • The teaching you how to build your list courses – such as building your email list through your podcast or Facebook ads 

How do you access their community? 

Through their private Facebook Group 

How much does it cost? 

$79 per month 

Where can I find out more?

Visit The League

7. The Viral Content Club®

The Best Business Membership Communities for Entrepreneurs

Katya absolutely nails it with this membership. It’s simple: you get 20 new social media graphics every single month that you can easily edit in Canva. Honestly, this has saved me hours every single week!

Who is it for? 

Freelancers and small business owners 

What does it teach? 

Every month, you get a beautiful manual from Katya along with her downloadable Canva templates that can be used on Instagram/LinkedIn and Facebook. She teaches how to use each template and how to gain maximum reach. 

All you have to do is add your own branding and text and away you go. Martin’s a graphic designer but I was so tired of asking him to design me stuff when he’s so busy! So this was perfect. And super-fussy Martin loves the designs too.

What are the key highlights?

  • The monthly bonuses – I actually get excited every single month as Katya loves to deliver bonuses – this good be Instagram story templates or Facebook covers or workbook templates on top of the standard designs 
  • The designs are so easy to work with and look beautiful 
  • The prompts and ideas are so handy when you’re struggling with social media ideas!

How do you access their community? 

Through a Facebook group

How much does it cost? 

$99 for three months 

$300 for a year

Where Can You Find Out More?

The Viral Content Club®


Thinking of Joining a Membership Community?

If you’re thinking of joining a membership community, our recommendations above will certainly help you. Of course, there are so many amazing communities out there, but personally, these are the ones that have helped us the most!

The post The Best Business Membership Communities for Entrepreneurs appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/best-membership-business/feed/ 0
Everything You Need to Know About our Content Fortress Course https://jammydigital.com/content-fortress-course-everything/ https://jammydigital.com/content-fortress-course-everything/#respond Sat, 24 Jul 2021 17:14:00 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6248 Last year we published our best-selling book Content Fortress (yay!). You might have heard us talking about it but you might NOT have heard that we also have a Content Fortress Course. In this article, I’m going to break down everything you need to know about the content fortress course. That way, you’ll know if […]

The post Everything You Need to Know About our Content Fortress Course appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Last year we published our best-selling book Content Fortress (yay!). You might have heard us talking about it but you might NOT have heard that we also have a Content Fortress Course.

In this article, I’m going to break down everything you need to know about the content fortress course. That way, you’ll know if it’s right for you.

But first, you might wonder why I’ve decided to write this article. And that’s because I understand the course is an investment, and I also understand that if you’re going to invest your money you want to know if this is right for you. 

The article is an unbiased view of the course to help you make an informed buying decision. 

And fun fact – this is exactly the kind of content we teach you to create in our course!

What is the Content Fortress Course?

The course will walk you through exactly how to use content marketing to help you attract better, higher-paying clients and customers. 

It isn’t just ‘theory’. It’s practical lessons that tell you exactly what content you should create and how you should create it. 

What problems will the Content Fortress course solve? 

The course is not for everyone, and it’s relatively specific with who it helps. Here are the problems the course solves: 

  • You have no control over the leads and sales that come through your business and you’re relentlessly chasing after prospects
  • You spend a lot of time with prospects who don’t buy from you
  • Your clients don’t value your time or expertise
  • You struggle with problem clients 
  • You spend a lot of time communicating with clients when you’d rather spend that time actually doing work (or even some time off!)
  • You do a lot of work outside of the ‘scope’ of the project and often have to have those ‘awkward’ conversations with clients

Why Have We Created the Content Fortress Course?

In all honesty, we didn’t wake up one day and just decide to create a course. The whole content fortress framework was actually a ‘happy accident’ born out of some pretty unhappy circumstances. 

We used to struggle with prospects who would appear so keen on signing up, only to ghost us. And we’d waste hours and hours on people who weren’t the right fit. 

We also used to struggle with clients who undervalued our time and expertise. We’d have problems with scope creep, clients demanding replies to emails in the evening or at weekends, and clients not wanting our advice – they wanted ‘yes-men’ who would do whatever they said. 

It had got to the point where we’d had enough. It was impacting our mental health (and I experienced some pretty scary physical side-effects of this stress too). 

We had previously used content marketing to generate leads and sales for our business, but then we thought to ourselves if we can use content to grow our business, can we use it to prevent those problems from happening? And can we use it to gain better, higher-paying clients? 

And that’s how the ‘Content Fortress’ came about – the fortress is a metaphor for your business, and using content to protect your business, time and mental health. 

What’s included in the course?

Here is exactly what is included in the course…

  • An in-Depth 14 Module Video Course that will go through the 8 pillars that make a content fortress. 
  • Fill-in-the-Blanks Written Content Templates – blog posts already bulleted so all you need to do is fill it in
  • Copy and Paste Email Templates you can use to communicate your new content with your prospects and clients
  • A Private Facebook community – where you can gain new ideas and feedback on your content
  • A Content Planning Matrix with over 50 content titles/ideas
  • Social Media Prompts to help you promote your content 
  • The Content Fortress Course Workbook – fill in the workbook as you follow along with the course to help you create your content
  • An SEO Checklist you can use for every piece of content you create 

Everything You Need to Know About our Content Fortress Course

What do the Video Modules Include? 

There are 14 modules in total. And in each module, there are 4-5 videos. 

We’ve kept each video bitesize (around 10-15 minutes each), because we personally hate videos that go on for hours and hours. 

Having bitesize videos gives people a choice: binge watch or just watch one or two, 15 minute videos a day instead.  

The course modules are as follows…

  1. Content Fortress OverviewWhat the Framework is all about
  2. Your GoalsHelping you hone in on exactly what you want to achieve from your content 
  3. Repelling Content – How to repel those who aren’t the right fit for your business 
  4. Attracting Content – How to attract those who have never considered you before or aren’t aware you exist
  5. Sales Content – How to directly sell your products or services without being salesy (FYI, this content is an example of Sales Content)
  6. Pricing Content – How to discuss pricing so you can charge more and raise your prices with ease
  7. Guiding Content – How to guide your prospects into becoming well-informed, happy clients
  8. Process Content – How to use content once you’ve made the sale to make your life much easier
  9. Culture Content – How to use your values and beliefs to attract your ‘right-fit’ clients
  10. Opinion Content – How to stop those irritating things that happen in your business and attract the right people
  11. Tone of Voice (To be added soon) 
  12. Storytelling (To be added soon) 
  13. Writing for non-writershow to easily write well (To be added soon) 
  14. How to optimise your content (To be added soon) 

How much does it cost? And why is the price going up?

The cost of the Content Fortress Course is currently only $297 (early bird price) the full price will be going up to $497 on the 30th July 2021. Prices may include VAT depending on where you are in the world. 

The price will go up when all modules are added. Essentially, you get it cheaper because you’re buying in early. 

Why is the course so expensive? 

As I said earlier, we didn’t just wake up one day and decide to create a course. This is a culmination of years of practice and experimentation. 

We’ve put everything into this course. And we personally hate anything that’s just ‘theory’ based. So we’ve made it practical – telling you exactly what content to create (i.e. giving you the exact titles and what you should include) and how to create it. 

We’ve also included real-life examples in there – because we know that people learn best when they can see other businesses doing the same thing. 

The whole course took a year to create once we’d decided to do it. The reason it’s so expensive is mainly that…

  • The examples we give within the course means we had to spend a lot of time interviewing other businesses successfully doing the same thing
  • It took us a year to develop the course, ideas and content 
  • The ‘practical’ nature of the course gives you the ‘how’ and not just the theory
  • The software we use (we use Thinkific, which is a great platform for user experience but it is pricey) 
  • The ROI – if you implement what we suggest in the course, it can lead to higher-paying clients, a lot less stress and a lot more time in your business 

Is there a refund policy?

Because all the elements of the course are downloadable, there are no refunds. 

Who is this for?

The Content Fortress Course is not for everyone and we only want you to buy it if it’s right for you.

This is for IF:

  • You’re particularly interested in getting better, higher-paying clients or customers who are eager to buy from you
  • You’re open to new ideas when it comes to creating public content – even if they sound a bit scary! 
  • You value honesty and want to deliver your customers and potential customers the best service 
  • You can invest some time into creating content 

This is NOT for you if:

  • You’re a ‘stack em high, sell em cheap’ kind of business that competes solely on price (nothing wrong with that, this just isn’t right for you
  • The thought of ultra-transparent content marketing (or anything public) turns you off. For example, talking about your prices publicly. 
  • You don’t see the value at all in content marketing and would prefer to use ads or other channels instead 
  • You’re not willing to invest time in content 

Everything You Need to Know About our Content Fortress Course

How long will it take to go through the Content Fortress Course? 

The course has 14 modules, and each module has 4-5 videos. Each video is approx 10-15 minutes each. 

We did it this way because when we learn we like to watch maybe 30 minutes of content over our lunch every day. And we hate hours and hours of video! 

So in total, there are around 13 hours (approximately) of content. And then there’s added things like the resources you can use. 

The good thing about this though is you don’t have to watch the entire thing to get content ideas and start creating ‘Content Fortress content’. A lot of customers watch one module (such as Repelling Content) go onto create the content, and then watch the next module. And so on. 

Can I See Behind the Scenes? 

Sure, there’s a video you can watch below that shows you how it’s all laid out…

 

Who will be delivering the training?

We deliver the training, Martin (me) and Lyndsay. 

A bit about us…

For 10 years, we’ve run a web agency (Jammy Digital) and we worked with clients of all different shapes and sizes.  From big corporate clients to one-man bands. And small, local businesses to online shops that serve people all over the world. 

Over the years, we’ve worked with some good clients that make you love what you do, and some really bad ones that make you want to cry.

Throughout the ups and downs as agency owners, we’ve slowly crafted a business that only attracts the best clients. 

Whenever we look at investing in a course or programme, we look at the providers to see if they ‘walk the walk’ i.e. actually do the thing they’re teaching. And that’s incredibly important to us, which is why we have a very active blog. 

And why we produce content like this (and this is the exact kind of content we’ll encourage you to create as part of the course). 

What ongoing support will I get when I sign up? 

When you sign up for the course, you’ll be added to our VIP Facebook community where all our other students hang out. In this community, you’ll be able to ask questions and get feedback on your content. 

We also critique content in this community too! So we encourage you to share your content and we can tell you how to improve it.  

How do you access the Content Fortress content?

Once you sign up, you will receive an email from us with your login information.

Then you’ll log into a learning platform, Thinkific, using the login instructions in the email.

Once you sign in, you’ll see the dashboard area, which looks a bit like this. And you can access all the videos and resources. 

Is there an upsell once I’ve bought the course? 

I’ve taken enough courses in my time to know they’ll be an upsell, and usually, the upsell is some sort of 1-2-1 programme or consulting/coaching package. 

However, there’s no upsell with this course. The course will give you everything you need without you having to invest 1-2-1 time with us. As I said, we don’t hold anything back here.

What results can I expect?

Since we started creating content following this method we’ve seen some pretty interesting results such as:

  • We’ve increased our prices by 500%
  • We work with 50% fewer clients
  • We have a 90% success rate when we send out proposals
  • We’ve increased our website traffic by 10x
  • We work fewer hours and get to spend more time as a family.

But for us, the biggest difference is that we are far happier. Our mental health has improved so much since we started prioritising it. Our content helps us to protect ourselves so we only attract the very best clients.

Can anything more be said about content marketing? 

When you go to Amazon and type in Content Marketing, there are over 10,000 results. It’s a topic that is widely talked about and we know of some amazing content marketers who have covered the topic in depth.

And even though we’ve read pretty much every decent content marketing book out there, this course actually doesn’t pull much from the topic of content marketing.

Instead, we did a whole lot of research about ‘communication’ – i.e. communicating with clients, selling, negotiation, and even how we communicate in our personal relationships.

We then applied a lot of this theory to content marketing. I don’t pretend to have invented anything new here. Far from it. There are no (or very few!) new ideas anymore, especially when it comes to marketing.

But I haven’t seen much about taking the strategies and research of good face-to-face communication and applying this to content marketing. It’s the marrying of the two subjects that’s relatively new.

How do I sign up?

If you want to overhaul your current lead generating strategy, and walk away knowing exactly how to attract better, higher-paying clients who you love to work with, check out the course below. 

Sign up now and access all the client attraction tools and step by step video training right away.

See you on the inside.

Everything You Need to Know About our Content Fortress Course

The post Everything You Need to Know About our Content Fortress Course appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/content-fortress-course-everything/feed/ 0
How to increase your sales using objection-led content https://jammydigital.com/objection-led-content/ https://jammydigital.com/objection-led-content/#respond Wed, 14 Jul 2021 12:38:42 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6231   ‘But I don’t have time to invest in x.’  ‘But you’re more expensive than that other company.’  ‘I’ve invested in something similar before and it didn’t work. Why should I trust you?’  These are the kind of thoughts running through your customers’ brains.  So what’s the best way to deal with them?  BY SHOUTING […]

The post How to increase your sales using objection-led content appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
 

‘But I don’t have time to invest in x.’ 

‘But you’re more expensive than that other company.’ 

‘I’ve invested in something similar before and it didn’t work. Why should I trust you?’ 

These are the kind of thoughts running through your customers’ brains. 

So what’s the best way to deal with them? 

BY SHOUTING EVEN LOUDER ABOUT THE BENEFITS OF YOUR PRODUCTS/SERVICES! 

Because that’s pretty much what we do, right? We avoid bringing up the ‘negative stuff’. We prefer to talk about all the good stuff around who we are and what we do. 

But if you avoid your customer’s objections then you run the risk of losing sales.

Is your content a crappy salesperson or a good salesperson? 

A crappy salesperson will apply pressure to get a sale at all costs. They will lie. They will flatter. They will use trickery and psychological hacks. And they certainly won’t talk about anything negative. 

A good salesperson will encourage a prospect to voice their objection. And a good salesperson will be able to talk through this objection – presenting a different view or solution. 

A good salesperson may even agree with the prospect’s objection, and advise them not to buy the product/service (a frightening thought, right?) 

Your content should act as the ‘good salesperson’. It should explore your prospect’s objections and give honest answers to their concerns. 

Why You Need to Get a No, to Get a Yes…

In the book, Never Split the Difference by Chris Voss, Chris describes the importance of getting the ‘no’ from a prospect. 

Prospects will often tell you what you want to hear, especially in face-to-face situations. People don’t want to offend you so they’ll say ‘oh that sounds good’ or ‘yes, I think we’ll go ahead!’ and then months go by and you’ve heard absolute zip from them. Despite you chasing multiple times. What fun. 

But once you get the ‘no’ you’re actually one step closer to getting a yes. When you get a no, you get to understand your prospects’ objections, for example, ‘it’s too expensive”, I don’t have the time’ or ‘that guy over there is cheaper’. That’s then your opportunity to be the ‘good salesperson’ and counter those objections. 

Getting an objection (or a no) from a prospect can also give you a clue as to what others are probably thinking about your product or service. And this can be hugely powerful. Because this gives you the opportunity to tackle that objection before it comes up in conversation. 

Why You Need to Tackle the objection before your prospect mentions it 

There’s a phrase I see bandied around a lot. It’s… 

‘I see you.’ 

It’s important in relationships. If I’ve spent the day running around after our toddler, cleaning the house and working it’s nice when Martin says, ‘You’ve done so much today, thank you!’ 

It’s nice to feel appreciated. It’s nice to be ‘seen’.

It’s similar to what happens with objection handling. 

If you get in there first by voicing your prospects’ objections it will make them feel seen. It will make them realise that you understand them and that you respect them enough to bring up this objection yourself. It also validates their feelings and takes the awkwardness out of the situation (for example, I get that I’m more expensive). This automatically builds a huge amount of trust and loyalty with your prospect. 

So do not wait for your prospect to bring up their objection, tackle it head-on beforehand. 

Not sure what your prospect’s objections are? Ask yourself this question…

I get it. 

Getting to the heart of your customers’ objections is tricky. People are nice and often won’t tell us the ‘real’ reason they don’t invest. 

So if you’re struggling, ask yourself this one key question…

Why would someone not buy from you? 

It’s one of the most powerful questions you can ask yourself in your business. 

You’ll need to examine it fully. Think about things like…

  • How your product or service compares to your competitors
  • How expensive/cheap your product is 
  • How much time investment is required by your prospect
  • Is there something about you that perhaps could put people off 

List all these things and you’ll have a good idea of your prospects’ objections. 

How do you tackle objections before your prospect mentions them? Through Objection-Led Content! 

Now for the fun part. Because once you have an idea why people won’t buy from you, you can then tackle this head-on. 

And the best way to do this is by using content. 

Why should you tackle objections through content?

Typically, when we talk about objection-handling we think about it in terms of a sales call. Of speaking to our prospects directly.

And you might think to yourself, well, why shouldn’t I wait until I’m speaking to my client directly to talk through the objections? 

You could, but the point is they may not get to the sales call in the first place. 

People expect answers to their questions without having to speak to someone face-to-face. 

We value self-service (just look at the number of self-service tills in use at the supermarket). It’s easier and it gives the consumer more control. And we’re becoming more accustomed to it. 

Essentially, people don’t want to talk to you to find out the answer to their question. And if your website and content fail to answer that question they’re not going to pick up the phone and call you. They’ll move on to someone else. 

How to create objection-led content that actually sells

So how do you create objection-led content that actually sells what you do? Below are three great examples of objection-led content that will transform doubt-ridden prospects into paying customers. 

  1. The Common Misconceptions/Concerns Content

I love this kind of content. This content essentially lists your prospects’ objections loud and clear, and then goes into detail about why your prospect might be incorrect in their objection. 

A fantastic example of this is from one of our 90-day challenge members, Fit Roots Martial Arts School, based in Slough. Jasmin published an article called, Kids Kickboxing: 6 Common Misconceptions Parents Have

How to increase your sales using objection-led content

It’s a fantastic article that tackles the potential customer’s objections head-on. 

Jasmin lists each point, such as ‘Misconception 1: Kickboxing is dangerous’ – she then goes into more detail about why this thinking is incorrect and backs up her point using a quote from a British taekwondo fighter. 

But my personal favourite is: ‘Misconception 5: Kickboxing is too aggressive

This is where Jasmin states, ‘So, you’re trying to get your child to STOP fighting with their siblings, not learn how to get better at it.’ This made me laugh. Because it’s clear Jasmin knows her audience well and she’s voiced the exact concern some parents might have with their child learning kickboxing.   

And I love how she counteracts this objection with, ‘Kickboxing, just like many other Martial Arts can teach your child to channel their energy in a positive way. All you need to do is find the right school or instructor.’ 

This introduces the idea that Fitroots Martial Arts School is, of course, the perfect school to teach children how to channel this energy positively. 

This is exactly why this content works so well, you take the objection, empathise with it, state why it’s wrong and how your product or service can solve their problem. 

2. The ‘Why’ Content 

Prospects are like toddlers, they ask ‘why’ a lot. 

Why are you more expensive than that other company? 

Why do you take so long? 

Why do you expect so much of me? 

Why are you charging me more than that person? 

Why is your product made from x material and not y material? 

Unfortunately, they tend to ask these questions to themselves (unlike toddlers who ask them out loud every four seconds). But this does mean prospects fill in their own answers. So when a prospect says to themselves, ‘hmmm why are you more expensive than other companies?’ they’ll fill in their own answer. Which is generally not so positive, like  ‘they’re probably ripping me off.’ 

This is where ‘why content’ comes in. 

Why content explains why you do something. 

We did this with our blog post – Why we charge large businesses & public sector organisations more for website redesign.

On our web design pricing page, we stated that our website packages started from £5000+. But when we spoke to larger companies or public sector organisations we’d usually charge £15,000+. 

How to increase your sales using objection-led content

On a sales call, a prospect hinted around this, and we explained why we charged large companies much more. 

But we realised, this could be a potential objection for larger companies, who might think, ‘are they charging me more just because we’re a bigger company and can afford it?’ 

So we wrote a blog post tackling that issue head-on, and we sent this blog post to larger companies when they got in touch about hiring us. We had a few compliments thanking us for our transparency! 

For you, this could be completely different. But try to think about those ‘why’ questions your prospects or customers ask you. 

Another great example of this is from Tutti Frutti clothing, with their blog post ‘Why Tutti Frutti Clothing is not a certified organic brand

How to increase your sales using objection-led content

This is an excellent blog post that tackles a potential customer objection head-on. Rather than hide it, Ali goes into detail about why she’s not a certified organic brand, but how ‘the majority of my clothing is made using GOTS certified fabric…’ 

So the potential customer understands why Ali isn’t yet certified, but they also feel confident that Ali really does care for the environment and uses organic materials. 

3. The Proven Case Study Content  

Another great way to overcome your audience’s objections is by using ‘case study’ content. This is great content that acts as proof that your prospects’ objections might be incorrect. 

For example, Jo Francis created an excellent blog post all about how to grow an email list using Facebook ads for just £110.00

How to increase your sales using objection-led content

For anyone who thought Facebook advertising didn’t work or was too expensive for their business has suddenly been proven wrong. 

A lot of business owners only add case studies to their website, but once you turn them into content they become share-worthy. You’ll notice that Jo doesn’t call it a case study. And it isn’t formatted as a case study. Instead, it’s an incredibly helpful blog post that has elements of a case study in there. 

It sells Jo but is incredibly helpful at the same time. 

This kind of content can work brilliantly if you also bring in objections to the content. For example, you could say ‘Before working with us, client x believed y.’ This will allow your prospective client to identify with the person featured within your content – building even more trust and smashing those objections! 

What Are Your Next Steps For Creating Objection-Led Content?

So there you have it. How to increase sales using objection-led content. Now it’s time to get cracking with your first piece of objection-led content! Remember, your first step is to ask yourself…

Why wouldn’t someone work with you? 

If you loved this and want more sales-generating content ideas and guidance, check out our course, Content Fortress. This in-depth course will help you use content to attract your dream clients that love who you are and are eager to work with you.

The post How to increase your sales using objection-led content appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/objection-led-content/feed/ 0
How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month https://jammydigital.com/how-to-use-zapier-to-save-100s-of-hours-every-month/ https://jammydigital.com/how-to-use-zapier-to-save-100s-of-hours-every-month/#respond Fri, 18 Jun 2021 17:34:56 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6196 This article is a guest post from a good friend of ours, James Rose. James has created an AMAZING, in-depth article on how to use Zapier to become more productive with your business. Have you ever felt like you’re incredibly busy, but somehow your business isn’t growing? It’s pretty common, and years ago I found […]

The post How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
This article is a guest post from a good friend of ours, James Rose. James has created an AMAZING, in-depth article on how to use Zapier to become more productive with your business.


Have you ever felt like you’re incredibly busy, but somehow your business isn’t growing?

It’s pretty common, and years ago I found myself in that position. Every day was full to the brim with work and there was no chance of being able to fit any more in without burning myself out. And somehow, our business was stagnant. It’s not a nice feeling.

Eventually, I hit a breaking point. Something had to change. I began looking for ways to claw some precious time back.

This led me into the world of workflow automation – a way to have software take over the repetitive processes in your business.

Once something is automated, you often never have to even think about it again! It frees up your time to work on more important things, and get back to growing your business.

One of the most popular tools in this industry is Zapier. Some rough math indicates that I save around 150 hours per month with Zapier.

In this post, you’ll learn how you can get started with Zapier and also eventually save 100s of hours.

What is Zapier?

Zapier (pronounced like “happier”) is one of the most popular workflow automation platforms.

It connects with the tools you’re already using and moves data between them.

The best way to explain is by a simple example that just about every business can relate to.

Imagine you have a contact form on your website.

Also imagine you have a place where you store your customer and lead information. This could be a CRM, or even just a spreadsheet.

A workflow could say:

> Whenever someone fills out my form, add them to my CRM

Or

> Whenever someone fills out my form, add them to my leads spreadsheet

Why bother automating?

Let’s continue with the above example.

Many contact forms send an email when someone fills it out. To get that person into your CRM, you have to manually copy and paste the data in. This automation means you never have to do that again.

At first this can seem trivial – it might only take you a minute to open your CRM and copy in the info. But consider that you have to do this every single time someone contacts you – whether it’s through your contact form or any other place your leads come from.

What started as only a minute adds up quickly. Consider how many other processes there are like this in your business. Sum all of these up, and I guarantee there are at least several hours per month spent on boring, repetitive tasks like this.

But there’s more to it than just saving time.

What if you make a mistake when copying everything over? This happens all the time. Wherever humans are involved, there will be mistakes. Then you have to go back in and correct it. You might only realise after sending a few emails to the wrong address. By then you might have lost the client.

All in all, automation helps you:

  • Save time (yours, or your team’s)
  • Avoid human error
  • Stay focussed on more important work

Even better, when you automate things, it kind of feels like you’re a wizard. Seriously, every time I create a new automation I still get a huge kick out of it.

How to get started with automation

Getting started in automation can be intimidating. There are so many possibilities, so how are you supposed to know where to start?

The easiest way is to start exploring what Zapier can do with the apps you’re already using.

On the Zapier website, navigate to “Popular ways to use Zapier”

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Scroll down to the section where you can choose your apps. It looks like the screenshot below. Notice that I have turned on “Google Sheets”, “Gmail” and “Slack”.

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Search for a few of the apps you’re using and select them.

Scroll down a little further and Zapier shows you some ideas for workflows using those apps.

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Not all of these will be relevant for you, but it’s a great way to build an understanding of what is possible.

Spend some time exploring this area in Zapier.

How to build your first workflow

When you’re ready, it’s time to build your first workflow.

This part could be an entire post in itself. If you’d like to see how to set up a workflow for the first time, from start to finish, watch my Zapier tutorial.

But let’s take a quick look at how to do it.

You can break a simple workflow down into 2 parts.

  1. Trigger: When to start the workflow
  2. Action: What the workflow should do

You can think of it as “When this happens (trigger), do this (action)”

Example: When someone fills out my contact form, add them to a spreadsheet.

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Here’s how to build this workflow in Zapier. We’ll be using Typeform as the form builder. You’ll need an account, with a contact form already set up.

For testing, I suggest creating a simple form with the questions Name, Email and Message.

Step 1: Create a Zap

In your Zapier account, click the button to create a new Zap.

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Step 2: Choose a trigger & event

Feel free to adapt this if you’re using a different tool for your contact form.

First, search for the tool that you’re using, then select it.

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Click continue, then choose the event “New entry”

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

After this, you’ll be asked to connect your Typeform account. Go ahead and do that.

Finally, you’ll be asked to test your trigger. Click the button and Typeform will provide an example as if someone filled out your form.

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Step 3: Set up the action

Before you do this, go and create a new Google Sheet with the columns:

  • Name
  • Email
  • Message

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Back over at Zapier, set up the action. Start by searching for Google Sheets.

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Choose the action event “Create spreadsheet row”, then connect your Google account.

When setting up the action, choose the Spreadsheet you just created. As soon as you do this, Zapier will pull in the columns that you created – name, email and message.

Click into each box (name, email & message) and Zapier will show you the different questions on the form that you can send to each column in the sheet. Choose the respective data from Typeform.

It should look like this:

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Click continue and then run the test. Then, Zapier will ask you if you’d like to turn on your Zap.

How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month

Click that button, and you’ve completed your first workflow!

Every workflow you’ll create is just a variation of this. For example, if you were using email marketing software like MooSend, you would follow the same steps to add a lead to your account.

Over time, you’ll be able to build more and more complicated workflows.

How to work out what to automate

Knowing how to create a simple workflow is a great place to start, but the thing I see people struggling with the most is working out what to automate in their business.

Bear in mind that as you build more knowledge and try more things, you will naturally start coming up with more ideas. It’s only really difficult in the beginning. So let’s look at how you can start coming up with ideas.

As we spoke about earlier, you can simply explore the Zapier website.

But to come up with ideas specific to your business, create an “automation wish list”. This can be a spreadsheet or document that you add to as you come up with ideas.

As you complete your work each day, consider if a task is something that you’re doing over and over again. If so, write it down. When you’re ready, dedicate some time to go through your list, experiment with Zapier and see if you can find a way to automate the things on your list.

To help you come up with ideas, most automations fall into one of these categories.

1. Repetitive tasks

This is anything you have to do over and over, like moving data from one system to another.

Examples:

  • Keeping contact information accurate. When you get a new lead, or when a person’s details change, there are usually a few places you have to update it. If you’re copying data between systems to keep them in sync, it’s a great opportunity for automation.
  • Onboarding new clients. As part of your client onboarding process, you’ll likely repeat some steps with every client. This might include sending invoices, sending emails, getting contracts signed or creating folders in your online storage.
  • Social media posts. If you post the same or a similar thing to multiple channels, you can create workflows that do this automatically. E.g. When you post on Instagram, automatically repost it to Twitter

2. Tasks that cause excessive email

Anything that clogs up your inbox is bad news for productivity. You don’t want to be spending all day handling email.

Here are some ideas for reducing your email workload. Note that these automations don’t necessarily use Zapier. Automating your business often requires using a few different apps, and sometimes chaining them together with Zapier.

  • Meeting bookings. Instead of going back and forth with people to find a meeting time that works, use a tool like Calendly. With Zapier, you could then update your CRM to say that your client has booked a meeting
  • Notifications and alerts. Any notifications that come in via email can be handled with Zapier. For example, you could say that when you get an email that your website is down, post a message in Slack.
  • Collecting information or documents from clients. Instead of using email to ask clients to send you information, send them a “request” with Content Snare. You can send out the request using Zapier automatically, and then Content Snare will automatically remind your clients via email.

3. Things you forget to do

When you’re super busy, it’s easy to forget about things that you’re supposed to be doing, like checking in on your team. Automation can help you stay on top of this in a few ways:

  • Email follow ups. If you’re expecting a reply to an email, use a tool like Follow Up Then or Boomerang to bounce the email back to if the person doesn’t reply in a certain time.
  • Project management activity. It’s easy to lose sight of everything that is happening in your business. With “Digest by Zapier”, you can create mini-reports that roll up lots of events into one. For example, you could get a daily email with all the tasks that got checked off in your project management system.
  • Social media monitoring. With Zapier you can monitor Google, Twitter or Reddit for brand mentions, and notify yourself via email or Slack when it happens.

In summary

Automation can help you save a ton of time in your business.

Start out just by building an understanding of what is possible, then just be mindful of the tasks you do day to day. As your knowledge grows, you should naturally begin spotting opportunities to automate more and more tasks.

The more you automate, the more time saved and the less you have to think about boring parts of your business. At first, you may only save a few hours per month, but as your knowledge grows, you’ll start measuring time saved in 100’s of hours. Some people even manage to delay the need to hire someone, as their automation does so much work for them. Needless to say, the cost saving there is insanely helpful for scaling your business.

 

The post How to use Zapier to save 100s of hours every month appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/how-to-use-zapier-to-save-100s-of-hours-every-month/feed/ 0
How and Why You Should Create ‘Wrong-Fit’ Content  https://jammydigital.com/wrong-fit-content/ https://jammydigital.com/wrong-fit-content/#respond Tue, 15 Jun 2021 10:48:31 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6186 Have you ever publicly stated who you’re not the right fit for?  Yeah, you might quietly mutter the words ‘I never, ever don’t want to work with that guy.’ But you wouldn’t dare say it publicly, right?  But if you don’t say it publicly, you could be missing a trick.  When you explain who you’re […]

The post How and Why You Should Create ‘Wrong-Fit’ Content  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Have you ever publicly stated who you’re not the right fit for? 

Yeah, you might quietly mutter the words ‘I never, ever don’t want to work with that guy.’

But you wouldn’t dare say it publicly, right? 

But if you don’t say it publicly, you could be missing a trick. 

When you explain who you’re not the right fit for publicly, two things can happen: 

  1. You no longer waste your time communicating with people who aren’t the right fit
  2. You increase your trust and loyalty with those who are the right fit. Because they understand that you don’t just work with anyone and everyone. And that you’re not out to make a quick buck! 

But the question is, how do you say it? 

And more importantly, how do you say it without coming across as a complete arse? 

This is where a ‘who we’re not the right fit for’ piece of content comes in. 

What is ‘wrong fit’ content? 

Wrong-fit content is a clear way of stating, well, who you’re not the right fit for. The idea comes from our Content Fortress framework, which helps you attract your dream clients (and repel the ones you don’t want!)

It’s clear and direct. It usually comes in a basic list format and is a pretty easy piece of content to create. 

Preventing problem clients from happening again 

You can (and absolutely should) use your own experience to create your wrong fit content. 

Chances are, you’ve worked with people and realised, for whatever reason, they weren’t the right fit. 

  • Maybe they expected too much. 
  • Maybe they expected things done too quickly. 
  • Maybe they didn’t do something they had to in order for you to do your job. 
  • Maybe you didn’t like the way they spoke to you. 
  • Maybe someone misinterpreted what you offer. 

Whatever the reason, this content can help. 

Because when you have a problem with your clients, it’s your job to prevent that problem from ever happening again. 

If a client fools you once, that’s on them. If they fool you twice…well, you know how it goes. 

That’s why we recommend that you create content that prevents the same issues from cropping up in your business. 

Why is ‘wrong fit’ content so effective? 

Imagine you spend two hours every week talking to people who aren’t the right fit. This could be…

  • Replying to emails 
  • Going on video calls 
  • Writing proposals 
  • Meeting people face-to-face

All with people who aren’t the right fit for your business. 

Now multiply those two hours by your hourly wage. Let’s say £50. 

Over the course of a year that would be £5200. 

Now imagine at the end of the year I gave you an invoice for £5200 for absolutely nothing.

You wouldn’t be very happy, would you? 

And yet, this is what we’re doing day-in-day-out in our business. We’re wasting time with people who aren’t the right fit that ultimately cost us money. 

And don’t get me started on what happens if you actually take on a wrong-fit client. Because that’s even more stress and, potentially, wasted money!   

Essentially, wrong fit content prevents you from attracting people who will suck all your time, energy and money from your business. 

And when you put it like that, you can clearly see the benefits. 

First things first: how do you work out who you’re not the right fit for? 

Hold your horses! 

I know you want to drive right into creating this content. (It’s actually the most fun content to create). 

But, sometimes we really need to establish who we’re not the right fit for. 

And it’s not as obvious as you might think. 

Obviously, you don’t want to work with that guy who expects a reply to his email at 11 pm and never pays on time. That’s kind of a given! 

But think about…

  1. Who isn’t quite ready for your products or services? 
  2. What do people often ask you to do that might be out of scope?  
  3. Who can’t fit within your processes? 
  4. Is there anyone you clash with in terms of values or beliefs? 
  5. How do you hate to be treated? 

Dig a little deeper into who really isn’t the right fit for your business, and once you have this, you’ll be able to create compelling ‘wrong-fit’ content. 

Content Fortress Book

The Three Rules of Wrong-Fit Content

The problem with ‘wrong fit’ content is that it can easily go in the wrong direction. It can come across as arrogant, or disingenuous. That’s why you should follow these three rules. 

1. Don’t be sleazy 

Ever see one of those pop-ups that encourages you to sign up for someone’s freebie or newsletter? And when you want to exit it, it says something like ‘no thank you, I don’t want to be a millionaire who never has to worry about money again.’ 

Ugh. So sleazy! 

Unfortunately, this kind of thing can happen when you create wrong-fit content. If you’re saying things like ‘you’re not the right fit for me if you don’t want to be a millionaire’ or ‘you’re not the right fit for me if you want to work every hour in the day’ etc, then you’re doing it wrong. 

This is not an opportunity for you to sell yourself. Wrong-fit content is a way of getting people to prequalify themselves and understand if they are the right or wrong fit for you.  

2. Don’t be rude 

Another common problem with ‘wrong-fit’ content is that people can come across as rude. Let’s say you’re more expensive than your competition. You could say, ‘I’m not the right fit if you’re looking for the cheapest option or solution’ and then go on to explain how much you charge. 

But some people might word this badly. They might say, ‘if you’re a cheapskate, don’t hire me!’ or ‘you get what you pay for and if you’re looking for cheap then you’ll fail.’ Stuff like this (even if you think it’s justified) can come across as rude. 

3. Think of it as good customer service 

Ultimately, you have to think of this kind of content as ‘good customer service’. If you walk into a shop and a salesperson approaches you, how nice would it be if they told you honestly who wasn’t right for the product? If they were matter-of-fact, genuine and knowledgeable? If they were confident? 

This is how you have to imagine this piece of content. You are helping people make an informed buying decision. And in the process, you’re also benefiting yourself by only attracting the right people to your business. 

What are some examples of ‘wrong fit’ content?

I love learning by example. And luckily there are some amazing businesses producing this kind of content that will inspire you. 

Content 10x 

How and Why You Should Create 'Wrong-Fit’ Content 

I love this article from Amy at Content 10x. They make it abundantly clear who they’re not the right fit for. And I love the handy little table at the start of the article. 

How and Why You Should Create 'Wrong-Fit’ Content 

I also love how they state that ‘When we work with the right people, it helps us to do our very best work, which generates the best results for our clients.’ 

This is how a ‘wrong-fit’ article works so well. Because, yes, it repels those who are the wrong fit, but it also increases trust and loyalty from those who are the right fit. Just reading that sentence you understand that Content 10x doesn’t just work with anyone and everyone. They’re not out to make a quick buck. They care who they work with, and want to make sure that they get the best results for their clients. 

Mira Rutter 

How and Why You Should Create 'Wrong-Fit’ Content 

I love Mira’s ‘wrong-fit’ article that she published as part of our 90-day content marketing challenge. And I particularly like how Mira takes into account who aligns with her values and beliefs. 

In her article, she explains that she doesn’t work with people who ‘are in business just for the money.’ 

Mira states that ‘It’s important to me that you truly care about the core of what you do. You use your talent, skills and knowledge for the betterment of the world.’ 

Mira’s has a clear idea who her ideal client is, and she isn’t afraid to say that she won’t work with people who just want to make money and nothing else. 

This means she gets to work with people who align with her values. Mira gets to do the thing she really loves – which is to help women achieve their financial goals and also make a difference in the world. 

Denise Cowle 

How and Why You Should Create 'Wrong-Fit’ Content 

I love this no-nonsense blog post from MYMO member and amazing non-fiction editor, Denise! 

Denise states clearly that she doesn’t work with offensive material, explaining that ‘When I say offensive, you can take that to mean any form of hate speech: racist, sexist, mysogynistic, homophobic, transphobic, whatever.’ 

This makes sure she doesn’t have to get to the point of viewing material before she declines to work on it – which would take a lot of time out of her business! 

Denise also makes sure she helps those who aren’t the right fit. For example, she says she doesn’t work with fiction writers or writing that’s highly technical or scientific. But she doesn’t just leave it there. She actually helps those who aren’t the right fit by directing them to other editors that can help. 

Denise has really used this content to deliver excellent customer service. 

What are your next steps?

Ask yourself the questions I listed above and start creating your content. It can be a simple list of reasons why someone isn’t the right fit for your business. It’s actually one of the easiest and most enjoyable pieces of content you can create! And you can always check out our blog post on why we’re not the right fit for you too, for inspiration. 

If you want more content ideas like this and exactly how to create them, check out our book Content Fortress. It’s available from just £5.99! And it tells you exactly how to attract clients who respect your time and expertise, are eager to work with you and love who you are and what you do! 

Content Fortress Book

The post How and Why You Should Create ‘Wrong-Fit’ Content  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/wrong-fit-content/feed/ 0
How to Write Website Copy for SEO  https://jammydigital.com/website-copy-seo/ https://jammydigital.com/website-copy-seo/#respond Sat, 22 May 2021 16:37:00 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=6136 Do you know how to write website copy for SEO? Wait, what does that even mean? And do you need to care? Writing copy for SEO means creating content that helps your ideal customers find you through Internet searches. So yes, you do need to care. And sorry if that’s not quite what you wanted […]

The post How to Write Website Copy for SEO  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Do you know how to write website copy for SEO?

Wait, what does that even mean? And do you need to care?

Writing copy for SEO means creating content that helps your ideal customers find you through Internet searches. So yes, you do need to care.

And sorry if that’s not quite what you wanted to hear. We know that a lot of business owners get really overwhelmed by SEO and end up overcomplicating things unnecessarily and, frankly, can get it a bit wrong sometimes.

And we get that. It’s easy to buy into the fact that SEO is way too technical and complicated, but the great news is that we’re going to break it all down for you in a series of easy-to-follow steps that will help you become more strategic about the search terms you include in your copy. So you can get more people to find your awesome website!

And here’s the biggest secret we’re going to share with you today. Writing well for your readers and writing well for SEO are exactly the same thing! And if you remember this, and write copy with your readers in mind, chances are you’re going to get it right. Definitely more so than by stressing about the technical side of SEO.

So with that principle in mind, here are 8 tips to help you write website copy for SEO.

1. Start with keyword research

Doing some keyword research is crucial because it tells you what you should optimise your copy or content for. There is no point in you writing content about something no one ever searches for, right?

So you need to be clever and strategic about this.

Think about:

  • What problems are your readers experiencing?
  • What kind of things do you help with?
  • And what do you want to be found for?

The key is to find out what your readers are looking for and focus on that.

But how do you find the search terms or keywords you need?

Well, there are plenty of free or low-cost keyword research tools that allow you to search for words and phrases. Some of them even give you the average number of monthly searches, so you can decide which terms are going to work best for your business.

Here are a few tools for you to try out:

Start by writing down a few words and phrases that relate to your products or services and then use the tools above to gather a list of relevant keywords. Once you have a few, prioritise them, starting with the most relevant ones to your business and the ones that are searched for the most.

It really doesn’t need to be more complicated than that. Promise!

And if you want to find out more about how each of the above tools works, head over to section two of our blog post, SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide.

2. Section your page, using your keywords to guide you

So now that you’ve got your keywords, it’s time to start planning the content for your website. 

When you’re working on your web pages, you’ll want to break the content down into relevant chunks or sections, both visually (i.e. layout and presentation), but also in terms of how you organise the information to make it easy for your reader to follow. 

Use the keywords you’ve identified during the research to help you decide what these sections are going to be about. And our advice is that each section should talk about one thing and one thing only.

So let’s say you’re a book editor for non-fiction business authors. You’ve done some keyword research and on your book editing Service page you might have sections that look a bit like this:

  1. Book editing for non-fiction business book authors.
  2. How does my business book editing service work?
  3. How much does non-fiction editing cost?
  4. What’s included within my book editing service?
  5. FAQ about my non-fiction book editing service.
  6. People who have loved my book editing service! (A testimonials/case study section).

Now, the whole Service page is obviously about your book editing service, but each section covers a specific topic. And these are all keywords!

So as you can see from the example, the titles of each section not only answer specific questions that your prospective clients are likely to have. But they also include the actual search terms that people would type into Google when looking for a book editor.

Can you see how writing for your readers and writing for SEO are actually one and the same?

So when you decide how to break down your page and how to title each section, let the keywords guide you, and don’t forget to optimise the title of each section – i.e. include your keywords in there!

Want an extra tip for writing Service pages? Always create a separate Service page for each of your services! If you’re a book editor who also edits school books and materials, have a separate Service page for that and break it down into relevant sections that answer your clients’ questions.

3. Fill out each section and go as in-depth as you can

Now that you’ve decided how to break down the information you want to cover and how to structure your page, it’s time to fill in each of the sections. But how exactly do you write copy with SEO in mind?

Well, it’s simple.

You write with the mindset of serving your ideal customers or clients. Put yourself in their shoes and focus on what they’ll want to know about your service.

Remember that the things you take for granted because you’ve been working in this space for years and years are probably completely new territory for your clients! Your job as the business owner is to break the information down in an easy, digestible way – without using jargon or fancy language.

Instead, use plain English and avoid being too formal. Simply explain things as you would to someone in an email or over the phone. Just because this is your website and you’re publishing the information on the Internet, it doesn’t mean you suddenly need to sound like a robot!

In fact, this is a brilliant opportunity for you to give your prospective clients a flavour of what it’s like to work with you – of what you sound like in real life. Don’t miss it! And if you’d like to find out more about this, head over to our blog post, How to Nail Your Tone of Voice.

We often get asked how much information you should include in each section. And that depends. But our advice is to go to town with it! Add as much information as you can in order to answer your customers’ questions.

Ideally, your sections would look roughly the same (because visually, that gives your page a nice, balanced feel). So if you find that you have much longer sections, perhaps consider breaking them down further. Obviously with SEO and keywords in mind.

4. Optimise your URL

This is a very quick and easy step but one that a lot of business owners forget about, and it’s crucial for SEO. If you want your prospective customers to find you, add the main keyword you want to optimise your page for in your URL, i.e. your web page address.

So if you’re the book editor above, your book editing Service page URL might look something like this:

https://yourwebsitename.com/nonfiction-book-editing
If you are on WordPress, you can download the free version of the plugin Yoast SEO, which adds a handy section to the bottom of your web pages and blog posts so you can easily type in your web page URL under the entry Slug.
As we’re talking about writing for SEO here, remember that you want to include the exact keyword phrase you’re optimising your page for (also known, in Yoast SEO terms, as Focus keyphrase). In other words, use the exact search term you found during your keyword research.

How to Write Website Copy for SEO 


5. Optimise your images

Another step we see a lot of website owners miss when writing copy for SEO is optimising images. But that’s a really easy thing to do to tell Google what your content is all about.

So when you add images to your pages and blog posts, make sure you optimise them. You can do this by accessing the file properties and including your keywords in the image title and the Alt-Text of the image.

In case you’re not familiar with Alt-Text, this is a short bit of copy bit that’s used to improve the accessibility of your images. You can think of it as your chance to describe to someone who can’t see what’s in the image. This is important for SEO because this bit of text also helps the Google bots ‘see’ that image. They’re only algorithms so they can’t see images like us!

6. Use internal links

Internal links are links that you include in your content that send your users to other pages or articles on your own website.

Adding internal links to your website content is another step that works fantastically well for your readers as well as for SEO. And that’s exactly why we say that writing for SEO is as simple as writing with your readers in mind!

When you think about it, adding internal links to other relevant pages or blog posts that you’ve created helps your website visitors find more information they’re potentially interested in. You’re doing them a favour by directing them to content they might want to consume, much like we do in our blog posts. Adding internal links to your content is basically good customer service!

But internal links work really well from an SEO perspective too. They tell the search engines how your website pages relate and link to each other. Remember that Google isn’t a person. Algorithms trawl through your content following lines of code. And internal links are just that, so they help the search engines rank your website better.

Plus, when you add internal links to your content, you’re also encouraging your readers to spend more time on your website. Without getting too technical, this is called dwell time. The higher it is, the more Google sees your website as trustworthy and interesting.

Of course, you don’t want to overdo it, so don’t add links that aren’t relevant. Think about your readers and what they might want to find out more about and point them in the right direction by including relevant internal links only. Focus on providing a great user experience, and you’ll get SEO brownie points too.

7. Optimise your title tag

The title tag is basically your web page title. It’s the clickable headline that gets displayed when you do a search on Google. It’s what tells you what the web page is all about. Plus, it makes your reader decide whether they want to go ahead and click on your content.

You probably know the drill by now, but our recommendation is to include the keyword you want to optimise your page for in the title tag. That makes it nice and easy for your readers to understand what your page is all about and (you guessed it) it’s great for SEO too.

So in the example of our book editor above, the title tag for their book editing Service page could be ‘Non-fiction book editing in Manchester’ or ‘Affordable business book editing in London’. Whatever applies. Just make sure the title tag describes the content of your page and contains a keyword you identified when doing research.

8. Write a compelling meta description that makes people click!

And finally, don’t forget to write your meta description. This is the text that displays underneath the clickable headline when you get search results through Google.

If you think about your own behaviour as a user, when you do an Internet search, you’ll quickly scan through the results of the first page of Google. And it’s only when you find a title that fits the bill (see why the title tag is important?) that you might then go and read the 3-4 lines of text that sit underneath.

That’s the meta description.

And you want to use that wisely. So, once again, write with your reader and with SEO in mind.

  • Describe (succinctly) what that web page is all about. What is the key message? What’s the reason for that page to exist?
  • Write something compelling. Tap into your readers’ curiosity, tease the content, and make it sound interesting and enticing. Remember, this is the bit of text that will help people decide whether they want to click on the page!
  • Include the keyword you want to optimise your page for. So if you went for ‘business book editing’, that’s what you want to include in your meta description.

Again, if you’re on WordPress and have the Yoast SEO plugin, you can easily populate the Meta description section at the bottom of the page. The plugin has a handy visual traffic light system, which even tells you when you’ve hit the ideal length of text for your meta description.

Would you like more help with writing for SEO?

And there you have it. 8 easy steps you can follow to write copy with SEO in mind. If you need any more help visit our blog post, The Ultimate Beginner’s Guide to SEO.

Or you can check out our SEO starter pack, which gives you everything you need you get your website ranking.

How to Write Website Copy for SEO 

The post How to Write Website Copy for SEO  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/website-copy-seo/feed/ 0
The Biggest Copy Mistakes Personal Brands Make on Their About Page https://jammydigital.com/personal-brand-mistakes-about-page/ https://jammydigital.com/personal-brand-mistakes-about-page/#respond Tue, 18 May 2021 14:02:02 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5786 Writing copy for your About page is hard! And we get it. Talking about yourself, your achievements, your life story, and how awesome you are is awkward. But guess what? There’s another way! Because (wait for it) your About page isn’t really about you! And if you’ve tried writing your own About page copy, you’ve […]

The post The Biggest Copy Mistakes Personal Brands Make on Their About Page appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Writing copy for your About page is hard!

And we get it. Talking about yourself, your achievements, your life story, and how awesome you are is awkward.

But guess what?

There’s another way!

Because (wait for it) your About page isn’t really about you!

And if you’ve tried writing your own About page copy, you’ve probably fallen into one of the traps a lot of other website owners fall into. So here we give you the top copy mistakes that personal brands make on your About page (and share some handy tips on how to fix them). Because we’re nice like that.

Let’s get stuck in.

What are the biggest mistakes personal brands make on their about page? 

1. It’s all about you!

The first mistake a lot of business owners make on their About page is focusing on themselves. It’s making a big song and dance about what an amazing professional you are, when you went to university, what you got your degree in, and… and… and…

Boring!

News flash. No one’s interested.

Obviously, you are awesome – super qualified and great at what you do. We know that.

But do you know what people really care about? Making sure you’re the right person to help them. They want to know they’re in the right place to get the product or service that’s going to solve their problem.

And most of the time, whether you went to university or bagged yourself a gazillion certifications that only really mean something if you work in your field and industry, is irrelevant.

What Should You Do Instead? Tell your readers how you can help them

Turn your About page on its head. When it comes to writing your about page, reframe your mindset from ‘about me’ to ‘How I can help you’.

This isn’t what you’re actually going to name your page by the way. You’ll still call it ‘About’, ‘About Me’, or ‘About Us’, but adding this phrase to the top of the page while you’re writing your copy will help you switch your focus onto your readers – your ideal customers or clients.

So think about:

  • What are the problems they are experiencing? (And that you solve?)
  • What puts you in the ideal position to solve those problems?
  • How do you help them?

Ask yourself these types of questions as you write your copy, and you’ll avoid the mistake of making it all about you. Make it about how you can help them. 

The Biggest Copy Mistakes Personal Brands Make on Their About Page

2. You write in the third person

“Bob is one of the most acclaimed speakers in the industry. Since 1995, he has travelled all over the world to deliver his signature talks to large crowds.”

Who is writing this for Bob exactly? His biographer?

Let’s be honest. Writing in the third person may have been the done thing 10-20 years ago. It came across as professional and prestigious. Not many personal brands or small businesses had websites back then, and no one wanted to come across as a one-person band. The trend was definitely to try and make your company look bigger and better – more corporate and sought-after.

But, just like in fashion, things changed. And they’ve moved on.

Website users are shrewd and clever. We can see through stuff. And we can tell the difference between something that comes across as genuine and approachable versus something that seems stuffy and detached.

You may not be aware that you’re doing it, but when you write content in the third person, you’re putting distance between yourself and your reader. You’re almost putting yourself on a pedestal, making yourself look unreachable and unattainable. Which is exactly what not to do as a personal brand.

And people don’t tend to relate too well to that.

What Should You Do Instead? Write in the first person!

If it’s just you in your business, and you’re the one people will work with when they hire you, don’t be afraid to say so. Feel free to use ‘I’  – write content for your About page in the first person. We’re giving you full permission here!

You need to learn to embrace your personal brand, not run away from it. That’s why we recommend your website domain can be your personal brand name! And it’s why we recommend you write in first person.

And if you have a team, you can still write using the first person. Just change ‘I’ to ‘we’, ‘me’ to ‘us’, ‘mine’ to ‘ours’, and job done!

3. You don’t have any calls-to-action to your product or services

Much like your Homepage, which acts as the reception area of your website, your About page should direct people to other pages.

For example, on our About page, we list all the problems our services solve, and under each service, we have a ‘Find Out More’ button that takes people to the relevant service pages. This is where they can read more about each of the individual services we offer and make an informed decision as to whether they’re ready to work with us.

We also invite people to get in touch with us via our ‘Let’s Chat!’ button, which takes our readers to our Contact page.

But if you don’t have any calls-to-action where you let your prospective customers and clients know what you’d like them to do next, your About page may become a dead end.

So what should you do instead?

What Should You Do Instead? Direct people to other areas of your website

Use your About page efficiently by directing your audience to the relevant pages on your website where they can find more information about working with you. Add links to your Product or Service pages, your Contact page, and more of your content, if relevant.

4. You copy your competitors

Another mistake we see people make all the time is to sound exactly the same as their competitors. We see this a lot in the web design world, but it happens in all fields and industries.

Sure, all coaches want to help their clients ‘thrive’ and everyone is ‘result-driven’. But is this really you? Or are you just using terms and phrases that everyone else in your industry uses?

If your website copy reads exactly the same as everyone else’s, how can your ideal clients make a decision as to who they should work with? How do they know you’re different and better for them than any of your competitors?

They don’t!

So what should you do instead?

What Should You Do Instead? Focus on your USP

Instead of trying to fall in line and use overused words and phrases that other professionals in your industry use, be original. Be you! You are a personal brand, after all, and what makes you unique is you.

Ask yourself these questions:

  • What’s your USP? What makes you unique and special? Is it your method? Your business set up? Your background and experience? Or maybe your qualifications?
  • Why should people do business with you?
  • Why should they pick you over someone else?

That is what you want to talk about on your About page, so don’t worry about the latest buzzwords or the overused business jargon that everyone else is using. Being like everyone else won’t do you any favours – we can promise you that!

The Biggest Copy Mistakes Personal Brands Make on Their About Page

5. You have zero personality

When people come to check out your website, they want to get an idea of what it’s like to work with you. Are you serious and corporate? Informal and quirky? Straight-talking but hilariously funny?

Whoever you are (and whatever your brand), it’s important that your website copy reflect your personality. The last thing you want is for people to get you on the phone or hire you for their first consultation and find out you’re nowhere near how you come across on your website.

Surprises like that never tend to work out well. After all, people check out your About page to figure out if you’re the right person to work with. And your job is to help them make that decision by the way you come across on the page.

How will you do that?

What Should You Do Instead? Nail your tone of voice

Your copy should help your target audience connect with you. You want to build trust and differentiate yourself from your competitors.

If you want to learn more about how to show your personality on your website, check out our blog post: How to Nail your Tone of Voice.

6. You don’t have any pictures of you!

Another mistake we see a lot of business owners make is to shy away from having any pictures of themselves on their website, and especially on their About page.

Remember – your About page is the place where your ideal customers or clients come to work out if you’re the right person for the job.

How can they choose you if they can’t even see you?

You see, words and images are a match made in heaven! The trick is to make the copy about your reader but the imagery about you. This is so people can see and sense who you are and who they’re thinking about hiring. 

Using stock photos or no images at all is tempting, but it means missing out on the opportunity to build that know, like, and trust factor that’s so important when people are thinking of buying from you.

What Should You Do Instead? Have amazing personal brand pictures of you on your About page

If it’s just you in your business, by all means, show us your face! You can have photos of yourself ‘in action’ while working with a client, speaking from a stage, teaching from a classroom, signing your book – whatever applies. Just make sure people can see you!

And if you have a team, share their lovely faces too! We feel so strongly about this that we even wrote a piece called, Show Us Your Face! And if you’re thinking of hiring a photographer to take some professional pics of you, then check out our blog post, Lessons We Learned From Our Business Photoshoot.

7. You don’t capture any leads

Something a lot of personal brands seem to forget is that your website is the ideal place to capture people’s email addresses, so you can build and nurture relationships with your audience by offering them value, and, ultimately close more sales.

Website traffic is great, but a lot of people won’t be ready to buy after visiting your website just once or twice. They’ll want to read more, find out more about you, and get to know you a little better before they make the decision to go ahead and make a purchase.

You can certainly give them more information through your copy and the awesome content you publish on your blog. But your email list is the place where you can show off your knowledge and expertise and offer your prospective customers or clients loads of value. 

Except… you won’t be able to get your visitors from your website and onto your email list if you don’t give them an incentive to pop in their email address.

What Should You Do Instead? Add a sign-up form to your About page

Your About page is the ideal place for you to add a sign-up form, so make sure you create a lead magnet and ask your readers for an email address. What can you offer your audience that will encourage them to join your email list? What value can you give them? Is there a quick problem you can solve for them? 

Once you’re clear on what you’re going to offer, add a sign-up form where they can easily pop in their email address, and then you can deepen and nurture that relationship via your email list. If you’re interested in using your website to build your email list, check out our blog post on how to create a lead generating website

8. You call your About page ‘Your journey’ (or something equally rubbish)

We see this all the time, and it’s probably a side-effect of wanting to be original and show your personality (which we get).

But calling your About page something else – like ‘Our journey’, ‘Our story’, ‘Experience’, or ‘Thoughts’ (or anything else) is never a good idea.

Why? Because people are used to the About page being called ‘About’. It’s an easy, recognisable term. It’s what the page is called.

Your readers head over to your About page when they’re trying to make a decision about working with you. The last thing you want is for them to skip over the page or miss it completely just because you called it something else! 

If they can’t find your About page, they might click the back button and be gone. And that’s not what you want!

So what can you do instead?

What Should You Do Instead? Call your About page by its name

This is a simple one. Call your About page ‘About’, ‘About Me’, or ‘About Us’. You don’t need to be any more creative than this – not with your page title. It’s what your readers expect to see on your website and where they head to in order to find out more about you. Make this easy and straightforward for your audience. 

Want to Learn More About How to Create a High-Converting About Page?

And if you want more tips on how to write an awesome About page for your website, head over to our blog post, How To Write Your Website About Page.

Or download our checklist on how to create an about page for your personal brand…

The Biggest Copy Mistakes Personal Brands Make on Their About Page

The post The Biggest Copy Mistakes Personal Brands Make on Their About Page appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/personal-brand-mistakes-about-page/feed/ 0
How to Create a 90 Day Content Strategy https://jammydigital.com/create-content-strategy/ https://jammydigital.com/create-content-strategy/#respond Thu, 06 May 2021 13:36:41 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5777 Creating content without a strategy is like trying to bake a cake with no recipe. You could probably create something edible. But let’s face it, you’re just throwing stuff together and hoping something good comes out of it. Having a strategy for your content is the best way to achieve success (i.e. make some sales), […]

The post How to Create a 90 Day Content Strategy appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Creating content without a strategy is like trying to bake a cake with no recipe. You could probably create something edible. But let’s face it, you’re just throwing stuff together and hoping something good comes out of it.

Having a strategy for your content is the best way to achieve success (i.e. make some sales), save time and hit your overall business goals.

But Why A 90 Day Content Strategy?

Do you remember January 2020?

We had our usual ‘business away day’ to discuss what we wanted to achieve for the year. We had the entire year mapped out. Done. Sorted.

And then what happened? Oh yes, the entire world broke.

And our plan for the year went out the window.

Okay, so this is an extreme and (hopefully) a once in a lifetime example.

But 2020 showed us the power of moving fast and adapting.

1. A Year Is Just A Tad Long

This is why a 90-day content strategy works. It allows you to focus on one thing for 90 days. And it allows you to adapt and change if you need to. We have to move faster in our business more than ever. And take advantage of new opportunities. That’s why a 90-day strategy works.

It’s also easy to become complacent when you have a twelve-month goal. You think ‘I’ve got ages to achieve this!’ and your motivation is no way near as high as it is when you just have 90 days. We are human after all, and the looming deadline causes us to take action much faster!

2. But a Month Is Just a Smidge Short…

On the other hand, 90 days is just long enough to make some real gains with your content marketing. You can see a transformation in those 90 days (whereas a month is a little short). Like one of our members, Debbie Ekins who increased her traffic by 92% and added £10,000 a year in sales to her business.

3. When Life Gets in the Way, You Don’t Get Disheartened

We are human. And sometimes life just gets in the way. We’re thrown a curveball and it means we have to take a break or take things a little slower. That’s okay. With a 90 day strategy, you get right back to it when you’re ready. Whereas if you become stuck during a twelve-month plan, it’s a lot harder, mentally, to get back on the horse.

Creating Your Content Strategy: Taking Stock Of Where You Are Now

A lot of people recommend you do a humongous audit of your current content before you form a content strategy. And although, yes, this can be useful, it can take time and can cause us to procrastinate and overthink.

But, it is good to check a few things before you start, that way you can see how you’re doing when you implement the content strategy. We’re big fans of numbers as they tell us if we’re going in the right direction. So here’s what you should take note of before you create your content strategy.

1. Your Current Website Traffic

You can access this info from your Google Analytics. If you produce good consistent content during your 90 days, you should certainly expect an increase in website traffic.

2. Your Current Search Engine Rankings

You’ll want to see what keywords and phrases you’re currently ranked for in Google’s search results. If you create and implement your 90-day content strategy correctly, then you should increase your rankings for various keywords and phrases – appearing on page one of Google for lots of different searches. If you want to understand more about this, have a look at our Ultimate Guide for Beginner’s SEO post.

There are a few places you can check your current rankings, but we are loving the Hoth’s free ranking tool for this! Note down how many keywords you’re ranked for, and see this number increase during your 90 days of content marketing!

3. Your Website’s Domain Authority

Domain Authority is a way of checking how likely your website will rank in Google’s search results. It was created by Moz, and they give you a score out of 100. Don’t worry if it seems low, over the course of creating content this should increase.

What Platform Should You Use to Create Your Content?

One of the biggest questions we get asked is what platform you should use to create your content.

Pick One Platform That Will Deliver You Organic Traffic

We advise picking one platform that can deliver you organic traffic 24/7.

This could be your blog – where you can get found from Google.

Or a Youtube channel, where you can be found from…you’ve guessed it, people searching on YouTube.

Or a podcast where you can get found from people searching for podcasts in various places.

The point is, if you use these particular channels you don’t have to constantly update them. You create the content once and people can find you (if you do it, right) for a long time.

Pick One/Two Platforms To Share and Repurpose Your Content

Then, we advise picking one or two places to promote your content (and repurpose it) on social media. And what social media platforms you use for this will really depend on both your audience and your personal preference.

Here’s the typical way we do it…

  1. Write a blog post.
  2. Create 4-8 LinkedIn posts out of that blog post
  3. Create Instagram graphics from that blog post

We do other things too, like email it to our list or post about it on Facebook. But those are the three main avenues we use.

It’s the most time-effective way of producing content that gets us found on Google and gets engagement and sales from our social media channels.

If you want to understand more about this, then check out our blog post on how to repurpose a blog post.

What are your business goals (and how can content help you achieve them?)

Okay, so now you understand why 90 days is the optimum time for a content strategy and what platforms you’d like to use. Let’s now talk about how you can put your strategy together.

Firstly, think about your business goals, i.e. what do you want to achieve in your business?

This could be…

  • Build an email list of 5,000 people by x date
  • Get five regular coaching clients every single month
  • Earn 20K in revenue in 12 months from your digital product

How to Create Content That Supports Your Business Goals

Whatever your goal, content can and should support you. Let’s take some of the goals from the examples above and see how content can help…

How Can Content Help You Build Your Email List?

If your goal is to increase your email list, you should use content to help. You could create one blog post per week every week. You will optimise these blog posts for search engines in order to maximise website traffic. Each blog post would promote a ‘freebie’ you can give to the audience in exchange for their email address. If you do this for 90 days you will see results!

How Can Content Help You Achieve a Sales Goal?

If you want to earn a certain amount of money from selling something, you can create ‘helpful’ content around the topic of the thing that you sell – the kind that ranks on search engines and delivers you traffic.

Then you can also create sales content around the specific product itself.

Here’s an example of how we did this recently with our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge. We…

  • Created helpful blog posts about content marketing
  • Created sales posts about the challenge specifically, such as our blog post – Everything You Need to Know About the 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge
  • Created helpful social media posts about content marketing
  • Created social media posts to promote the challenge specifically
  • Sent emails promoting the challenge

It’s the winning combination of…

  1. Helpful content (that ranks and gets you traffic)
  2. Sales content (that directly sells your product/service
  3. and repurposed social media content (that spreads the message) 

This is where you hit the sweet spot! And if you can create a content plan for one thing you offer that hits those three points over a 90 day period, you will see results.

Why Do You Need a Combination of Helpful and Sales Content?

The buyer’s journey consists of three stages: awareness, consideration and decision. And it’s a process that your customers will go through before they buy your product or service.

At the awareness stage, the buyer realises they have a problem.

At the consideration stage, they begin to research all the potential solutions to that problem.

And finally, at the decision stage, they’ve decided on a solution strategy and are looking at suppliers or companies to buy from.

The reason why you have to create a combination of helpful content and sales content is that it hits people at different stages of their buyer’s journey. The helpful content will help people when they realise they have a problem. And the sales content will help them once they’ve decided on the solution to that problem.

How do you stick to the Content Strategy for 90 Days?

Once you’ve…

  1. Evaluated where you’re at right now
  2. Picked your content creation and promotion platforms
  3. Understood what content you need to create to reach your business goals (and planned out what you will create)

Then you’ve created a 90-day content marketing strategy. Well done you!

The plan is the fun bit, but now it’s the difficult stuff. How on earth do you stick to a 90-day content strategy? We all start these things off strong, right? But then client work gets in the way. Or that holiday. Or just a pile of accounts stuff to do.

What you need is someone to hold you accountable. To guide you and help you with things like SEO or copy. To be part of a group of people who are creating content every week to help inspire and champion you.

This is exactly what we offer in our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge. The next challenge starts on Monday 17 May 2021. Sign up now or find out more. 

The post How to Create a 90 Day Content Strategy appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/create-content-strategy/feed/ 0
How to Repurpose a Blog Post (and Save Yourself So Much Time!) https://jammydigital.com/how-to-repurpose-blog-post/ https://jammydigital.com/how-to-repurpose-blog-post/#respond Sat, 24 Apr 2021 16:41:10 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5695 Let’s be honest. Coming up with new ideas for content week on week is hard. We’ve all heard that we need to produce valuable, in-depth content and that ‘content is king’. And that’s absolutely true. But if you tried it in practice, you also know how time-consuming content creation and can be. Plus, let’s not […]

The post How to Repurpose a Blog Post (and Save Yourself So Much Time!) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Let’s be honest. Coming up with new ideas for content week on week is hard.

We’ve all heard that we need to produce valuable, in-depth content and that ‘content is king’.

And that’s absolutely true. But if you tried it in practice, you also know how time-consuming content creation and can be. Plus, let’s not forget that your prospective customers and clients are busy. Just because you’ve shared a piece of your awesome content once, it doesn’t mean they’ve seen it!

So here’s something a content strategy you may have not considered – content repurposing.

In this blog post, we are going to share 6 different ways for you to repurpose a blog post (and save yourself a hell of a lot of time in the process!).

But first thing first…

What is Content Repurposing? 

Content repurposing means taking a piece of content that you’ve previously created and turning it into something that you can reuse and re-share somewhere else. Easy, right?

Repurposing can take many forms. You can record a YouTube video or a podcast episode and turn that into a blog post. Or you can take sections from a blog post and share them as a series of social media posts. You can even pull out interesting quotes from a piece of content and create beautiful graphics, memes, or infographics out of them. That’s repurposing too!

When it comes to content repurposing, you have plenty of options, but we always recommend that you start with a blog post first.

And here’s why…

Why Repurpose a Blog Post? 

We tell all our clients and members to have a ‘website first’ mentality.

Are you now wondering what that even is? Well, fair enough.

It’s simple, really. It means you create content for your website first and then slice and dice it however you like and repurpose it into different pieces. And once you have repurposed it, you can share it in different formats and on other platforms, like your email list or social media, for example.

But why start with your website?

Because the more content you share on your website, the more chances you give yourself to rank on Google for different keywords. And that gives you opportunities of being found by your ideal customers or clients.

Pretty cool, right?

We think so.

Because if you don’t publish content for your website first, you’ll miss out on all those search engine searches that could easily land more and more people on your website. If you want to read more about how creating content helps you drive traffic to your website, head over to our article, SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide.

But the blog post is the foundation of your content strategy – it’s where it all starts.

So now that you’ve got some amazing blog posts, what can you do with them?

1. How to repurpose a blog post onto LinkedIn 

The great thing about creating a longer piece of written content first (and that’s your blog post!) is that you can then easily take sections of it and create 5-10 individual posts that you can share on social media.

We use this method from Content Writer Sara Bussandri to repurpose our blog posts on LinkedIn, but it works for Facebook or your Instagram feed too.

All you need to do is to grab a section of your blog post (a teaching, a lesson, or a key point you want to share) and ‘dress it up’ for the social media platform you’re sharing it on.

Using Sara’s method, to put your post together, you need:

  • A ‘hook’ – an interesting line or question that will stop people in their tracks. You want them to quit scrolling and read your post.
  • A short introduction to your topic. Why are you talking about this today? Why does it matter to your audience?
  • The lesson or point you want to make. This can be taken directly from your blog post. If it works, copy and paste. If not, rephrase and summarise.
  • A conclusion or question to encourage your audience to engage with your post. You want people to comment on your post, as that tells LinkedIn that your content is interesting and popular. And in turn, it will be shown to more people.
  • And finally, some hashtags. These work as keywords. If someone searches for a particular term or follows the hashtags you’ve used, they will see your content pop up in their feed.

LinkedIn posts are limited to a maximum of 1,300 characters, so you’ll have to break your blogposts down and repurpose the content.

An Example of a Blog Post Repurposed into a LinkedIn Post

Below, is an example of how we turned a blog post about creating a lead generating website, into a LinkedIn post. The main part of the LinkedIn post (the 3 key steps to get leads on your website) comes from this blog post. Every time we write a blog post we also write up 5-8 LinkedIn posts too. This is because the blog post is fresh in our minds and it makes it a much faster process!


How to Repurpose a Blog Post (and Save Yourself So Much Time!)


Repurposing Your Blog Post Into A LinkedIn Article

But nothing stops from you sharing longer articles on LinkedIn.

You can either create a LinkedIn article out of your entire blog posts or use parts of it and encourage your readers to go and read the full version on your website. Publishing articles on LinkedIn can help with your brand awareness and visibility. And it’s also a great way to build relationships with your connections.

If you want to find out more about creating LinkedIn articles, our awesome member Louise Brogan wrote this piece: How to Create LinkedIn Articles That People Will Read and Share.

Repurposing your blog post into a LinkedIn Carousels

We don’t ordinarily see LinkedIn as a visual platform. But this recent article from Content Repurposing Expert, Amy Woods at Content 10x, was really interesting! Amy talks about how you can repurpose your content into a ‘LinkedIn carousel’ which is multiple images that you need to swipe through. These images tell a story or explain something. And they work incredibly well on LinkedIn. This isn’t something we’ve tried before but it’s on our to-do list after reading the article!

2. How to repurpose a blog post on Instagram posts and Stories 

Compared to LinkedIn, Instagram is a much more visual platform. So if you are going to repurpose your blog post content for Insta posts or Stories, you need images!

When we repurpose content for our Instagram account, we create graphics out of the content. We use templates from Viral Marketing Stars to help us, which can be customised with your brand colours and fonts in Canva. They’re designed to generate engagement and grow your following and have been working really well for us. 

Obviously, if you’re posting on your Instagram feed, you also need some written content to go with your image. The graphic will capture your audience’s attention and stop them from scrolling, but the text in your post is your chance to encourage them to engage with your content and go and check your website.

So make sure you write a unique and engaging post to introduce your blog content. You don’t want to just tell them to click on the link in your bio! You can use the same tips we shared for creating LinkedIn posts to write your Insta posts too.

An example of how we repurposed a blog post to an Instagram Post…

Below was one of several graphics we made based on our blog post, what to put on your homepage. As you can see the image doesn’t just say, ‘hey we have a new blog post!’ It gives people some actual advice (such as the 8 things you should include on your homepage).

How to Repurpose a Blog Post (and Save Yourself So Much Time!)

3. Repurposing your blog post into a Podcast 

Your blog post can also be turned into a podcast. So once you’ve written your blog posts and organised all your thoughts on a particular topic, it’s easy enough to record a podcast episode out of it.

You can either record yourself as your read out your article like a script and then upload your audio file onto your podcasting platform, or you just use your blog post as a starting point and guideline. Instead of reading, you talk your audience through it naturally. And that will become your podcast episode.

Awesome, right?

If you don’t have a podcast show already, you may have a few other things to think about, including equipment, graphics, etc. To find out more about how to start your own podcast, check out this article from Colin Gray, a.k.a. The Podcast Host, How to Start a Podcast: Every Single Step for 2021.

And if you are a podcaster and your content creation machine starts with podcasting rather than with your website, you can fix that. Your podcast episodes can also be turned into blog posts that you can publish on your website to drive more traffic to it. For more information on how to do this, check out this blog post from Content Writer Sara Bussandri, How to turn your podcast episodes into blog posts.

An example of how we repurposed a blog post into a podcast episode…

We took a blog post on how to create the perfect website and transformed it into a podcast episode called: The 6 Elements That Make a Successful Website. Both contain the same 6 key elements that make a successful website. And both break these 6 elements down.

The podcast and blog post are both similar, only one is written and the other is spoken. So if you have blog posts and you’re planning to start a podcast, remember, you don’t have to reinvent the wheel! You have plenty of content on your blog that you can transform into podcast episodes.

4. Using your blog post within an email 

Your blog posts can also be used to share content with your email list.

Again, we recommend that you don’t just send out an email that reads,

“Hey! I’ve written a blog post. Here’s the link. Go over and read it!”

Honestly? No.

You won’t get a lot of people who actually go and click on that link to read your awesome blog post.

Think about it – if someone’s trusted you enough to give you their email address it’s because they liked what they saw on your website, and they wanted more of it. So your email needs to deliver some value!

You want your lovely subscribers to learn something from your email, so don’t just ‘link drop’. When you put your email together, include at least some of the content from your blog post. Pull out the most important or interesting points, for example.

Obviously, you can still give them a link to it, but we’re talking about repurposing here. So ideally you want to use your blog content in the newsletter and give your audience the information they’re after.

An example of how we repurposed a blog post into an email newsletter

As we said, you can’t just link to your blog post in your emails. It’s good to actually give some content within the email itself. In this example, from our bi-weekly newsletter, The Jam Sandwich, we break down just one point from our blog post, The Ultimate Guide to SEO.

We go in-depth on this one point and ask people if they want to read the whole blog post. But the point is, they will have learnt something even if they don’t go on to read the whole post.


How to Repurpose a Blog Post (and Save Yourself So Much Time!)


5. Create a lead magnet out of your blog post 

Another way to repurpose your blog posts is to create content upgrades or lead magnets.

A content upgrade is a piece of content that you offer to your readers as a bonus or as additional information in exchange for their email address. It’s basically a lead magnet that goes with your blog posts.

Why add bonus content to your blog posts? Because that way you can capture email addresses and turn anonymous website users into subscribers. And once you have those people on your list, you can then nurture that relationship, offer value, and hopefully, one day turn that subscriber into a loyal customer.

Cheatsheets, checklists, or guides work really well as content upgrades, and you can create them yourself with very little effort using a free resource like Canva.

An example of how we repurposed a blog post into a lead magnet

You can find a content upgrade example in our blog post, The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website. Right in the middle of our article, we have a call to action that invites our readers to download our 10-minute Lead-Gen Guide.

6. Use your blog post in a presentation 

And last but not least, you could also repurpose a blog post into a presentation. Once you have a series of nicely designed slides, there’s a lot you can do with them.

For example, you could:

  • Upload the presentation as a Document on LinkedIn.
  • Give a talk at a networking meeting, an industry event, or inside a private membership.
  • Share your content during an online webinar on social media (for example, in a Facebook live).
  • Upload the slideshow onto your YouTube channel.
  • Talk through it and record a Loom video that you can then upload onto your website.
  • Use the content in a paid training session or workshop.

As you can see, there’s a lot you can do with your content, and it all starts from a blog post!

Want some help with consistent blogging?

Thinking up fresh new content for your website, social media, your newsletter, and any other marketing channels you might be active on is so difficult! But hopefully, you can see now why we advocate creating content for your website first. Repurposing your blog posts will make your life easier and save you time too.

And if you’d like some accountability, our next 90-day Content Challenge (or 90DC for the cool kids) kicks off on the 17th May 2021. We encourage you to create a fresh piece of content every week for 13 weeks. It can be any type of content you like, but if you create and publish blog posts, imagine how much you could get out of 13 pieces of content in terms of traffic to your website and repurposing opportunities!

When you join the 90DC you get:

  • Accountability.
  • A dedicated feedback channel.
  • A Private community group.
  • Weekly training.
  • SEO and Content Marketing courses.
  • Content Strategy Planning sessions.
  • And even Canva blog post image templates.

All for only $297 for the full 90 days! Or you can join our membership for just $59 per month and get access to the challenge and so much more You can sign up for the 90DC here. See you there!

The post How to Repurpose a Blog Post (and Save Yourself So Much Time!) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/how-to-repurpose-blog-post/feed/ 0
What is Sales Content and How Can It Get You Sales? (With Examples) https://jammydigital.com/sales-content/ https://jammydigital.com/sales-content/#respond Mon, 19 Apr 2021 14:14:41 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5677 For a long time, I believed that creating helpful content would pay off. That karma would shine down on me and clients would fall from the skies eager to work with me. Did this happen? No. Because when you do this you’re playing a waiting game. Your audience laps up all that free content, and […]

The post What is Sales Content and How Can It Get You Sales? (With Examples) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
For a long time, I believed that creating helpful content would pay off.

That karma would shine down on me and clients would fall from the skies eager to work with me.

Did this happen?

No.

Because when you do this you’re playing a waiting game.

Your audience laps up all that free content, and you sit there waiting for the sale.

Your audience is in control.

But at some point, you’ve got to bite the bullet and ask for the sale. And you have to do it directly! Not at the end of a really helpful blog post where you scurry out like a mouse and say ‘oh, by the way, you might find my services helpful go check them out’ and then scurry back into your hole in the wall.

No. You have to directly and confidently tell people what it is you do, who you help and how you help.

Yes, you cover this on your product or service pages on your website. But people have to naturally find their way to these pages.

I’m talking about getting this information directly in front of your audience.

I’m talking about creating sales content.

What is Sales Content?

Sales content is exactly like it sounds, it’s content that is designed to get you sales. It includes everything you might talk about on a sales call. It answers all those questions you get from your potential customers. And it relates directly to YOUR products and services (not your industry as a whole).

We talk a lot about sales content in our book, Content Fortress. Sales content makes up one of the key pillars of content marketing.

The Huge Problem With Content Marketing…

Ever heard of the buyer’s journey?

The buyer’s journey is a process that your customers will go through before they buy your product. It consists of three stages: awareness, consideration and decision.

At the awareness stage, the buyer realises they have a problem.

At the consideration stage, they begin to research all the potential solutions to that problem.

And finally, at the decision stage, they’ve decided on a solution strategy and are looking at suppliers or companies to buy from.

An Example of The Buyer’s Journey

Awareness Stage Example

Let’s say you’re at a networking event and someone says to you, ‘oh, you sound great, do you have a website?’ and you realise that you don’t and this may be a turnoff for potential customers. You’ve become aware of the problem.

Consideration Stage Example

So you go home and begin to research all the available solutions to that problem. Building your website yourself on Wix. Building it using page builders such as Elementor. Hiring a freelance web designer. Hiring an agency. Lots and lots of lovely research. You download some checklists or guides from these websites to help you.

Now you’re at the consideration stage, where you’re researching all the potential solutions to your problem.

Decision Stage Example

You do your research and then you decide you decide on hiring a freelance web designer. And then you go about comparing different people.

You’ve found the solution strategy. 

Most companies produce content that covers the first two stages. They produce helpful content that teaches people how they do what they do (how to build a website, for example). Or they help people get to the ‘decision stage’ by creating content that helps them choose the right solution strategy. For example, like our blog post ‘should you hire a cheap web designer or design your website yourself?’

But they fail to produce content that hits people at the decision stage. That sells themselves (over their competitors).  

The Buyer’s Journey Can Be A Slow One: Speed It Up With Sales Content

The buyer’s journey process can be quite slow – particularly for service-based businesses or high-cost products. It could take someone weeks, months or even years to go through this process.

When we create helpful content we imagine our audience reading it then thinking ‘oh that was helpful. I am now going to read their entire service page and then get in touch with them if I think they’re right for me.’

The reality is a bit messier.

The reality is they go away. Other stuff takes priority. You’re still in the back of their minds but they need more time.

In 2019, we looked at our previous 10 clients. 7 out of 10 of those clients were on our email list for at least 3 months. One person was on it for two years, consistently consuming our content until they made the decision to buy. Proof that this is much messier than we think!

This is why you need sales content because it hits your audience right between the eyes! They’re not just continuously reading your helpful content. You suddenly present your audience with sales content, and they then are encouraged to make a decision as to whether they should work with you.

How Sales Content Earned us £25,000+ From One Blog Post

In 2019, we produced a piece of sales content called ‘Why we’re raising our web design prices.’ In it was a clear call to action that said: if you buy before x date, you can still get our prices at the current rate. We emailed it to our list and made $25,000+ from that one blog post (that we can trackback directly).

Sales content was the content we’d been missing all along. People kept consuming our free helpful content but they needed that nudge help them decide if they actually wanted to work with us or not.

Get Your Web Visitors’ Email Address

That’s why it’s a good idea to get your readers email address. So you can continuously bring them back to your content. You can find out more about how to get someone’s email address in our blog post, how to create a lead generating website.

If you have an email list, you can simply send your sales content to them.

How often should you use sales content?

It’s worth pointing out that you shouldn’t use sales content all the time. People will get a little tired of it. Sales content should be used as a seasoning, not the main meal. Usually, one out of every five pieces of our content is classed as sales content.

More Examples of Great Sales Content…

We encourage our members in our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge to create sales content. Here are some examples to inspire you!

The ‘Everything You Need to Know’ Blog Post: Debbie Ekins


Blog Post Image Showing an Example of Sales Content


We love ‘Everything You Need to Know’ Posts. They are blog posts that tell you…well, everything you need to know about a particular product or service.

They work well because it helps summarise what your product or service is all about and it answers all your audience’s questions or potential objections.

What we love about Debbie’s ‘Everything you need to know about my blog writing services‘ post is that she doesn’t shy away from the kinds of questions many businesses don’t like to answer (but our customers really want to know!) – things like ‘how much do you charge’ or ‘when do I need to pay’.

The ‘Case Study’ Blog Post: Jo Francis


An Example of a Business Owner Using a Case Study as a Blog Post


I personally love case study blog posts. Most people put their case studies on a dedicated page on their website. Which means someone has to actively find the case study.

If you have a ‘case study’ blog post you can get in front of more people. You just have to reframe it slightly. A traditional case study is more about how you helped your client. A case study blog post looks at the steps you took to help your client achieve a particular result. It’s half helpful blog post/half highlighting your services.

Jo, a Facebook ads specialist, does a great job with this in her blog post: How to grow your email list by 1000 contacts for £110 ($150).

Jo explains how she worked with her client to grow their email list using Facebook ads. I particularly like how useful this blog post is to the reader. She breaks it down step-by-step. But Jo also doesn’t shy away from promoting herself too – and why shouldn’t she! Jo clearly gets great results for her clients.

The ‘Reasons to Buy’ Blog Post: Adanna Bankole


The featured image from a 'sales blog post'


A ‘reasons to buy’ post generally focuses on the benefits of your products or services rather than the nitty-gritty details.

These posts work well because they highlight exactly what your customers will get out of your products.

I love how Adanna approached this blog post because it’s actually a pretty scary one to write! In her blog post, ‘4 Reasons to Buy My Business Plan Templates‘, Adanna talks about why you should invest in this product. She lists her reasons clearly like ‘it will save you time’ or ‘it’s more convenient. She also features a testimonial from someone who has bought the templates – a really nice touch!

The ‘My Services Explained’ Blog Post: Sara Bussandri


The featured image from a blog post for sales content


This is typically where you explain how your products and services work and why they work so well.

Even though it may seem obvious to you, a lot of people might not understand how your products or services actually work, and they may have a lot of questions about it.

Sara does a great job with her blog post: My blog writing service and packages explained. She explains why she doesn’t just write individual blog posts, why she doesn’t offer a ‘trial’ and she tackles the issue of how someone can actually write for another business (without being in it).

The ‘I’m Raising My Prices’ Blog Post: Janine Coombes


The featured image from a 'raising your prices' blog post


This is my ultimate favourite blog post! Is it scary? Yes! But it’s so much fun to write and it’s the one we’ve found delivers really good results.

We all should raise our prices at some point during our business careers. Normally, we do this ‘under the radar. We don’t tell anyone about it, we just simply change our websites to reflect our new prices.

With existing clients, it’s trickier, because we have to email them to let them know that there will be a price increase.

This is why we love the ‘why am I raising my prices’ blog post. Because it’s your opportunity to tell people how flipping brilliant you are and how much value you deliver. And therefore why (justifiably so) you’re raising your prices.

This is also a great thing to send to existing clients. As we always say, people don’t care what you say, they care what you publish. And if you state publicly that you’re raising your prices,  your client will believe and trust that this is a decision you’ve made for all your clients. Not just for them.

We love how Janine, a marketing coach, tackles this in her blog post: The 5 reasons I’m putting my prices up. Janine is super confident. She states that she’s raising her prices because ‘I’m seriously good at what I do.’ And then she goes on to explain what she’s done for her clients.

She breaks down exactly why she’s raising her prices in a transparent and frank way. And it works incredibly well for building trust and authority.

What Are Your Next Steps When It Comes to Creating Sales Content?

So there you have it. Some great examples of businesses using sales content. And there’s absolutely no reason why you can’t do this too!

If you want help, support and some accountability when creating sales content (and lots of other content too), why not join our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge? This THE challenge that will help you create content that delivers you rankings, traffic, leads and sales.

The doors are next opening on the 22 April. Join the waitlist now.

The post What is Sales Content and How Can It Get You Sales? (With Examples) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/sales-content/feed/ 0
The Biggest SEO Mistakes You’re Making (And What to Do Instead)  https://jammydigital.com/biggest-seo-mistakes/ https://jammydigital.com/biggest-seo-mistakes/#respond Sat, 10 Apr 2021 16:16:20 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5654 SEO. The dreaded acronym. The ‘dark art’ that has the power to help you rank high on Google but that nearly every website owner we know seems to dread. Search Engine Optimisation doesn’t need to be complicated. When broken down into actionable tips and steps and done right, it’s a brilliant strategy to help your […]

The post The Biggest SEO Mistakes You’re Making (And What to Do Instead)  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
SEO.

The dreaded acronym.

The ‘dark art’ that has the power to help you rank high on Google but that nearly every website owner we know seems to dread.

Search Engine Optimisation doesn’t need to be complicated. When broken down into actionable tips and steps and done right, it’s a brilliant strategy to help your ideal customers or clients find you online.

And yet, we see a lot of businesses dip their toes into the murky SEO waters and get things a bit wrong. So here are the 9 biggest SEO mistakes we see people make and how to fix them to make sure you get the results you want.

The Biggest SEO Mistakes You’re Making (And What to Do Instead) 

1. Not doing any keyword research

The first mistake you might not even know you’re making is not doing any keyword research.

That’s right, keyword research is a thing. And it’s definitely a step you don’t want to miss out on.

And if you have, no need to beat yourself up because you’re most definitely not alone. Most business owners do exactly the same because they assume they know exactly what people are searching for online.

And you know what they say about assumptions, don’t you?

For example, if you sell a funky pair of glasses that block blue light to help people fall asleep easier and faster at night, you might be tempted to create a lot of content around ‘blue light exposure’ or ‘blue light glasses’. And that’s great for those customers who already know about your product and its benefits.

But do you know what could also lead to your website? The search term ‘how to sleep better at night’. Because this is something people actually search for. And if you haven’t used it in your website content, you may be missing out on opportunities to be found, to receive an enquiry in your inbox or over the phone, and to make a sale!

And that’s not cool, right?

Plus, if you don’t do your keyword research, you’ll also miss out on loads of extra ideas for content.

So what should you do instead?

Learn how to do some basic keyword research

Keyword research, much like SEO in general, doesn’t need to be complicated. You can keep it super simple and use free tools to start with.

Remember – all you’re trying to do is to work out what your ideal clients actually search for when they go on Google. And once you know what those phrases are, you can create content that answers their questions.

That turns your website into something that’s relevant, useful, and interesting for your readers, but it also gives them more chances of finding your business online.

So how do you go about doing keyword research?

Here are a few tools that can help you:

  • Google. Have you ever paid attention to the ‘People also ask’ and ‘Related searches’ sections on the Google results pages? They’re full of interesting terms that real people type or speak into the search engines.
  • Keywords Everywhere is a free Chrome extension that gives you trend data and search volumes for the keywords you input. It helps you find out if a search term is popular. And if it isn’t, the tool gives you related keywords and ‘People also search for’ suggestions you can use instead.
  • Answer the public gives you visual diagrams full of real questions that people ask when searching for a particular term. It’s really cool – you should try it out if you haven’t already!
  • KWFinder is a paid-for tool that tells you exactly how many times a particular keyword is searched for every month. If your keyword is very competitive (i.e. a lot of content already exists and ranks well for that keyword) your chances of ranking aren’t the greatest. So the trick is to find keywords that lots of people search for but that not many other content creators are already using.

Do give keyword research a go. It will definitely change the way you create content!

2. Focusing on one keyword

Another mistake we see a lot of website owners make is to use the same keyword across various pages or pieces of content on your website. 

Say, for example, that you optimised your Homepage for ‘window repairs Liverpool’. You probably went for that keyword because it’s specific to what you do and it includes your location. Perfect.

But you definitely don’t want to use the exact same keyword for your About page, all your Service pages, and 5 of your blog posts. Right?

Unfortunately, putting all your eggs in one basket and trying to rank for that one keyword won’t solve all your problems. Because chances are your competitors will also try and rank for that exact keyword, so Google will have to look at other factors when deciding which results to display first.

Plus, what happens if that keyword isn’t specific enough? For example, while ‘window repairs Liverpool’ is a term people search for, if someone’s looking to have their car window fixed, your website might not be the right fit for them.

People search for specific solutions to their problems. So, depending on what types of services you offer, if you’re not optimising any of your content for ‘double glazing window repairs’ or ‘door window repairs’, for example, you might be missing out on opportunities.

So what should you do instead?

Optimise your content for a variety of relevant keywords

Mix things up and vary your keywords. If you’ve done your keyword research (see how it’s paying off already?), you’ll now have a range of keywords your ideal customers or clients search for, which means you don’t have to use the same one over and over.

If you’ve already used ‘window repairs Liverpool’, you could go with:

  • UPVC window repairs Liverpool.
  • Sash window repairs Liverpool near me.
  • Window lock repairs Liverpool area.

D’you see where we’re going with this?

These are all real phrases people search into Google, and if they’re relevant to your business, they make great choices for your Service pages or your blog content.

By adding more related and relevant keywords into the mix, you give yourself more chances of being found for the products or services you offer.

The Biggest SEO Mistakes You’re Making (And What to Do Instead) 

3. Not optimising your content  

Do you optimise each piece of content you publish on your website? And by that, we mean all your web pages and all your blog posts?

If you don’t, we’ve got bad news for you.

You’re missing out!

Unfortunately, producing a huge amount of content isn’t enough. It’s a great idea and practice for sure. But you need to follow it through by optimising it all.

Why?

Because Google ranks content by using bots and algorithms, and it won’t know what your content is about unless you give it a little helping hand.

And if Google can’t find your website because you haven’t optimised your content, how do you expect your ideal customers or clients to find your business?

So what should you do instead?

Make sure your content is optimised for search

Let’s be honest. Optimisation will add some time to your content creation efforts (we’d say 20-30 minutes per piece of content).

But it’s worth doing. Because it makes the difference between your parents and best friend being the only ones reading your blog (don’t worry, we’ve all been there!) and your ideal customers finding your business on Google.

So once you’ve strategically picked your keywords (again, can you see why keyword research is so important!) include them in the following:

  • Page or blog title.
  • Meta description.
  • URL for the page or blog post.
  • Sub-headings.
  • Alt-text for the images you added to that piece of content.

This gives Google better chances of understanding exactly what your content is all about and returning it to the search engine result pages. And if you want to know exactly how to do this, check out our blog post – how to optimise your blog posts for search engines.

4. Failing to niche down your content

Another mistake we see a lot of website owners make is to fall into the trap of being too generic. This is the opposite of mistake number 2, where we talked about trying to rank for just one keyword. 

As it turns out, trying to rank for too many keywords (especially if they span over a range of loosely-related topics) isn’t great either.

If you do that, you may not only confuse your audience but also dilute your main product or service. People like to work with specialists and experts. They like to know there’s one or a few core things you sell and are really really good at. 

If you’re a financial advisor specialising in mortgages, you might confuse your audience if you start comparing credit cards or giving generic advice on money-saving.

So what should you do instead?

Choose a niche or topic and go in-depth with it

Instead of focusing on too many topics, choose one topic or a few key ones that relate to your business and go to town on them.

Say, for example, that you want to be known as the local go-to person who helps people with their mortgage. ‘Help with mortgage’ is a broad topic. But when you start breaking it all down and looking at the questions your ideal clients ask, there is a lot of content you could create on this topic.

For instance:

  • How to get help with mortgage payments if you’re temporarily unemployed.
  • Charities that offer help with mortgage payments.
  • Best resources to help with your mortgage when you’ve been made redundant.

And so on.

Once you’ve picked your topic, aim to make it the best resource on the internet for your niche, and you really can’t go wrong.

5. Not having enough website copy

Long-winded web pages full of lines and lines of text are hard and boring to read, right?

True.

But the opposite is also true.

If your core web pages (your Homepage, your About page, and Product or Service pages) don’t have enough content, that could also set you back. Having too little content means your website doesn’t provide a great deal of information to your audience. So will they feel confident enough to get in touch with an enquiry?

Also, not having enough web copy might impact your SEO efforts. Remember when we said that Google doesn’t know what your content is about unless you tell it?

Your website should act as a salesperson for your business – it’s not just the equivalent of a pretty window or a digital business card with hardly any details on it!

So what should you do instead?

Include plenty of relevant information in your content

Your website content should provide value. Its job is to answer your customers’ key questions and help them decide whether they’re ready to go ahead and buy from you.

So, instead of shying away from content, include enough information in the core pages of your website to give your readers what they’re looking for.

Pricing, for example, is one of the main questions your readers might have when browsing your website. Knowing that your product or service is within their budget (or how much it stretches it by) will help them make a decision as to whether get in touch with you or not.

We see a lot of business owners who don’t include their prices. And often that’s because they offer bespoke services and prices vary. But you could always give your ideal clients a ball-park figure. After all, someone who has no idea of how much working with you will cost may be too embarrassed to pick up the phone and ask. And you might lose them as prospective clients.

So don’t be that business! Make sure you always add enough information to your website in order for your ideal clients to make a decision. (And don’t forget to optimise those pages for SEO!) If you’re a service-based business, you can check out exactly what to put on your service page here.

The Biggest SEO Mistakes You’re Making (And What to Do Instead) 

6. Having a slow website 

Here’s one mistake that a lot of people don’t even know they’re making – having a slow website and not doing anything about it.

Why is a slow website even a problem?

Because us internet users expect websites to load quickly. Let’s be honest – we have little patience, and we don’t like waiting around.

But it’s not just that. It’s also a trust issue. If a website takes ages to load, we start thinking there must be something wrong with it or that it must be somehow ‘dodgy’.

And unless you’re a die-hard fan of that brand, what will you do?

Press the back button and go somewhere else.

In other words, if your website is too slow, it may be costing you clients. And to add insult to injury, Google knows if your website isn’t performing too well, which means you have fewer chances of ranking well in the search engine result pages.

So what should you do instead?

Check and improve your page load speed

You can easily check your website’s page load speed with a free tool called GTmetrix.

If you find your website is a little on the slow side, check your plugins. Are there any you no longer need or use? Make sure you deactivate and remove any plugins that aren’t necessary, as having too many will slow your website right down.

Also, don’t forget to compress and optimise all your images by using a tool like TinyPNG.

If you want to find out more about why compressing images is important for SEO, head over to our blog post SEO for Beginners: The Ultimate Guide.

7. Only focusing on on-page-SEO

Have you ever come across the phrases ‘on-page SEO’ or ‘on-site SEO’?

It’s not complicated, promise!

Chances are if you’ve been following our simple SEO advice, you’ve already been doing it. On-page SEO is about optimising your web pages and blog posts to help your website rank higher in search engine results. You do this by including the keyword you want to be found for in your headlines, meta descriptions, URLs, etc., as we already covered under mistake number 3 of this article.

On-page SEO is brilliant!

But there’s another side to the coin, and it’s called ‘off-page SEO’. Following this practice means you strategically spend time and effort to ensure that other reputable websites in your industry and niche link back to your content. Off-page SEO can be extremely helpful and boost your rankings like nothing else.

Because the truth is, there’s only so much you can do on your website alone. Google needs signals from other websites too.

So what should you do instead?

Focus on off-page SEO too

If you want your website to be found online, you need a strategy for ‘off-page SEO’ or ‘off-site SEO’ too.

To encourage other websites to link back to your own website, create helpful content like blog articles, videos, PDFs, reviews, or case studies that others will want to share on social media or link to from their own content.

Often, this isn’t something that ‘just happens’. You’d be very lucky if it does! Having an off-page SEO strategy means you might need to reach out to customers or clients, suppliers or other businesses you work with, and even online authorities or influencers whose audiences could benefit from consuming your content.

Guest posting is another great off-page SEO strategy. Have you got some wisdom to share that a fellow website owner would want to publish on their website? Perhaps you could be a guest on a podcast show? Or have you ever thought about pitching to an online magazine or publication?

There are lots of ways for other websites to link back to yours, which is why we recommend you include off-site SEO in your marketing strategy and come up with a plan to make it happen.

8. Not monitoring your analytics

Another mistake we see website owners make all the time is not monitoring their analytics. If you don’t do this, it means you don’t have a clear idea of what your audience is interested in.

And when you don’t know what content performs well on your website, you might end up creating more of the content that no one wants to read (sorry!). And surely you don’t want to spend time or money sharing something that your clients aren’t interested in, right? That’s a total waste!

Plus, the flip side is also true. If you don’t know what type of content on your website attracts your readers, you might actually miss opportunities to create more of that.

In short, not checking your analytics can really hinder your content strategy. Because unless you know what needs improving, you’ll never be able to do things differently.

So what should you do instead?

Check your analytics and act on the information

All the data you need is right there at your fingertips! All you have to do is check it instead of taking a stab in the dark when it comes to your content creation efforts.

By installing Google Analytics or the Google Search Console on your website you can get in the habit of analysing your website traffic. Check who visits your website, how they found you, what content they tend to consume the most, and how they behave when they’re on your site.

Once you have all this information, you can make better decisions around what content to create next and give yourself better chances of ranking higher in the search engine result pages.

9. Putting your head in the sand 

Completely ignoring SEO is easily done. We know a lot of business owners who’d rather do just that. Because SEO seems extremely technical and complicated to understand or too expensive to outsource. (But it really isn’t!)

You may have also heard on the grapevine (from social media, colleagues, or business associates, etc.) that SEO is dead.

It isn’t.

SEO practices have definitely changed over the last decade. Tactics that used to work 10-15 years ago don’t work anymore. And that’s simply because there’s so much more competition online and because Google keeps us online business owners on our toes by continuously refining and improving its algorithms.

SEO is definitely not dead. In fact, it’s vital for your business.

If you want to be found online, you need to stop putting your head in the sand and pay SEO the attention it deserves. Because ignoring SEO would be the equivalent of setting up a physical shop in the middle of nowhere. How do you expect your ideal customers to find your business if you don’t tell them you’re there?

So what should you do instead?

Buy our SEO Starter Pack 

Our SEO Starter Pack includes a video library that walks you through what you need to know about SEO step-by-step, with planners, checklists, and loads of other bonuses.

So here’s what you can expect when you buy the SEO Starter Pack:

  • It includes everything you need to know about getting started with SEO in one place. No more scouring the internet and getting confused by conflicting information!
  • It contains easy-to-follow, short lessons aimed at non-techies. We won’t bore you death with one long lesson or bamboozle you with technical jargon. That’s just not us at all!
  • The pack teaches you the key parts of SEO – the ones with the biggest impact on your business to help you drive more traffic to your website.

The SEO Starter Pack is now available for $97.00+VAT. You can order it here and access everything right away. So what are you waiting for? Are you ready to use SEO to make a difference in your business?

The Biggest SEO Mistakes You’re Making (And What to Do Instead) 

The post The Biggest SEO Mistakes You’re Making (And What to Do Instead)  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/biggest-seo-mistakes/feed/ 0
DIY SEO vs Hiring an SEO Agency: Which One is Best? https://jammydigital.com/diy-seo-vs-agency/ https://jammydigital.com/diy-seo-vs-agency/#respond Thu, 08 Apr 2021 15:20:38 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5645 People used to view search engine optimisation as a ‘dark art’. Something mysterious. Completely technical. And totally unattainable for the average business owner to wrap their heads around. Luckily, this view has changed. And we’ve noticed more business owners ask themselves the question: should I do SEO myself or hire a company to do it? […]

The post DIY SEO vs Hiring an SEO Agency: Which One is Best? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
People used to view search engine optimisation as a ‘dark art’.

Something mysterious. Completely technical. And totally unattainable for the average business owner to wrap their heads around.

Luckily, this view has changed. And we’ve noticed more business owners ask themselves the question: should I do SEO myself or hire a company to do it?

To answer this important question for you, we’ve created this blog post.

But First Things’ First: What Does SEO Actually Mean?

SEO is the process of making changes or additions to your website to help you rank highly in search engines results.

If you rank highly for a particular keyword (a word or phrase that someone types into Google), this will give you more organic traffic to your website. And the best part is, you don’t have to pay for that traffic (win).

Ideally, you’ll want to rank on the first page of search results. When was the last time you clicked on page two of Google’s search results? Not very often, right? So the first page is vital. Ideally, you’ll want to be in the top three results on the first page.

What Does SEO Involve?

Whether your DIYing or hiring an agency/freelancer to do it for you, SEO typically involves the following:

1. Keyword Research

Keyword research is where you research what words or phrases people enter into Google around your products/services/general topics of interest. And this research informs your ‘keywords’.

Keyword research is the foundation of your SEO strategy. Without this research, you won’t know what keywords to optimise your website and content for. A lot of business owners guess what people are searching for in Google. But this is a HUGE mistake.

2. On-Page SEO

This is where you optimise your website pages and blog posts for your keywords (this is why the research part is so important!)

It will help you write your website copy. And you’ll have to do what we like to call Website admin tasks, such as optimising your title tags or images. On-page SEO can sound technical but is pretty easy to understand.

3. Creating Content

This is where you can (typically) create blog content that gets in front of what people are searching for on Google.
For example, if someone types into Google ‘How much does a website cost?’, you can write and optimise an article on your website that covers that topic. Yes, that’s a very basic explanation! And there is a lot to it, but it gives you a basic idea.

4. Off-Page SEO

This is everything that takes place off your website, such as backlinks to your website from another website, social media marketing, guest blogging or podcasting etc.

All this good stuff proves to Google that you are trustworthy and an authority in your space. And therefore increases your chances of ranking in search results.

5. Technical SEO

This is improving the technical aspects of your website to increase your search rankings.

It can be things like increasing your website load speed or making your website mobile-friendly.

Is it possible to do SEO yourself?

In short, yes.

Most things are possible to do yourself. SEO is not nuclear physics. But equally, just because you can do something yourself doesn’t mean you should.

We could do our own accounts, but we choose to outsource it because we hate it with a passion. But we do our own email marketing because, well, we like it and we’ve learnt a lot about it.


DIY SEO vs Hiring an SEO Agency: Which One is Best?


A hybrid of DIY and Outsourcing SEO is Also Possible.

You can also do a hybrid of the two. Some people we know have great success by producing regular, well-optimised content. And they prefer to outsource link building (off-site SEO) and anything technical like speeding up their website and making it mobile-friendly.

Deciding on whether to outsource your SEO or DIY will depend on many factors. We’re going to go through these below.

We’re going to compare DIY SEO vs Hiring an Agency for the following factors…

  1. How much it costs
  2. How long it takes to do
  3. The guarantees of results
  4. How long it takes to get results
  5. How to track your progress

1. How Much it Costs for SEO

The big question! We’re going to go through how much SEO will cost you if you do it yourself (because there’s always a cost attached) and if you hire a specialist or agency.

How Much Does It Cost When You Do It Yourself?

It’s obvious that a DIY SEO option will work out A LOT cheaper than outsourcing your SEO. You could do it for free, but if you’re doing it yourself, it would be advisable to invest in some tools to help you.

You should firstly use the following tools to help you with your SEO…

Google Analytics – a must and it’s free! It helps you track your website traffic, see what pages your readers visit and where they’ve come from (such as Google or Facebook or organically putting in your web address).
Google Search Console – this is also free (so far, so good, eh?) and it will help you see who is linking to your website. As well as which queries your website is appearing in the search results for.

Both Google Analytics and Google Search Console are tools that will help you track how well your SEO is doing.

It’s also worth noting that you should have these set up anyway. And you should definitely have them set up if you’re outsourcing to an SEO agency/freelancer. That way, you can track how well they’re doing.

Free SEO Tools – The Hoth

An integral part of SEO is ‘keyword research,’ i.e. finding out precisely what words and phrases people put into Google around your products/services/industry. Keyword research informs your website copy and content.

To see what keywords you’re currently ranked for, you can use this extremely helpful free tool from The Hoth. Just pop in your website address, and away you go!

This tool will allow you to see where you’re ranked currently. And it will also show you if there are any further opportunities for rankings. For example, you may find you’re ranked on page two for a certain keyword. And with a bit of work, you could easily get that up to page one!


Screenshot of Jammy Digital Search Engine Rankings Results


Paid SEO Keyword Research Tools – Keywords Everywhere (from $10)

Keywords Everywhere shows you what related keywords people are searching for in reference to your keyword. You can see with the example below what we mean. We typed in ‘plumber Manchester’ into Google, and this ins the information it gave us.

It also tells you how competitive each keyword is (allowing you to see which keywords might be easier to rank for) and the historical search volume.

It works on credits so (no monthly fee) and is one of our favourites to recommend to small business owners.

If you want to learn more about keyword research tools, you can check out our article on how to check your keyword rankings.


A screenshot showing the 'Keywords Everywhere' tool


Powerful SEO Platforms/Tools

You can also invest in powerful SEO tools and platforms that allow you to do a lot more than just keyword research. Here are the two that we have used…

SEM Rush – (From $119.95 per month)

SEM Rush is a powerful SEO tool (amongst other things). It will show you what people are searching for on Google. And it will also let you check out your competitors’ rankings, analyse your backlinks, give you a technical audit and track your daily SEO rankings.

We personally use SEM Rush (for ourselves and our clients). Below is an example of their ‘magic keyword tool’ which allows you to search for related keywords to your particular topic.


A screenshot of SEM Rush


Ahrefs – (From $99 per month)

Ahrefs is a powerful SEO tool. And they also stand behind the idea that you don’t have to be an SEO pro to rank highly on search engines!

They allow you to look at your competitors’ rankings, find the right keywords, perform website audits and research content ideas.

These tools seem pretty steep, guys!

We get it. These tools seem pretty steep, right?

But you don’t have to continuously pay the monthly fee!

You can use the SEO tools to do keyword research, find content ideas and see where you’re ranked currently. Then you can cancel them when you’re finished. In fact, Lyndsay was on a training session with the CMO of Ahrefs, Tim Soulo, who said you can even use the 7-day trial (which costs $7) to do a lot of the work for you!

Remember, you can always cancel. Even after one month or two or three. But, they are helpful at the beginning to help you with SEO.

Learning SEO – The Costs

You can find SEO courses on Udemy for as little as £12.99. You can also invest in a much more in-depth course, for example from Click Minded which costs $997. We also offer an SEO Starter Pack that is aimed at non-techies and the price will be $97.00 (currently available for pre-order).

What is the Approximate cost of DIY SEO?

Total – $10 per month – $120 per month (depending on how much you invest in SEO tools.)

How Much Does SEO Cost When You Hire an Agency or Freelancer?

The cost of SEO can vary drastically – from $99 per month to thousands per month.

Can You Get Results By Paying $99 per month for SEO?

But let’s start with the ultra-cheap SEO. By ultra-cheap, we mean companies that promise you first page rankings for just $99 per month. We’re not saying it’s not possible, but we’d question this cost considering the amount of work that needs to go into SEO.

As we said at the beginning of this blog post, SEO encompasses five key elements. If a company is claiming that they can get you to the first page of Google without you having to do any work yourself (such as write content), then this would set off alarm bells for us.

So, ignoring the cheap SEO companies (of which there are thousands!), let’s look at what more established and trustworthy SEO companies would charge.

What Would a Professional Agency or Freelancer Charge for SEO?

It’s easiest to break this down into two categories:

Local SEO Costs 

Local SEO is ranking for ‘local’ search terms. Let’s say you’re a beauty salon and you have local clientele. There would be no point going after search terms like ‘beauty salon’ because that’s just too competitive. It’s far better to focus locally (as that’s what your target audience will be searching for) with terms like ‘hairdresser, Manchester’ for example.

Typically, you would look to pay between £300-£1000 per month for local SEO.

This would depend on how competitive your keywords are, and therefore how much work a company would need to do to get you to the first page of Google.

A local plumber, for example, might find it easier to get to page one of Google, than say a hotel. Hotels often have to compete with larger companies like booking.com for their local keywords.

National SEO Costs 

National or international SEO is where you want to target keywords either without a geographical focus. They are (usually) more competitive, but they can bring you a lot of website traffic. If you sold luxury chocolates online, for example, you might want to rank for ‘luxury chocolate’ or ‘luxury chocolate gifts’.

You could look to pay anything between £500-£2000+ per month for national SEO.

We realise that there’s a huge differentiation in cost!

A lot of this will come down to content. Content marketing (such as blogging) should play a key role in your SEO strategy. It’s challenging to rank on search engines without it.

Some companies will work with you and support you while you produce content. Others can create the content for you. And choosing the latter is more expensive.

It will also depend on how competitive your keywords are and what precisely you want to rank for on search engines. However, any SEO company you hire should do keyword research to uncover what keywords to target.

E-commerce SEO Costs

Ecommerce is a different ball game entirely. Getting your product pages ranked on Google is usually way more competitive (but way more rewarding financially!)

The costs for e-commerce SEO would usually start at £2000+ per month.

What is the Approximate cost of hiring an SEO specialist or agency?

Approximate cost to hire an SEO agency or freelancer? £300-£2000 per month. Depending on exactly what you need!

Agency Vs DIY SEO – How Does it Work Out?

DIY SEO – approximately $10-$120 per month
Hiring An Agency – approximately £300 – £2000+ per month


DIY SEO vs Hiring an SEO Agency: Which One is Best?


2. How Long Does It Take To Do SEO?

Time is money, right? And if you’re spending 8 hours a day wrapping your head around SEO, that’s not a good use of your time. You didn’t go into business to do all that SEO stuff!

So how much time does it take to ‘do SEO?’ And how much time would it take if you hired an SEO agency? Because even if you outsource your SEO, you’ll still have to spend some time on it.

How Much Time Does It Take to Do it Yourself?

This depends on your skillset. If you’re approaching this whole thing like ‘Wow, what’s this internet thing I’ve heard all the cool kids talk about?’ Then yes, it’s going to take a little while to get your head around everything!

However, if you can create blog posts or edit the text and images on your web pages, then you have the skills to do SEO without it being a big learning curve.

Learning About SEO – How Long Does It Take?

Firstly, you’ll need to learn about SEO. This is where you’ll need to spend a bit of time upfront in your learning.

You’ll want to start with keyword research as this forms the foundation of your SEO, and you’ll need to invest in a keyword tool (like we spoke about in the first point). It should take you a few hours to get a grasp of basic keyword research (again, it’s not rocket science). And this investment of your time is well worth it.

Once you’ve done your keyword research, you will need to learn how to optimise your blog posts and website pages.

Again, this is not rocket science! If you can create blog posts and edit website pages on your website, you can easily do optimise your web pages and posts.

The amount of time it would take to learn to do keyword research and on-page SEO is around 2-6 hours.

How Long Does it Take to Produce Search Engine Optimised Blog Posts?

Then there are things you’ll need to do regularly to rank on search engines.

You’ll need to take what you’ve already learnt about SEO (keyword research and optimising pages) and apply this to creating content and web pages.

Content writing, typically blogging, is something you’ll need to do regularly. Writing a blog post could take you anywhere between 3-8 hours. And on top of that, you’ll need to do keyword research and optimise your blog posts (which adds on approximately 30 minutes).

So How Long Does SEO Take to Do Yourself?

A big chunk of SEO will take you approximately 2-6 hours to learn.
And then let’s say you want to create a blog post every week? This will take you approximately 4-8 hours.

What About Technical SEO – How Long Does This Take To Do Yourself?

Technical SEO covers things like site speed, making your site is mobile-friendly, making your site secure, ensuring there’s no duplicate content or dead links etc.

If your website has technical issues that prevent or limit it from getting ranked in search engines, it’s much easier to hire a website developer to help you.

Otherwise, you might find yourself spending a long time trying to fix issues!

The best thing to do is use a tool like SEM Rush or Ahrefs and produce a website audit. This will tell you if you have any problems on your website that prevent it from ranking. You can then give this to your website developer to fix.

The cost will depend on the number of problems and how much time it will take to fix them.

How Much Time Will You Have to Spend on SEO if You Hire An Agency?

You’d think that hiring an SEO agency or freelancer would mean you have to spend very little time on SEO. But that isn’t always the case.

SEO is often a partnership between the agency and the client. And you may find yourself having to do certain tasks to increase your rankings.

We work this way with our SEO/Content transformation programme. We work with our clients to get them the best results. But both us and the client have to do the work.

Do You Still Have to Produce Content When You Work With an SEO Agency?

Content should play a huge part in your SEO strategy. And we’d be wary of any agency that tells you you can rank in search engines without content.

SEO agencies would usually recommend what types of content you should create i.e. give you ideas for topics or even blog post titles. Alternatively, they can produce the content themselves.

The problem is, which option do you choose? Do you write your own content with the guidance and support of an SEO agency? Or do you get an agency to create the content for you?

That really depends on how much you want to pay and how much time you have available.

If you’re committed to creating one piece of content per week, this may take you around 4-8 hours (ish!). An SEO agency may then optimise this content for you – improving it for users and search engines.

Or you could hire an SEO agency to do it for you. This may increase your monthly cost by £500-£1500 per month – depending on the package you choose.

Agency Vs DIY SEO – How Does Long Does it Take?

DIY SEO – 2-6 hours learning keyword research and how to optimise posts/pages
4-8 hours per week creating content.

SEO Agency –  4-8 hours per week creating content or…
0 hours per week if you hire someone to create the content for you.

3. What Are the Guarantees?

So you’re either going to spend quite a bit of time or money or both on SEO. What are the guarantees? Is it possible to guarantee rankings? And if so, is it better to do it yourself or hire an SEO agency?

We’ll start with this optimistic statement, shall we?

You cannot guarantee first page rankings on search engines.

Why? Because we don’t own Google (it would be pretty nice if we did!)

So no one can guarantee you a first-page ranking. Or any ranking, for that matter.

But which option (DIY or hiring an agency) gives you more of a chance of ranking in Google?

What Are the Chances of Having SEO Success if You Do It Yourself?

You may think that it would be difficult to see success from doing SEO yourself.

But we have members in our membership community who have achieved first page rankings (for some highly-trafficked keywords) just by producing consistent, well-optimised content.

Many people in many different industries manage to get a lot of traffic to their website organically from search engines.

The main way people do this is by producing content regularly. But not just ‘any old content’. They produce the best piece of content they can on the particular topic they are talking about.

And that’s how you should treat your content creation – you should aim to produce the best piece of content you can on the topic.

Take this blog post. It’s over 4000 words. And we looked at other similar articles in this space. We wanted to do better and give more. Unfortunately for us, our competitors know what they’re doing – what with being SEO experts! Damn!

The biggest thing that holds people back from ranking on Google is not the technical stuff; it’s producing regular, beneficial content that answers people’s questions thoroughly.

What Are the Chances of Having Success When You Outsource Your SEO?

If you hire a good SEO company, who ethically approach SEO, you should see good results.

Especially if the SEO company you work with prioritises content and works with you to create an SEO-friendly content strategy.

We know of quite a few SEO experts who get incredible results for their clients. They never make promises or guarantees for their clients (because they don’t own the search engines), but their knowledge and expertise means they deliver impressive results.

SEO Agencies that Offer a Guarantee: Can You Trust Them?

There are companies that guarantee first page rankings (but many don’t say for what keywords). We always find this strange as you can’t guarantee any results when you don’t own something. It’s best to look at other factors about the company before you hire them, and not trust the guarantee.

If you’re going to hire an agency or freelancer, ask for previous results and case studies.

Also, make a note of how ‘frank or upfront’ they are. We’ve found the best SEO agencies are realistic. They explain that there are no guarantees. They emphasise the importance of content. And, most importantly, they ‘do what they preach’. They rank on search engines themselves, and they produce regular, helpful content.

Agency Vs DIY SEO – What Are the Guarantees?

DIY SEO – In short, there are no guarantees when it comes to SEO! However, if you do it right you will increase your chances of ranking.
SEO Agency – Some SEO companies offer a guarantee – where they say they will get you to the first page of Google, and if they don’t, they’ll continue to work on it for free until they do. But, we’ve found that most reputable agencies or specialists don’t offer this kind of guarantee to their clients as they understand they cannot make promises on behalf of a search engine they do not own.

4. How Long Does it Take to Get Results?

SEO is a long-term marketing strategy. But if you do it right, it can pay dividends for years. We have articles that still rank on the top spot of Google from 2017. And these articles still deliver us leads!

But, ya know, it would be nice if we didn’t have to wait such a long time, right?

So how long does it take to get results? And is there a difference between doing it yourself or hiring an agency?

How Long Does it Take to Get Results When You Do SEO Yourself?

If you:

  • Do your keyword research
  • Optimise your content (and any web pages)
  • Produce regular, original content

Providing there’s nothing technically wrong with your website, there’s no reason you shouldn’t see results in less than three months. The more great content you produce, the faster your results.

This is exactly what we did in 2017. We didn’t do anything whizzy or magical. We just followed those three steps above.

We’ve seen the same for our members too. We run a 90-day content marketing challenge. And during the 90 days, they’ve managed to get some fantastic results from producing regular, well-optimised content.

But, if you don’t do it right. If you don’t produce content or produce only poor content (that’s all about you and not about the problems you solve), it’ll take a long time to see results.

How Long Will It Take to See Some Results (i.e. an increase in Website Traffic)

If you do it right, it could be as quick as three months. The amount of traffic increase will depend on how much great content you produce.

We will say this, you can rank extremely quickly on Google. And this happens all the time. Your blog posts can be ranked in a day. We recently published an article about the best web designers in the world which was ranked in less than 24 hours. It’s certainly possible!

If you don’t invest in content marketing, don’t create the right content or have technical issues with your website, you will struggle to see results.


DIY SEO vs Hiring an SEO Agency: Which One is Best?


How Long Does It Take To See Results From an SEO Agency?

You would typically invest in an SEO agency for six months initially. And in that time, you should expect results.

In that time, an SEO agency are likely to:

  • Do a technical audit of your website and either fix any ongoing issues or advise you of them for your web developer to fix
  • Do keyword research to understand what your audience is searching for
  • Continuously look for opportunities for rankings
  • Either create content for you or support you in content creation
  • Build backlinks to your website

With the guidance of an SEO professional, you should see excellent results in that time. And if you follow their advice and do any work required, you should expect to hit the goals set out at the start of the project.

Agency Vs DIY SEO – How Long Does It Take To See Results

DIY SEO – If you do it yourself and do it right, then you could see results within three months.
And again, if you do it yourself and do it wrong, then you may never see results!

Hiring an SEO Agency – If you hire the right agency, you should hit your SEO goals outlined at the start of the project. And you won’t waste time producing the wrong type of content. You may see that you get better results than if you DIY it as you’ll have a company optimising your content as you go and continuously tweaking things.

5. How Do You Track Your Progress?

A big part of SEO is tracking your progress – seeing what works and what doesn’t work. And spotting opportunities where you can rank. For example, you might discover that you have an article ranked on page two of Google, and with a bit of work, you can get that article to page one.

Tracking Your Progress Yourself

To track your progress yourself, you’re going to have to use the tools we talked about in point one, such as Google Analytics and Google Search Console. And maybe a paid tool such as SEMRush or Ahrefs.

You’ll want to keep an eye on:

  • Your website traffic (ideally, you want to see this going up!)
  • Your rankings generally (you’ll want to see your rankings for keywords increase)
  • Where you’re ranked for specific keywords (i.e. page 1/2/3 etc)
  • Where your traffic is coming from

It’s good to do this process at least every month (if not more!)

How Does An SEO Agency Track Your Progress?

An SEO agency or specialist should give you a report every month which tells you how well you’re performing.

If an SEO agency is creating content themselves, they’ll spot opportunities and create content around them. If not, they should advise you on what content you should create regularly.

Tracking Your Progress DIY vs SEO Agency

DIY – You’ll have to do this yourself and learn to understand the tools and software. Luckily, there are plenty of helpful training videos on Google analytics or search console. And if you invest in a paid tool like SEMRush or Ahrefs, you can follow along with tutorials.

SEO Agency – It’s much easier to track your progress with an agency as they’ll provide you with a report or overview of how well you are doing.

Which One Should You Choose DIY vs SEO Agency?

We hate to be THOSE GUYS. But it depends.

However, we would say this. It’s highly advantageous if you know SEO basics, even if you plan on outsourcing it.

And this is the same for anything. We outsource our accounts and bookkeeping (because we hate it), but that doesn’t mean we don’t know what our profit is every month. Or what comes out of our account. It doesn’t mean we don’t understand the basics of running a business and finances.

After you have this understanding, it’s simply a case of time vs money.

Where Are You Now?

1. Zero Time + Lots of Money
If you have zero time and a lot of money, hiring an SEO agency that produces good content for you (or at least recommends good content writers) is the best way to go.

But this could cost up to £2000+ per month. Or more depending on how much content you need.

2. A Bit of Money, A Bit of Time

If you fancy doing some bits yourself. We recommend you focus on content and work with an SEO agency to help support you with keyword research, optimising your content, technical help and supporting you with building backlinks and PR.

This will save you money as you won’t have to spend out on writing content. But it will also save you time on the more technical aspects of SEO.

3. You Have Time to Learn SEO and Create Content (But You Don’t Want to Invest Loads) 

If you don’t have that much to invest, do not worry!

If you have time to learn SEO and time to create content then you will see results.

Yes, it’s a time commitment. But if you do it right, it will pay dividends for a long time. We have thousands of website visitors every month that find us from blog posts we published in 2017.

SEO is one of the best long-term strategies for getting more leads and sales from your website.

It helps your website act as an unpaid salesperson for your business, continuously delivering you leads and sales.

The Content Isn’t Just For Your Blog!

When you create regular content, it’s not just for your blog. You can transform that blog content into social media posts (we’ll probably get 10 Linkedin posts and 10 Facebook posts out of this very article!)

When you have a ‘website first’ mentality, you can create content for your website, get more website traffic and then use that content across your social media channels and email marketing. It’s actually the most time-effective way of creating content.

So what are you waiting for?

Don’t forget, you can learn all the good stuff about SEO in our SEO starter pack.


DIY SEO vs Hiring an SEO Agency: Which One is Best?


Here are the benefits of the SEO Starter Pack:

1. Everything you need to know about getting started with SEO is in one place – no more scouring the internet and getting confused by conflicting info.

2. It includes easy-to-follow, short lessons aimed at non-techies – no one big boring video that’s hard to follow. And no getting confused by silly SEO jargon!

3. It’ll teach you the key parts of SEO that have the biggest impact – this pack will not teach you all there is to know about SEO because, quite frankly, you have better things to do. But it will teach you the things that will make the biggest impact on your business and deliver more traffic to your website.

4. It’s not boring – okay, it’s SEO. It’s not the hottest Netflix TV show. BUT, we don’t make it boring! It’s easy to understand and includes bite-sized videos that aren’t too overwhelming.

The post DIY SEO vs Hiring an SEO Agency: Which One is Best? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/diy-seo-vs-agency/feed/ 0
SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide https://jammydigital.com/seo-tips-beginners/ https://jammydigital.com/seo-tips-beginners/#respond Fri, 26 Mar 2021 12:00:05 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5618 Are you a website owner who feels like running for the hills every time you hear SEO being mentioned? Does the term ‘Search Engine Optimisation‘ make you break out in a sweat? Well, we’ve got good news for you. We can help. SEO doesn’t need to be scary or confusing. When broken down into meaningful […]

The post SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Are you a website owner who feels like running for the hills every time you hear SEO being mentioned?

Does the term ‘Search Engine Optimisation‘ make you break out in a sweat?

Well, we’ve got good news for you.

We can help.

SEO doesn’t need to be scary or confusing. When broken down into meaningful chunks of information and explained in plain English, SEO can be easy and accessible.

That’s how we like to see it anyway. This is why we’ve created this SEO Tips for Beginners Guide to help you optimise your own website for search.

So if you’re just getting started with SEO and don’t have loads of technical knowledge, this beginners’ guide to SEO is perfect for you. We’ve kept things simple and avoided including over-technical points that might just overwhelm you and make you want to scream. We’re nice like that.

The article is broken down into easy-to-consume sections to help you get going with optimising your website. We recommend you focus on each aspect at a time before moving on to the next, and we promise it’ll be easy enough. And worth it!

We’ve split this blog post into a few handy sections for you:

  1. Tracking your website traffic.
  2. Basic keyword research.
  3. Main SEO considerations for your website
  4. Technical SEO (don’t worry – technical doesn’t mean complicated! Not in our book anyway!)
  5. Website pages.
  6. Blog articles.
  7. Website images.

So, are you ready to go?


SEO Quiz Link


1. Tracking your website traffic

How do you know if you’re doing well if you have no idea where you are right now?

Before you get going with your website SEO, you need to figure out what your starting point is. Let’s call this tracking your website traffic. And all it is is a way of monitoring the number of visitors to your website.

Why does it matter?

Because it helps you understand your existing and prospective customers and how they interact with your website. For example, what pages or blog posts are the most read on your website? Where do your visitors spend most of their time when on your website?

This is invaluable information for you because it tells you what works and what doesn’t. And once you know this, you can do more of what serves you well and tweak and change what doesn’t.

So, before you start your SEO efforts, track your traffic. Create some sort of starting point view or baseline that you can refer back to once you’ve gone through each of the sections in this beginners’ guide to SEO. By measuring your traffic before you get started and then after implementing the strategies in this blog post, you’ll be able to measure how effective your efforts have been.

So how do you measure your website traffic?

Google Analytics

Google Analytics is a fantastic free web analytics tool that helps you analyse your website traffic. It lets you see who visits your website, how they found you, what content they tend to consume the most, and how they behave when they’re on your site.

Pretty handy, right?

Without getting too technical, let’s just say that the tool works by placing several lines of tracking code into your website. But there’s some good news here.

You don’t need to worry about any of that!

Once you create an account and link it to your website, you’ll be able to access easy-to-read reports that will give you great insight into how your users interact with your website.

If you want to find out more about the tool, Google has a great free course on how to get started with Google Analytics.

Google Search Console

Another similar tool is Google Search Console. It’s a free service that gives you access to information about your website performance and your users.

Compared to Google Analytics, Google Search Console gives you more internal information. For example, things like who is linking to your website, or which queries your website is appearing in the search results for. It also flags any problems with your website that might be holding you back from ranking better.

Signing up is free and easy, and you can read more information on getting started with the Google Search Console here.

Google page speed

Google page speed is another great tool to help you check how quickly your website loads, or your website load time.

This is an important metric when it comes to SEO – the quicker your website loads, the better. The recommendation is a page load time of under 2 seconds, but the faster the better.

Why does it matter?

Because as you know by being one yourself, internet users have little patience. And if a page takes around 3 or more seconds to load, chances are your visitors may start doubting the trustworthiness of your website.

And when they lose trust, they click the back button and go looking for something else.

You can easily test your page speed with a free tool called GTmetrix. It gives you a performance report for your website and highlights any issues you might have, so you know what to look into and improve.

If you want to know more about checking your rankings, you can always check out our blog post – 5 ways to check your search rankings. 

So now that you have a baseline and know exactly where you stand, it’s time to pull your sleeves up and get your teeth into the first meaty bit of SEO for beginners – keyword research.

2. Basic keyword research

Okay, we’ll admit this doesn’t sound very exciting. But actually, it’s not as bad as you think!

So what is keyword research, and why does it matter?

Keyword research is the process by which you look for terms and phrases that people search for on the internet. This exercise is an important step for SEO because once you have those terms and phrases at hand, you can strategically include them in your content.

In other words, this exercise allows you to create content around topics that interest your ideal clients. If you sell holiday packages to Iceland, you wouldn’t dream of writing about ‘how to fill in your tax return’, would you?

Hopefully not. Because that wouldn’t help your business at all.

But keyword research would tell you that people actually look for terms such as:

  • Iceland holidays 2021.
  • Iceland holidays Northern lights.
  • Cheap holidays to Iceland.
  • Best Iceland package deals.

You get the gist.

Once you know exactly what terms and phrases people search for, you can produce content around these topics and increase your chances of ranking higher in the search engine results.

Notice that although this process is called keyword research, I talked about terms and phrases. This is because when we run a search on Google we don’t just look for the word ‘Iceland’. That wouldn’t give us what we want at all! The term is too broad and generic, and the results would be useless.

Instead, we type or ask actual questions. These chunks of words are known as longtail keywords, and they help us narrow down our search results.

So how can you use this to your advantage? Where do you find the longtail keywords to include in your website content?

Here are a few tools that might come in handy…

Keywords Everywhere

Keywords Everywhere is a free Chrome extension that helps you with keyword research, and it’s a great tool to start with. Once you install it, it shows you:

  • Trend data and search volumes for that keyword.
  • Related keywords to the search term you selected.
  • ‘People also search for’ suggestions.

A paid-for version is also available if you want more information on monthly searches and competitor analysis, for example. But if you’re just getting started with SEO and want to keep things simple, the free version will do the trick for you.

Answer the public

Answer the public is another awesome keyword tool that helps you visualise search questions through an image called search cloud. Simply enter your topic, and the tool produces a visual diagram full of real questions that people have asked when searching for that term.

Once you decide on a topic for a blog post, for example, you can use the information from the search cloud to decide what to cover in each individual sub-sections. It’s free, easy to use, and a fantastic way to keep things super simple when it comes to SEO. Answer the public is free with an option to upgrade for businesses who need to run multiple keyword searches per month.

KWFinder

KWFinder is a paid-for tool that allows you to find the best longtail keywords to include in your content.

You can even see how competitive and profitable keywords are. What you want is to find keywords that lots of people search for but that not many other content creators are already using.

More competition means fewer chances for you to be found online. But if you do your homework and pick keywords that aren’t overused but still searched for on a regular basis, then you’re winning.

KWFinder offers affordable plans depending on the number of keyword searches per month you need and also has a FREE 10-day trial.


SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide


3. Optimising your website for SEO

Okay, so you’ve got your keywords. Now how do you go about optimising your website? Whether you’re planning or re-designing your website, here are 3 activities I’d recommend:

  • Plan your website structure.
  • Focus on niche topics.
  • Limit the content on your Homepage.

So what does it all mean?

Plan your site structure

Have you thought about the way you plan to organise information on your website? For example, what will your users see from the main menu? Will you have sub-pages dropping down from under your main pages?

Making sure that your overall site structure is user-friendly and easy to navigate is important.

Why?

First of all, it tells your readers how and where to find information. But it also tells Google where your most important content is. Because Google isn’t a person – it crawls websites through bots, following links between various pieces of content. This is how it determines the relationship between different elements of your website.

So the way you structure your content (in pages and blog posts) can influence which content will rank highest in the search engines. If you don’t plan this through, your visitors might struggle to find what they’re looking for and leave your website too soon for your liking. This indirectly tells Google that your website isn’t user-friendly, and you don’t want that!

I recommend you take some time to plan it all out. And if you need more information on how to organise your site structure, check out our article: The Ultimate Guide to a Perfect Website.

Focus on niche topics

And no, this doesn’t mean you have to write about obscure topics no one knows anything about! Phew!

It’s quite the opposite, actually.

You want to write content that people search for.

So when researching keywords and planning content for your web pages or blog posts, narrow your topics down. Instead of being broad and generic, be specific and niche.

So in the example of our Iceland holiday provider, if you cater for family holidays, you might want to create content around:

  • ‘Best family hotels in Iceland’.
  • ‘How to make the most of Iceland with kids’.
  • ‘Self-drive itineraries for Iceland with kids’.

People want specific answers to specific questions. And when you create specific content, you’re helping your ideal clients understand exactly what you do and how you help. This puts you in a better position to capture all those specific searches with longtail keywords.

Limit content on your Homepage

Writing content for your Homepage is a big job. And one that a lot of website owners get a bit wrong.

Why?

Because they tend to cram way too much information onto it. And that’s not what your Homepage needs to do for you.

Your Homepage isn’t the place to tell your visitors everything there is to know about you and your products or services.

Instead, think of it as the reception area of your website. Its job is to direct users where they need to go, quickly and efficiently. So don’t overload it. And don’t overwhelm your visitors with content.

You should then have dedicated pages set up for your products and services. And if you’re a service-based business – a page for each service where you go into detail.

If you want more tips on what to include in your Homepage, head over to our blog post: What You Should Put on Your Homepage to Increase Conversion.

4. Technical SEO tips for optimising your website

Although I promised this beginners’ guide to SEO didn’t need to be technical or complicated, there are a few key technical considerations that impact SEO.

And the ones I’d like to talk you through are:

  • Improve your page speed.
  • Ensure your website is responsive.
  • Install an SSL certificate.

Improve your page speed

Did you know that your page speed affects your SEO efforts too?

But first thing first, what even is that?

Page speed is a measurement of how fast the content on your website takes to load. So when someone lands on your website, how long does it take for the information to appear on their screen?

You probably guessed that you want that number to be as small as possible. If the page takes too long to load, your visitors might hit the back button and leave. You don’t want that.

Plus, if your website is slow, you have less chance of ranking well in the search results.

So what can you do to improve your page speed?

  • Only use plugins that are absolutely necessary. Too many plugins will slow your website down.
  • Compress and optimise your images (more on that later).
  • Keep redirects to a minimum. Every time you redirect your users to another page, you add to the overall waiting time.

Ensure your website is responsive

Does your website look good on mobile and tablet?

With more and more users accessing content on their smartphones or tablets, your website needs to look good no matter what device your visitors are using. And that’s exactly what a responsive website is. One where the layout is easy for your visitors to read and navigate.

This gives your readers a better user experience, and when someone finds your website easy and enjoyable to be on, naturally, they’ll want to spend more time on it. And without getting into too many details, that’s a great indicator for Google too.

So if you want to boost your chances of ranking well in the search results, think about design and user experience too.

Install an SSL certificate

Before you run for the hills at the use of yet another acronym, let us explain.

SSL stands for Secure Sockets Layer. But you don’t need to get bogged down into all that.

All you need to know is that SSL protects your website data. It turns your website into a secure environment – for you and for your prospective clients. Because without one, there’s a risk your visitors’ personal data might get stolen. Plus, an SSL certificate protects your website too – from phishing scams, data breaches, etc.

And what’s that got to do with SEO, I hear you ask?

Well, Google and other search engines tend to favour websites that they perceive as secure. And without an SSL certificate, your website will be flagged as ‘non-secure’.

If you’re not sure whether you have an SSL certificate or not, finding out is super easy. Simply check whether your website URL shows as http (no SSL) or https (that means you’ve got SSL!).

To get an SSL certificate for your website (in case you don’t have one) simply contact your host. Most reputable WordPress hosting companies offer one for free and can show you what to do to turn yours on.

5. Your website pages

So now that we’ve looked at some of the work you need to do around the structure and layout of your website, it’s time to look at your website pages.

By these I mean, your About page, your Service or Product pages, your Contact Us page, etc. So what kind of things do you need to pay attention to when it comes to optimising your website pages for search?

Title tags

A title tag (or page title or HTML title) specifies the title of your website page.

But where does that go?

When you do a search on Google, the title tag is the clickable headline that tells you what the page is all about. They help us make that initial decision as to whether we want to click on a link or not.


SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide


Unfortunately, I see a lot of business owners who forget to attach meaningful title tags for their web pages.

Please don’t be one of them!

Use the title tag to say what the page is all about and include the keywords you found during your research. Make them relevant to your niche and business, and, if applicable, to your location.

For example, if you’re an accountant in Manchester, the title tag for one of your Service pages might read, ‘Tax return for small business owners in Manchester’. Or something along those lines. It’s niche and specific. And says what it does on the tin.

Meta descriptions

The meta description is the text that displays underneath the clickable headline when you get results through Google.

Why does it matter?

Now, think about your own behaviour as a user. When you do a search, you quickly scan through the results, and if something looks interesting and relevant, you might go and read the 3-4 lines of text that sit underneath. Just to make sure you want to click on that.


SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide


That’s the meta description.

Just like with title tags, a lot of website owners forget to fill that in. So don’t make that mistake.

Use those 3-4 lines of text to tell the reader exactly what the page is about. You want to entice them to read.

If you want more detail, check out our blog post on how to optimise your blog posts.

Headings

Hopefully, your web pages aren’t just a great wall of text, right?

They have lovely sections and sub-sections that guide your readers through the content of the page.

Great.

Those sections have headings. And you probably know the drill by now – make sure you pick meaningful headings.

The headings on your pages tell your readers what each section is all about. But they help with SEO too, so make sure you include your keywords in there.

Just a quick word of advice. When you do include keywords in your headings, try and make them look organic and natural. Don’t force it. If a keyword doesn’t fit that section, it doesn’t. The last thing you want is for your page content to read a bit odd and put your prospective clients off.

For more information on how to create an awesome service page for your website, head over to our article, The 9 Essentials of a High-converting Service page.


SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide


6. Your blog articles

Everything we talked about in the context of web pages and including relevant keywords applies to blog posts too.

So, for example, if you want to optimise a blog post for ‘portrait photographer in greater Manchester’, include that long-tail keyword in:

  • The blog title.
  • The Alt Text of your images (more on that later).
  • Your sub-headings.
  • The main text of your blog article.

But when it comes to blog posts, a few other things are worth thinking about, including:

  • Word count.
  • Internal links.
  • Sub-headings.

Word count

Now, this might not sound like great news. But it’s the truth, so here it goes.

Short 200-word articles don’t cut it with Google anymore.

This used to be the case 10-15 years ago, but not anymore.

Why?

Because Google’s job is to serve its users. When you do a search on Google, you want to see great and relevant content. You don’t want to sift through links and links just to find that none of them answer your questions. Because that’s frustrating, right?

But longer and more in-depth pieces (just like this one) probably have the answers you’re looking for.

And let’s face it – competition on the internet is huge. Lots of companies and business owners just like you produce loads of content on a daily basis. And if you want your business and your content to stand out, in-depth and detailed pieces of content are the way to do it.

HubSpot did some research around this too. Finding that 50 of their most-read blog posts in 2019…yielded an average word count of 2,330. 

So when writing blog articles, we recommend at least 1,200 words or more. This might sound hard to do, especially if you’re not too keen on writing.

So pick topics you know about and that your prospective customers want to read about. Show off your knowledge and expertise, and you’ll start to build trust with your readers while encouraging them to spend more time on your website. This tells Google that your website is worth visiting and gives you better chances of ranking higher in the search results.

If you need some inspiration around what content to create, head over to our article, How to Plan 50 Pieces of Content in 30 Minutes.

Internal links

Internal links are links that you include in your own blog post that send your users to other pages or articles on your own website.

Why do they matter?

Because they tell both Google and your readers how your content links together. Remember that Google isn’t a person! Google reads your content through bots – they don’t see your website the way we do. They read lines and lines of code. And internal links help search engines understand how various bits of information on your website relate to each other.

Plus, internal links are great for user experience. By linking to existing content you’re giving your readers more information. But you’re also inviting them to spend more time on your website. This is called dwell time, and the higher it is, the more Google sees your website as trustworthy and interesting.

So as you write your content, think about ways to organically include links to other relevant pages or articles you created before. You’ll notice that we’ve done this in this article too!

Sub-headings

When writing blog posts (and especially longer pieces), it’s always a good idea to break the information down into sections and paragraphs.

A sub-heading is the bit of text that introduces a new section of your blog post. In WordPress, you can format your sub-headings as Heading 2, Heading 3, Heading 4, etc, depending on how many sections and sub-sections you have.

Each of your sub-headings gives you a chance to include your relevant keywords, which (you guessed!) helps your SEO efforts.

So once again, look at the list of longtail keywords you found while doing your research and include them organically in your sub-headings. Be creative but don’t force it! If you use the same exact keyword in each of your sub-headings, that might look a bit odd to your readers!

For more information on how to write killer blog posts, head over to our article, How to Write a Blog Post that People Will Actually Read.

7. Website images

And last but not least, a few words on images. Your website visitors don’t expect to come to your website and just read text. Imagine how boring that would be! Images play an important part in your website user experience and SEO efforts.

You’ll use a few on your website pages and possibly even more in your blog posts. Because remember – your readers don’t want to see walls and walls of text with no interruptions! Think about their visual experience too by leaving plenty of white space on the page (to let the text ‘breathe’) and by adding relevant pictures.

I always recommend you use plenty of photographs of yourself and your team if you have one. But if you need more images and pictures for your web pages or your blog posts, you can find plenty of free or paid-for stock pics on websites like Pixabay, Unsplash, or Pexels.

Re-sizing your images

Before adding images to your website, you should always re-size them. If your images are too big, they might slow down your website and impact your page speed.

For example, images on this blog post are no bigger than 1200px wide. There’s no reason for them to be huge (like 4000px).

You’ll also need to compress your images so they load quicker. To do that, you can use a free online tool called tinypng. This will help you compress your images without losing any quality.

Optimising your images

Whether you add images to your Homepage, your Service or Product pages, or your blog posts, don’t miss the chance to optimise them. You can do this by accessing the file properties and including your keywords in the image title and the Alt-Text of the image.

The Alt-Text is a bit of copy that’s used to improve the accessibility of your images. You can think of it as a chance to describe to someone who can’t see what’s in the image.

But this bit of text also helps Google bots ‘see’ that image. Because the only way they can do that is through text, it’s important you include your relevant keywords in there too. Doing this gives tells Google that a particular piece of content is relevant for someone searching for that term.

What Now? Grab the SEO Starter Pack!


SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide


And there you have it – the Ultimate SEO Tips for Beginners Guide.

We hope you enjoyed our SEO for beginners tips, but if you want to really invest in SEO, then check out our SEO Starter Pack. Perfect for non-techie business owners, it’s a practical, easy-to-understand bundle of resources to help you get higher search rankings and more website traffic.

The SEO Starter Pack includes:

  • a video library that walks you through how to do SEO step-by-step,
  • a comprehensive SEO checklist for every web page or blog post you create,
  • keyword research training,
  • an interactive SEO planner,
  • and lots of added bonuses too!
The full price is $97 but you can pre-order the pack here for just $47 before it launches at the beginning of April 2021.

The post SEO For Beginners: The Ultimate Guide appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/seo-tips-beginners/feed/ 0
What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions? https://jammydigital.com/put-on-homepage/ https://jammydigital.com/put-on-homepage/#comments Mon, 08 Mar 2021 10:54:07 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5586 Homepages are right little scamps, aren’t they?  They’re the trickiest to write.  They have a BIG responsibility.  And it’s difficult to know what to actually put on them as everyone’s homepage is so different.  Well, worry no more.  Because this blog post will go through the 7 key things you should put on your homepage.  […]

The post What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Homepages are right little scamps, aren’t they? 

They’re the trickiest to write. 

They have a BIG responsibility. 

And it’s difficult to know what to actually put on them as everyone’s homepage is so different. 

Well, worry no more. 

Because this blog post will go through the 7 key things you should put on your homepage. 

But first, let’s get this out of the way, shall we? 

What’s the biggest mistake we see people make on their homepage?  

Giving too much information. 

That’s it. We often see people cram in as much information as possible on their homepage, in an attempt to get their web user to buy straight away. 

But people do not buy after reading the information on your homepage (sorry about that). 

They need a little more warming up. And you might have to encourage them onto your email list before they even buy from your website (depending on what you offer). 

What should a homepage do? 

Your homepage is not the place to go into great detail about your products or services or all about you as a company. 

We like to think of the homepage as the reception area of your website. Your homepage should direct users where they need to go quickly and efficiently. 

People land on your website wanting different things: they want to know more about you, they want to know about a specific service you offer, they want your contact details, they want to read your blog etc. 

And you need to efficiently signpost everyone – making it clear which direction to head in. 

Essentially, the main job of your homepage is to get someone to the next page of your website as quickly as possible. 

What is Bounce Rate?

You may have heard of ‘bounce rate’ – this is the percentage of people who visit your website and leave without taking an action (like clicking on another page or filling out a form). It means your visitor bounces off the page. It can be an indicator that your page isn’t working well. People are landing on your website, and (for various reasons) are leaving without doing anything.

Getting your homepage right will help prevent this problem and ultimately, increase conversions.

What should you put on a homepage? 

Below, we go through the 9 essential elements of a homepage that will get someone to the next page of your website.

Homepage blueprint for personal brands

1. Your website’s tagline/statement

As soon as someone lands on your website, they should gain a good understanding of what it is you do. 

That’s why you should add a tagline or statement about you or your company above the fold (i.e. what is visible on the page without scrolling down) on your homepage. 

Unfortunately, if you’ve ever had to write one of these statements you’ll know that it is THE MOST DIFFICULT SENTENCE TO WRITE IN THE WORLD.

This is why I’ve added some tips below to help you. 

#1 Make it clear what you do 

The problem is, a lot of these statements are often complete fluff that don’t actually say anything at all. 

If you saw this as soon as you landed on a  website, what would you think this company did? 

‘Adapt, transition, innovate…’ 

???

No?

That’s an IT company. 

But you wouldn’t have a clue, right?

Don’t assume that people who land on your website know exactly what it is you do. You need to make that clear. 

#2 Focus on Your Reader and Not on You 

Another mistake that business owners make with this statement is focusing on themselves rather than on the reader. 

To put it bluntly, people don’t care about you. They care about themselves and their problems. 

That’s why, when you land on our website we say ‘get more leads and sales from your website’ and not ‘we are websites specialists with over twenty years combined experience.’ 

The first one actually tells the reader how we can help. The latter is just plain dull! 

#3 Don’t Obsess over Benefits 

Finally, try not to go overboard on the benefits so that it isn’t actually clear what it is you do. 

Can you guess what this company does? 

‘Enjoy more time doing what you love…our products will help get you there.’ 

No? 

That’s for household cleaning products. 

This usually happens when someone takes the mantra ‘sell the benefits’ a bit too far and doesn’t actually make it clear what on earth they do.  

So remember: 

  • Make it clear what you do 
  • Make it about the reader 
  • Don’t go too far on selling the benefits so what you actually do becomes unclear! 

If you want a little more guidance, check out our blog post which tells you the 9 different ways you can write your company statement

A Good Example of A Homepage That Does This Well

Janine is the Queen of keeping it simple and clear. There’s no question of what it is she does or who she helps. Sometimes, companies try too hard to sound clever. But clear trumps clever every time.


What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?

Col owner of Pixels Ink also does a great job with his big, bold statement. It’s clear what they do, and he also adds a memorable subheading about transforming ‘ordinary brands into extraordinary ones’ – really nice touch!


What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?


2. Your CTA 

Right after the company statement, you will typically see a call to action. A call to action is usually a button that gets your web visitor to do something e.g. click to visit another page, or download a freebie etc. 

This is always a tricky one to get right because it’s difficult to know what will work. And sometimes it requires a little testing to see what resonates with your web visitor. 

But, here are some tips that will help you decide on that all-important CTA button. 

#1 Book a Call Doesn’t (Usually) Work 

We mentioned previously that people don’t buy from your homepage, so it’s unlikely they will book a call with you right off the bat. 

Again, people need a little more warming up than that. Even if you offer a free twenty-minute call that can be quite a daunting prospect for someone who doesn’t really know much about you yet. 

Plus, from your point of view, do you really want to fill up your diary with unqualified people who have just landed on your homepage with potentially no idea who you are or how you work. 

Nope. 

#2 Make it Stand Out 

The one key thing to remember about your CTA is to make it stick out like a sore thumb. 

Okay, well you don’t have to make it too ugly. But definitely don’t make it blend in. Put it in a different colour and/or put a border around it. 

We often see CTA buttons that blend in and look pretty. But this is not what you want, you want your CTA to capture your web visitor’s attention!

A Good Example of A Homepage That Does This Well

Denise Cowle does this fantastically. She includes a stand-out CTA that leads to a page about her service. There’s definitely no missing it!


What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?


FitRoots Martial Arts School do something a bit different. They include two CTA buttons that direct two slightly different audiences to the right place – people who will want to use their face-to-face martial arts school and people who want to join their online academy. This is a good example of how you can use your CTA buttons to direct multiple different audiences where they need to go.

What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?

If you appeal to multiple audiences, you learn how more about how to do this in our blog post: how to use your website to help two different audiences.

3. Your Promotional Area 

The promotional area is the area just underneath your hero section. 

This is where your homepage should work hard at getting your website traffic to where they need to go. It’s the ‘traffic cop’ of your homepage!

Here are some tips that can help you nail the promotional area. 

#1 Don’t make it too busy

Imagine a road sign which gives you directions. You see the word museum, but then there’s whole load of text underneath telling you all about the museum and why you should visit. It would be a bit confusing right? Especially if you’re driving past it at 50mph! 

This works the same as your promotional area. You don’t want too much here. Usually, you will one word that sums up your service, like we do on our homepage. And if that doesn’t give enough detail, include a brief sentence. But don’t have paragraphs and paragraphs of text. 

#2 Don’t have too many options 

Do you ever feel that when you’re faced with too many options you just don’t do anything? 

Yup, this is a common problem we see in promotional areas. Some people will have 6/8/10/12+ services and they’ll try to get their web traffic to pick one. 

But that’s a lot for our human brains to handle. Remember, they’re on your website. And when we use websites, we don’t like to think too much. And going through 12 different services trying to decipher which one is best for us is a bit too much. 

That’s why we recommend you have a maximum of three-four services or links in your promotional area. 

A Good Example of A Homepage That Does This Well

Clare Murthy is a baby photographer based in Surrey. Her website’s homepage is so clean and clear, especially the promotional area. She clearly directs people where they need to go based on what kind of photography they need.


What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?


4. The Opening Paragraph 

The second hardest thing to write on your website is the first paragraph or section on your homepage. 

That’s because it feels like you have so much to cram in about who you are and what you do in a very short space. It’s understandably difficult. 

But, here’s our one big tip about that first section on your homepage…

#1 Don’t make it about you 

Ever see this on a homepage? 

Welcome to my business! 

My name is x, and I have been in this business for x years. I do this. I do that. I. I. I. 

It’s a common mistake. And if this is you right now, this isn’t a criticism. As we said earlier, it’s incredibly difficult writing this paragraph and it feels natural to talk about yourself. After all, someone is on your website, right? 

But the biggest mindset shift when it comes to your website is that…it’s actually not yours. Or at least, it shouldn’t be. 

It’s actually all about your visitor. It’s about what you can do them. 

So when it comes to writing your first paragraph, put the emphasis on your web visitor and then introduce what you do. 

A Good Example of A Homepage That Does This Well

I love Debbie Ekins‘ opening paragraphs on her home page. She shows that she understands her audience and what they need, ‘You don’t have time to do all this marketing work,’ and she also explains how she can help. It’s a great combination of focusing on the reader, highlighting your own skills and getting your personality across.


What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?


5. Further sections of text 

You don’t want your homepage to be too long (as we said before, the main aim of the homepage is to get someone to the next page of your website as quickly as possible.) 

But you may want to include some other sections on your homepage to help you achieve this. 

This includes:  

#1 An About section

You may have a section on your homepage that talks a bit about you and how you help your customers. This section normally has a call to action button that leads to the ‘about page’. 

#2 A product/service highlight  

You may also have a section on your homepage that highlights a particular product or service. This section will have a call to action button that leads to that particular product or service.

A Good Example of A Homepage That Does This Well

Alex Pemberton does this really well on her website. Her about section explains what she does, but it still makes it about her reader too.


What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?


6. Your Lead Capture 

On your homepage, you can include a lead magnet (or freebie) to entice someone to pop in their contact details such as their email address. This is a good thing to do before someone leaves your website–as often, people will leave without buying! 

We’ve all heard the stat that someone needs to see your message at least seven times to buy from you – and you can’t guarantee people will keep coming back to your website. So collecting their email address and emailing consistently is the key here. 

#1 If your lead magnet is a newsletter, make it sound interesting 

Don’t just say, ‘sign up to my newsletter for the latest news’ because, well, that sounds boring!  Actually tell someone what they’re going to get and make it sound interesting and beneficial. 

If you want to understand more about promoting your freebies or newsletters, we have some tips in our blog post: creating lead generating websites. .

#2 Show the ‘lead magnet’ – make it tangible 

If you’re offering a free lead magnet such as a cheat sheet or guide, actually show what it looks like. Yes, it’s not a tangible product, but make it tangible! Make it look meaty and feel like an actual product. This is a sure-fire way to increase sign-ups!

A Good Example of A Homepage That Does This Well

The Membership Guys do this really well on their homepage. They show a screenshot of the video so it’s clear what you get. And they have a clear call-to-action button to sign up.

What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?

7. Social proof

You want your homepage to build trust and authority with your web visitor. There are two main ways you can do this – using testimonials or logos from the places you’ve been featured or awards you’ve won. 

#1 Avoid the bland testimonial 

Suchabody is so professional and friendly! 

Try to avoid this kind of testimonial. Professional and friendly isn’t exactly exciting – it’s kinda the minimum we should expect from a business. If you’re going to feature testimonials, make them interesting. Include stats about what was achieved. Showcase what it was really like to work with you. 

If you want to learn more, we also wrote a blog post on how to get amazing client testimonials.  

#2 Don’t go overboard on talking about awards 

You’ve won an award. Yay! 

It’s exciting when this happens. Of course, it is. But your customer’s level of excitement and your level of excitement is entirely different. 

Your level of excitement is: HOLY CRAP I WON THIS AWARD I’M OVER THE MOON!!!!! 

And your customer’s is: ‘Huh, they won that award. That’s nice. Anyway, back to me.’ 

Yes, feature the logo of the award you’ve won but don’t harp on about it on your homepage. 

A Good Example of A Homepage That Does This Well

Gavin Bell does this well on his website. He showcases where he’s been featured quite prominently on his homepage, but the section is also quite subtle too. You’ll recognise the logos as soon as you see them (and this builds trust) but he doesn’t go on about it at great length!

What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?

Don’t Forget This Homepage Design Tip!

Something to remember about your homepage design…

Section everything up!

Make sure your promotional area is in its own section.

Make sure your first paragraph of text and image of you is in its own section.

For example, look at the difference between the two below.


What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?


What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions?


The top one has a testimonial next to the introductory text and image. The bottom image separates these two items out. One section is for the about. Another section is for testimonials. This avoids it looking too messy and overwhelming.

Download the Homepage Blueprint

You can download our homepage blueprint below. This is an in-depth guide into exactly how to create your homepage step-by-step so that you can build trust and increase conversions.

Homepage blueprint for personal brands

 

The post What You Should Put On Your Homepage To Increase Conversions? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/put-on-homepage/feed/ 2
The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website https://jammydigital.com/lead-generating-website/ https://jammydigital.com/lead-generating-website/#respond Fri, 29 Jan 2021 09:31:37 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5411 It sounds like a dream, doesn’t it?  Someone finds your website, reads your content, signs up to your email list and then buys from you.   And all of this stuff takes place in the background while you run your business.  You don’t speak to said-person until they send you an email saying, ‘I LOVE YOU! […]

The post The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
It sounds like a dream, doesn’t it? 

Someone finds your website, reads your content, signs up to your email list and then buys from you.  

And all of this stuff takes place in the background while you run your business. 

You don’t speak to said-person until they send you an email saying, ‘I LOVE YOU! TAKE MY MONEY!’  

Sounds too good to be true, right? 

This couldn’t possibly happen in real life!

Believe it or not, this is exactly how it’s supposed to happen.  

Your website should really do all this hard work for you. It should act as your best salesperson, delivering you search rankings, traffic, leads and sales. 

So how do we get our websites to work hard for us? Well, in this post, I’m going to tell you exactly that.

What does a lead-generating website actually mean? 

A lead-generating website takes a website visitor and transforms them into a ‘lead’. 

This ‘lead’ can come from someone inputting their email address in exchange for a free giveaway. It could be someone booking a call with you. It could be someone filling in your contact form. 

Essentially, a lead generating website captures details from your website visitors. You then use said-details to build a relationship with your lead, and eventually get them to buy. A lot (if not all) of this process can be completed automatically. 

Pretty good, eh? 

What is the difference between a brochure website and a lead-generating website? 

It baffles us that a brochure website is still a ‘thing’. A brochure website is essentially an online billboard. It sits there looking pretty and not really doing much. It’s job is to give your visitor the information they need, and then…well that’s it. 

A lead generating website actively works to deliver you leads i.e. the details of your potential customer. 

One is passive. The other is active. 

Why do you even need leads? 

Why can’t we just get people on our website and then whenever they’re ready to buy they can come back and buy from us? Duh. 

Here’s a fancy graph type thing of ten of our clients from 2019. 70% came from our email list. 30% did not. 

The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website

Can you guess which ones were ready to buy straight away (with hardly any information needed from us)?

Can you guess which ones were more excited to buy from us?

Which ones knew everything about us and how we worked?

Which ones were ready to pay right away? 

Which ones, overall, were better-fit clients?

Yep, the ones on our email list. All of them had been on our email list for 6 months+, some of them years. And in that time they’d read a lot of our content (because we’d continuously bring them back to our content through our emails). 

Creating a lead-generating website and building an email list is not just about delivering you more leads and sales. If you do it right, it will deliver you leads from better-fit and even higher-paying clients. 


The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website


What’s the Process of Gaining Leads Through Your Website?

Here are the three simple steps to getting more leads from your website.

Step One: Entice Your Reader With a Free Giveaway on Your Website

The reader clicks on the ‘call to action’ for your highly-attractive free giveaway.

Step Two: Creating Landing Pages that Convert 

They get to a landing page that gives them more details about the free giveaway and asks for their details (e.g. email address and name)

Step Three: Creating Thank You Pages That Convert and Get Your Reader to Take Action

They go to a thank you page, and THEY’RE ON YOUR EMAIL LIST – WOOOP. AND, this is a unique opportunity for you to sell too.

What you want to do is optimise this entire process so you get maximum leads and sales. If you get every stage right, your email list will sky-rocket!

The question is, how do you do that?

Well, you’re in for a real treat my friend. Because in this blog post, I’m going to tell you how to optimise each stage, so you can gain maximum results.

Now, this blog post is pretty epic (if I do say so myself), so grab yourself a tea or coffee and have a good read.

Step One: How to entice your user with a free giveaway on your website 

There are usually three ways to entice people to sign up to your email list from your website:

  • a newsletter
  • lead magnets
  • content upgrades
  • A quiz

You may not have any of these right now (and that’s okay!) You might have a couple of lead magnets. You may have a newsletter, a few lead magnets and content upgrades!

Whatever stage you’re at, I’m going to go through what each of these things are and how to best to position them on your website, so you get maximum clicks!

1. Newsletters: How to Increase Sign Ups from your website

An email newsletter is a type of email that gives the reader an ‘update’ on certain information – from industry news to exclusive content, stories and opinion pieces.

Where should you display your newsletter on your website? 

If you offer a newsletter, you’ll probably want to encourage people to sign up via your homepage, contact page, about page, start here page (if you have one) and your blog sidebar. Essentially, you need to make sure it’s prominent across your website. 

How to create compelling copy that promotes your newsletter 

First off, don’t use the word newsletter. 

I joke! 

But actually, the word newsletter sounds incredibly boring. And if you simply put the words ‘sign up to my newsletter’ then you’re not going to have much take up. It sounds like I’m going to receive updates about your new office plant or all the awards you’ve won. Yawn. 

To promote your newsletter, try to incorporate the following elements. 

  1. Provide social proof – such as ‘join thousands of small business owners’, which builds trust with your readers 
  2. Tell the web visitor who it’s for — such as ‘entrepreneurs and small business owners’, which makes it feel exclusive 
  3. State how it works – such as ‘our free weekly email’, which gives the reader an understanding of exactly what to expect 
  4. Sell the benefits – such as ‘help you get more sales’, so the reader can see why it will benefit them 
  5. Use your ‘power words’ – words like ‘free’ ‘instant’ ‘direct’ etc grab people’s attention. These are called power words and can be used to promote your newsletter. 

This is a great example from Andrew and Pete who do this perfectly across their website. 

The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website

Branded Newsletters and Why You Need One
A branded newsletter is quite simply a newsletter that reflects your brand. It has a name, uses your tone of voice, colours, imagery and fonts. 

Take this example from Ann Handley. She calls hers, Total ANNARCHY. We call our newsletter the ‘Jam Sandwich’. Andrew and Pete call theirs the Rebelution! 

During a presentation about lead magnets, Kenda Macdonald of Automation Ninjas, likened a newsletter to an event– making it something for your subscribers to get excited about. I loved this analogy. 

A newsletter should be something people look forward to. It’s more than ‘just another email’ So give it a name, brand it up and make sure you shout about it. 

Should You Send a Newsletter Sign Up to a Landing Page?
A landing page is simply a web page that collects your visitors’ details. It typically doesn’t have a menu and its primary focus is to get the reader to fill in your form.

Sometimes, you’ll see websites direct you to a ‘landing page’. Other times, you can fill in the form right on the page you’re on and submit your details. 

So which option is best?
It’s a good idea to have both an option for people to sign up straight away (without leaving the current page they are on) and a specific landing page dedicated to your newsletter.

The reason it’s good to have a specific landing page is that it makes your newsletter share-worthy on social media. You can’t say ‘Sign up to my newsletter! And oh, it’s halfway down my homepage,’ because that sounds a bit silly. It’s better to send people directly to a page. 

Also, some people may not trust you enough to fill in a form right away. They may need a little gentle coaxing, which is why a landing page that builds trust and authority is sometimes needed. 

I love what You Are the Media do, where they give you the option to fill in their form right away (and you should, by the way, it’s a fantastic newsletter!) but they also have a ‘find out more’ link which takes you to a specific landing page. 

The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website

2. Lead Magnets: How to Increase Sign-Ups From Your Website 

What is a Lead Magnet?

A lead magnet is usually something you give-away for free in exchange for your web visitors’ contact details. For example, this handy little checklist below 😉 (see what I did there)

What Types of Lead Magnet Are There?

Typically, you’ll find that lead magnets are often helpful and ‘how-to’ – i.e. they show you how to do something. These can be handy checklists/blueprints/mini guides etc. Our homepage blueprint is an example of a helpful lead magnet.

These can be used in any industry. If you’re an accountant, you may give away a checklist on how to prepare your accounts for submission. If you’re a wedding photographer you may have a guide to different wedding venues in your area.

The most common (and effective) lead magnet is helpful, easy to consume, and tackles one specific subject.

But, there’s also another type of lead magnet. An often overlooked one in the lead magnet world! And that is, the sales-focused lead magnet.

What is a Sales-Focused Lead Magnet?

Sales focused lead-magnets are aimed at your web visitors when they’re in a position to buy.

You may have heard of something called the buyer’s journey. Traditionally, the buyer’s journey consists of three key steps – here is a very brief overview.

Awareness – the buyer realises they have a problem and starts researching

Consideration – the buyer has a name for their problem and researches ways of solving it 

Decision – the buyer decides on a solution strategy

Business owners tend to focus on the ‘awareness stage’ of the buyer’s journey, which is why you see a lot of ‘how-to’ content and helpful lead magnets. Now this isn’t a bad thing. This kind of content can get more traffic to your website and grow your email list. 

The problem is, there’s usually very little content and lead magnets aimed at the later stage of the buyer’s journey – the decision stage. But if you aim to get the contact details of those in the ‘decision’ stage of the buying process, then you can communicate with prospects who are ready to invest. Yes, you’ll get less of them, but they’ll be primed to buy from you!  

What kind of lead magnets can you create for the ‘decision stage’ of the buyer’s journey? 

There are so many ways you can get leads at this stage. Things like free demos and trials. 

But one of my favourite lead magnets is the buyer’s guide – this is essentially an unbiased guide which helps people find the right product or service for them and the right company to provide said-product/service. You may run through the different options are best for which people, price points, FAQ, mistakes to avoid etc.  

Where do you put your buyer’s guide (or other sales-focused lead magnets?) 

Add them to a specific service or product page, that way, when your web visitor is learning about that product/service, you can capture their details. 

Also, include it on specific pieces of content related to that service. 

Finally, if you only offer one key service, you can also include it on your homepage. Janine Coombes’ Buyer’s Guide for marketing coaches is amazing, and she features it right on her homepage. 

The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website

3. Content Upgrades: How to Increase Sign Ups From Your Website

One of the best ways to get email subscribers is by offering a ‘content upgrade’. This is where you create a specific lead-magnet that is specific to a piece of content. Essentially, it acts as ‘bonus content’.  

To give you an example, we recently published a blog post about ‘how to write a service page’ the content upgrade is a service page checklist.

Do you need a lead magnet for every piece of content?!

I know, I know. It sounds like a lot of work. But the best way to get ROI from your content is by using your content to generate leads. It’s no use creating amazing content, then someone clicking off your website and forgetting who you are. 

I’m not saying you have to create War and Peace here. You don’t have to create something brand-spanking-new for your lead magnet. For example, in our service page checklist, I’ve used the information based that was included within the blog post, but I put it into a handy checklist.

Essentially, you don’t have to create something new, just repurpose it into a different format. You can check out our free guide on how to create a lead-generating website as an example…

The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website

What are the Benefits of Creating a Content Upgrade? 

The benefits of getting someone to download a specific content upgrade is that you have a good idea of what your subscriber wants. For example, when people download the service page checklist, we know that they’re looking for help with writing and designing their service pages. 

What to do if you don’t have the time to create a content upgrade. 

I get it. We don’t have time. But that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t offer a lead magnet in your blog posts. 

For example, in this blog post, you’ll have noticed that I’ve shown you our Ultimate Website Checklist that you can download. We already had this (I didn’t create it specifically for this post). 

You just have to make sure the lead magnet will be helpful to the audience consuming your content. The Ultimate Website Checklist is likely useful as you’re on a blog post about how to create a lead-generating website. 

4. An Interactive Quiz: How to Increase Sign Ups From Your Website

Another interesting way to get more leads through your website is by using a quiz. It’s a fun, interactive way for your audience to engage with your business, and it delivers a ton of value in the process.

We are using a quiz as our main lead magnet right now, and the results have been fantastic.

What are the benefits of using a quiz as a lead magnet?

The main benefit for us of using a quiz is the conversion rate. Our quiz converts at around 45-50%, which is far better than any other lead magnet we have used in the past. We also collect some key data from anyone who takes the quiz, such as:

  • What they’re struggling with
  • What’s work working well for them
  • What they might need some support with

All of this information helps us to produce better content and deliver more value.

Not only that, you can make a quiz that automatically assesses your audience based on their answers and provides a score.

Blogging Quiz

How to build a lead generation quiz?

We use this quiz software to build our quiz. ScoreApp allows you to build each element of the quiz to a high standard, so it converts more visitors into leads and more leads into customers. They have various features that include:

  • Quiz landing pages (including templates)
  • Guide questions for various niches
  • Conversion-focused quiz results pages

They have pretty much everything you need to build a lead generation quiz fast.

Whichever option you choose, make sure that your content encourages people to give you their contact details. 

If you’re not doing any lead generation through your website, I would start with one of the points above. Either… 

  1. Create a regular newsletter 
  2. Create a sales-focused lead magnet like a buyer’s guide 
  3. Create a lead magnet(s) to capture leads from your content 
  4. Create a value-packed free quiz

Phew.

Okay. So you’ve figured out step one. You know how to entice your website visitors with a fabulous freebie. But…now what?

Do you remember the three-step process?

Step One: Entice Your Reader With a Free Giveaway on Your Website

Step Two: Creating Landing Pages that Convert

Step Three: Creating Thank You Pages That Convert and Get Your Reader to Take Action

Now. We’re going to come onto step two: creating high converting landing pages!

Step Two: How to Create a High Converting Landing Page

Once your lovely reader has spotted your freebie on your website and clicked on it, they should (usually) go to something called a ‘landing page’.

What’s the difference between a web page and a landing page?

First things first, why do we recommend you place your lead magnet on a landing page rather than a web page? What’s the difference?

The main difference between a standard web page and a landing page are the goals of the page. You will want your reader to take one specific action on your landing page. And that’s usually to fill in their contact details.

On a web page, you have lots of links and options. You have the navigation bar at the top. Links throughout the content. A footer with further links to different places. The reader is given more freedom.

A landing page is like a tiny jail for your reader, and the only way out is for them to fill out their contact details – mwahahaha. We joke, obviously. But we do give the reader less option as to where they can go.

The landing page is also specific in the content. You should only talk about one thing. Whereas a web page might cover your services, company details, about you etc. A landing page strips everything back and includes only the relevant information about your lead-magnet.

Essentially, a landing page is designed for conversion. A web page (and website) is designed for exploration, education and also conversion.

A landing page is also perfect if you’re sharing your lead magnet on social media. People don’t have to wade through your website to find it.

How to get more conversions through your landing page

Now you understand what a landing page is and how it’s different to your standard web page, let’s talk about how you can get more leads (i.e. contact details) through your landing page.

You may think, well I’m giving something away for free, so of course people give me their details!

Nope.

Even when you’re offering something for free you still have to sell it.

Because even though it’s free in terms of money, you’re still asking someone to spend their time on it. And if you’re asking someone to spend time with you (even if it’s just ten minutes) then you’re going to have to sell the benefits.

How to create a high converting landing page for your lead magnet…

1. Create a simple snappy headline

You need a short and sweet headline to capture someone’s attention and more importantly, explain exactly what your lead magnet/newsletter is all about.
You don’t want someone to have to work to figure it out. So be specific.

Take this example from Kyle Van Deusan who is a web designer based in Texas. He’s created a free guide called ‘5 Reasons a Slow Website is Costing You Sales and How to Fix It’.

That’s a PERFECT title. It’s specific, straight-forward, and your brain doesn’t have to think too much to understand what it is.

Example of a lead magnet from a web designer

2. Tell them how long it will take

Time is precious, yes? And people want to know how long something is going to take them. If your lead magnet takes only 10 minutes to consume, then use that as a selling point!

We did this with our content marketing planner, and really highlighted that it took under 30 minutes to have an entire year’s worth of content.

The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website

3. Sell the benefits of your lead magnet

You will want to really sell the benefits of your lead magnet or newsletter. Highlight exactly what your user will get out of it. Gavin Bell has a great example of this with his free Facebook Advertising Blueprint. He really sells the benefit here – giving you the ‘exact strategy’ he used to generate over $750,000 for a company through Facebook advertising (we’d all want a piece of that, right?).

In his subtitle, he sells it further with the nice use of the phrase ‘Putting Your Local Business Marketing on Autopilot.’ He’s selling the potential monetary benefit and the time it will save (as you don’t have to spend that on marketing).

A lead magnet for a

4. Use your power words & pique interest

Power words like ‘free,’ ‘instant’ and ‘easy’ grab people’s attention (they don’t call them power words for nothing!) It’s good to include these within the copy selling your lead magnet.

Teresa Heath Wareing does a great job of promoting her lead magnet.

Her main headline is: ‘5 easy ways to build your email list that most people miss.’ The phrase ‘that most people miss’ is intriguing, as you know you’re going to get something you probably haven’t come across before. It would definitely get people to take action. She also uses those power words! Like ‘easy’ and ‘free’.

Showing a good example of a lead magnet

5. Visualise your lead capture

Lead captures aren’t usually a physical thing. Your users’ can’t hold them in their hands. BUT that doesn’t mean you can’t show what your lead capture looks like. If it’s a PDF make it look like a little booklet. If it’s a video, use an image of a laptop with the video on the screen. The brain understands images much quicker than words. So if you visualise your lead magnet, you’ll give your users a quick understanding of what it is.

6. Make your CTAs stand out

You want your Call to Action buttons (the buttons that get people to take action) to stand out on the page. Do not have them blend in looking all pretty. Make them stand out. You don’t want your audience to miss them.

Denise Cowle does a great job with her call to action buttons. Not only do they stand out, but she uses the phrase, ‘send me my guide’ – which is far better than ‘submit’. It acts as a reminder of what you’re getting – a really nice touch.

The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website

7. Make it speedy!

Slow-loading pages are a big no-no. If your landing page takes too long to load your user may hit that backspace button. Run your landing page through GT Metrix to check your load speed, and if it’s too slow it will give you recommendations as to what actions you can take. (You may need to send this to your web developer).

8. Make it mobile-friendly

50.88% of internet traffic can be attributed to mobile phone. So if you want to see success from your landing page, you’re going to have to make it mobile-friendly! That means a mobile user can easily use the page (without pinching the sides or getting stuck on a pesky pop-up). If you’re not sure if your page is mobile-friendly you can check here.

9. Include a video

If you can include a video as well as text explaining what your lead-magnet/newsletter is all about then all the better. Some people love video (like Martin) and some people prefer reading (like Lyndsay!) If you can cater to more people’s preferences then your lead magnet will perform better.

Bonus points if you add captions to your video too!

10. Include social proof

You might think ‘well, it’s only free, I don’t really have to build that much trust do I?’ But even if you’re only asking for a name and email address, people still want to see that you’re legitimate and not someone who is going to spam them to death. A good way of building trust and credibility is through social proof. You could include logos of the companies/news.

There you have it: A high-converting landing page: DONE! 

So, once you’ve created your landing page, that’s it right!? Erm…no. You now need to create your thank you page. I know, I know, there’s a lot to take in here. But I didn’t call it the ‘Ultimate Guide’ for nothing!


Step Three: Creating Your Thank You Page

So, once you’ve enticed your end-user with a fabulous freebie, got them to a landing page and got them to fill out their details…that’s it, right? All is done. You’ve got them on your email list.

Not quite.

There’s one more crucial step in the process that a lot of people forget about: the thank you page.

What is a ‘Thank You’ Page?

When someone signs up to your free download (or even other things like a webinar or booking time in your calendar) it’s a good idea to send that person to a thank you page afterwards. The thank-you page confirms that you have received their request and gives the end-user instructions on what to do next.

Why You Can’t Just Give Someone Your Freebie as Soon As They Sign Up

Now, you might just think to yourself – why don’t I just give the end-user my freebie as soon as they enter their contact details. Easy peasy – just direct them to a link to your freebie.

In theory, this makes sense. But, actually, it’s not the best idea.

The main aim of collecting your user’s email address is so you can email them on a regular basis – providing helpful content, and of course, selling to them.

If you give your freebie out straight away to your end-user (without getting them to open an email to get it) then there’s no reason for them to open any subsequent emails.

If you get your end-user to open your email once, you’re training them to do it again and again in the future.

Plus, if it’s in their spam folder, they’ll go and hunt out your email to get the freebie – which tells their email provider you are a trusted source.

So as nice as it is to provide your user with something straight away, make them do a little work first.

What Should You Include On Your Thank You Page 

Your thank you page should get inspire your end-user to take action. They’ve already given you their contact details, which means you’ve built a little bit of trust with them. And a thank you page is the perfect opportunity to build more trust and loyalty…and even sell!

So what should you include on your thank you page?

  1. Give instructions on what to do next

    Be a little bossy, it’s okay. Tell your user to check their inbox as their freebie will be on its way. And also tell them to check their spam and mark you as ‘safe’  or a  ‘friend.’ Give them an incentive to do this in the email too by reminding them that you’ll send helpful emails full of juicy content so be sure to mark you as safe!

  2. An option to follow you elsewhere

    Do you have a Facebook group you’d like to grow? Or maybe focus your energy on LinkedIn? Now is the perfect opportunity to get someone to follow/connect with you elsewhere.

  3. A sales pitch

    Yes, you can actually use your thank you page to sell something. Make an offer on one of your products or services – this may be a low-ticket item to get them started with you. But don’t be afraid to sell at this point.

  4. An image or a video of you

    This is especially important for those who have signed up to your freebie without yet seeing wh0 you are. This is your opportunity to build a connection with the user. Let them see who you are and your personality.

An Example of a Great Thank You Page

We’re pretty big fans of the Membership Guys. And the way they generate leads through their website and content is AMAZING. They offer a free workshop on whether you should start a membership.

Once signed up, you get to their thank you page, which does a great job of providing the end-user with instructions, giving them another avenue to follow the Membership Guys (through their Facebook group) and selling their Membership Academy.

An example of a thank you page

What Are Your Next Steps?

It can feel like a mountain to climb when you think about all the work that needs to go into collecting leads on your website. BUT, I will say this, do it once and you could generate leads for years and years. Our homepage blueprint does this for us. Yes, it’s a little work up front, but it will pay dividends if you do it right.

And remember, Rome wasn’t built in a day. If you’re not using your website to collect leads, start with one thing first like a lead magnet. Don’t feel the need to try to do EVERYTHING!

And, of course, don’t forget to download the 10-minute lead-gen guide below – as a helpful reminder of all the key points when collecting leads.

The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website

 

The post The Ultimate Guide to Generating More Leads From Your Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/lead-generating-website/feed/ 0
Why We’re Increasing The Price of Our Membership https://jammydigital.com/increasing-cost-membership/ https://jammydigital.com/increasing-cost-membership/#respond Mon, 04 Jan 2021 10:39:23 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5497 It’s the start of a new year and it’s common for business owners to raise their prices. Nothing unusual about that, right? However, there isn’t usually a discussion about why the prices are increasing–especially not with current or potential customers. In fact, sometimes it feels like businesses increase their prices just…because. Because it’s a new […]

The post Why We’re Increasing The Price of Our Membership appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
It’s the start of a new year and it’s common for business owners to raise their prices.

Nothing unusual about that, right?

However, there isn’t usually a discussion about why the prices are increasing–especially not with current or potential customers.

In fact, sometimes it feels like businesses increase their prices just…because. Because it’s a new year and that’s what you do.

But we think it’s good to understand why a company raises their prices.

Why?

Well, if you’re a customer and you’ve had your eye on a product or service and suddenly the price increases, you’re likely to think, ‘what the hell, why would you do that to me!’ Offering an explanation, or even a head’s up, before the price increases is, quite simply, good customer service.

So. Why are we raising the cost of our membership? When is it happening and why the hell is it increasing by so much? You’ll find out below…

When Does the Price Increase?

The cost of the membership will increase on Monday 11 January 2021.

How Much Is It Increasing By?

It will increase from $39.00+VAT per month to $59.00+VAT per month.

Or if you pay annually, it will increase from $390.00+VAT per year, to $590.00+VAT per year.
*Depending on where you on in the world, you may or may not have to pay VAT.

For those who don’t know, what is the membership all about?

The Make Your Mark Online membership helps business owners get more leads and sales from their websites.

It has one-click-install website templates (designed by us), 15+ courses, a content marketing challenge, content marketing learning area, and weekly Q&A calls.

There’s a lot that goes into a successful website, but if you can crack it, then you really will continuously generate sales from it without you having to spend hours on it every day (we’re looking at you, social media).

Ultimately, we help business owners improve the 6 key things that make a successful website (see below).

Why We’re Increasing The Price of Our Membership

These 6 key elements lead to continuous rankings, traffic, leads and sales.

Why Are You Increasing the Cost of Your Membership, You Big Meanies?

We started the membership in October 2018, and like any business, it’s evolved in the past two years. Below are the things we’ve added and the key reasons why the price is increasing.

The 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge

This was something we introduced in 2019. We run three, 90-day challenges each year. And over the course of 90 days, you…

  1. Submit one piece of content per week (and we hold you accountable!)
  2. We give you personalised feedback on this content via our weekly call
  3. You improve your content week-on-week
  4. You increase your rankings, traffic, leads and sales

We’ve run four of these challenges now, and they are HUGELY popular.

BUT, even though we absolutely love it, they take up a lot of our time. Reviewing content and giving personalised feedback takes a lot of time and energy.

Plus, our members have seen incredible results from doing this, so we know it’s worth way more than the cost.

You can learn more about the 90 Day Challenge here.

2. One-Click-Install Templates

When we first started our membership, we taught people how to find a website template (separate to the membership) and customize it.

What we discovered was a lot of website templates can be hit and miss! It was difficult to find templates that looked beautiful but also delivered excellent user-experience.

It was also a steep learning curve for members who had to understand how to edit a brand new template with (usually) little support from the template provider.

So, we created our own. Fully customizable, one-click-install templates. And we created these templates based on our 10+ years experience as web designers. We wanted to balance attractive design with user-experience.

You can see an example of our template in action here, on Denise Cowle’s website.

3. Sales Pages/Landing Pages/Thank You Pages Templates

It was clear that, as well as web page templates, our members needed sales pages, landing pages and thank-you pages. All that stuff that takes forever when you’re making it from scratch or figuring it out how to it yourself!

Since we launched the membership, we’ve also created one-click-install page designs, such as…

  • Two sales pages
  • Three landing pages
  • Three thank you pages

These take a long time to develop, but our members absolutely love them! They’re fully customizable and ideal if you need to get your product/service or lead magnet out there quickly. If you want to see an example of a sales page using our templates, check out Jo Francis’ here.

4. Our members tell us to increase our prices

It’s always a good sign to increase your prices when your customers tell you that you should increase your prices!

We aim to get our members a healthy ROI from the membership, and quite a few of them have advised us that we really should raise our prices. Take Janine Coombes for example, who said the following…

“I’ve got several high paying clients as a direct result of the blogs I’ve created in your challenge, which if I’d created outside your challenge, they would have been rubbish and wouldn’t have turned into the clients. I’ve no doubt about that. So I’d say it’s a complete, no brainer, it’s extremely good value. I think you should put your prices up…”

5. The amount of time we spend in the membership has increased

Since we launched the membership, the amount of time we spend interacting with members has increased significantly. And that’s not just because we have more members! It’s because we’re providing support for our templates (answering queries about any tech niggles) or giving feedback on the content from the 90-day challenge.

6. Investment in community forum software

We originally started out with an online forum as the hub of our community. But then we invested in Slack – which is fantastic software that allows you to communicate with big groups of people easily.

The problem we (and our members) have with Facebook groups is that it’s difficult to find what you’re looking for. And sometimes, when you post something, it often gets missed. With Slack, you are able to group topics into ‘threads’ so we have a thread for ‘tech help’ and a thread for ‘content’ for example. Making it easy-peasy for you to find stuff.

This software does cost us a lot more, but it’s so worth it for the user experience. Plus, it’s also has a fantastic app, so it’s easy to ask questions on the go.

Are You Ready to Get More Leads and Sales From Your Website?

There you have it. The six reasons we’re increasing the cost of our membership.

Remember, you still have until Monday 11 January to get in at the current price before it goes up.

Join Now

Why Have You Published This Article?

We get that some people might find it strange why we’d publish a blog post about us increasing our prices, but actually, we think EVERY business should do this. If you’ve read our book, Content Fortress, you’ll know that this kind of content can help inform your customers about the benefits of working you. It’s a way of communicating your value. And that’s always a good thing, right?

The post Why We’re Increasing The Price of Our Membership appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/increasing-cost-membership/feed/ 0
The 90-day Content Marketing Challenge 2022 – Everything You Need to Know https://jammydigital.com/content-marketing-challenge/ https://jammydigital.com/content-marketing-challenge/#respond Thu, 31 Dec 2020 15:44:50 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5484 Have you heard a big kerfuffle about the 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge? Have you thought to yourself, ‘well, what’s that all about then?‘   Well, good news. Because in this post, we’re going to tell you exactly what happens during the 90DC (that’s what the cool kids call the 90 Day Challenge) and what you […]

The post The 90-day Content Marketing Challenge 2022 – Everything You Need to Know appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Have you heard a big kerfuffle about the 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge? Have you thought to yourself, ‘well, what’s that all about then?‘  

Well, good news. Because in this post, we’re going to tell you exactly what happens during the 90DC (that’s what the cool kids call the 90 Day Challenge) and what you can expect once you sign up.

What is the 90-day Content Challenge?

The 90-day Challenge is a content marketing challenge that will help you produce sales-generating content on a more consistent basis. 

We run the challenge inside our membership community, Make Your Mark Online, and we run the challenge three times per year. And for the first time ever, you can also sign up to the challenge without joining the membership. The next challenge starts on Monday 17th Jan 2022. 

What do you have to do throughout the challenge?

Each week, you will create one piece of content. Your deadline for creating and sharing the content with us is every Sunday evening at 11.59 pm – we know, so precise! We have a private channel inside our community where you can add a link to your content for that particular week. 

Each week, we will update a spreadsheet for our members and depending on whether you hit the deadline or not you will get a green or a red marker next to your name. That’s right. If you don’t submit content you get a scary red marker! 

The following week, we will review the first 10 pieces of content submitted as part of the challenge on a live zoom call. 

What does the Feedback Cover?

We’ll review the first 10 pieces of content submitted. Your feedback will depend on the content you provide, but we will look for the following: 

  • How valuable it is to the reader – does it answer a question, educate or inspire?
  • How easy it is to understand – is it full of jargon, is it clear?
  • The structure – does it flow well, or do you get lost easily?
  • Search Engine Optimisation – is there anything you can do to improve?
  • How are your titles? Do they compel people to read/watch/listen?
  • Storytelling – does it get the reader to connect with you?
  • Is there anything missing? Are there any unanswered questions?
  • Is it specific enough? Or do you skim over lots of points instead?
  • Is the imagery on-brand? Is there anything you can do better?
  • Do you do a good job of capturing leads through your content?
  • How’s your tone of voice? Does it sound like you?

You can also gain specific feedback on your content in our dedicated feedback channel. Just ask in the channel what you’d like feedback on and either Martin or Lyndsay (or both!) will get back to you, along with lots of people in the group as well!

Why is the 90DC So Effective?

The 90-day challenge works because of these three simple factors:

1. Accountability

The challenge runs from Monday to Sunday every week. Everyone has the same deadline: 11:59 on Sunday evening. It’s amazing how motivating a deadline is. If you miss the deadline you get a red marker next to your name for that week. If you hit the deadline, you get a green marker. Nobody wants to be in the RED! 

This simple deadline means it pushes you every week to write that blog post, record that video or publish that podcast episode.

2. Feedback

We give feedback on the first 10 submissions of content and we also provide feedback in our community group.  

You learn so much through your own feedback and through others’ feedback. Feedback is an essential part of the challenge, so you can learn how to produce content that readers want to read, and that delivers you traffic and leads.

3. Consistency

A weekly deadline helps you stay consistent with your content production. It will help you fine-tune your writing or recording and speed up the process too. 

The fact that you HAVE to produce one piece of content every week will force you to produce content quickly and get better at it over time.

What results should I expect?

Your results will depend on a number of factors such as the type of content you produce, and how good the content is but some of our previous students have seen some incredible results. The challenge is designed for you to improve in the following areas: 

  1. Increase your search engine rankings 
  2. Increase your website traffic 
  3. Increase your leads and sales from your content

What results have our members had? 

We’re not going to put a load of testimonials here just to try to sell our challenge. Instead, here are some numbers…

Sara Bussandri – Doubled her website traffic and gets 3-5 leads through her website every month. 

Janine Coombes – Is ranked first on Google for her main keyword and earned £3600.00 from one blog post. 

Ramin Saski – Doubled his prices 

Debbie’s Ekins – Increased her website by 92%

Aidan Lee – Is ranked first on Google for his main keyword

Louise Brogan – Traffic increased by 70%

What results did we have?

It’s no lie we love this challenge because we’ve actually done it ourselves. In the first year of completing this challenge we…

  • Increased our traffic by 900%
  • Increased our prices by 350%
  • Increased enquiries through our website by 200%
  • Had more informed customers (which made it easier for us to sell)
  • Attracted the RIGHT customers (i.e. no time-wasters)
  • Spent more time helping customers rather than selling our services

When does the content challenge start in 2022?

We run three challenges throughout the year and the next challenge starts on Monday 17th Jan. The first deadline for your first piece of content will be the following Sunday (17th Jan) at 11:59 pm UK Time. It then continues for an additional 12 weeks running from Monday to Sunday.

We will also be running a Strategic Content Planning Session on Thursday 9th Sept in our community. 

What is the Strategic Content Planning Session?

Before the challenge begins, we’ll run a pre-challenge planning session. This will help you plan all your content for the entire 13 weeks. We will go through exactly what you want to sell, and work our way back to what content you can create to achieve your sales goals.

What do we class as “content”?

When you join the challenge, you must submit a piece of content each week. The type of content can vary but we try to encourage our students to stick with one type of content throughout the challenge to maximise your success.

Content that will count throughout the challenge.

  • Blog article
  • Web page/Sales page
  • Video (YouTube or embedded on a website)
  • PDF such as a lead magnet
  • Infographic 
  • Podcast (for feedback, we would need a corresponding article on your website with the podcast embedded

How many people take part in the content challenge?

We have a maximum of 80 people who can take part in the challenge. We like to keep the numbers low so we can monitor members progress each week.

We will NOT accept more than 80 people per challenge and we always SELL OUT so get in early. This isn’t some fake scarcity, we simply do not have the capacity to take on any more people. 

How much does it cost?

There are two ways you can join the challenge…

Sign up to our membership community: MYMO for $59.00+VAT or annually for $590+VAT

What Other Resources Are Included? 

Everyone will get access to our content marketing training centre, which includes a video course and tons of resources to help you plan and create your content.

You will also get access to our SEO training. This is you can rank your content on search engines and get more traffic to your website. The training includes courses on on-page SEO, keyword research, off-page SEO and more.

You’ll also get access to blog post image templates on Canva and our Slack community.

If you join the membership you’ll have access to loads more, including our website page templates (including sales pages and landing pages), courses, masterclasses and loads more.

How long does the challenge run for?

The challenge runs for 90 days. Well, it actually runs for 13 weeks which is slightly longer than 90 days.

You have 13 weeks to produce 13 pieces of content and it must be submitted by the Sunday evening at 11:59pm.

Who will be guiding you through the challenge?

We will be helping you throughout the challenge. We’ll be on hand to answer any questions you have along the way and we’ll also be providing feedback on your content.

Every Wednesday we have a weekly feedback call. This call is at 10am (UK time) every Wednesday throughout the challenge and the video replay will be uploaded for anyone who can’t attend live. 

How do I access the challenge?

Once you sign up, you will be added to our membership forum. Within that, you will access to the 90-day content challenge CHANNEL where you can introduce yourself and share your content.

Every Monday throughout the challenge, we will create a thread for that week and once you have created your content you can simply add it to the thread.

How do I sign up?

You can sign up here. Once you’ve signed up, you’ll get automatic access to either the membership or the content marketing training centre and SEO training. We’ll shortly add you to our Slack community where you can introduce yourself and get added to the challenge thread. 

Content Marketing Challenge

The post The 90-day Content Marketing Challenge 2022 – Everything You Need to Know appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/content-marketing-challenge/feed/ 0
Why We Wrote Content Fortress https://jammydigital.com/why-we-wrote-content-fortress/ https://jammydigital.com/why-we-wrote-content-fortress/#respond Tue, 08 Dec 2020 15:58:04 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5475 Within one year of producing regular content, our business had soared.  We 10x our website traffic. We built an audience. And we increased our prices (by a lot).   We gained huge success for our clients. And we achieved success for us, too.   We achieved the thing we’d always dreamed of.  But this isn’t a fairytale […]

The post Why We Wrote Content Fortress appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Within one year of producing regular content, our business had soared. 

We 10x our website traffic. We built an audience. And we increased our prices (by a lot).  

We gained huge success for our clients. And we achieved success for us, too.  

We achieved the thing we’d always dreamed of. 

But this isn’t a fairytale story. 

Because even though we achieved this level of success, we were desperately unhappy. 

We were stressed. We were constantly communicating with clients – chasing after them for things we needed or explaining our processes. We hated dealing with scope creep and writing out awkward emails. We felt like we could never catch our breath. 

On the outside, we appeared successful. Like we’d made it. Behind closed doors, we struggled. 

It took its toll on us and on our mental health. The blur between work and life merged.

We would constantly talk about work, and if you’ve ever heard the phrase ‘you work to live, not live to work,’ it definitely felt like we were doing the latter. 

The Tipping Point

We got to the point where we realised we couldn’t continue doing what we were doing. We were too burned out. 

So we made a commitment to making things better. We realised if we could use content marketing to grow our business, could we use it to create a better business? 

Could we use content to communicate better (and actually less) with our customers? 

Could we use it to pre-qualify our leads? 

Could we use it to get fewer clients, but ensure the ones we did attract paid more and respected our processes and boundaries? 

So we set out to create content that did just that. 

The aim wasn’t to get more leads and sales. The aim was to use content to create the kind of business that supported the lives we wanted to lead. 

No client project is ever perfect. So after each project, we examined what we could’ve done better. Where could we communicate more? How could it have gone smoother for the client and us? (We still do this process now, by the way.

And all we do is produce content to fill in those gaps. 

Do this a few times and all of a sudden your business is way more efficient – you have more time and, better yet, your clients are super happy with the level of communication and service. 

To find out more you can check out our blog post ‘What is a Content Fortress and Why is it Vital for Your Business’. 

Content Fortress: A Happy Accident Born Out of Unhappy Circumstances 

So that’s why we wrote the book. 

We didn’t set out to do it. 

It wasn’t some carefully crafted ‘new angle’ on content marketing. 

We did it to protect our time, our business and our mental health. We did it for us first. And if you’d have told us at the time we’d be writing a book about it one day we’d have laughed at you (sorry). 

But when we started talking about the concept of Content Fortress to other business owners, that’s when we realised how helpful the concept was. Because they too had struggled with work/life balance, or attracting the wrong kind of clients or spending too much time communicating. They had struggled as we had. 

And that’s the thing about stress and owning a business, it feels like you’re the only one in the world to struggle with it. 

The more we talked about it, and how you can use content to help, the more we could see just how beneficial it was. 

A book just made sense. Ultimately, it’s our way of helping those who needed to feel happier in their business. 

And we hope we achieve that, even for a small number of people. 

Because of all the things we’ve done in our business, this is what we’re most proud of. Is it the most profitable? No. It is the easiest? Nope. But it’s the most rewarding thing we’ve ever done. 

Contribution to MIND – a Mental Health Charity 

MIND is a charity that helps support those who are struggling with their mental health. They do amazing work such as offering mental health telephone support, legal help and lobbying the government for better funding and treatment for those suffering from mental health issues. 

10% of Content Fortress sales will go to MIND. (We wanted to make this a percentage of sales rather than profit, as profit margins on books are tiddly!) 

So if you’ve purchased Content Fortress, thank you so, so much. 

As of December 2020, we have raised £328.40.

This was transferred to MIND via PayPal on the 9th of December 2020. 

On Thursday 4th March 2021, we donated £256.74 to MIND via PayPal.

Taking the total donated to:

£585.14

We’ll donate every few months as sales come in, and keep this page up-to-date so you can see where we’re up too with donations. 

Finally, if you fancy reading the book, you can buy a copy directly from us below.

Content Fortress Book

 

 

 

The post Why We Wrote Content Fortress appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/why-we-wrote-content-fortress/feed/ 0
The 9 Essentials of a High-Converting Service Page https://jammydigital.com/how-to-service-page/ https://jammydigital.com/how-to-service-page/#respond Mon, 09 Nov 2020 00:02:12 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5207 Imagine you’re looking for a business coach. You go onto a coach’s website and click on their service page, excited to find out all about their amazing ‘VIP Coaching Package’. And on it, you find two paragraphs of text describing their service and a link to buy. The cost, by the way, is £6997+VAT.  🙄 […]

The post The 9 Essentials of a High-Converting Service Page appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Imagine you’re looking for a business coach.

You go onto a coach’s website and click on their service page, excited to find out all about their amazing ‘VIP Coaching Package’. And on it, you find two paragraphs of text describing their service and a link to buy. The cost, by the way, is £6997+VAT. 

🙄

There is no way in hell you’d buy that, right? I don’t know many people who would feel confident buying that package from just two paragraphs of information.

But this is an exact example of something I came across recently. And weirdly, it’s common on B2B service pages. 

A lot of business owners don’t even dedicate an entire page to their service, instead opting to put all their services on one single page with little information. 

Why do Bad Services Pages Happen?

Business owners often don’t put enough information on their websites because they want to speak to prospects on the phone or video call. 

And that’s understandable. I wouldn’t buy something for thousands without speaking to someone first. 

But even if you feel someone likes to talk to you before they buy your services, you still need to provide your prospect all the information they need. 

Why Prospects Need Information Before They Speak to You 

Your prospects want to understand your service are their terms, not yours. That means they do their own research–they read up everything there is to know about your service, your reviews and your pricing and decide themselves when and if they want to get in touch. 

And if that sounds scary, just think to yourself what would you prefer? 

Option One: To receive all the information (including costs) about a service

Option Two: Having to call someone to get the information we need. 

Of course, it’s option one! 

Giving your prospect everything they need to know about your service BEFORE they get in touch is just good customer service.

So with that in mind, what is everything your prospect needs to know? And how can you give them all this information and get them to buy from you? How do you create a high-converting service page that builds trust? I go through exactly how to do this below…

In a hurry? Grab the printable service page checklist you can use any time.

Showing a service page checklist download box

What Should You Put on A Service Page? 

There are 9 key elements you should add to a service page. 

  1. Your opening statement – get to the heart of the pain point 
  2. Features AND benefits – get into the nooks and crannies of your service 
  3. The cost – yep, you need to give a price 
  4. The process – what’s the process of working with you 
  5. Case studies or testimonials – for social proof 
  6. A bit about you – why do you do what you do? 
  7. Who it’s right for – explain who it is/isn’t for
  8. CTAs throughout 
  9. Frequently Asked Questions Section

Let’s break these down a little further…

1. Your Service Page Opening Statement 

First things first, do not open your service page with the word ‘I’. This isn’t about you (sorry). This is about your customer. 

Secondly, don’t tell your customer something they already know. We see this a lot. People will open up their service page with something like, ‘Good website copy is vital if you want to connect with your reader.’ Or ‘A bookkeeper can save you time.’  Your potential customer probably already knows these things, and there’s no point reiterating the stuff they know.  

How Do You Open a Service Page? 

You need to get to the heart of the problem and show your reader you understand what they’re struggling with. 

You can do this by simply asking questions such as – are you struggling with x? Or ‘does it feel like you’re constantly x?’ Or making statements such as ‘doing x thing is tough.’ 

This is all about empathising with your potential customer and stating you understand. And once you’ve done this (and you really don’t have to spend a long time on it), you create the opportunity to introduce your service–good eh! This is where you can say, ‘I understand your struggles, and this is how my x service can help…’ 

It’s the simplest strategy, but it works!

2. Outline the Features AND Benefits of Your Service

First things first, do not just talk about the benefits of your service. It used to be that we only talked about features (the nitty-gritty facts about our services), but now, we’re all about the benefits. Trouble is, sometimes we focus so much on the benefits we don’t actually get to the heart of what it is we do. 

Ever read a service page like this? 

‘You’ll have so much more time to spend with your family.’ That sounds great, but what is it you sell exactly?’ 

‘You will finally have financial freedom!’ Yes, wonderful, but what is it?

‘You will never have to struggle with such-a-thing again!’ Right, can you tell me what it is yet? 

You get the picture! It’s highly frustrating when you don’t get a clear idea exactly what a service actually is. So yes, talk about the benefits, but also go into the ‘nitty-gritty’ part of the service – i.e. tell the reader what they actually get. 

How Do You Talk About Your Service? 

You need to explain succinctly what your service is. This can be tough if your service isn’t something well known or understood. Take our SEO transformation programme, for example, it’s a programme that people aren’t aware of or search for on Google. So we’ve had to explain it in more detail. Whereas something like ‘web design’ is much more understood. 

It’s good at this point if you break down the features of your service and explain the benefits of those features. Go into as much detail as needed so your reader truly understands what they’d get if they invested in you and why it would benefit them. Below is an example from our SEO Programme, we’ve broken down what you get. 

The 9 Essentials of a High-Converting Service Page

3. Put Your Prices on Your Service Page 

Yup. We know it’s a controversial one, but we’re strong advocates of putting your prices on your website

It’s vital you break down how much your service costs. Why? Because like I said in the introduction, people want all the information they need upfront. The last thing they want is to call someone and find out the price (and this goes for large businesses too!) 

Plus, the last thing you want is to have calls or send out proposals to prospects who don’t have the budget to work with you. That’s just a giant waste of your time. 

How to talk about pricing on your service page. 

You don’t have to go into a lot of detail about your costs, but make sure they’re prominent on the page. 

If your prices vary depending on the client and what they need, this may need a little more explanation. You may want to go into a little detail about why the price differs and what can make it increase. 

A great example is from Automation Ninjas on their Marketing Automation Domination page. 


Example of How to Talk About Costs on Your Sevice Page


4. The Process of Working With You 

Many service pages don’t actually give an indication of what it’s like to work with you. Prospects don’t understand how you communicate, how much time they’ll spend with you directly, how long the process will take, etc. 

But why is this important? Does a prospect really need to know in detail how you work?

In short, yes. People like to have an understanding of what happens next – it makes them feel comfortable and trusting of you. You can’t expect someone to hand over their cash without them your process. 

Plus, showing you have an actual process shows that you’re organised and professional – it proves that this is something you do regularly and you’ve crafted a process for your clients that works. 

How to Talk About Your Process on Your Service Page

All you need to do is give a basic overview of the main steps within your process.

You don’t have to go into too much detail (although we recommend you create a piece of content that goes more in-depth about your process). This is just to give someone a flavour of how you work and make them feel comfortable with your process. 

You can make it look good too, like this example from Sara Bussandri, who gives her reader three clear steps on how her Podcasting Package works. It’s simple, yet effective. 

An Example of a Three Step Process You Can Include On Your Service Page

5. Feature a Decent Case Study or Testimonial on Your Service Page

Having a testimonial that states ‘[Company name] was so professional and friendly. I can’t recommend them enough!’ is just not going to cut it. Words like ‘professional’ and ‘friendly’ aren’t impressive. In fact, that’s the minimum we should expect from a company. 

What you want to do is show transformation–what were your clients like before working with you compared to after working with you.

Now, this can be tricky to get from your clients. They won’t automatically know how to give you this kind of testimonial. So to get this information from them, we ask our clients 5 simple questions…

  1. What problems were you having before working with us?
  2. Why did you hire us specifically over other companies?
  3. How did working with us solve your original problem?
  4. What results have you had since working with us? 
  5. What did you like or didn’t like about us or our service?

You could ask your clients to answer these questions over a video call, that way you can write it all up and send it to them (asking your client to write this up themselves is usually more difficult and you get less detail than you would on video).

Better yet, ask them if they’d be happy to provide a video testimonial instead, you can always use the transcript for a written testimonial too! 

Doing this should give you a really good testimonial that shows the problems your client had and how you helped them solve those problems. To learn more, we created a blog post on how to get a good testimonial from your clients

How to Display Your Testimonial or Case Study

We embed videos on our service pages so they don’t take up as much room as text.

But whether you’re using text or video, make sure you display an image of the person giving the testimonial, their name and their job title. This makes the testimonial much more believable. The more detail you can give, the more ‘proof’ you provide to your prospect that you can really deliver results for your clients. 

Showing a service page checklist download box

6. Include a Section About You and Why You Do What You Do

You’ll notice that this is low down on the list (sorry about that).

Although who you are and why you do what you do is important, it’s not the primary focus of your service page. Your reader wants to know about how you can help them. Once they’re engaged and looking to hire you, that’s when they’ll find out more about who you are. 

So no, this section doesn’t come right at the top of the page but it’s still important. You’ll want to really connect with your reader at this point, building trust and loyalty. 

How to Talk About Yourself on Your Service Page 

Firstly, always include an image of yourself or you and your team, this helps your reader visualise who they’re going to to work with. 

Then you need to explain what you do, why you do it and what motivates you. This is your opportunity to tell your origin story. It’s also an opportunity to showcase who you are and your personality. Have a little fun with your writing, and don’t be afraid to show your quirks too. 

7. Explain Who Your Service Is Right For (And Who It’s Not Right For)   

In all honesty, if someone asked you ‘is your service right for everyone?’ the likelihood is you’d say ‘no’. Our services aren’t right for 100% of people, they’re tailored to a specific audience.  

It’s your job to explain who your service is right for (and who it’s not right for). That way you’ll prevent the wrong types of people getting in touch. But more than that, you’ll increase trust and loyalty with your ideal clients, who will identify themselves as the right fit for your business. They’ll feel exclusive–you don’t just take on anyone and everyone. 

How to Explain Who You’re Right For on Your Service Page

You can do this by presenting a simple table with ‘Who this is right for’ on one side and ‘Who this isn’t for’ on another. Or you can keep it to a simple tick list. This isn’t meant to go into a lot of detail, it’s simply a skim read. 

A good example is from the Membership Guys who include a ‘right fit/wrong fit’ table on their page. 

The 9 Essentials of a High-Converting Service Page8. Strong Calls To Action Throughout 

Your end-user needs direction, and you should help them by including ‘Call To Actions’ across the page. A call to action is usually a button that encourages people to take the next step with you. 

And no, this doesn’t mean sending them to your contact page! You should be specific and purposeful. A contact page is there for more general enquiries. This is different.

Your CTA will differ depending on your service, how much you charge and how much communication you need with your prospect. You wouldn’t have a ‘Book a Call’ CTA for something like a £10 book. But you would for a £1000 per month coaching programme. 

Ultimately, your CTAs may change a few times before you find what works for you. You may find that your prospects aren’t booking a call because they’re not quite ready, in which case you need to think about getting them on your email list instead.

How to Display Your Call to Actions 

You should scatter your call to action across the page under your relevant section. Try to keep to just one call to action, such as ‘book a call’ or ‘buy now’. Always make sure your call to actions…

    • Stand out (use a contrasting colour) 
    • Have plenty of white space around them – make them look important 
    • Use direct language like – Book Your Free Call Now or Buy Now 

9. Include an FAQ on Your Service Page

What may seem obvious to you is not so obvious to your prospects. So it’s good to include an FAQ section that answers any questions your prospect may have. 

Now some business owners make the mistake of including secret humble-brag questions in their FAQ. Things like ‘How many awards have you won?’ – I actually saw this once on Sky’s website!

As much as we would love to think that people care about our awards or when we were established, they care more about what impacts them–how long it takes, the cost, the way you’ll communicate, etc. 

But how do you know what questions to include?  

That’s easy–look at your emails and think back to conversations with your potential clients. What questions did they ask? Those are the questions you should include in your FAQ area. 

How to Present Your FAQ on Your Service Page 

FAQ can get a little text-heavy, so it’s a good idea to only show the question and have a clickable dropdown. Make sure it’s obvious where someone needs to click (otherwise they’ll miss it) but doing it this way makes it visually appealing to your reader.

If You Remember One Thing About Creating Service Pages

So that’s it. Your 9 Essentials of a service page. But if you remember one thing about service pages, remember this: you need to give your prospects all the information they need to make an informed buying decision.

What’s Next?

Are you ready to write your service page or re-write your existing one? Download the printable service page checklist to help you. 

Showing a service page checklist download box

The post The 9 Essentials of a High-Converting Service Page appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/how-to-service-page/feed/ 0
How to Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps https://jammydigital.com/how-to-increase-website-traffic/ https://jammydigital.com/how-to-increase-website-traffic/#respond Sun, 18 Oct 2020 20:03:13 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=5145 Do you have the sneaking suspicion that the only people who visit your website are you and your mum? Or does it feel like you’re getting okay amounts of website traffic, but you want to do much better? You’re not alone. Many business owners struggle to get traffic to their website, and it can be […]

The post How to Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Do you have the sneaking suspicion that the only people who visit your website are you and your mum?

Or does it feel like you’re getting okay amounts of website traffic, but you want to do much better?

You’re not alone. Many business owners struggle to get traffic to their website, and it can be hugely deflating.

You’ve got stuff to sell, after all. Amazing stuff. Stuff that people want to buy, you just need those people to pay attention.

Luckily, there’s an easy way for you to get more website traffic.

In fact, there are 10 easy ways (because we’re generous like that).

In this blog post, we’re going to go through 10 ways you can increase your website traffic. By the end of the post, you’ll have all the information you need to boost your traffic and search engine rankings.

Sound good? Read on…

First things first, what impacts website traffic?

There are so many things that impact website traffic (either negatively or positively). For ease, we’ve grouped these into four categories…

  1. Content Marketing
  2. Website Copy
  3. Technical issues related to your website
  4. Social shares

In this blog post, we’re going to break down each of these categories, telling you exactly how you can improve in each.

Let’s get crackin’

How To Use Content Marketing To Improve Website Traffic

Using content marketing, and particularly blogging, is a great way to rank on search engines and deliver more website traffic.

But, how many business owners start a blog and don’t see results? A lot, unfortunately. So below, we’re going through some ways you can get more traffic from your blog posts.

1. Make Sure Your Blog Post Titles Are Optimised

Do you know that super creative blog post title you came up with?

The one you’re really proud of?

Yeah, you might need to get rid of it.

Business owners often fail to optimise their blog post titles. Instead, they opt for quirky or creative titles (that no one on the planet searches for).

Imagine if I called this blog post, ‘Get more eyeballs on your website.’ Now, that’s nice and everything, but no one will search for that.

And, it could be confusing to the reader too. It may take them a second or two to grasp what you mean, and it doesn’t really sell the benefits of reading the blog post. It actually brings up the mental image of just some eyeballs, floating mid-air staring at a computer screen…weird.

How to optimise blog post titles

Choose a blog post title that people actually search for.

You have to make sure your blog post title tells the reader (and search engines) what the post is about. It’s also advisable you include your keywords. In the case of this article, the keyword is ‘How to increase website traffic’.

This way you’re more likely to get search engine rankings, and therefore, more website traffic. Simple.

If you want to read more about optimising your blog post, check out our SEO Checklist for Blog Posts

2. Make Your Blog Post Titles Interesting

Yeah we know, we just told you to make it clear to the reader and search engines what your blog post is about via the title. But that doesn’t mean you can’t make it interesting.

When your blog post is shared across social media you want people to click on it.

So as long as you can include your keywords in there, and you explain what the article is about, the rest is up to you to make it enticing.

How to make your blog post titles interesting

We could’ve called this blog post ‘How to Improve Your Website Traffic’ but we added ‘in just 10 simple steps.’

The word ‘simple’ is a ‘power word’ that grabs people’s attention. Using power words like ‘simple’ or ‘now’ or ‘instantly’ really do work.

We go into more details about this in our blog post, ‘How to Write Blog Posts People Actually Want to Read’.

We guarantee if you nail the title, you’ll get way more clicks from social media.

Stop using just bland imagery or stock photos for your blog post images

Imagine, you’re scrolling on Twitter or Facebook. You move pretty fast, right? And you see the images below…

How to Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps

How to Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps

How to Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps

Would any make you stop?

Not really.

I actually think our brains have an automatic blocker for these sorts of images.

But what about these images…

How to Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps

How to Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps

How to Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps

You’re more likely to stop right?

That’s because these images are so much more eye-catching. And when they’re done consistently in the same style every single time, your audience will come to recognise these images. They’ll form part of your brand.

They also include the blog post title in the image too. This is good because the person on social media can easily spot the title and what the post is all about.

How to create the main image for your blog post

Now, we know that not everyone is a photoshop whizz.

But even using a simple image in Canva with some text overlaid and your logo can make a huge difference. And try to keep the same style and consistency for every single blog post image – one that reflects your brand.

3. If you’re not creating content already, do it!

It’s difficult to get search engine rankings if you don’t produce regular content. I’m not saying it’s impossible, but it’s difficult.

But the more content you create (and the right kind of content) the more keywords you’ll rank for and the more traffic you’ll get to your website.

How to start with a business blog

A lot of business owners say they struggle for content ideas. Here’s one easy way to fix that – answer a question. What are the most common questions you get about your business?

Write these down and use them as ideas for your content. Chances are if your customers or prospects are asking those questions, lots of people are Googling them too!

Or you can download our content planner which will give you a ton of ideas for traffic-generating content!

Download Our Content Marketing Planner

How to Improve Your Website Copy For More Website Visitors

Website copy is often considered an after-thought by business owners who prefer to focus on what their website looks like. But NEWSFLASH! Google doesn’t care how pretty your website is! It cares about user-experience and, the words on the page.

That’s why your website copy is vital for higher rankings and, you guessed it, more website traffic. We’re going to go through some reasons

4. Make sure you have enough copy on your web pages

It’s not as simple as more words = higher search engine rankings. After all, if those words are complete gobbledygook that’s not going to rank.

However, business websites often have a lack of actual information. Ever been on a website and just can’t find the info you need? Yeah, we all have. This is not good for search engines or for your readers either. Both need a lot of information.

I’ve even seen a business owner trying to sell a 3K coaching package with just a paragraph of information. That’s not enough to rank on search (especially in a competitive market) and certainly not enough to give the reader the information they need to know about that service.

How to write an informative service page that ranks

Every service you offer should have its own dedicated web page. If you think you couldn’t possibly write that much about one service then break it down and talk about…

  • the features and benefits of your service
  • who it’s aimed at
  • the process and how it works
  • an FAQ
  • testimonials/case studies.

You can begin to see how one service can easily take up an entire page.

The more quality, in-depth content you write about your services the more likely they’ll rank on Google.

A lot of people ask here ‘yes, but how many words do I need?’ Unfortunately, there isn’t that one special number. Just make sure you cover everything your reader will need to know. But for service-based businesses, in particular, I would expect to see 1000+ words on a page.

5. Your copy isn’t optimised

Just like your blog posts, your copy also has to be optimised. A lot of people use the phrase ‘you should write for your reader first and not search engines’.

But actually, search engines and your readers want the exact same thing – good, clear, in-depth copy that provides the reader with everything they need.

By optimising your copy, we’re not saying talk like a robot or stuff keywords everywhere, quite the opposite! Google is now sophisticated enough to see past that.

So we always advise, ‘write for your reader, but be mindful of search engines.’

How to optimise your website copy

To optimise your website copy, you should use your keywords NATURALLY throughout your copy. And don’t just use the same keyword, mix up the phrases that people search for. I.e. if you run a cleaning company in Manchester you could use ‘Cleaner in Manchester’, ‘Spring Cleaning’, ‘One-off clean’, ‘Weekly cleaner around Manchester’ etc.

It’s best if you do some keyword research to find out what people are searching for. We like to use a tool called SEM Rush. We pay for this monthly, but they do let you do a couple of searches for free, which is handy.

If you want to know more about keyword research (and how to check your rankings for free), check out this blog post: 5 Ways to Check Your Keyword Rankings

Finally, make sure you use clear language and make things obvious. As a book editor, if the title of one of your pages was ‘the pro plan’ that’s difficult to rank. But if you named it, ‘Book Editing for Non-Fiction Authors – The Pro Package ’ see the difference? Now you’ve got some keywords in there. Plus, it’s better for the reader too!

Technical Stuff that Impacts Rankings and Website Traffic

Sometimes it’s just some annoying technical stuff that can impact your website traffic. Luckily, we’ve gone through the most common traffic-halting technical issues, and we tell you how to fix them…

6. Make sure your website is mobile-friendly

This is one huge traffic stopper! You have to have a mobile-friendly website. Ever visited a website from your mobile and had to pinch at the corners of the screen to see everything. Ugh, it’s awful, isn’t it? And if your users don’t like it. Google certainly won’t like it either!

A whopping 60% of Google searches now take place on mobile. And if your website isn’t mobile-friendly, Google may penalise you in their search results.

How to do make sure your site is mobile-friendly

Firstly, to understand if your website is mobile-friendly across all devices, visit Google’s mobile-friendly checker. What you want to see is a big a-okay from Google that your site is mobile friendly. Like this…

How to Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps

If it isn’t mobile-friendly, you’ll need to fix it. How to fix it depends on how your website is set up. You’ll either need to contact your web developer. Or if you’ve built your site yourself, you’ll need to fix it through the backend of your site. If you use a page builder such as Elementor, click on the little mobile icon in your editor and it will show you the mobile version of your site that you can edit.

7. Make sure your website loads quickly

If your website loads too slowly, then it will impact your search engine rankings. Google wants to give its users the best experience possible, so if your website won’t load quickly, they’re not going to show you in their search results.

In 2018, Google conducted some research which revealed that 53% of users will leave a website if it takes longer than three seconds to load.

So even if people do find your snail-like website, they’re probably going to leave it before it even loads on their screen!

How to speed up your website…

Firstly, you can check how fast your website loads using a website like GT Metrix. It will also give you a more detailed overview of what is impacting your website speed. Now, for non-techies, this can look a bit like gobbledygook. So it may be best to send this info to your web developer if your page load speed is poor.

But there are things you can do, for example, every time you upload an image to your website make sure it’s compressed (i.e. no humongous!) You can use a website like Tiny PNG to do this – your image quality will remain the same but it will load much quicker.

If you’re really stuck and you’ve DIY’d your website – you can use a speed up service from somewhere like WP Fix It, to speed up your site.

8. Make your meta description and title tags irresistible

Title tags and meta descriptions aren’t visible on your website, but they are displayed in Google’s search results. The image below shows you exactly what I mean.

Image showing where the title tag and meta descriptions are

The problem is, people often let their content management system (CMS) automatically fill the title tag and meta description for them. The CMS will pull details from your page or blog post to create this information.

But that’s not the best way to do this. What you need to do is write something from scratch (it’ll take you five minutes) that entices the person using search engines. After all, you’re competing with the entire page for clicks, and you want people to choose you.

How to make your title tags and meta description enticing

Firstly, make sure your title tag includes your keywords (just don’t stuff them in, it looks spammy!) Keep it natural, and summarise what the page or article is about. In this instance, we’ve gone for…

Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps | Web Traffic

It’s best to separate any phrases with a pipe (|) as it looks neater.

For the meta description, this is where you need to appeal to the user. You want them to click on your website, so you need to think of a way to get them to do that. What are the main benefits if they click on that page and read the contents? What outcome will they receive? I’ve shown an example below from one of our blog posts.

How to Use Social Media to Get More Website Traffic

Using social media is a great way of getting traffic to your website. But you’ve got to do it right. You can’t just share a link to a page or post and expect people to visit your website. Find out how you can use social media to increase your website traffic below…

9. Promote Your Content (Properly!)

You create content and yet…you do very little in the way of promotion of your content. Maybe you share a basic link to your latest blog post or podcast episode over your social media channels. Unfortunately, that ain’t going to cut it.

If you want to get more eyeballs on your content (and by default, your website) then you have to promote that content. Some people even suggest spending as much time promoting the content as you do creating it. Eeeek!

How to promote your content to get more website traffic

Have you emailed your content to your email subscribers? Have you shared not just a link on social media but actual engaging posts about the content? Have you reached out to influencers who may want to share it with their followers?

There’s a big bunch of stuff you can do! A great article to look at is one by one of our members, Sara Bussandri, who helps business owners repurpose blog content into Linkedin posts and articles.

10. Don’t forget about your website in favour of social media

It’s safe to say that if you neglect your website in favour of social media, it’s unlikely to get much traffic. You can’t have ‘build it and they will come’ mentality to your website. You have to actively focus on getting more traffic and higher search engine rankings.

How to get more traffic to your website?

That sounds like a lot of work. But actually, if you dedicate some time to it, it can pay dividends for a long time. We generate traffic, leads and sales from articles we published years ago! And all we had to do was write it once and optimise it well. One of our MYMO members Janine, now gets more enquiries through her website, when she previously relied on LinkedIn to generate sales.

Where On Earth Do You Start?

Okay, so this may seem a little overwhelming. And we get that.

First things first, if you’re not producing blog content, do it. Commit to it. Because this will make THE biggest difference to your website traffic and rankings.

If you’re already blogging, are your posts gaining much traffic? Are you producing the right type of blog post? Are you getting in front of people who are searching?

Our Content Marketing Planner will help you with this. It’ll help you plan an entire year’s worth of content in 30 minutes or less! And it’s the right kind of content that will deliver website traffic.Download Our Content Marketing Planner

The post How to Increase Your Website Traffic in Just 10 Simple Steps appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/how-to-increase-website-traffic/feed/ 0
How to Stop Customer Issues Before They Happen (Using Content Marketing) https://jammydigital.com/prevent-client-problems/ https://jammydigital.com/prevent-client-problems/#respond Sun, 20 Sep 2020 21:56:49 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4927 What are you, psychic? How on earth are you supposed to know what customer issues will come up in your business? And how, then, can you prevent them from happening? We’re not suggesting you use a crystal ball to see into the future to predict any client/customer issues. (Besides, the first thing we’d all do […]

The post How to Stop Customer Issues Before They Happen (Using Content Marketing) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
What are you, psychic? How on earth are you supposed to know what customer issues will come up in your business?

And how, then, can you prevent them from happening?

We’re not suggesting you use a crystal ball to see into the future to predict any client/customer issues.

(Besides, the first thing we’d all do if we had a crystal ball is check out those lottery numbers, right?)

But there are things you can do to prevent client problems before they actually happen.

How To Prevent Customer Issues Before They Happen

Have you ever had a problem involving your customers or clients? We know we have. It’s safe to say that the majority of businesses have. We are human, after all.

These problems could be things like…

Taking on the ‘wrong fit’ client

– someone who doesn’t respect you or how you work. Or someone who can’t follow your processes. Or simply someone who is not on your wavelength.

Scope creep

– a common problem for business owners who end up doing much more than what was originally agreed.

Clients not doing their ‘part’

– if you’re anything like us, you may need your clients to do things in order to complete the project. For us, this is things like providing a website copy or a logo. You may find that some of your clients are a little sloth-like when it comes to giving you what you need.

Customers not knowing what happens next

– they may have started out excited to buy from you, but they’ve ended up confused about what’s going on

What you need to do is think about all the problems you’ve experienced before, and think about how you can prevent these from happening again.

But to do this successfully, you need to rethink how you view these problems…

Changing Your Mindset: Problem Customers Are YOUR Responsibility

You may feel that when issues crop up with your clients or customers, this isn’t your fault. Perhaps you feel that the customer is unreasonable or demanding or just won’t put in the work they need to do?

Here’s the thing, regardless of whose fault it is, you need to take responsibility for it.

And we get how hard it is to take ownership and responsibility for something (especially if you feel it isn’t your fault).

But by taking responsibility, we’re not saying that you should be a pushover and do exactly what people tell you to do – quite the opposite.

We’re talking about accepting that the problem happened, understanding why it happened and using content marketing to prevent it from happening again.

[bctt tweet=”Accept the problem happened, understand why it happened, and use content to prevent it from happening again. ” username=”Jammy_Digital”]

A Proactive Rather than Reactive Approach to Solving Customer Issues

This all stems from having a proactive approach to problem prevention (rather than reacting as soon as problems crop up!)

This is how content marketing can help. You can create content that proactively prevents problems from happening in your business BEFORE they happen.

The Contract Myth: Why Not Use A Contract to Prevent Issues?

When business owners start to think about proactively preventing problems in their business, the first place they start is the contract or terms and conditions.

This isn’t a bad thing – far from it, it’s always a good idea to have a contract! But, a contract can give you a false sense of security.

It can make you feel protected. But, it relies on your client or customer reading it (and a lot won’t). And secondly, if something does happen, do you really want to utter the phrase ‘as per the contract’? Can you imagine saying this phrase every month or week? Eugh. It gives us the heebie-jeebies just thinking about it.

That’s not the best foundation for good customer relationships.

So yes, a contract is a good idea and it will offer you legal protection.

But referencing your contract with your client is really the ‘last case scenario’ card.

[bctt tweet=”A Contract Should Not Replace Good Communication With Your Customers” username=”Jammy_Digital”]

It’s much better if your potential customer is educated about who you are and how you work before they even get in touch with you. Rather than down the line when issues crop up.

Content Fortress Book

How Do You Use Content Marketing to Prevent Customer Issues?

There are actually a lot of ways you can use content marketing to prevent customer issues.

  1. Make Sure You Only Work With The ‘Right Fit’ by Creating ‘Repelling’ Content

Ever taken on a client and realised they’re not the right fit? This could be for different reasons: they could see you as an employee – someone to boss around or interrupt at any time of day.

Or they could be someone who isn’t yet ready for your products or services. They’re not bad, just not suited for what you offer.

Taking on clients that are the wrong fit can cause huge amounts of stress (for both you and the client). That’s why you need to be crystal clear…

  • Exactly who you help and what you will and will not do
  • Communicating that to your prospects

You can do this through something we call ‘repelling content’ which is specific content that repels the ‘wrong fits’ from working with you.

How Repelling Content Prevents Customer Issues

It prevents you from taking on clients who are the ‘wrong fit’, and better still, it prevents you from even talking to the ‘wrong fit’ clients. The last thing you want is to waste your time communicating with people who aren’t right for your business, and this content hits them before they get in touch.

The beauty of ‘repelling content’ is that it also works to attract those dream clients too. It shows that you’re selective about who you work with and that you’re not for everyone. It makes those who are the right fit feel special and part of a select group.

Examples of our ‘repelling content’ include:

Reasons You Shouldn’t Work With Us
Why New Businesses Shouldn’t Invest Thousands in a Website

*If you want to delve deeper into how content can protect your business, check out our book, Content Fortress

Content Fortress Book

2. Communicate Better With Customers By Using Process Content

Consistent customer communication is the key to happy customers. And happy customers, as you guessed it, means happy business owners.

But, consistent customer communication is actually a lot of work!

Particularly if you have long, in-depth projects with lots of moving parts and you need your clients to do some work too.

To do this, we recommend you create ‘process content’. Process content is a way of communicating with your customers/clients, informing them of what’s happening during every step of your process. It can be public content and also private content. But the best part about it is you create it once and use it time-and-time again.

How Process Content Prevents Customer Issues

Your clients/customers are happy as they’re getting regular, educational content that tells them exactly what’s going on. They’re not left confused, or worse, wondering if they made a bad buying decision.

Better yet, you’re happy because you create this content once, and use it again and again with your clients/customers. Saving you loads of time (and impressing your customers too).

Examples of some of our process content:

3. Attract Customers Who Are On Your ‘Wavelength’ With Opinion Content

Opinion content is, you guessed it, content that revolves around your opinion. This could be something to do with your industry, products, or customers, or even something personal to you.

Often opinion content stems from your frustrations. It comes from experience and that voice within that tells you, ‘okay, I really need to say something to stop this from happening.’

How Opinion Content Prevents Customer Issues

Some people will disagree with your opinion. Others will agree with it. Either way, if you produce ‘opinion content’ you will attract those with similar beliefs (and repel the ones with opposing beliefs).

This works because you end up attracting customers who are on your wavelength. They get you and what you’re all about.

Plus, it makes people aware that you have an opinion, and this is based on your experience and expertise. You position yourself as an authority and as someone who isn’t just a ‘yes-man/woman’- simply there to take orders.

Examples of some of our opinion content:

Remember, it’s All Your Responsibility

Remember it’s incredibly freeing when you take ownership when things go wrong in your business. Because it’s all in your power to prevent it from happening again.

By using content, you prevent issues in your business right from the beginning. It’s a pro-active, preventative measure that helps you stop problems before they happen.

If you’re interested in reading more about how to work with your dream clients and repel the ones who aren’t the right fit, then pre-order a copy of our book, Content Fortress.

Those who pre-order a copy will be part of a training session with us, which delves deeper into how to use content marketing to protect and grow your business…

Content Fortress Book

The post How to Stop Customer Issues Before They Happen (Using Content Marketing) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/prevent-client-problems/feed/ 0
An Introduction to Content Fortress, and Why is’s Vital for Your Business https://jammydigital.com/content-fortress/ https://jammydigital.com/content-fortress/#respond Wed, 09 Sep 2020 20:28:40 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4873 A fortress is a structure that protects whatever is on the inside–an entire village, castles, a high-and-mighty king and all his jewels. But, in this case, what’s inside the fortress is your business. And instead of stone, the fortress is made up of content. It may sound a little drastic. Having to ‘protect’ your business […]

The post An Introduction to Content Fortress, and Why is’s Vital for Your Business appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
A fortress is a structure that protects whatever is on the inside–an entire village, castles, a high-and-mighty king and all his jewels.

But, in this case, what’s inside the fortress is your business. And instead of stone, the fortress is made up of content.

It may sound a little drastic. Having to ‘protect’ your business with a fortress of content. This isn’t life or death, is it? We’re not at war.

Of course not. But you are the most important asset in your business. And you must protect yourself to guarantee the future health and success of your business.

We’ve found that the easiest, simplest and most effective way to protect yourself and your business is through content.

Our Fancy-Pants Definition of a Content Fortress:

A Content Fortress is about using content to protect your business, time and even your mental health.

It’s a proactive prevention strategy, ensuring you only attract and serve the right customers. Each piece of content that you create, using this strategy, is another stone in your content fortress.

Content Fortress Book

Content Fortress: A Happy Accident Born From Unhappy Circumstances

We’d used content marketing to grow our business. And it worked well…

  • We ranked on Google
  • We 10x our website traffic
  • We had a steady flow of leads and sales
  • We raised our prices

BUT…

Something was wrong.

None of this stopped us from getting stressed. In fact, when we reached this level of success, we were more stressed than we’d ever been. We were constantly busy, sometimes dealing with difficult or demanding clients, and our work/life balance was pretty much 100% work/ 0% life.

So it got us thinking. If we could use content marketing to grow our business, could we develop a way of using content to protect our business from difficult client situations and, more importantly, protect our time?

That’s when we started to build a Content Fortress (although it didn’t have such a cool name at the time).

Identify Your Gaps – Fill Them With Content

Building a Content Fortress is all about identifying the gaps in your business–in your processes, in your communication, in all those problem areas that cause you stress and hassle–and using content to improve them (or eradicate the issues entirely).

On the flip side, as well as preventing problems, it’s also about working with your dream customers. It’s about how to educate your prospects, and get them to a place where they’re your dream customers, who understand who you are and how you work. The kind of customers that get you out of bed in the morning.

An Example of Content Fortress in Action…

If you want to see an example of this in action, we published a blog post why new business owners shouldn’t thousands invest in a new website.

We did this because…

  • New business owners needed a lot of our time and support (not just with their website but with setting up a business)
  • The projects took a long time as they didn’t have website-copy, a logo or branding.
  • They would want to wait until their site was live until they started selling (and had to get their investment back quickly)
  • They would need to change their website shortly after it went live, because a lot changed for their businesses within the first twelve months.

It’s fair to say that new business owners weren’t the right fit for us. And, spending thousands on a website wasn’t the right thing for them either.

By creating content, we prevented new business owners from working with us. But we also educated them on the best route to take.

Instead of saying no in an email, feeling awkward, typing and then deleting the email a thousand times. Or coming across as arrogant–like we didn’t want to work with new business owners. We explained our reasoning through content.

It saved us time, money and stress.

Since then no new business owners have asked us to build them a website. But…people have read that blog post, and come back years later when they were in a better position to invest.

People Don’t Care What You Say. They Care What You Publish.

We could just send an email every time a new business owner asked us to design a website. We could just explain our reasons why we don’t do it.

But when you publish something, it commits you to it. It proves to your prospect that this is true. It shows them you take it seriously. And it shows them that this is not just something that applies to them, it’s how you run your business for all your customers.

You can say all sorts of things to your prospects and customers. But, the sad fact is, people, don’t care what you say. They only care what you publish.

[bctt tweet=”People Don’t Care What You Say. They Care What You Publish. ‘What is a Content Fortress and Why Is It Vital For Your Business?’ ” username=”Jammy_Digital”]

Making A Commitment To Yourself

Building your Content Fortress helps you stick to your own rules. Because we’re all tempted to take on the wrong fit or bend our processes a little. Especially when money is waved in front of us. Even if you have that niggling feeling in your stomach, telling you something isn’t right. You say, oh it’s fine. Yes, there are some red-flags with XYZ. But it’ll be okay.

You’re only human. We all get tempted! But content is a great way to keep ourselves in line. We can’t go back once it’s published.

Content Fortress Book

The Eight Pillars of the Content Fortress

There are eight pillars that make up a content fortress. By producing content around these eight pillars, you will…

  1. Attract your dream clients
  2. Prevent customer issues
  3. Communicate better with your customers
  4. Have happier customers who are more likely to recommend you

The Eight Pillars That Make Up Your Content Fortress

During stressful or uncertain times in our business, we turned to content to help us. We wanted to create a business that supported the life we wanted to lead. And we discovered that there are eight different types of content you can create in order to protect your time, and work with your dream customers.

In our book, Content Fortress, we do a deep dive into each of these pillars, with examples from businesses who do it well. But here’s an overview to help…

Repel Content

There’s a lot of talk about attracting your ideal clients. But not so much about repelling those who are the wrong fit. You have to actively repel the ‘wrong fits’ from buying from you. And you have to do this BEFORE they get in touch. Why? Because you don’t want these people taking up any of your time. You don’t want them disrupting your day. That’s why content is the best way to do this.

Attracting Content

In the same way as repelling content, you have to ‘actively’ attract your dream clients. The problem is, our ‘dream’ clients aren’t always paying attention to us. You need to create content that proves to them that your products or services are helpful and relevant–even if they’re unaware of you, your product. Or even if they don’t think you can help.

Sales Content

Sales content is for those lurkers who are ‘on the fence’ about working with you. They know who you are, and they know how you can help. But they’re still a little unsure. This kind of content gives them the push (or shove) that they need. It gives them the confidence that you’re the right company for them. It sells your products and services just like a good salesperson could face-to-face.

Pricing Content

Every single customer who gets in touch with you will ask you about the cost of your products or services. But the kind of ‘pricing content’ we’re talking about goes way beyond talking about the cost of your products or services. It’s about creating specific pieces of pricing content that will attract your ideal customers and keep your current customers happy. It’s not ‘here’s what I charge’. It’s ‘this is why I charge what I charge’.

Guiding Content 

Guiding content is content that helps your prospects become better, more well-informed customers. This means by the time you take them on as a client or customer you spend less time educating them. You get started on the project or deliver the product much quicker, and your customer feels completely at ease.

Process Content

Process content tells your customer exactly what is happening at every stage of the buying journey. From the moment your customer hands over their precious cash, to the moment you deliver your product (and beyond) they should be informed about your process and what happens next. This is a biggie in terms of keeping your customers happy.

Culture Content

Culture Content is a way of using who you are, your values and your story to attract your dream clients. Knowing and promoting who you are and what you stand for isn’t some cringy marketing exercise (well, it doesn’t have to be). It’s vital when it comes to attracting your dream customers. The kind of customers that get you out of bed in the morning.

Opinion Content

We all have opinions about what we do. About our work, our customers and our industry. We form these opinions through experience and knowledge. But often, we don’t share these opinions with our prospective clients, and we definitely don’t do it in our content. But we should, because this is the way you can attract like-minded customers who you’ll love to work with.

Try This Simple Task…

Now all of that can feel a little…scary. It seems like a lot there. But you don’t need to produce content for each pillar straight away. Try this simple task first.

Think of the last time you had an issue in your business – it could be a miscommunication with a customer or taking on the wrong kind of client.

Now, think of how you can prevent this from happening again. Because you’d do things differently, right? Now think of a piece of content you can create to combat this problem from happening again. Just like we did with the blog post, ‘why new businesses shouldn’t spend thousands on a website’.

That’s all you have to do, think about it. Got it?

That’s Content Fortress. It’s learning from all those issues in your business and using content to prevent them happening again.

If you want to delve deeper into what Content Fortress is all about and how it can help your business, pre-order our book. It’s £12+ delivery. And 10% of sales go to the mental health charity, Mind.

Also, those who pre-order will get a place on our Content Fortress live training taking place in October – for free. Click the link below…

Content Fortress Book

 

The post An Introduction to Content Fortress, and Why is’s Vital for Your Business appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/content-fortress/feed/ 0
Why We Don’t Pitch For Projects (And What We Do Instead) https://jammydigital.com/no-pitch-project/ https://jammydigital.com/no-pitch-project/#respond Thu, 03 Sep 2020 21:17:44 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4864 We get it. You need help getting more leads and sales from your website and content marketing. And you want to hire an external company to help. So what do you do? You ask some companies you like to pitch their services. They show up, suited and booted, ready to impress. There’s a fancy powerpoint. […]

The post Why We Don’t Pitch For Projects (And What We Do Instead) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
We get it. You need help getting more leads and sales from your website and content marketing. And you want to hire an external company to help.

So what do you do? You ask some companies you like to pitch their services.

They show up, suited and booted, ready to impress.

There’s a fancy powerpoint. Visual aids.

And you analyse which company you like best.

It’s a process that happens every day all across the world.

And in this blog post, we’re going to tell you why it’s deeply flawed.

We’ll tell you why we don’t pitch for work. And what we do instead.

First Things First: This Is Not About Our Ego

When we say the words, ‘Thank you so much for asking us to pitch for this project. It means a lot that you approached us. However, we don’t actually pitch for work…’ Well, we understand that we come across as a little, how shall we put it? Egotistical.

We’d  like to say that this does not come from our ego. We don’t think we’re better than other companies.

We don’t hold our noses in the air, saying ‘Eugh, pitching. That is SO beneath us.’

The reason that we don’t pitch for work is because pitching is not the best thing for us. But more importantly, it’s not the best thing for you.

Getting companies to pitch to you is not the best way for you to find the right company for your business and what you need.

Why? Well, we’re going to run through the reasons why we don’t pitch. And why you should consider another process when hiring companies to work with.

A Pitch is Based on Your Brief…But Your Brief Needs Discussion

When you see a doctor, you give them a list of symptoms and rely on them to diagnose what’s wrong with you.

When you see a mechanic about a fault on your car, you tell them the problems, and they find out what’s wrong with it.

But when you give an agency your ‘brief’, you’ve already diagnosed your own problems. And you’ve already come up with a solution.

A perfect example of this is with Search Engine Optimisation. A lot of companies want an SEO company to help them get more traffic and search rankings. When actually, before they do anything, they need to improve their website’s user-experience. There’s no point paying to get loads of website traffic, if people don’t know where to go when they land on your site.

The Website Success Framework

If you need help with getting more leads and sales from your website, there are six key areas you need to focus on.

Website Success Framework Jammy

We’ve seen companies spend tens of thousands on a website redesign, when actually, they needed to invest in content marketing and lead generation.

We’ve seen companies invest in website copy, but the design is so poor they don’t come across as trustworthy.

You need to hit all six to have a successful website. Often, businesses will struggle in two or three of these key areas. That’s what a good company should help diagnose…way before you get to writing a brief.

What We Do Instead

Instead of pitching something based on your brief (and based on you diagnosing your own problems). We have a conversation with you about your problems. We then come up with some ideas about how you would best address those problems. And we do this in an unbiased way. Sometimes, we can help. Sometimes, another company is a better fit for what you need. Either way, you have a full understanding of what you need and your next steps.

2. Pitching is About Us Charming You

But it’s not about us. At least, it shouldn’t be.

When a company pitches to you, it’s all about them. It’s all about their experience, their team, their past projects, and their ideas.

They want to dazzle you, charm you and convince you that they are the company for you. They present a slick powerpoint and showcase their many awards. But is this really the best way for you to identify whether this company is right for your business?

We don’t think so.

Because when you come to choose a company, you need the focus to be on you–on your business and what you want to achieve. You need a company that asks you questions (not the other way around). Essentially, you need to be in the spotlight. Only then, can that company truly help you.

What We Do Instead

We want to work with companies who are the right fit. We want to actually help companies, and deliver a good return on investment (because, let’s face it, no one want’s unhappy clients, right?)

To do that, we can’t just present to everyone, showing off our skills and expertise. Because we still don’t know if we’re the right fit for each other.

We simply need a conversation (yup, there’s that word again). By having a conversation, both parties can find out if we’re a good fit. And we can identify if we can help you. Or if not, we can point you in the right direction.

3. The Free ‘Stuff’ Isn’t Always Helpful

A common request we get asked of us, is to come up with lots of ideas in our pitch. Or even designs or full marketing/SEO reports.

Now, we’re not blaming you for thinking this is the norm because…well, it is. A lot of companies do this. They pour hours and hours of their time coming up with ideas/reports/creating designs, and all sorts of things for a pitch.

We Always Say No to the Request for Freebies…Here’s Why

Firstly, we can’t create designs or full marketing reports without having a full understanding of your business.

That means understanding the problems you’re facing, your staff and capabilities, your competitors, and what you want to achieve. We need to spend a lot of time analysing your website, analytics, search rankings, content marketing and website copy. This process is actually part of the paid project–the initial strategy. It usually takes two-three weeks, and it’s pretty intensive.

But we could easily knock up a design.

We could download some SEO reports using some software.

But here’s the snag. It may not be helpful to you.

Why? Because we haven’t done all the things above. We haven’t done a deep-dive of your company. So the design we come up with would definitely change later down the line. Those SEO stats could be pointless without us doing some intensive research into what your audience is searching for and how we can capture them.

Essentially, the free stuff you often get in pitches may not have any reflection on the end service/product.

The second reason is slightly more controversial.

Some companies do put hours, days or even weeks into your pitch. They spend a lot of time coming up with ideas, designs and/or reports. And they do all of this for free.

We don’t do this because we don’t believe any business should give so much of their time away for free. If we did, we’d have less time to spend with our current clients, and it would impact our business negatively.

Essentially, we prioritise our current clients over winning new ones. We prioritise serving those who pay us, rather than serving those who may (or may not) pay us.

What We Do Instead

Now, saying all that, it doesn’t mean we don’t want to speak to you at all! As we’ve said before, what we do is have a conversation with you. We’ll ask you a lot of questions (and you can ask us questions too), and we’ll give you our unbiased advice and guidance about the best way forward.

Still Nervous?

For many businesses, pitching is still the norm. It’s the way you can see what a company actually can do. It makes you feel safe and secure. You’re investing money and you want to spend it wisely. But pitching is not the best way to find the right company for you.

If we’ve sent this blog post to you’ve requested us to pitch, we hope we can have a conversation and learn more about you and your business. The focus should be on you, after all 😉

We’ll assess whether we’re the right company for you and if we are, we’ll put together a proposal. If we’re not the right fit, we’ll give you some recommendations on which path to take, and which companies could help you.

The post Why We Don’t Pitch For Projects (And What We Do Instead) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/no-pitch-project/feed/ 0
Who Are The Best Web Designers in the World? https://jammydigital.com/best-web-designer-world/ https://jammydigital.com/best-web-designer-world/#respond Mon, 20 Jul 2020 09:50:31 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4857 So many business owners have a ‘bad web designer’ story.  A time when they’ve hired a web designer and found the process painful. They didn’t see a return on investment. And the whole process took way longer than expected!  You’ve probably heard these stories too.  Or worse, you’ve experienced it yourself.  And that’s why you […]

The post Who Are The Best Web Designers in the World? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
So many business owners have a ‘bad web designer’ story. 

A time when they’ve hired a web designer and found the process painful. They didn’t see a return on investment. And the whole process took way longer than expected! 

You’ve probably heard these stories too. 

Or worse, you’ve experienced it yourself. 

And that’s why you want to hire the right agency. 

You don’t want to spend time and money working with an agency only to realise they’re total pants, and you’re not going to make a return on your investment. 

But how do you find such an agency/freelancer? 

How do you know who you can trust? 

How can you make sure you’re not just another business owner with a ‘bad web designer’ story. 

Easy! In this blog post, we’re going to give you a list of top web design agencies from across the world. 

Why Are You Writing This? Don’t You Know You Offer Web Design Services? 

Yes, we do offer web design as a service (we didn’t forget about that). But we know that we’re not for everyone. And there are many reasons we may not be the right fit for you. 

And we’re certainly not arrogant enough to think that we’re the only agency good at web design! There are lots of people in the industry whose work we admire and value. 

So we made a list of who we think are the top web agencies in the world. 

How did we choose these top agencies?

We have followed most of these agencies for a while (at least 12 months) and we’ve always admired what they do. Not only do these agencies create amazing websites, each and every one of them invests in their education to continually improve their knowledge. This was a HUGE factor in creating this list. 

How do we know they are the best agencies in the world?

Obviously, we don’t know every web designer in the world so we can’t include them all BUT we feel confident that the agencies we have chosen will deliver an amazing experience for you and a fantastic website. We fully appreciate that our opinion, might differ from yours and that’s ok but we can only include web designers we know and trust.

The Website Success Framework

This is what we have called the Website Success Framework. It’s something that we created in order to help you understand what makes a PERFECT website.

We’ve selected agencies that have knowledge and understanding of the six key factors that make a website a success. Here’s a fancy-pants wheel for you to see what these are. And you can learn more about the 6 key things that make a successful website in our blog post. 

Website Success Framework JammyUltimately, a good website is not just a pretty website. And a good web designer is not just someone who makes pretty websites. 

Increase website sales

Good web designers (like all the ones in the list) have an understanding of these 6 key things. And the web designers we’ve selected also have particular strengths in one or more of these areas… 

1. Appearance

Appearance matters if you want to make an impact, build a brand and stand out from the crowd. Sometimes web developers get a little caught up in the functionality and code, and they fail to make the site actually look good! 

2. Search Engine Optimisation (SEO)

SEO is vital to your website’s success. We all want to show up on Google, right? There are particular ways and methods of building websites that make them more likely to rank in search results – such as making them mobile-friendly or fast to load. 

3. Content Marketing 

Content marketing can increase rankings, drive traffic and generate leads for your business. Good web design agencies should help you with content, such as figuring out how a user can view and search your content, or how to convert readers into leads. 

4. User Experience

This is a biggie. Every web design agency should understand user-experience. User experience is essentially how easy your website is to use. Agencies should create websites that will help your users flow through your site with ease.

5. Lead Generation 

If you want your website to convert visitors into customers then you need an agency to help you do that. Everything from call to actions (size/colour/text) to the placement of lead magnets has to be carefully thought-through. A good agency will do this for you. 

6. Website Copy 

We’re not saying that web design agencies also have to be copywriters (although some certainly are!) But a good agency will guide you on how to create your copy and convert readers into leads and sales. 

Web designers you can hire

So now you should have a good understanding of our criteria – agencies with knowledge in all of the above, and particular key strengths in one or more of them. It’s also agencies who continuously learn and improve, so they can pass on that knowledge to their clients, and apply it to their websites. 

The list is in no particular order but we have broken down the different countries to make it easy for you. You can select a country from the list below.

The BEST web designers in the world

*DRUMROLL

Without Further Ado Here Are The Best Web Design Agencies in the World…

UK Web Design Companies


Dickiebirds Studio

What They Do: WordPress Website Design and Development | White Label Services 

Who They Help:
Businesses
Personal Brands
Web Design Agencies (White Label Service) 

Overview:
The team at Dickiebirds Studio Design create phenomenal websites that focus on converting your visitors into leads and sales. They are all about the strategy and user-experience! 

Peter and Paul also have a white label service that can help other agencies create incredible WordPress websites. 


SO The Agency

What They Do: Branding | Web Design | SEO | Digital Marketing 

Who They Help:
Small business owners
The education sector (with a strong background in working with universities and FE Colleges)
Web design agencies offering a white label SEO service. 

Overview:
We’re big fans of Pete and the team at SO. They offer a wide range of services from web design to branding and are super knowledgeable when it comes to SEO. If getting first page rankings is important to you then get in touch with SO and see how they can help. They also offer an amazing white label SEO service specifically for agencies.


Due North Creatives 

What They Do: Website Build | Graphic Design | Copywriting | Website Amends

Who They Help:
Business owners across Tayside, Angus and Aberdeenshire

Overview:
Amanda and her team are based in Montrose, Scotland and offer a wide variety of services from web design to social media management. Amanda has created a wonderful agency with a great group of people. She has a wealth of knowledge and is incredibly passionate about getting great results for her clients. 


Flat Cap Creative 

What They Do: Website Design | Website Support Plans

Who They Help:
Sole-traders to businesses with a turnover of 3million+
They have a particular speciality of working with the education and medical sectors

Overview:
Nik runs Flat Cap Creative. A fantastic, Leeds based agency that is always highly sought after. Although Nik builds websites for all types of businesses, he tends to work mainly with medical companies and education providers. He’s fantastic at website copy too, and does offer as a service. 


Design Box Media

What They Do:
Web Design | SEO | Ads | Content Marketing

Who They Help:
Small to Medium Enterprises

Overview:
Thomas Amos and his team run a full-service agency in Essex, they do everything from paid advertising to email marketing. Not to mention they build incredible websites too. If you need a larger agency to manage all your marketing needs, then Design Box Media will be able to help.


Funeral Director Websites 

What They Do: Web Design & Development 

Who They Help:
Funeral Directors 

Overview:
Gerry King creates websites exclusively for Funeral businesses. This means that he knows his niche inside out and always creates high performing websites. Gerry’s reputation in his industry is rock solid, and although he’s based in Newcastle, he helps funeral directors all over the country build a better online presence. 


Umbrella Digital Media

What They Do: Web Design | Digital Consultancy | Maintenance Plans

Who They Help:
Business Owners

Overview:
Imogen Allen who runs Umbrella has a real passion for content marketing and has a wealth of knowledge in this area. She builds fantastic content-led websites that are extremely user-friendly. Imogen is always developing her skills and investing in her learning so she can deliver the best service to her web design and consultancy clients. 


Fiona Robertson 

What They Do: Branding | Web Design | Logo Design | Graphic Design 

Who They Help:
Small business owners

Overview:
Fiona is such a talented graphic designer and web designer. Fiona has a particular speciality in branding and this is reflected in all the websites she creates. They’re memorable and beautiful, but also extremely user-friendly too! We’re huge fans of her work.


No Label Studios

What They Do: Web Design | Development  

Who They Help:
Solo Agency Owners

Overview:
Oliver runs No Label Studios and offers a white-label, web design service to other agencies. If you’re struggling to keep up with client projects and need an extra pair of hands, then Oliver is your guy. You’ll see from his website that he has a real eye for design. He’s also a genuinely nice guy.


Amber Phillips Design

What They Do: Web Design | Development  

Who They Help:
Service-based Entrepreneurs

Overview:
Amber offers a unique web design service where the entire site is built within 1-2 weeks. Perfect if you’re on a tight time frame. Amber also has a monthly design retainer where you can have some graphic design assistance on a regular basis. 


 USA Web Design Companies


OGAL

What They Do: Web Design | SEO | WordPress Consulting 

Who They Help:
Small Businesses

Overview:
OGAL web design is run by Kyle Van Deusen who’s based in Granbury, Texas. I’m sure you’ll agree that Kyle’s website is AMAZING and so are the websites he builds. But, the thing that impresses me most about Kyle is his complete dedication to delivering incredible content to his potential customers. Every other agency should take note of what OGAL is doing. 


Thrive

What They Do: Web Design | Branding | Marketing

Who They Help:
Service-Based Business Owners

Overview:
I love this agency and their website. Noah, who runs Thrive is a super nice guy and he’s 100% committed to delivering honest help and advice to anyone looking for a website. All Noah’s websites are highly conversion-focused and the design is always fantastic. Noah is based in Seattle, Washington.


Impact

What They Do: Inbound Marketing | Content Marketing | Web Design | Hubspot Training & Support | Video | Ads

Who They Help:
Businesses

Overview:
Impact is a full-service agency based in New Haven, Connecticut. They have 60+ full-time staff members and offer a broad range of services from video training right through to technical SEO and even CRM support. They create incredible data-driven websites that are super focused on getting results. And for anyone who doesn’t know the owner, Marcus Sheridan, they pretty much know everything there is to know about Content Marketing. 


Kriss Did It

What They Do: Website Design | Brand Strategy

Who They Help:
Creative entrepreneurs

Overview:
Kriss creates stunning websites for personal brands and creative entrepreneurs. I love how Kriss just gets how to create a website that reflects your personality and brand. She’s created some AMAZING websites including Marie Forleo’s website and Franchesca Ramsey. In terms of branding and design, Kriss is one of our favourite web designers. 

Canada


Propel

What They Do: Web Design | SEO | Copywriting

Who They Help:
Business owners in Toronto, Canada

Overview:
Propel Digital Media is based in Toronto Canada and is owned by Chris Castillo. First and foremost, I LOVE this agency’s website. I don’t mind admitting… I’m a bit jealous of it. Chris’s design skills are also clearly visible from the amazing websites he builds. His attention to detail means his projects are always breathtaking and conversion focused. 

South African Web Design Companies


Lonely Viking

What They Do: Websites | Branding | Conversion Optimisation 

Who They Help:
Business Owners

Overview:
Lonely Viking is owned by Shane who is based in Johannesburg, South Africa. Shane is an incredible designer and is highly sought after. Shane has an incredible brand that you won’t forget any time soon and his web design and branding work for his clients are extraordinary.


1 Day Website 

What They Do: Web Design | Sales Pages | Care Plans

Who They Help:
Creative female entrepreneurs 

Overview:
Chantal offers an amazing service – one website in a day! The websites are aimed at female entrepreneurs, and Chantal does a fantastic job of reflecting their brands and personalities through the website design. And you’d never tell that these websites are created so fast. So if you’re looking for a beautiful website in no time at all, check out 1 Day Website. 

Australian Web Design Companies


Launch Digital

What They Do: Web Design | SEO 

Who They Help:
Small to medium-sized business owners

Overview:
Tina runs Launch Digital which is based in Melbourne, Australia. Tina focuses on building high-performing websites that also look incredible. She can also help with SEO so that you can get more visibility in search engines. As a side note, I love Tina’s own branding, it’s so memorable.  


Elk Creative

What They Do: Web Design | Logo Design | Branding | Graphic Design

Who They Help:
Entrepreneurs to large business owners 

Overview:
Elk creative is based in Victoria, Australia and I can’t help but LOVE their branding. Although they offer web design services, they are super passionate about branding and design. This is clearly obvious when you see their portfolio of work. I especially love how transparent Corey is with his pricing information. You don’t often come across agency websites that are honest enough to do this and it’s, it’s really helpful.


Summary

There you have it, a list of the best web design agencies in the world. Don’t forget, a successful website is not JUST a pretty website. If you want to access our 54-point checklist on what makes a successful website, then download it below.

Increase website sales

The post Who Are The Best Web Designers in the World? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/best-web-designer-world/feed/ 0
Everything You Need to Know About Our Content Planning Toolkit https://jammydigital.com/everything-you-need-to-know-about-our-content-planning-toolkit/ https://jammydigital.com/everything-you-need-to-know-about-our-content-planning-toolkit/#respond Wed, 08 Jul 2020 12:28:22 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4848 Wait, you guys are actually writing a blog post about one of your products 🙄 Yeah. We are.  Why?  We all have questions when we buy something, don’t we? Especially something new. Something you can’t see. Like our Content Planning Toolkit.  So in true “content marketing” style, we wrote this article to answer all your […]

The post Everything You Need to Know About Our Content Planning Toolkit appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Wait, you guys are actually writing a blog post about one of your products 🙄

Yeah. We are. 

Why? 

We all have questions when we buy something, don’t we? Especially something new. Something you can’t see. Like our Content Planning Toolkit. 

So in true “content marketing” style, we wrote this article to answer all your questions. 

But I get that this is our product, and I’m naturally biased. So I’ve tried to make this as unbiased as possible so you can make an informed buying decision

After all, you don’t want you to buy something that isn’t right for you. And we don’t want that either. We want super happy customers.

So have a look at our blog post below to see if the Content Planning Toolkit is right for you. 

What is the Content planning toolkit?

The toolkit is a combination of tools and training videos that help you plan and schedule your content for an entire year.

What’s included in the Toolkit?

We’ve included a number of content planning tools such as:

  • A 5-part mini course showing you what kind of content you can create to generate more leads and sales
  • An (expanded) Content Matrix that will give you over 500 content ideas that you can use for blog posts, videos and podcast episodes
  • A Content Planning Cheat Sheet that you can use before you produce every piece of content to get the best results
  • A Blog Post Checklist to ensure you get the best results from your effort
  • A YouTube Checklist so you don’t miss an important factor that could impact your rankings
  • A Podcast Checklist to save yourself wasting time when recording 
  • A Progress Tracker so you can track how your stats improve over time
  • A content Schedule Trello Board so you can plan when your content will be published in the weeks and months ahead
  • Instruction Videos for each tool so you know how to use it.

How much does the Toolkit cost?

The entire toolkit costs $47 (+VAT if applicable). 

This is a one-time fee so there are no ongoing fees and you get access to this product for LIFE.

Why does the toolkit cost $47?

I’m always suspicious of stuff that is too cheap. I generally feel that it may not deliver what it promises. Sometimes, it’s true, you do get what you pay for

But truthfully, we didn’t want price to be an objection when it came to the Content Planning Toolkit. 

We think content marketing can be really beneficial for your business if you do it right. And we’d like to help more people get started (rather than just a few), hence the reason this is VERY cheap.

Is there a refund policy?

With the downloadable nature of the content inside, we do not offer any refunds. However, based on the feedback we’ve already received,  we’re pretty confident you wouldn’t want a refund 😉

Who is it for?

The content planning toolkit is not for everyone and we only want you to buy it if it’s right for you.

This is for IF:

  • You struggle to come up with content ideas
  • You don’t have much time, and you need a few tools to make producing content easier and faster
  • You want to create content that helps educate your customers before they get in touch with you 
  • You want better rankings from your content 

This is NOT for you if:

  • You don’t want to put in any work 
  • You don’t think content marketing is worth the effort
  • You’re not open to new ideas
  • You’d rather spend lots of time on the phone/email speaking with potential customers 

Will this work for my Niche?

The tools and information in the toolkit will work for any industry. I honestly can’t think of a niche that wouldn’t benefit from this product.

Here are some of the business types that have seen results using this method…

  • Freelancers
  • Service providers
  • Coaches and consultants
  • Bloggers
  • Vloggers
  • Podcasters
  • Big businesses

How long will it take to go through the toolkit?

The mini-course is made up of 5 videos each lasting around 10-15 mins each.

Each of the tools has a video to explain how to use it at around 5 mins each

To fill in the content planning matrix and give yourself a content marketing strategy takes around 20-30 minutes

In total, I would estimate that this would take you around 1.5 hours, but you don’t have to do it all at once to get hundreds of content ideas.

Who are the trainers?

Lyndsay and I (Martin) will be guiding you through the various tools and training inside the content planning toolkit.

Lyndsay will be guiding you through the mini-course, and I will be showing you how to use the various tools.

How do you access the content planning toolkit?

Once you have purchased the toolkit, you’ll get an email to welcome you and an email to set your PASSWORD, you’ll then be able to log in at https://contentplanningtoolkit.com/ 

All of the content is available straight away, and you can access everything from the dashboard.

Why have we created it?

People think content marketing is hard work, and it can be. BUT it’s extremely rewarding if you do it right. We’ve been there ourselves, and we’ve seen the results.

The reason we created this was to make your life easier when it comes to planning and producing content. 

What results can I expect?

Your results will obviously depend on how much work you put in, but I can tell you that since we started creating content we have…

  • Increased our traffic by 10x in the first 12 months
  • Raised our prices by 500% due to demand
  • 90% of the proposals we send go to sale
  • Spend 50% less time communicating with clients because our content does the talking for us.

How should I sign up?

If you’re interested in joining us, you can sign up here or by clicking the link below, and get instant access for a single payment of $47.00 +VAT if applicable. 

Everything You Need to Know About Our Content Planning Toolkit

I’m still not sure…

If you have any further questions, just email us as hello@jammydigital.com 

What’s next? 

If you decide to buy the toolkit and back into or start content marketing, then we’re so EXCITED for you! We’d love to know how you get on! Drop us an email at hello@jammydigital.com

The post Everything You Need to Know About Our Content Planning Toolkit appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/everything-you-need-to-know-about-our-content-planning-toolkit/feed/ 0
Cheap Web Designer vs DIY WordPress – Which Is The Easiest, Fastest & Cheapest Option?  https://jammydigital.com/cheap-wordpress-website/ https://jammydigital.com/cheap-wordpress-website/#comments Thu, 02 Jul 2020 12:08:18 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4844 You didn’t go into business to faff around with websites. But, you’ve kinda realised you need one ASAP.  Or perhaps you want to redesign your existing website because it’s looking a bit, ya know, 1990s.  The problem is, you don’t have a spare 10-15K lying around to hire a fancy-pants web designer. So, you’re now […]

The post Cheap Web Designer vs DIY WordPress – Which Is The Easiest, Fastest & Cheapest Option?  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
You didn’t go into business to faff around with websites.

But, you’ve kinda realised you need one ASAP. 

Or perhaps you want to redesign your existing website because it’s looking a bit, ya know, 1990s. 

The problem is, you don’t have a spare 10-15K lying around to hire a fancy-pants web designer.

So, you’re now left with two options: 

➡️  DIY it

➡️  Or hire a cheap web designer

Question is, which one should you choose? 

In this blog post, I’m going to go through whether you should hire a cheap WordPress Web designer or DIY your website. 

By the end of the post, you will know which route to take. And you’ll get some tips along the way about how to make the most out of DIYing or hiring a web designer.

Just so you’re aware, we’ve also included some affiliate links with our recommendations throughout this post. These are products we use personally or that we know work extremely well for our clients. We don’t make much from this – it generally goes on toddler toys or cat treats 🙂

You ready? Let’s go. 

What’s the Deal With Building Your Own WordPress Website?

The easiest way to DIY your WordPress website usually involves four steps…

  1. Installing WordPress
  2. Getting a WordPress theme
    You can get themes such as GeneratePress, Hello or Genesis, and instal the said theme on WordPress.
  3. Adding ‘Drag and Drop’ Web Builder
    To make it even easier, you can add an additional ‘drag and drop’ website builder, such as Elementor, Divi, or Beaver Builder. These builders allow you to drag elements and drop them where you like. And they also give you a front-end view – allowing you to see your changes live, as and when you make them.
  4. Using Page Templates for Extra Ease
    Another great thing about using a page builder like Elementor is there are tons of available page templates that you can use throughout your website, so you don’t have to design anything from scratch.

Hiring a Cheap WordPress Web Designer – What’s Involved? 

Hiring a cheap WordPress web designer often involves using a local freelancer or smaller web design agency (although, not always). 

We know. We started out as cheap freelance web designers around 8 years ago. 

Often, you’ll meet them face-to-face, or have a video call with them initially. They’ll ask you some simple questions about your business. And they may ask for website copy and images. 

They’ll go away and design your website, usually communicating with you along the way.

So which one should you choose? 

You may already have an idea which is best for you but read on, because there are some surprising results too. 

In this post I’m going to break down by..

Cost 

The Cost of Building a Website Your Own Website
The Cost of Hiring a Web Designer 

Setup and Ongoing Fees 

Setup/Ongoing Fees for a DIY Website
Setup/Ongoing Fees when hiring a cheap web designer

Length of Time 

How Long Does it Take To Build a WordPress Website Yourself
How Long Does it Take For A Web Designer To Build Your Website

ROI 

Return on Investment When You Build Your Own Website
ROI When You Hire A WordPress Web Designer

Support /Aftercare

How Much Support Can You Get When You Build Your Website
How Much Support Do You Get When You Hire A Web Designer

How Much Does it Cost To Build Your Own WordPress Website? 

The costs of building your own website can vary. But I’ll give you some approximate costs to help you. 

WordPress (.org) (Free)

People always ask us if WordPress is free, and yes it is! Which is always nice. But from there you will have additional costs which we’ve outlined below. 

WordPress Theme (Free – £100)

WordPress has a huge library of free themes that you can choose from. There are also many third-party companies who sell higher-quality themes for a premium price (usually around £50-£100). 

An example of a popular free theme is the ‘Hello’ theme by Elementor. 

An example of a premium theme is Authority Pro by Studio Press

Page Builder ( Free – £50 per year) 

A page builder, like Elementor, does come with its own free version but we’d recommend you invest in the pro license as it has so many more handy features. Such as a form builder or the ability to edit the header and footer. 

Elementor Pro costs $49 per year

Page templates (Free) 

If you’re using a page builder, like Elementor, then you can grab yourself page templates for free as well (from Elementor’s free library of templates).

There are more free templates if you use the pro-license of Elementor

Stock images (Free- £19) 

In order to make your website look good, you may want to use stock images – just, please avoid all the cheesy ones. 

It’s better, of course, to use images of you, your team, your products or office, or whatever, but sometimes stock images can come in handy. Particularly vector images for doodles or nice graphics. 

Our favourite stock image website is Deposit Photos where you can get 30 images for £19, which should cover you for your entire website. 

There are also free stock photography websites that you can use such as Pixabay.

Total cost – £19.00

Plugins/Additional Software (Approx. $20 per month)

You may need additional software or plugins depending on your business. For example, if you want to sell a ‘power hour’ for your business, and get your users to book an hour in your diary, you might want to purchase something called Acuity. This costs $15 per month, depending on what you need. 

This is just an example. And it’s all dependant on your business. Other plugins have one-off costs. 

Total Costs  – free or up to £170 + ongoing costs

You can do all of this for free. Although you can get a far better website if you spend a little money. 

Costs With Our Recommendations… 

Below is where we recommend you invest your money (and save your money)…

WordPress – it’s free! Which is always nice 😍
‘Hello’ Theme by Elemenor – this is a free theme that you can use. We recommend it alongside…
Elementor Premium – this will cost you $49 per month 
A Free Template that comes with Elementor Premium 

This is probably the most cost-effective way of getting an attractive, easy to edit DIY website.

What’s the Cost of a Cheap WordPress Web Designer? 

We class cheap as anything under £1000.00. 

However, for a freelance local web designer, you may get a website for under £500.00. 

This will generally include your standard pages – home, about, services, and contact pages. 

It will also include stock photos (many agencies and freelancers have their own accounts with stock photography websites). 

It’s worth noting that these web designers may also use the same tools as DIY designers. A lot of freelance web designers use drag and drop software or pre-made templates. 

Plugins/Additional Software

Again, if you want to use a particular software on your website, such as an online booking calendar like Acuity, then you will have to cover the cost. 

A web designer charging very little for a website may cover the cost of some plugins, but they’re more likely to use free plugins – anything not to squeeze their profit margins. 

Total cost – We’ll be fair and say on average, £500.00 + additional cost of any software you want to integrate. 

The Winner – Who’s Cheaper – DIY or Hiring a Cheap Web Designer? 


Building Your Own Website is the Cheapest Option

The DIY web designer wins easily on this one with an upfront cost of up to £170.00. With our recommendations, it would cost you just $49 to create your website (not including hosting/domain name – we’ll get onto that!) 

Compared to approx. £500.00 for a cheap WordPress Web Designer. Even if they’re even cheaper than that, it’s hard to beat £170.00!

Whichever option you choose, our homepage blueprint can help. Click to download the blueprint so you learn how to maximise the most important page on your website!

Homepage blueprint for personal brands

Setup/Ongoing Fees for a DIY Website

We all know that, once your website is live, it still costs you money to run it. And there are big differences between DIYing it and hiring someone to manage your website. So here we go. 

Domain Name Renewal – (£10 – £15 per year, ish) 

Domain names are relatively cheap, which is why so many business owners buy tons of them they never use (I’m looking at you, Martin). 

But this is an unavoidable cost. We usually use a company called NameCheap for ours. As the name suggests, they’re pretty cheap!

Hosting – £11.99 per month (get 50% for 12 months here)

We always recommend SiteGround for hosting as their support is fantastic (which is ideal for DIYers who need that extra help). There’s a live chat feature which is particularly handy. 

Their hosting starts at £8.99 per month. 

They also have a 19.99 per month package comes with some extra features that are worth investing in. Including on-demand backups, which is helpful when you want to make changes to your site and need a recent backup in case something goes wrong!

Get 50% off Hosting Fees Now

Security Plugin – Free plugin to $99 per year 

To protect your WordPress website from hackers, we recommend the Wordfence security plugin. This is a free plugin that alerts you to breached passwords, hack attempts, and limits failed login attempts (from brute force attacks). 

They also have a premium version, which will blacklist certain IP addresses. This costs $99 per year.  

SSL Certificate – Mostly Free with A Good Host

You will often get a free SSL certificate with your hosting provider (Siteground also offer this). This is usually sufficient unless you’re taking payments over your website. We don’t do this. We actually use a company called Thrive Cart as the middleman. 

If you wanted to purchase an SSL certificate, you might pay between £8-£12 a month. Some SSL certificates run into thousands a year. But, these are most likely reserved for banks and financial institutions!

Total cost – Up to £238.88 per year.* 

Our Recommendations… 

This is where we recommend you invest your money and save your money!

Domain name – Name Cheap (£10-£15)
Hosting – SiteGound (11.99 per month or 143.88 per year) – get 50% SiteGround Hosting off here
SSL – get it free with SiteGround hosting
Security plugin – WordFence (free)

Total Cost Following Our Recommendations – £158.88

Ongoing Fees When Hiring a Web Designer

Often, cheaper web designers make their money from their monthly maintenance packages. They charge you a monthly fee to host your website and keep your security up-to-date. They may or may not include an SSL certificate (or this might be charged extra).  

Monthly Maintenance Package 

We’ve done some research and a lot of cheaper web design agencies don’t actually give their prices for their maintenance packages (but do for the costs of the website). 

But, we’ve delved deeper (i.e. had a chat with some) and discovered that on average, maintenance plans cost £30-£60 per month. 

Sometimes, web designers will also include 30 minutes of edits/development on the website on top of hosting and security. This usually costs between £50-£99 per month. 

Most of the maintenance packages include an SSL certificate. We’re going to guess (and this is just a guess!) that this SSL is the free one provided by their hosting company. 

Total cost – Approximately £480 per year.*

We’ve been ultra fair and used £40 per month as the basis of the monthly hosting/security costs as well as an SSL certificate. 

Our Recommendations… 

If you’re planning on hiring a web designer, ask them what they charge for monthly maintenance. Also, ask them if it’s compulsory that you sign up to one of their maintenance plans if you get a website from them.

The Winner – Who’s Cheaper For Ongoing Website Costs? DIY or Hiring a Designer? 

The winner again has to be…

Building your own website is the cheapest for ongoing costs.

Up to £238.88 per year for DIY website (or just £158.88 if you follow our recommendations) 

Compared to £480 per year when you hire a web designer. 

And this makes sense. We would expect to pay less when we DIY our website, right? 

How Long Does it Take To Build a WordPress Website Yourself?

Time is money after all, and you want to make sure that you have your website up quickly. 

So how long does it take to DIY your website? 

Well..that’s a tough one. 

Because it all depends on you. 

Getting the Basics of The Website Up (10 minutes) 

But let’s talk tech first. In terms of getting hosting, installing WordPress and installing a theme – this whole process can take as little as 10 minutes. 

So you can have the basic bones of a website up relatively quickly. 

Editing Each Page (30 minutes to 3 hours per page)

If you want to simply copy and paste your website text onto your WordPress theme, then that takes very little time. 

But most of us want attractive pages, with nice images, colours, fonts and buttons etc. 

With a website builder like Elementor and a template for each page, it could take as little as 30 minutes or up to 3 hours of editing. This is all depending on how advanced you’d like the page.

This includes adding images and text, changing your colours, changing fonts, and editing buttons and layouts. Essentially, all the elements on the page. 

It’s fair to say that once you’ve done one page you’ll get much quicker too. 

Additional Functionality And Tools (approx. 1 – 3 hours)

You may wish to integrate certain software on your website, such as MailChimp or Convertkit – making sure you capture emails onto your list. 

It’s pretty straight-forward to do this. The service provider usually gives instructions. 

The same applies to any plugins or software like Acuity

We’ve suggested this will take 3 hours, although it could take a lot less. 

Moving Over Content – such as your blog (10-15 mins per blog post)

Transferring blog posts from one website to another is a hugely time-consuming task if you have a lot of them. 

Luckily, there are plugins that can help you migrate your blog content from one website to another if you’re transferring from WordPress site to WordPress site. 

However, if you’re not migrating from WordPress you may have to do this manually. 

To manually transfer a one blog post may take you around 5-10 minutes per post. Not bad. Unless you have 100 of them. 

Testing (2.5 hours) 

You will need to test your website before it goes live. You should test for…

    1. Contact Forms
      This could take around 30 minutes of checking and then fixing if something isn’t working correctly.
    2. Links
      This could take around 30 minutes of checking and re-linking if the link is incorrect.
    3. Responsiveness
      With drag and drop software like Elementor, you can view your mobile and tablet website and make changes to it live. This ensures it’s responsive. This can take 30 minutes to an hour.
    4. General Errors
      Spelling errors, usually! This takes around 30 minutes.

What’s the total time to DIY your website?

Approximately 8.5 hours to 28.5 hours (This is based on an 8-page site, with 20 blog posts).

So technically, you could have it done in a week (or even a day), but realistically, we see people do this over a two-three week period as they dedicate a few hours to it a day. 

BUT, this is all dependant on you having content, a colour scheme, logo and images ready to go. If not, it’ll obviously take longer. 

How Long Does it Take For a Web Designer to Design and Build Your Website?

Again. This is a tricky one. 

Because it’s all dependent on the web designer. 

When we ran our agency, it would take 4-6 months to get a website live. In some cases, projects went on for 8-10 months. 

That’s because we’d do a lot of preparation before we started building the site. We’d wireframe, work out the user-flow and then design each page of the site, wait for feedback and adjust according to the client and what they wanted. 

This doesn’t happen with cheaper designers (otherwise they wouldn’t make a profit!) So they’re normally much quicker at designing and building. 

After a quick Google search, some cheaper web designers promise a website in a week or even in one case, three days.  

Total Amount of Time To Hire A Web Designer – One Week (this is dependent obviously on when they can start the project, and how fast you get feedback to them!) 

The Winner – Who’s the Fastest At Building a Website? 

And the winner is…

Hiring a cheap web designer*

It appears that the cheap web designer is the obvious winner at 3 days- one week to build a website. 

*However, in reality, we know that web design projects take A LOT longer! That’s because the designer might not be able to start right away. They may need information from you. They may need your feedback. And they may have to wait for website copy. 

You may also want to make changes to your website (nothing is perfect first time around). 

So in theory, if you had no feedback for the web designer, they started straight away and you had all the copy they needed, then yes, they could get it done in that time. 

Whereas if you did it yourself it would probably take 2-3 weeks. 

It’s also worth remembering that once you get used to a page builder, the faster you get at using it. 

Some of our members in our membership, for example, can get our sales page up and edited on a Friday evening over a glass of wine! 

Return on Investment from Building Your Own Website

It’s relatively cheap to set up a website by yourself. 

But there’s also a lot of time involved in doing it. 

But in that time, you gain a lot of knowledge, perspective on your business, and an understanding of how websites work. 

That’s worth its weight in gold!

Making Edits to Your WordPress Website

It doesn’t matter if you build the site yourself or get someone to do it for you, every business owner should know how to edit their website.

At a minimum, you should know how to edit the text and images, change the menu and add new pages. 

Why? 

Because we should constantly tweak our websites. Especially in the first 6-24 months of starting a business, when so much is changing – like your target audience, offering and positioning. 

In fact, this is the exact reason we wrote a blog post about why new business owners shouldn’t spend thousands on a website. 

When you build your own website, you become adept at making changes. 

This is hugely important. When lockdown started, we had a lot of business owners asking us to design sales pages or just make general edits to their websites. 

We didn’t have the capacity to do this.

They had to wait or find someone else. 

In the meantime, those who had the knowledge whipped up new pages and made edits in a flash. 

Their business could adapt and change, and they could start selling much quicker. 

Gain Clarity on Your Business

Not only that but going through the process of designing your website yourself gives you a huge amount of clarity on your business. 

You focus much more on…

  • What you do 
  • Who you help 
  • Which services are more important
  • How to get the end-user to take action 
  • The content on each page 
  • On-Page SEO

People who design their own website take much more care. 

They want their URL to be SEO friendly. Or their images labelled correctly for search engines. 

The process of DIYing your website is hugely valuable. And offers a huge return on investment – in terms of costs, new skills and business clarity. 

Return on Investment from Hiring a Cheap Web Designer

This is a huge problem with cheap web designers. They won’t do much research on your company. They’re not going to explore your ideal clients and their problems or goals.

They (probably) won’t wireframe your website. And they may not build your website with conversions or SEO in mind – they might not even have much knowledge of conversions or SEO. 

And this isn’t a criticism of cheap web designers. 

When you’re paying someone £300-£1000 for a website you can’t expect them to deliver a service worth £10k. 

They’re there to build a site that looks nice, that the client likes. And get it live. 

That’s not a bad service at all. It’s just a question of whether it works. 

Does it rank on Google? 

Does it get traffic? 

Does it convert visitors into leads? 

Our Website Failure

In 2011, we invested in a cheap(ish) website designer who charged us £1400. 

We didn’t get any rankings, traffic or sales. 

Was that his fault? 

No. 

It was ours. Because we had a ‘build it and they will come’ mentality. 

Design is Only 1/6th of Website Success

Cheap Web Designer vs DIY Wordpress - Which Is The Easiest, Fastest & Cheapest Option? The problem with investing in cheap web designers is that you STILL have to do a lot of work to get your website right. 

Design (or appearance) is only 1/6th of what will make your website a success. 

A lot of work needs to go into it – such as the website copy or SEO. 

When you design the website yourself, you do a lot of this at the same time. It makes sense to optimise pages as you’re working on them. 

Or you can easily edit your website copy that’s not working as you go. 

Or you can figure out how to maximise conversions on each page by adding forms, or particular lead magnets – a cheap web designer might not think to do this for you. 

The Winner – Who’s Gives a Better ROI? 


Building your own website gives you a better ROI.

And not because it’s cheaper. 

But because it teaches you how to edit your website in the future – adding new pages, changing menus, taking payments – this is all vital stuff for your business. And you need to do it quickly. 

Also, because DIYing gives you clarity on your business. Going through the process of designing your website can help nail down your goals. 

Finally, if you’re DIYing your website, you’ll focus on things like on-page SEO or copy as you go along. You’re more careful, considered and thorough than perhaps a cheap website designer would be. 

For the ultimate return on investment (whatever option you choose), check out our homepage blueprint, which tells you exactly what to put on your homepage to build trust, get people to the right place on your website and ultimately increase leads and sales!

Homepage blueprint for personal brands

DIY – How Much Support Do You Get With Your Website?

Now, you may think that when you DIY your website, you’ll get zero support. But that’s not necessarily true. 

There are many ways you can get support with your website. We’ve listed these below. 

‘Oh, sh*t, I’ve messed this up and need to undo it!’

The first thing you can do when something goes terribly array is to install a previous backup of your website via your website host. 

That’s why we recommend doing a manual backup of your site before you start major work on it – just in case! 

A hosting provider like SiteGround allows you to make a backup of your website as-and-when-you-like. 

If you forget to do a backup, then any good host will do automatic ones every 24 hours. And these can be reinstated. 

What If I Just Want Someone to Fix An Error That I Can’t Fix? 

Ugh. Sometimes, you end up having an issue that drives you up the wall. 

Rather than hit youtube or Google for five hours, we recommend a company called WPFixIt for support. 

They can take any WordPress issue and fix it for $39.00. It saves you a lot of time. 

Yes, it’s money out of your pocket, but they can also do it quickly too (their average resolve time is 30 minutes), and they’re open 7 days a week. 

So there are certainly many ways to get support with your website, even if you’re DIYing it!  

How Much Support Do You Get When You Hire a Web Designer?

Again, you may think that because you’ve hired someone to build your website and you’re paying them for maintenance, that this should come with support. 

The fact is, it’s hit and miss. 

‘Oh, sh*t, I’ve messed this up and need to undo it!’ – Hiring a Web Designer

When you pay a web designer for monthly maintenance, they speak to the website host on your behalf. 

This may sound good but it all depends on the web designer as to when they do this. 

If it’s something minor, and someone emailed us on Friday at 9 pm, they wouldn’t get a response until Monday. 

Of course, if it was urgent and would impact sales then we’d get on it quickly. 

But every web designer is different. 

The good thing about doing it yourself is that if you need support at 3 am, you can usually find it. Whereas web designers (understandably!) don’t like getting calls at 3 am! 

What If I Just Want Someone to Fix An Error That I Can’t Fix? 

If you pay for a maintenance plan, sometimes you get an added 30 minutes of web development a month included. However, this can cost quite a lot (usually around $99 a month for cheaper designers). 

Often, you won’t have development included within your maintenance package. That means that you’ll have to pay the web designer to fix your issue. 

This could potentially cost you hundreds of pounds. 

The Surprising Winner of How Much Support Do You Get? 


It’s quite surprising that building your website gives you faster and potentially cheaper support.
 

It all comes down to you having control over your website. You speak to the host or you approach a company like, WP Fix It, to help you with a problem. 

When you’re in control you can get things done quicker and often cheaper too. 

Which Option Should You Choose? 

If you haven’t guessed already, I recommend that the majority of small business owners should build their own website. 

The entire process will give your business clarity. It will also improve your website skills immensely, so if you need to get a sales page up quick, or make a change to your site, you can do it without relying on anyone else! 

Just remember to spend your money wisely in certain areas, like good hosting or the premium version of Elementor. Or asking for help from WPFixIt when something will take you too long. 

The only exception to this rule is perhaps businesses who are so busy already! 

Plumbers is a good example. Plumbers often have terrible websites (sorry, plumbers), but they’re always so busy. So it might be worth chucking a little money at it, hiring a cheaper web designer just so people can find you on Google. 

What Should You Put Your Money Towards Instead? 

If you’re now wanting to DIY your website and you’re thinking ‘Hey, I now have an extra £500-£1000, what should I spend it on?’ 

One word…

Photography! 

It doesn’t matter if your DIYing or hiring a web designer, what makes a HUGE difference to a website is the photographs. 

Professional photos of you, your team, where you work, your products can make or break a website. 

Now you may only get a few hours for your money with that, but it will be worth it! 

It’s Time to Get Started With Your Home Page

Whether you’ve decided to go ahead and hire a web designer or build your own website, you’re going to want to know how to create a super-successful homepage. 

Download our Ultimate Homepage Blueprint for everything you need to include on your homepage. 

Homepage blueprint for personal brands

The post Cheap Web Designer vs DIY WordPress – Which Is The Easiest, Fastest & Cheapest Option?  appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/cheap-wordpress-website/feed/ 1
How to Write a Blog Post That People Will Actually Read https://jammydigital.com/business-blogging-guide/ https://jammydigital.com/business-blogging-guide/#comments Tue, 23 Jun 2020 20:10:53 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4838 70 million. That’s how many blog posts are published EVERY. SINGLE. MONTH. So the big question is…how do you write a blog post that people actually want to read? Now you might think to yourself, ‘No worries here. What I write about is unique. No one else is writing about it.’ Are you sure about […]

The post How to Write a Blog Post That People Will Actually Read appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
70 million.

That’s how many blog posts are published EVERY. SINGLE. MONTH.

So the big question is…how do you write a blog post that people actually want to read?

Now you might think to yourself, ‘No worries here. What I write about is unique. No one else is writing about it.’

Are you sure about that?

Even the topic ‘underwater basket weaving’ generates 1,200,000 results on Google.

The chances of you writing something original are slim. And that means we have to compete for both search rankings AND our readers’ attention.

To do that we have to write compelling blog posts that connect with our readers from the title, all the way to the conclusion.

I’m going to tell you how to do exactly that. In this blog post, you’ll learn…

  • How to write a headline that both readers and search engines love
  • How to write an introduction that excites the reader
  • How to structure a blog post so people get it
  • How to write a lead-generating, inspiring conclusion

Ultimately, you are going to learn everything you need to know about how to write a blog post.

Ready? Let’s get started…

1. First Things First: Your Blog Post Topic

The Biggest Mistake You’re Making With Your Blog Post Topic

One of the biggest issues with blog posts is that they go wide on topic and thin on detail. We like to call these ‘pancake posts’.

For example, let’s say we wrote a blog post called, ‘Ten things you can do to improve your website’. Point number one might say, ‘Make it mobile-friendly.’ And point number two might say, ‘Make sure you choose the right font’ and so on.

The problem with these kinds of posts is that they only provide surface-level information about a wide variety of topics. This means that…

  • You won’t get as much search traffic
    Most people won’t search for ‘how to improve my website’. But people do search for ‘How to make my website mobile-friendly.’ or ‘What font should I use on my website?’ People want specific answers to specific questions.
  • You’ll provide little value to the reader
    Because you try to cover so much ground in these blog posts, it means you can’t go into much detail. You merely skim the surface of many different topics. Whereas if you can focus on one thing, and go in-depth, you’re going to provide much more value to the reader.
  • Your Lead Gen won’t work
    Want to use your blog posts to capture leads? That’s much more difficult if your blog posts cover a wide variety of topics. This blog post is all about blogging. And that’s why I feature our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge as our lead capture just below 😉

Content Marketing Challenge

When your blog posts cover a wide range of topics, it’s difficult to find a lead magnet that will get your users to click – because you don’t actually know what they need help with specifically.

What Should You Do Instead?

You don’t want to waste time and energy on something that doesn’t give you any results. The best thing you can do when creating any piece of content is to pick one question and go in-depth with the answer.

2. The Dreaded Headline: How to Write a Blog Post Title

In all honesty, I write the headline to my blog post right at the end. I start with the idea and general topic. So for this blog post, I wrote the words, ‘Blog Post Structure’ at the top of the page. But I didn’t actually finalise it until the end.

Why?

Because you’re the clearest on your blog post right after you’ve finished writing it. Trying to do this before you’ve completed it can feel like a lot of pressure. And sometimes when we start writing our focus changes, which is why you see blog titles that don’t quite match the main content.

The Biggest Mistake You’re Making with Your Blog Post Title

Not saying what the actual article is about!

One of the biggest things to remember (before you get clever with your copy or try to make your heading SEO friendly) is to actually say what the article is about.

Imagine I’d called this article, ‘Writing Blog Posts’ – that actually doesn’t tell anyone what this blog post is about. But for some unknown reason, a lot of people do this with their titles.

How to Write a Title That Conveys What The Post Is All About…

The easiest way to do this is to tell the reader what you’re teaching, and what the outcome your reader will get if they read your article. This is why we’ve called this article…

How to Write a Blog Post [what we teach] That People Will Actually Read [the outcome your reader will get if they read your article].

You don’t have to follow this exact format but do make sure you make it clear what your post is about. This is the most important bit – more so than clever copy or SEO.

SEO vs Fun – Which Should You Choose For Your Blog Post Title?

The main title of a blog post is hugely important for SEO. If you want to rank on Google, you want to make sure that your title contains your keywords or phrases. (If you want to know more about how to optimise your blog post for search engines, have a look at our SEO Checklist for Blog Posts article.)

Sometimes, this means there’s a battle between SEO and fun copy. Martin and I have this argument discussion quite a lot. I want the fun headline, he wants the SEO friendly one.

But there is a way to compromise. Yay!

The Blog Post Title Formula: Combine What People Search For + Make It Intriguing!

Let’s take a hypothetical blog post about ‘The Problems with WordPress.’

If I wasn’t thinking about search results, I would want to call this ‘Things that make us angry about WordPress (from two WordPress Web Designers).’

Because that will get people to click, right? Ooooh, these guys are angry about something! And why are they insulting the platform they use? Oh, this sounds interesting!

The problem is, no one searches for ‘things that make me angry about WordPress.’ They search for ‘common problems with WordPress’ or ‘problems with WordPress.’

Now for the exciting part…

In the title of your blog post, we always recommend combining what people search for and potentially adding on a twist that can get people to click. This could be, ‘Annoying Problems with WordPress and the Easy Ways to Fix them.

We added the word ‘annoying’ to intrigue people. We still included the keyword ‘Problems with WordPress’ and we added the outcome that the reader will get (an easy way to fix these problems).

And that’s not to say we couldn’t use ‘things that make us angry about WordPress.’ We’d certainly lead with that on social media, but just not in our main title.

This is one of the reasons why our blog post 11 Reasons Why You’re Not Ranking On Google and How to Fix It,’ brings us in over 1000 visitors to our website every month. It’s a specific problem that people search for (‘why am I not ranking on Google?’) and it promises a solution. Although, if I were to rewrite this I would add the word ‘Easy’ by putting ‘…and easy ways to fix it.’

Why? This brings me on to my next point…

Use Your Power Words in Your Title

Power words in your titles are irresistible words that people can’t ignore. They make us feel something – like the example I gave above, ‘Annoying Problems with WordPress and the Easy Ways to Fix them.’ The words annoying and easy are power words that will pique someone’s interest. The word annoying gets people feeling an emotion, and the word easy attracts people because…well, we all want the easy solution!

Unfortunately, there are plenty of websites that overuse power words, and it makes us wary about using these words in our own marketing (I’m looking at you, Buzzfeed).

We don’t want to get a bad reputation for being clickbaity. But remember content is only ‘clickbait’ if the title fails to deliver what it promises.

I remember Laura Robinson, a copywriting coach, gave a good tip about using power words. She said to use them sparingly. Pepper them in your content. Think of them as a seasoning!

Some examples of power words are:

Easy
Free
Instant
Results
Shocking
Unknown
Ultimate
Proven

You get the picture. If you use these words and combine them with what people search for and you’ll have a search engine friendly, compelling blog post title that gets people to click!

3. How to Write Your Blog Post Introduction Without Boring the Reader

Like the title, I always write the introduction to a blog post at the end as that’s when I’m most clear on the topic.

You don’t have long to grab your reader’s attention. Mere seconds, in fact. So you have to make those seconds count.

The biggest mistake people make with blog post introductions

What’s the biggest mistake people make with blog post intros?

They tell the reader something that they already know.

For example, imagine we started this blog post saying, ‘blogging is a good way to connect with your audience and build trust.’

Well…duh. Yes. That’s why you’re here. You know that. You know the benefits of blogging. If you thought blogging was a load of crap that didn’t get you results then you wouldn’t be here learning more about how to do it.

But this is something people do ALL.THE.TIME!

Bloggers tell the reader something that they already know. And that’s usually because bloggers start with the intro first. They treat the introduction as their warm-up writing. The-writing-before-you-get-into-the-writing, writing.

But no one should treat the introduction this way.

The introduction is the make it or break it zone. You have to stop someone from hitting that backspace button. You have to hook them in.

The question is…how?

The Easy-Peasy Question and Empathy Introduction

Martin openly states that he is not the best writer. But he has consistently blogged since 2017. In that time, he’s found little ways to engage readers quickly, and one of the simplest ways to introduce a blog post is to ask your reader a series of empathetic questions and confirm you understand their problem.

For example, I could’ve started this blog post like this:

Are you getting crap results from blogging?

Getting frustrated when you squeeze in writing in the evenings and at weekends and see nothing in return?

Are you beginning to feel like blogging just doesn’t work for your business?

I get it.

A few years ago, I would spend 12-15 hours a week writing a blog post. I’d publish it with high hopes – imagining a flurry of web traffic, a surge in search rankings and lots more leads and sales…only…

Nothing.

I got nothing back. And I began to think, ‘is blogging just a waste of time?’

But actually, it wasn’t that blogging was a bad strategy.

I was just doing it wrong…

This is the easiest way to engage your reader. To have them nodding along. It’s even better if you can use their phrases and language back to them. Rebound their frustrations in their words and you’ll have them hooked.

The Story Introduction

This is a personal favourite of mine. I love the use of stories in blog introductions, but they have to be used carefully. You may be the protagonist of the story, but the reader should imagine themselves in the scenario you describe.

For example, I could’ve started this blog post like this:

A few years ago, I sat down to bash out yet another blog post, until I stopped and thought…’wait, how many hours have I spent blogging without seeing anything in return?’

I did a rough calculation…

184 hours.

Wow.

At my hourly rate, that’s £150 x 184 hours.

That’s £27,600 I could have earned.

What the hell?

How could this happen?

It was like I was autopilot, churning out these blog articles with no real reason or purpose.

All because I thought it was something I had to do.

I knew other business owners blogged successfully. And if I did it long enough, I could be successful too right?

Wrong.

In fact, my entire approach to blogging was wrong.

And if you’re reading this too, I’m guessing you can relate. But don’t worry, I’m about to tell you how to create the perfect blog post so you can…

Get found on Google
Get more loyal followers
Get more leads

If you’re going down this route just remember not to take too long on your story. No one wants to read your memoir (sorry).

Finally, loop it back to the reader at the end by stating that you’re guessing they’ve felt/experienced the same thing.

The great thing about doing these is that you can also use them in social media and over email. This story can easily be repurposed elsewhere.

The Stat Introduction

This is usually my least favourite option as introducing anything with a statistic automatically sounds snooze-worthy.

Often people use a statistic with a stuffy reference right at the beginning, like ‘According to the Institute of Things That Are Utterly Boring, if you start a blog post like this, people will press that backspace button within 0.00000002 seconds.’

That’s why I hate statistical introductions. But, if you do it right, it can have a big impact. And it’s the method I’ve used in this blog post.

You’ve just gotta make sure that the stat is something that’s shocking and impactful, and is used to really hammer home your point.

One-Liners Work Every Time

The opening line of your introduction should act as your chat-up line (one that doesn’t make the recipient want to throw up).

Ideally, you want just one sentence. Even better if you can get it all on one line.

Why? Because people don’t want to run into a wall of text when they land on your blog post.

Take our blog post.

We could have opened it like this…

According to WordPress, there are 70 million new blog posts published every single month. For us bloggers, this is a frightening statistic. How on earth can we compete when so many other businesses are doing the same thing?

But we opened it like this…

70 million.

Now, there’s nothing necessarily wrong with the first version, but the second definitely gets your attention!

The purpose of the opening sentence is to get your reader to the next one. And that’s why a quick, snappy line works really well.

Sell Them On the Blog Post

It’s a good idea to tell people what they’re going to get out of the blog post in the introduction. But again, don’t do this to such a degree that it bores people.

People don’t want to read a long introduction. They really want to get to the meaty part of the content.

So don’t do as your English teacher always told you and write a 500-word intro telling your reader what they’re about to learn.

Instead, write a quick sentence or some short bullet points that highlight the main benefits the reader will get from reading your post.

4. How to Structure the Main Body Of Your Blog Post

Ugh. The structure of the blog post is the part that always trips people up. Me included.

I’ve reviewed a lot of blog posts in my lifetime. And one of the most common problems with blog posts is that they lack consistency. They feel convoluted and confusing to read. They hop from one subject to another.

And this is usually down to one simple thing…

The Biggest Mistake People Make With Their Blog Post Structure…

Zero planning.

That’s it.

There are two types of fiction writers – planners and pantsers. A pantser is someone who flies by the seat of their pants and just writes.

Steven King is probably the most famous pantser.

And most of us (me included) cannot write like Steven King.

We have to plan. If we don’t plan, we ramble in many different directions.

Whereas when you take five or ten minutes to plan before you sit down to write, it creates a much more cohesive and focused piece of content.

I start planning by bullet-pointing the main things I want to cover in the post (you can see this in the two pictures below).

Essentially these become my main headings.

Then I break that down into further points.

If I hadn’t completed that task, I bet you anything I’d have gone on to talk about SEO for blog posts, or tone of voice or how to make your blog posts look pretty. And it would turn into this mammoth mess of a post.

Your plan keeps you on track and on topic.

Keep the structure the same!

Our brains love patterns. And they love to know what’s going to happen next.

In this blog post you’ll notice I follow a similar structure.

I have five main headings in this blog post – ‘Topic, Title, Introduction, Structure and Ending’.

I break each of these down by giving each a small introduction. Followed the biggest mistake people make with each. And then finally, I follow it up with some tips on how to do it well.

This structure is repeated five times.

Each main heading has the same style. Each subheading has the same style.

It’s clean, structured and easy to understand.

Repetition is so helpful in blog posts as it helps our brains predict what will happen next. This means that we don’t have to work as hard to understand the blog post.

The easier you make it for your end reader, the better!

Use Headings and Subheadings

Use plenty of headings and subheadings in your blog posts.

Readers skim. I’m sure you’ve skimmed through some of the points in this post. And what makes that easier is having headings and subheadings which tell the reader exactly what’s coming next, so they can decide whether they want to read it.

It also helps to break up the text and give the illusion of more white space on the page. Remember you don’t want your reader to feel overwhelmed by so much text. They’re much more likely to read your posts if you give them lots of breathing space.

5. How to Write a Blog Post Conclusion

The ending is just as important as the beginning, as this is your opportunity to get the reader to take action. You managed to keep them hooked the entire blog post, and now is your time to get a little reward.

The Biggest Mistake People Make With Blog Post Endings

Not giving a crap about the ending.

Sometimes I think we’re either just so relieved to finish the blog post or excited to get it out there that we forget to actually…well, finish it.

We sort of run out the door, shouting a vague ‘hope you enjoyed this blog post! Please comment below with your thoughts!’ Which, obviously, no one ever comments on.

But we really need to take our time with the ending. Just as much as we would any other part of the post.

Should You Reiterate What The Reader’s Learned?

Ugh. We’re back to English class again. This is the last thing you should do…

And now you have read said-blog-post, you’ll have learnt the following…[goes into massive list]

No. Don’t do this.

What you should do instead is give the reader one key takeaway from the blog post that they can remember and use straight away.

Will you remember everything in this blog post? No. Of course not. But if I can have a small impact on you then that’s enough. If I can change your thinking in a little way. If I can make your life that bit easier then I’ve achieved something.

That’s what you need to do.

At the end of Your Blog Post Get Your Reader to do Something

Oh, what’s this? You’d like to get leads and sales from your content?

Well, if so you’re going to have to get your reader to do something.

Instead of getting your reader to comment, ask them to take that next step with you. This could be…

  • Downloading a free guide/cheatsheet/video series from you – it doesn’t matter what it is as long as it’s helpful and a similar topic to the blog
  • Booking a call with you – this should be used sparingly and more with content that talks about your products or services
  • Actually asking them to purchase a product

This is your opportunity to get direct with your reader and tell them what you’d like them to do. Don’t waste it on getting them to comment!

Want to Know More About How To Make Your Blog Posts Awesome?

Here is some further reading!

How to optimise your blog posts

How to make your blog posts look good

How to create your tone of voice

Your Next Blog Post

So I hope you enjoyed this blog post, please comment with your thoughts below.

(Haha, joking).

As we already know, this would be a CRAP way to end my blog post.

The biggest thing to remember when it comes to writing blog posts is, don’t overcomplicate it. Keep the topic simple. Make sure the headline is clear. And keep the structure clean and easy to follow. As time goes on, you’ll get better at the creative stuff. But get the foundations right first.

What’s next for you?

If you want to gain more leads and sales from your content, then check out our 90 Day Content Marketing Challenge. In this challenge, you submit one piece of content every week for 13 weeks. WE hold you accountable, give you feedback and give you access to so much training to help you.

Check it out below…

Content Marketing Challenge

The post How to Write a Blog Post That People Will Actually Read appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/business-blogging-guide/feed/ 2
Why You Shouldn’t Redesign Your Website (And When You Should) https://jammydigital.com/dont-redesign-website/ https://jammydigital.com/dont-redesign-website/#respond Sat, 04 Apr 2020 19:07:17 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4753 As of writing this, we’re in the middle of a global crisis. Our lives have been turned upside down, and so too, have our businesses. For some of you, it’s tempting to use this time to redesign your website. A redesign is new and exciting. It can feel like you’re solving a problem. Your website isn’t […]

The post Why You Shouldn’t Redesign Your Website (And When You Should) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
As of writing this, we’re in the middle of a global crisis. Our lives have been turned upside down, and so too, have our businesses. For some of you, it’s tempting to use this time to redesign your website. A redesign is new and exciting. It can feel like you’re solving a problem. Your website isn’t performing, so get it redesigned, right? 

Hmmm…not exactly. 

A website redesign isn’t a magic solution. And often, redesigns take a long time and a lot of money. The average time for a website redesign with us is between 3-5 months, and our prices range from 5k, right the way up to 35k. But it’s not just the money, it’s also the cost of your time and your staff’s time. A website redesign is an intensive project, and sometimes (yes, we are website designers saying this) it’s not the best solution. 

We’re not saying this to deter you from getting your website redesigned – website redesigns allow us to eat! But sometimes when you have a problem with your website, a redesign isn’t the best solution. 

Below, I’ve highlighted common website problems so you understand if a website redesign is the best option for you. 

Problem One: Low Website Traffic 

Should You Redesign Your Website? No. 

To clarify, by traffic problem, we mean the number of visitors to your site. We don’t mean people visiting your site and leaving after a few seconds (that’s bounce rate issues). 

If you have a traffic problem, nine times out of ten, you won’t need to redesign your website. If you’re happy with your current website design, that’s even more reason not to go down the redesign route. 

A website redesign does not mean you’ll get more traffic to your website. In fact, if your redesign is done incorrectly, you may receive less traffic than you did before. 

What Should You Do Instead of Redesigning Your Website? 

We use a rather cheesy analogy when we talk about your website. Imagine your site is the heart of your business. You need to get the blood pumping to it, right? In order to get the blood (traffic) to your website, you need to invest in promoting your business. That means focusing on five key areas: 

  1. Content Marketing 
  2. Search Engine Optimisation 
  3. Email Marketing 
  4. Social Media Marketing (leading back to your website) 
  5. Ads (such as Facebook or Google ads) 

Essentially, you need to step up your game in these areas. A website, by itself, will not be successful. It takes work. That’s why a redesign doesn’t usually help with a traffic problem. The exception would be if during the redesign, your website sees an improvement in search rankings. 

Problem Two: To get better search engine results 

Should You Redesign Your Website? In the majority of cases, no. 

You have a website and you do a quick search in Google for the kind of things people might search for to get to your website (aka keywords). You click from page one to page two, two to three, three to four….and you get to page 50 and realise you’re not ranking! Eeeeek. 

Or perhaps, you’re on the second or third page of Google for your keywords but no one is going to look there and you need a way of bumping yourself up to page one.

Or maybe…you’ve searched for your business name and you’re no way near page one of Google. Ouch. 

Whatever your SEO problem, a website redesign might not be the best solution. 

What Should You Do To Boost SEO Results (Instead of Redesigning Your Website?) 

Investing in SEO and content marketing is not a luxury, it’s vital for website success. You can either do this yourself or find a decent company to do it for you. Either way, if you want your website to generate traffic and leads, you need to focus on these areas. 

In order to get the best search engine rankings from your SEO or content marketing, you’ll need to form a strategy. Hiring an SEO consultant can help with this, even if you go on to do the work yourself. 

When Should You Redesign Your Website Because Of SEO? 

There are certain instances where you will need to redesign your website because it simply will not rank on search engines. These are websites that are usually built on an out-of-date or older system, it may not be search engine friendly. 

Also, if your website isn’t mobile-friendly, then you’re most certainly going to have issues with ranking in mobile search results. You can check to see if your website is mobile-friendly here

Problem Three: The competition has redesigned their website and it’s looking good 👌🏻

Should You Redesign Your Website? In the majority of cases, no. 

Your competition has just had their website redesigned and it’s looking all fancy. This sets you on edge, right? What if your audience buys from the prettier website? 

First things first – design is not everything. Design is only one key element that makes a successful website. So yes, your competition’s website may look beautiful, but is it user-friendly? Does it rank well on search engines? Is the copy on-point? If it fails at these things then the likelihood is, it will fail as a whole. Remember, a pretty website on its own does not generate sales.

What Should You Do To Instead Of Redesigning Your Website? 

We get it. It’s still a worry when the competition gets their website redesigned. 

But a lot has to go into making a website a success. That’s where you need to judge how successful you and your competition are at things like…

  • Content Marketing 
  • Website Copy 
  • Branding 
  • SEO 

If you’re doing amazing at the things listed above and all your competition has is a pretty website, then we wouldn’t recommend you rush into a redesign (but maybe have it as something you can do in the future). 

We look at this way – are there website design agencies that have more beautiful websites than us? 

Yup. 

But, do they spend as much time and effort into content marketing as we do? Or SEO? Or focus on the user experience of their website? Possibly not. 

So yes, we could spend our time redesigning our website to make it the most beautiful website you’ve ever seen. BUT, will we see a better return from doing other things? Most certainly. 

Problem Four: Somethings Not Working On Your Website And You Don’t Know What It Is!

Should You Redesign Your Website? No

Okay, you have a website but it’s not delivering sales and leads. Somethings wrong with it but you have no idea what. So, you might think – well, it’s clearly not working so why don’t we just redesign it? 

Yeah, don’t do that. 

Without knowing the problem, you won’t know if a website redesign will solve it. And even if it does solve it, it could’ve been solved much faster and cheaper. For example, if the problem is user experience and your user’s not being able to navigate your site correctly, then yes, a redesign would solve that. But so would tweaking your existing website to make it more user friendly. 

What Should You Do To Instead Of Redesigning Your Website? 

If you have no idea what’s wrong with your website then a redesign is the last thing you should consider. The cheapest way to find out what’s wrong with your website is to check out your Google analytics for things like how much traffic you’re getting and bounce rate (the percentage of people who leave your website). You can find out what keywords you’re ranked for to see how well you’re performing in search results. 

If you’re still struggling you can look at a website critique, which we offer to business owners to help them identify problems with their website and how they can improve. 

Problem Five: You Hate Your Website

Should You Redesign Your Website? Yes

Honestly, this is a controversial one. But if you look at your website, and you absolutely hate it, redesign it. 

If the thought of having your website details on your business cards makes you want to run the other way, you might be suffering from what we call website shame.

When you have website shame, you don’t put any effort into your website. You don’t invest in content marketing or SEO, because the last thing you want is actual eyeballs on your website. If this is you, we recommend you redesign it. In order for your website to be a success, you need to feel confident sending traffic to it. If you don’t, then it won’t work. 

It might be a sign it’s either time to hire a web designer or to make some big changes yourself, perhaps using a better template.

And if you are looking for a better template, check out our membership, Make Your Mark Online – we offer all our members’ page templates that you can plug into your website as well as training videos and weekly advice to help you DYI your website.

Problem Six: Your website has A Lot Of Technical issues

Should You Redesign Your Website? Yes

If you’re overall happy with the look of your website but find it’s too slow or not performing as it should, a re-design might be the right option for you.

There could be a number of reasons why your website isn’t performing, technically. Maybe the framework you’re using is out of date, the website takes too long to load, or your page builder keeps crashing.

It’s not unusual for established business owners who’ve been running their own website for a while to add plugins as time goes by. Sometimes though, plugins clash with each other. They can slow your website down, or even make it crash. And unfortunately, a website with a lot of technical issues behind it is a bit like a time bomb – it will explode at some point, and your only choice will be to build a new one!

So if you find yourself sitting on a ‘monster of a website and don’t even know where to start to try and identify the problems, you might want to hire an expert to build you a bespoke website that’s tailored to your needs.

Problem Seven: You are re-positioning your business

Should You Redesign Your Website? Yes

If you’re at a stage in your business where you’re pivoting, re-branding, or re-positioning yourself (and changing your offers and audience), a website re-design might be what you need. As your business shifts, you’ll want different features and functionality, so you might need to go back to the drawing board and start afresh.

You could edit your current website, but this can get messy, especially if you’re changing your entering offering or who it’s aimed at. Sometimes, it’s actually quicker (and cheaper) to start again. 

Problem Eight: Your CMS (Content Management System) is Causing Issues

Should You Redesign Your Website? Yes

Some of our past clients have to come to us because they can’t access the backend of their website. They might even be happy with their current website, but they can’t update it without their website design agency. Their agency will charge them for every update, and may take a while to get it done too. This just isn’t feasible for many business owners, who choose, instead, to redesign their website so they can have full access to the content management system. 

We recommend everyone ask their web designer (whether agency or freelancer) from the outset, who has control of the website and how much access you will have to it. Be wary of design agencies who will charge you for every little change. 

Problem Nine: It’s Not Converting

Should You Redesign Your Website? Maybe

If you’re getting traffic to your website but it isn’t converting, then it’s tricky to say whether a redesign will help. It all depends on what’s preventing your reader from converting. 

You may look to redesign your website if it’s not converting because of…

  • User experience (i.e. your reader can’t navigate your website) 
  • The design is poor and makes you look amateur 
  • Technical issues such as page load speed, not mobile friendly etc. 

You may not need to redesign your website if your conversion issue is due too…

  • Poor website copy 
  • Lack of information about what you do
  • Lack of content marketing
  • Ultimately, a product that people aren’t interested in

Tweaking vs Redesign – Which is Best?

We hope that the blog post helped you to decide which option is best. It’s always tricky working out whether to tweak your website or do you redesign it.  

But if you’re generally happy with how your website looks, and you don’t have any major technical issues, tweaking your website, rather than going for a full re-design, could be the perfect option for you. There’s a reason that websites like Amazon or Facebook don’t do HUGE redesigns, instead choosing to continuously tweak and test. 

However, we do get to a point when a redesign is necessary. This is when the look of the website doesn’t reflect your level of expertise. The technical stuff is wasting too much time and money. Or the user just can’t navigate around the website.

One Sure-Fire Way to Decide If You Need A Website Redesign? 

When you think about a website redesign, think of it this way: is it worth my time and money? Will I get that back. If I invest x pounds and x hours, will I see that return? If the answer is yes, then do it! 

A new website should save you time (by streamlining processes) and deliver you more leads and sales. If it doesn’t, it’s just a vanity project. 

The post Why You Shouldn’t Redesign Your Website (And When You Should) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/dont-redesign-website/feed/ 0
Ep 45- What is a Start Here Page and What Do You Include On One? https://jammydigital.com/ep-45-start-here-pages/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-45-start-here-pages/#respond Wed, 11 Mar 2020 12:23:41 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4744 Stitcher| iTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud What Is A Start Here Page? A Start Here page is a way of welcoming a website visitor who’s unsure what to do next on your website. They’re unfamiliar with you and your business, and a start here page gives them a tour of your site and explains what you do. In this […]

The post Ep 45- What is a Start Here Page and What Do You Include On One? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

StitcheriTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud

What Is A Start Here Page?

A Start Here page is a way of welcoming a website visitor who’s unsure what to do next on your website. They’re unfamiliar with you and your business, and a start here page gives them a tour of your site and explains what you do.

In this podcast episode, you’ll learn…

  • What is a start page and whether you should or shouldn’t have one
  • What to include on a start here page
  • How a start here page can convert
  • How we go against what many others say should be on a ‘start here’ page

Resources

54 Ways To Increase Your Website Sales

Facebook Group

Make Your Mark Online

 

The post Ep 45- What is a Start Here Page and What Do You Include On One? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-45-start-here-pages/feed/ 0
Ep 44- 4 Easy Ways To Instantly Improve Your Website Copy https://jammydigital.com/ep-44-improve-copy-website/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-44-improve-copy-website/#respond Sat, 22 Feb 2020 20:50:13 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4734 Stitcher| iTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud Website copy is one of the key elements that will make your website a success. That’s why, in this episode, we’ll give you four easy ways you can instantly improve your writing. You’ll learn… How to make your copy more engaging How to identify passive voice How to make your copy less clunky […]

The post Ep 44- 4 Easy Ways To Instantly Improve Your Website Copy appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

StitcheriTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud

Website copy is one of the key elements that will make your website a success. That’s why, in this episode, we’ll give you four easy ways you can instantly improve your writing.

You’ll learn…

  • How to make your copy more engaging
  • How to identify passive voice
  • How to make your copy less clunky
  • How to use rhythm in your writing

Resources

54 Ways To Increase Your Website Sales

Facebook Group

4 Ways to Instantly Improve Your Writing: Transcript

Welcome to Episode 44 of the Make Your Mark Online Podcast. Today I’m going to give you 4 instant easy-peasy ways you can improve your writing.

But before we get into that, this show is sponsored by the Make Your Mark Online Community, this is our signature membership community where we help small business owners build and grow a successful website.

So let’s get on with the show.

Now firstly, who am I to tell you how to improve your writing? I own a web design company after all. Well, your website’s content is one of the key elements to its success. So, no, we don’t write your website copy, but we really do care when it’s a load of crap. Because that means your website won’t be as successful as you want it to be, you’ll be sad, we’ll be sad. There are just crappy feelings all around.

So I actually spend a lot of time learning about how to write business copy, so I can pass this knowledge onto our clients and our members too.

So, my first tip…

  1. Cut the fat

We use a lot of excess, unnecessary words in our writing, especially if we write how we talk. So it helps to cast a glance over our writing to try and spot words or phrases that are redundant i.e. we don’t need them. Why bother doing this? Well, the more the brain has to read, the harder it has to work. Brevity is beautiful, so it’s a good idea to cut as much as we can without losing the meaning of the sentence.

My favourite redundant phrase is 100% true. I use it all the time. I even know when I’m writing it that I have to go back and edit it, and often I forget. Of course, there’s no percentage when it comes to truth. Something is either true or not true (unless you’re a politician in which case there seems to be some sort of different scale of truth where things can be kinda true.) But for most of us, it’s either one or the other. So in this instance the ‘100%’ is redundant. You just need to say something is true.

Some other common redundant words or phrases are – I absolutely guarantee. It’s just I guarantee. Or the end result. It’s just, the result. The basic fundamentals – I see that one all the time. It’s just the fundamentals. Let’s collaborate together, that’s a good one. Obviously it’s let’s collaborate. Actual experience – as opposed to…what? That fake experience that seems to be going around these days. Actually, my CV when I was 20 had a lot of fake experience so maybe that one does make sense. But you get the picture.

You won’t pick up on all of these but if you have an awareness of it you should be able to catch a few of them in your writing.

2. Use active voice

So this may sound like I’m sending you back to school, but that’s not what I’m trying to do here. There’s a huge difference between active and passive voice and they can have a remarkable effect on the reader.

Passive voice is when the noun becomes the object of a sentence. Whereas active voice is where the noun is the subject of a sentence. But let’s give some examples.

The letter was posted by me, that’s a passive sentence.
It makes the letter (or the object) the subject of the sentence. It essentially makes ‘the letter’ the most important thing in that sentence, and the ‘by me’ is like an afterthought.
Whereas if I say ‘I posted the letter.’ That’s active. ‘I’ is the noun which is made the subject of the sentence. And you can see the difference ‘the letter was posted by me.’ ‘I posted the letter.’
So you could have ‘the training programme must be attended by all staff.’ But it would be better to say ‘All staff must attend the training programme.’ It’s stronger, isn’t it? It puts the noun, in this case, ‘the staff’ at the forefront.
And this is a common problem in writing. I think this happens when we’re trying to tiptoe around things, like the training programme must be attended by all staff. It sounds less bossy than all staff must attend the training programme.
But what happens when we use passive voice is that we don’t sound as engaging. And we end up using more words too, words like was, were, been, be – the training programme must be attended by all staff. It just makes the sentence clunky and doesn’t inspire action. Particularly on sales pages, this is really important because you want sharp, focused copy. Not a rambly mess.
Although saying that, Martin often moans at my bluntness on WhatsApp or Facebook messenger because once you start doing it, it does become a habit, so perhaps just be wary of it in emails. Or just add a smiley face emoji. That’s what I do when I think I’m being blunt, I’ll just throw in a smiley face emoji and hope for the best. You see, you’re getting the best writing tips ever in this podcast episode.
Now, I said in the beginning that I’ve always struggled with grammar and spelling and spotting active/passive voice is no exception. So I use a handy tip from a school teacher called Rebecca Johnson who tweeted about this. Rebecca said, if you can add the phrase ‘by zombies’ after the verb in a sentence then you have passive voice. The letter was posted…posted being the verb. The letter was posted by zombies. The training programme must be attended by zombies. Our business is recommended by zombies.
And every time a politician says ‘mistakes were made’ I swear you’ll say ‘by zombies’ in your head.

I don’t know what’s with me and politicians today, they seem to have annoyed me. Who knows.

3. Sentence rhythm

Okay, so I realise you’re not a poet or musician. Well, you might be, in which case this will be a doddle.
So essentially when our sentences don’t have rhythm, the reader will get bored. And quickly.
Now rhythm is a tricky subject but I’m going to go through one tip that helps me with my sentence rhythm and I’m going to do it by first showing you a bad example.
Sometimes I get emails. And they’re usually from men actually. I have no idea why. But it goes like this. And by the way every sentence I’m going to read is on its own individual line.
Lyndsay.
Your Business is Dead.
You don’t have sales.
You don’t have leads.
You don’t have hope.
I have the solution.
Yes, that’s right.
I have the solution.
Ready to hear it?
I bet you are.
No, not really mate. Because I’m bored with this incessant style of writing style. Short, sharp sentences are really useful, but only when peppered amongst longer sentences. To create that rhythm we need peaks and troths. If you use too many short sentences, they lose their power. If you use too many long sentences it can become boring and tiring. So mix it up.
There’s a brilliant quote from Gary Provost who is an American Writer about this. I’ll pop it in the show notes because it’s a great one but it goes:

“This sentence has five words. Here are five more words. Five-word sentences are fine. But several together become monotonous. Listen to what is happening. The writing is getting boring. The sound of it drones. It’s like a stuck record. The ear demands some variety. Now listen. I vary the sentence length, and I create music. Music. The writing sings. It has a pleasant rhythm, a lilt, a harmony. I use short sentences. And I use sentences of medium length. And sometimes, when I am certain the reader is rested, I will engage him with a sentence of considerable length, a sentence that burns with energy and builds with all the impetus of a crescendo, the roll of the drums, the crash of the cymbals–sounds that say listen to this, it is important.”

And I think that pretty much sums it up.

4. Stop with the stuffy

I used to be a copywriter and if I ever did receive negative feedback it was always the same thing: People used to say, ‘I don’t feel like the copy is professional enough.’
The thing is, before I would write anything I’d phone the client and say, pretend I am a prospective customer and tell me about this service or that product. But what I was listening too wasn’t just fact and figures, it was their tone of voice. The way they spoke, phrases they used, how formal or informal they were, where I could hear the excitement, how they got to the real benefits of what they sold.
So when I received the feedback that the copy sounded unprofessional. I would ask them if it sounded like them, sounded like a conversation they’d have with a client. ‘They would say yes…but it’s different for a website.’ I would explain, that really, it wasn’t. What you want your website to do is to connect with the reader, make them understand who you are and how you help. And they’d say ‘Yes, but my competitors’ doesn’t sound like this.’
And that’s the crux of the problem. We want to look good in front of our peers so we say things like established in 1982, suchabody financial services, offers a complete solution to your financial needs (I had to do that in that voice by the way.)
And I get it, being different is scary. Just think about school. Many of us wanted to fit in, right? But there was always that one kid that was different, who owned being different and didn’t care what others thought. And you know what, she or he actually got respect for it. That’s what your business needs to do. It needs to be that kid. Don’t worry about what your competitors do, however you speak to your clients is the way that you should write your business copy. Of course, it should be well structured and without all the ums and arrhs. But it doesn’t have to be super formal.

So I hope you found that episode.

And if you’re wanting regular feedback on your website copy or content, then check out our membership community, Make Your Mark Online. We host a 90-day challenge where our members produce one piece of content every week which we then give feedback on. If that sounds good head to makeyourmarkonline.net to find out more.

So that’s it for today’s episode, we’ll see you next time on the Make your make online podcast

The post Ep 44- 4 Easy Ways To Instantly Improve Your Website Copy appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-44-improve-copy-website/feed/ 0
How to Plan 50 Pieces of Content in 30 Minutes https://jammydigital.com/plan-50-pieces-content-30-minutes/ https://jammydigital.com/plan-50-pieces-content-30-minutes/#respond Mon, 17 Feb 2020 11:25:29 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4724 Do you regularly create content for your business? Or maybe you’d love to, but you get stuck on ideas? If you find your content marketing efforts aren’t paying off and would like to convert more web visitors into sales, you need to start building trust and authority with your audience. To help you do that, […]

The post How to Plan 50 Pieces of Content in 30 Minutes appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Do you regularly create content for your business? Or maybe you’d love to, but you get stuck on ideas? If you find your content marketing efforts aren’t paying off and would like to convert more web visitors into sales, you need to start building trust and authority with your audience. To help you do that, we’ve created a resource that allows you to plan 50 pieces of content in 30 minutes! It’s the exact method we followed to increase our website traffic by 10 times.

If you want to access our 30-minute Content Marketing Planner, you can download it here.

Download Our Content Marketing Planner

Have you downloaded it yet?

Are you ready to get planning?

Then let’s go.

Step 1 – list all your services

First things first, start by listing all the services you offer. Don’t miss this step because it will give you a structured way to come up with lots of content ideas. Once you’ve got this list, you can then think of content ideas for each of your services.

Step 2 – put yourself in your ideal customers’ shoes

Let me ask you a question. What’s the one thing you did before you made your last big purchase?

I bet you searched for whatever it was on Google.

As savvy consumers, we always do our own research before we buy anything. A study from Google found that 70% of buying decisions are made before the customer even contacts the business for the first time! And that’s because people research before buying – we all want to make informed decisions and avoid wasting our time and money.

So if you put your business owner’s cap back on, how can you help your ideal clients to make informed choices?

Step 3 – use content marketing to educate your clients about your business

Our advice? Stop sharing ‘fluff’ content about your latest awards or office move, and, instead, create a good combination of these two types of content.

  • Traffic content. This is content that drives traffic to your website. It’s what people directly search for on Google. It’s content that answers a particular problem, question or need that your ideal customers or clients might be having. And in providing the best answer to their question, you’re attracting visitors to your website. They may not be ready to buy just yet, but they could be in the future.
  • Conversion content. This is not necessarily content that people would search for on Google. But it’s something that your ideal customers or clients would pay attention to it if they were already on your website or interested in working with you. Think about people who follow you on social media and regularly visit your blog, previous clients, or subscribers on your email list, for example.

With these definitions in mind, you should then plan your content ideas around 6 key topics:

  1. Price.
  2. Problems.
  3. Comparisons.
  4. ‘The best’ content.
  5. Reviews.
  6. ‘How to’ content.

These topics come from the book They Ask You Answer, by Marcus Sheridan. You may have heard us talk about this book before (especially if you’re in our membership or listen to our podcast), and that’s because his teachings have literally transformed our business and the way we use content marketing to generate leads and sales. To read more about that, head over to our post: How to 10x Your Website Traffic.

So let’s get into the 6 topics.

1. Price

Price is the one thing we all want to know about when we do our research. We want to find out how much something costs before we commit to buying it – no matter how big or small the purchase is!

So how can you relate this back to your business?

  • Write about the price of your products and services.
  • Talk about the costs related to your industry and where you sit within it.
  • Discuss what can make the price of your service go up and down.

Here are a few examples of the price-related content we’ve created over time:

2. Problems

No product or service, company, or industry is perfect. So instead of burying your head in the sand and denying that there are any problems in your area of work, tackle your customers’ problems (or ‘perceived problems’) head-on. Being honest and upfront about this helps you build trust and authority with your audience. And ultimately, that’s what helps you convert your audience into buyers!

How do you do this?

  • Talk about a problem in your industry and specify how you’re different.
  • Create content around something that’s personal to you and your business. For example, we’re a small web design agency, and some big companies might be worried about working with us. So we pre-emptied our prospective clients’ concerns by writing the piece: Why Are We So Cheap? Working with us vs a Larger Agency.

Acknowledge your clients’ objections, show them that you understand them, and advise them on the best course of action. What’s there not to love?

3. Comparisons

This type of content helps your prospective clients decide whether they should buy a certain product or service or another one. Or whether they should buy from this company or that company. It’s all about comparing two products or services (or two companies) directly against one another.

Here’s an example of how we did this in our business: Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner vs Jammy Digital’s 90 Day Challenge Workbook.

The reason why you need to create this type of content is that your clients always have a choice! And while doing their research, they’ll come across your competitors too. So why not be the person who acknowledges this choice and helps them make an informed decision? They’ll certainly appreciate you for it!

Of course, directly comparing your products or services against someone else’s can be one of the scariest and most difficult things you’ll ever have to do in your content marketing. But the key is to approach the topic in an unbiased way. Take yourself out of your business and think about what will benefit your customer or client. Put yourself in their shoes, look at the products or services as objectively as you can, and use your knowledge and experience to guide your audience towards making the best possible decision.

So here’s what you could compare:

  • Similar products or services.
  • Different industry methodologies or tools.
  • Companies or businesses (including yours).

Don’t miss the opportunity to be the creator of this type of content – it’s a genuinely helpful thing to do for your audience!

4. ‘The best’ content

When we invest in anything, we want the best for our needs, don’t we? That’s the reason why we do all this research in the first place!

The trouble is that this type of content is often published by independent websites, which means your products or services (or your company) may not be mentioned (and simply because the creators of the content don’t know you!). So why don’t you produce this type of content yourself?

This might mean that you have to mention the competition, but it’ll work in your favour because people will find you on Google!

Want to know how we know? Because we did this! We wrote the article Top 10 Best Web Design Companies in Manchester in 2017. And years later, we still rank on the first page of Google and have received a lot of business directly from this post over time!

So how can you do this?

  • Evaluate other people’s work – their products and services. Talk about what they do, but also about what you do and how you are different.
  • Go into detail about why you’ve picked the companies you’ve chosen and what criteria you used to rate them.

This type of content is also incredibly helpful if you ever need to recommend another company to someone who isn’t the right fit for you, or in case you’re fully booked and can’t take on any extra clients at the moment. (Great position to be in, right?).

5. Reviews

Just like product or service comparisons, reviews are often done by independent websites. But you can be the business who reviews products and services in your industry and help your customers and clients make informed buying decisions.

You can review:

  • Other companies in your industry.
  • Specific products.
  • Industry-specific tools.

The key here is to be honest and helpful to your reader. Not every single product or service you sell is suitable for everyone. So focus on the fact that you only need to attract your ideal audience. As for everyone else, they’re not your target audience – and that’s fine!

When you think about it, all you’re doing here is offering great customer service. If you were to walk into a shop, you probably wouldn’t want the help of the salesy or pushy member of staff. You just want the salesperson who comes across as helpful, unbiased, shows a deep understanding of the products or services they sell, and has your best interests at heart. And that’s what content marketing should do for you – it should act as the best customer service person for your business!

6. ‘How To’ content

Although Marcus Sheridan (who came up with these topics) talks about the Big Five, he also says that the sixth type of content that business owners should consider creating is ‘How To’ content, which is ideal for generating traffic to your website.

Think about it from a user perspective. We type ‘how to’ into Google all the time! Creating this type of content is good for showcasing your knowledge and expertise and providing your reader with something useful at the same time – teach people how to do what you do or how to find the right products or services in your industry.

But at the same time, don’t shy away from letting them know that if they need any help, you can be the person who makes their to-do list a little lighter.

Download Our Content Marketing Planner

Join our community and take part in the 90-day Content Marketing Challenge

So there you have it – the exact steps you need to follow to plan lots of ideas for content in 30 minutes! And if you’d like some accountability or help when it comes to creating that content, we are running a 90-day content marketing challenge in our community – Make Your Mark Online.

Our members produce one piece of content each week, and we provide tailored feedback. We run the challenge 3 times a year, so if this sounds like something you’d want to find out more about, head over to Make Your Mark Online and sign up!

The post How to Plan 50 Pieces of Content in 30 Minutes appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/plan-50-pieces-content-30-minutes/feed/ 0
Ep 43- Is Google Dead? https://jammydigital.com/ep-43-google-dead/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-43-google-dead/#respond Thu, 13 Feb 2020 14:55:03 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4720 Stitcher| iTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud In this episode, we’re going to go through some of the changes that have happened with Google and SEO. How these changes could have an impact on your business and finally what you can do to keep (or even increase) your search traffic. In this episode, you learn… The issues with Google that […]

The post Ep 43- Is Google Dead? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

StitcheriTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud

In this episode, we’re going to go through some of the changes that have happened with Google and SEO. How these changes could have an impact on your business and finally what you can do to keep (or even increase) your search traffic.

In this episode, you learn…

  • The issues with Google that could lead to less organic traffic to your website
  • How you can still maintain and even get more traffic from Google even with these changes

Resources

54 Ways To Increase Your Website Sales

Less than Half of Google Searches Now Result in a Click

How Much of Google’s Search Traffic is Left for Anyone But Themselves?

Facebook Group

Is Google Dead: Transcript

Welcome to Episode 43 of the Make Your Mark Online Podcast. Today we’re going to be talking about whether Google is dead. So that’s nice. I’m going to go through some of the changes we’ve seen in Google, what impact they’ll have on you and essentially, what you should do about it.

But before we get into that, this show is sponsored by the Make Your Mark Online Community, this is our signature membership community where we help small business owners build and grow a successful website.

So let’s get on with the show.

Okay so firstly, what’s happening Google?

What have we done to deserve this?

Now you may have noticed that Google’s got a little frosty with those of us who use it (or for the many of us who rely on it) for organic traffic. And there have been a few changes that have sounded pretty scary for us business owners.

Rand Fishkin, the CEO of Moz – and if you know anything about SEO, Moz is pretty much the frontier in providing SEO knowledge. But Rand Fishkin wrote an article in 2019 that stated that less than 50% of Google searches result in a click to a website. For mobile, that’s even scarier, at less than 27%. I’ll link to this article in the show notes so you can go look at some scary graphs and cry into your bowl of cereal.

But maybe before you do that, you could just listen to the rest of this podcast and hopefully, it will put your mind at ease.

Why Are Is Our CTR (Click Through Rate) Decreasing?

Well, there are many different factors. Firstly, you may have noticed something called featured snippets in search results. So when I type into Google ‘How much does it cost for a website’ – Google provides me with an answer without me having to click on the website that provided me with the answer.

So, it takes the information off the website that answered that question and delivers that as an answer on its own platform. And in this case, it’s a gives a reasonable ish answer, it says it costs between $100-$500 to build your own website and up to $30,000 to get a custom-built site. And it’s quite difficult to see the name of the company that wrote the article and provided the answer.

Which is why some people argue that a featured snippet is resulting in a decrease in people clicking on your links in Google search. The data certainly seems to show that.

So, that’s pretty scary, isn’t it?

And the answer to that is yes and no.

The problem with this data is that it doesn’t factor in what people are searching for. So I don’t know if you do this, but when Martin and I watch a film, we’re like, is that Mark Wahlberg and Matt Damon? I’m like, it’s Matt Damon, definitely. And Martin’s like, no it’s not, it’s Mark Wahlberg. No, you’re completely wrong. Okay, Google it. And then you Google the name of the film and you get your answer straight away without having to click on a website. So it’s not taking into account all the millions of people who are also performing these kinds of searches.

So, when we talk about there being fewer clicks from Google, it doesn’t necessarily categorise what people are and are not clicking on. Essentially, yes, overall click-through rates from Google are down, but that’s not necessarily true of educational content.

Take the search query I mentioned before – How Much Does It Cost For a Website. Google gave the answer between just between $100-$500 or up to $30,000 dollars for a custom site. Now the likelihood is, someone will need more information than that. Between $100 – $30,000 isn’t particularly helpful. So there’s that to consider.

And there was actually a study by Hubspot that stated that these featured snippets get more clicks than organic search results, so that’s good news here.

So it conclusion, yes it’s a worry and I’m going to talk about how to combat all this later. But it’s probably not all doom and gloom as you might think.

So let’s move on to some other obstacles Google is throwing at us.

The second is how Google is changing the way it displays ads.

In fact, this is changing regularly. I used to instinctively know which results in Google were ads, and I’d just click on the results that I knew weren’t ads.

Now it’s trickier. The way ads are displayed is changing so much that we don’t really have time to get used to how they look and well…avoid them.

And it’s often more difficult to get to the organic traffic too. We’re on the first page for ‘top web design agencies manchester’ and yet you have to scroll down to halfway down the page to find that search result. And that’s because there’s a lot of ads and a big map in the way. So, thanks for that Google.

So what do we do?

Do we just not bother anymore? Forget content marketing and forget having a website and just focus on social media?

Well, no. Good God no.

In fact, this is an opportunity to invest more in educational content. If someone types into Google, web designers in Manchester they’re just going to see ads and a map and maybe click on a company in the organic results, maybe not.

If someone is typing into Google a question like ‘how much does it cost for a website?’ then they need education. Educational content is the best kind of content to use in order to get traffic from Google. We’ve certainly found this too, the majority of our traffic has come from our educational content, even now. And in a lot of cases, our educational content gets more traffic than our homepage.

In summary, if someone needs educating, they’re generally going to need more information than what’s included in a 40-50 word featured snippet. Not always, but mostly.

But more importantly, this highlights something bigger.

You cannot rely on one single platform in your business.

Now it’s scary when we see people building businesses using just Facebook, and we’re like, ‘oh my God, get a website!’

But equally, perhaps we web designers haven’t been very clear about how we shouldn’t rely solely on Google either.

We cannot control Google. They are there to make money, not be our friends. And they don’t owe us anything.

This is why it’s frustrating when we see websites rank purely for search engines. If you look at some of the websites that are on the first page of Google for ‘How much does a website cost?’ yes the articles are helpful but some of them are…well just kinda boring. They aren’t memorable. The businesses have no personality. No brand. Nothing. I’d read their article and then I would forget their names.

What we need to do instead is elevate ourselves, build our brand, be clear on who we are and have that come across in our content. We need to provide helpful content but also have personality too. We need people to find us and remember us.

And we also want more and more people searching for our business name. If there’s one thing Google can’t do, it provides other answers to our business name. When I want to know something about SEO, I don’t type that question into Google, I search for Moz and then I use their internal search to find what I’m looking for. Essentially, you want your own website to become the Google of your industry. So we all end up with a bunch of tiny Googles!

To do that we need to, as I said merge both personality and content marketing. To make sure we’re found and also remembered.

We can still optimise our content for Google, of course. But we can’t put our eggs in one basket. We need to use social media too. We need to join communities and make connections. We cannot sit back anymore. To get traffic to your website you need a constant proactive approach.

In short, don’t rely on anyone but yourselves.

So I hope you found that episode useful and not too scary!

And if you’re wanting to learn more about how to grow your website so it acts as the best salesperson for your business, then check out our membership community, Make Your Mark Online. We do talk a lot about SEO in our membership especially how it relates to content marketing. If that sounds good head to makeyourmarkonline.net to find out more.

So that’s it for today’s episode, we’ll see you next time on the Make your make online podcast.

 

The post Ep 43- Is Google Dead? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-43-google-dead/feed/ 0
Why referrals are bad for business (and what you should do instead) https://jammydigital.com/referrals-bad-for-business/ https://jammydigital.com/referrals-bad-for-business/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2020 10:08:00 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4712 Does your business rely on referrals from previous customers and clients? There’s no doubt that being recommended to others feels great. But did you know referrals can be ‘bad’ for your business? Let’s find out why and what you can do to grow your business in 2020 and beyond. 1. You don’t know anything about […]

The post Why referrals are bad for business (and what you should do instead) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Does your business rely on referrals from previous customers and clients? There’s no doubt that being recommended to others feels great. But did you know referrals can be ‘bad’ for your business? Let’s find out why and what you can do to grow your business in 2020 and beyond.

1. You don’t know anything about the clients you are attracting

One of the major issues with relying on referrals to build and grow your business is that you don’t know much about your prospective customers or clients.

We like to use a blind date analogy when explaining this. Picture this situation – your mum sets you up on a blind date with someone. Of course, you have no idea who they are. The date might work out, and that person might be just perfect for you. Or they might not! And your blind date might turn into an experience you’d rather forget. But that’s the point – you just don’t know, do you?!

In a way, business referrals aren’t that different. Your existing customers and clients may have recommended you to their friends or colleagues, but you don’t know anything about them. And they might be a perfect fit for your business. Or they might not. And if they aren’t, you might both run into problems when you start working together. That’s not ideal, is it?

2. Your prospective clients don’t know anything about your business

When someone recommends you to a prospective customer or client, you don’t know anything about them, but they don’t know anything about you either. Sure, you came recommended, but they’re not aware of the way you work or don’t know what to expect from you.

By the time you’ve explained it all, they might realise you don’t offer the right service for them. Or they might not be willing to pay your fees. And what happens then? You don’t know how your prospective customers or clients are going to react when they find out all the details. And again, it might work out (and the referral might pay off), or it might not (and you might end up in an awkward situation!).

3. Your business cannot grow 

Before 2017, our business was relying solely on referrals. Money was coming in, and month-on-month our business wasn’t getting worse. But it wasn’t growing either. It was stagnant. We were offering the same services at the same prices.

Truth is, we had no idea where our next client might be coming from. We had no leads in our pipeline and had our referrals dried up, we would have been in trouble with no other prospective clients to contact.

Looking back, the reason is obvious. We were getting little traffic to our website, and we weren’t building our email list! We had no active way of increasing our leads or sales, and that’s because we weren’t in control of our own sales process. Plus, seeing that our previous or existing clients were kindly referring us to others, we couldn’t easily increase our prices either, as we felt obliged to offer the same prices to our newest clients.

In a nutshell, we weren’t building our personal brand, and our business wasn’t growing.

How to use content marketing to grow your business

If all this sounds familiar, what can you do to attract the right customers or clients, build a pipeline of leads, and increase sales to grow your business?

You can start content marketing.

In 2017, we made the life-changing decision to start blogging on our website. Before then, we had published little content and hardly had a presence on social media. And while referrals were great, things didn’t always work out. So to change all this, we started writing and sharing regular content on our website.

1. Use your content to attract the right customers

We started off by answering questions from our prospective or existing clients, who’d want to know how much we charged or how we worked, for example. And as a result, we created posts including:

And many more!

Over time, writing and sharing blog posts regularly meant that we were able to build a library of content on our website that allows our prospective clients to find all the information they need to decide whether or not we’re the right fit for them.

The people who do get in touch with us tend to have read our content beforehand. And more often than not, they’ve already made a decision to work with us based on what they’ve learnt on our website.

2. Use content to create a pipeline of leads

Content marketing also allowed us to grow our business by attracting more traffic to our website. This, in turn, meant we could increase our email list. And over time, we created an engaged community of subscribers and a pipeline of leads that we could tap into when we had something to sell.

3. Use content to increase your prices or pivot 

Sharing content was also key to pivoting our business. By investing in our email list, we were able to build a base of people who already knew us, either through working with us or through our content. They had trust in us – they liked working with us – and they were ready to buy any other products or services we might offer.

Content is what allowed us to introduce our membership in 2018. Make Your Mark Online is aimed at people who want to build their website but are struggling to drive sales through it. And the reason we were able to successfully launch our membership is that we had worked on building a strong community – mainly through content.

So if you want your business to look any different in 6-12 months’ time, you need a pipeline of leads who are invested in you, know that you know what you’re talking about, and who trust you. And the best way to do that is to share content regularly and become an authority and a leader in your industry.

4. Share content with your referrals

So can content help with referrals too? It certainly can. Whenever someone recommends us to a new prospective client, we send them 3-4 key pieces of content to read. Once they’ve gone through our blog posts, we jump on a call with them to answer any questions they might have and find out more about their business and the project.

We often share our Website Buyer’s Guide too, which is an unbiased piece of content that teaches people how to buy a website. This gives them an opportunity to learn more about us and how we work and decide whether they feel we’re the right fit for them. By the time we speak to people on the phone or via video, they are already committed! There are no surprises about prices or processes. And often this means they’ll become our clients. Hurray!

So when a referral comes through your business, rather than diving into the working relationship straight away, invite them to read your content. You don’t need to turn referrals down. But do use your content to educate and inform people about the way you work. And if they like it, they’ll come to you.

Would you like some help with planning your content? 

So there you have it – the reasons why referrals aren’t always ideal for your business and how you can use content to attract the right customers or clients. You can think of referrals as an added bonus for your business. But they shouldn’t be your lifeline.

As you can see, content marketing can help you grow your business in a different way. So if you want to know more about planning the type of content that will help people make informed decisions about working with you before even getting in touch, we’ve created a content marketing planner that does just that. Our 90-day challenge workbook helps you create the type of content you should be producing in order to educate and inform your prospective clients and to increase leads and sales in your business.

Some of our lovely Make Your Mark Online (or MYMO) members are already using the workbook to produce weekly content for our 90-day challenge. The idea is simple – you create one piece of content every week for 90 days, and we provide personalised feedback to you, so you can improve your content and use it to attract better clients into your business.

If that sounds like something you’d be interested in, head over to Make Your Mark Online to find out more. Our first 90-day challenge has already started, but if you missed it, don’t worry. We’re running two more this year, so you can join us for the next one, starting in May 2020. Just head over to Make Your Mark Online or give us a shout if you have any questions.

The post Why referrals are bad for business (and what you should do instead) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/referrals-bad-for-business/feed/ 0
Ep 42- The 6 Elements That Make a Successful Website https://jammydigital.com/ep42-6-elements-website/ https://jammydigital.com/ep42-6-elements-website/#respond Thu, 06 Feb 2020 14:35:14 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4718 In this super practical podcast episode, we’re going to tell you exactly how to produce over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes. You’ll probably want to grab a pen and paper for this episode, or better yet, download our content planner which will help you. In this episode, you learn… How to relate […]

The post Ep 42- The 6 Elements That Make a Successful Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

In this super practical podcast episode, we’re going to tell you exactly how to produce over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes.

You’ll probably want to grab a pen and paper for this episode, or better yet, download our content planner which will help you.

In this episode, you learn…

  • How to relate your content to the products or services that you offer
  • The type of content that delivers more leads and sales
  • The six key topics you need to cover in your content
  • How to get in front of people searching on Google
  • Why you need to view your content as a customer service tool
  • How to create over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes by following along to this episode

StitcheriTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud

Everyone wants their website to look great. And I get it. When our websites look good, we look good. And we feel confident driving traffic to it.

But often we get too caught up in how a website looks and we neglect everything else.

Your website is not a piece of art to be looked at and admired, it’s a tool that should be used to drive action – usually by delivering leads and sales.

So although strange of us as web designers to say, we need to stop obsessing over how our websites look and start thinking about how they’ll drive leads.

There are actually 6 elements that make a great website, and all these need to be carefully balanced. In this episode, we’ll go through exactly what those 6 elements are, and how you can apply them to your website.

Increase website sales


In this episode, you learn…

  • The 6 key elements that lead to website success
  • How to balance these elements across your website
  • Quick wins to make your website that bit better – and get more sales!

Resources

54 Ways To Increase Your Website Sales

Content Planner

Big, Bold Statment 

Facebook Group

Website Buyer’s Guide

Homepage Blueprint

The 6 Key Elements that Make a Successful Website: Transcript

Welcome to Episode 42 of the Make Your Mark Online Podcast. Today we’re going to be talking about the 6 elements that make the perfect website.

But before we get into that, this show is sponsored by the Make Your Mark Online Community, this is our signature membership community where we help small business owners build and grow a successful website.

So on with the show!

Everyone wants their website to look great. And I get it. When our websites look good, we look good. And we feel confident driving traffic to it.

But often we get too caught up in how a website looks and we neglect everything else.

Your website is not a piece of art to be looked at and admired, it’s a tool that should be used to drive action – usually by delivering leads and sales.

So although strange of us as web designers to say, we need to stop obsessing over how our websites look and start thinking about how they’ll drive leads.

There are actually 6 elements that make a great website, and all these need to be carefully balanced.

  1. User Experience

User experience is the biggie. Above all else, this should be your main focus when building your website.

We want our user’s to know exactly where they need to go on your website to get what they are looking for.

One of the key places to do this is your homepage. We like to think of your homepage as the reception area of your website. A reception area of a busy building gets lots of questions, where are the lifts (or elevators as you may call them), where are the loos, I need to speak to sucha body. That’s what your users need from your homepage – where’s your blog, I want to contact you, I want to find more about sucha service.

And like any good reception area, your homepage needs to efficiently direct people to the right place on your website. And quickly.

You do not want people congregating around your reception area, trying to understand where to go. Because they will just leave.And that’s just one example of something you have to consider when it comes to user-experience. There are so many things to think about – do your call to action buttons (so your ‘find out more’ or ‘contact me’) buttons stand out, do you have images that reflect what the text says, is there plenty of white space on the page, can the user flow through your website with ease?

As web designers this sort of becomes automatic. But when you’re DIYing your website, you have to constantly question yourself – is this easy for the end-user to understand and use?

The reason a lot of people get this wrong – and that includes big, fancy agencies – is because they focus too much on how the website looks. If you go on many high-fashion websites you’ll find this is the case, it’s all just too pretentious to actually be user-friendly.

2. Website copy

Yes, you can have a beautiful website but if the words on the page don’t connect with your reader then no amount of beauty will make up for it. Like when you discover that really hot person you’ve liked for ages actually doesn’t have any personality. That’s the same thing, it’s all very disappointing.

People most often get their website copy wrong just because, they don’t really think about it. They just start typing without consciously thinking about the reader, what their problems are and why they’re on your website.

A lot of people also copy off their competition, and often the competition doesn’t know how to write website copy either. So everyone just ends up with…crap website copy.

I think the problem is people tend to overcomplicate website copy. But it really shouldn’t be difficult. As business owners, we speak to people about our products or services every day. We’re able to articulate what we do and what the benefits of our products or services are verbally. All you need to do is to write it down.

Some major things to get right with website copy is making sure people know exactly what you do as soon as they land on your homepage. And you can do this by coming up with what we call a big, bold statement, which essentially summarises what you do. We have recorded a podcast about this and written a blog post about it and we’ll pop this in the shownotes.

Another thing is making having a page for each service you offer and making sure you include everything about that service so your reader can make an informed decision about whether to work with you – so the benefits of the service, the cost, FAQ, the process and previous testimonials.

Finally, it’s about not overthinking the writing. You constantly have to balance copy with user-experience and SEO. This is why calling things like ‘My Journey’ instead of about page is a bad idea because it’s just confusing for your user.

And calling your service a funny name that Google won’t understand will not help you rank on Google. For example, calling an editing service ‘the wondrous wizard package’ just doesn’t make sense. You have to kind of balance creativity with, well, what your readers and search engines will understand.

3. Content Marketing

There’s zero point having a beautiful, user-friendly website without getting traffic to it. It’s like the perfect shop stuck in the middle of the dessert. Sorry, I’m all about the bad metaphors today, you’re just going to have to bear with that.

The problem is, people try content marketing but they produce what we call ‘fluff’ content. So that’s ‘look at this client we’ve just landed’ or ‘look at this award we’ve won’ or even very basic ‘7 ways to blah, blah, blah’ posts. Now these aren’t always bad but sometimes they’re just very basic overviews of a topic that have less than 500 words. They don’t really give the reader any value.

But content marketing isn’t just about driving traffic to your site, it’s about building trust and authority. It’s about answering those questions that none of your competition will answer. It’s about being the go-to person for your particular topic.

If it’s done correctly, content can deliver more leads and sales but it can also deliver better customers, the ones who are the right fit for you.

Some of the major mistakes people make when it comes to content marketing is not answering a question. They skim the surface of a topic but don’t delve in and try to give the best, most informed, most researched answer.

But even when people do, do this what they then fail to promote their content. You need to spend a lot of time getting eyeballs on your content.

Finally, people don’t produce content for every step of the sales process. They focus on ‘awareness content’ – basically making people aware that they exist and that they are knowledgable. But people rarely produce content about their products or services. And this is a huge error. That’s why we produce so many blog posts about our products or services. In fact, we’ve just had one out this week called, Why we charge large companies more for a website redesign.

4. Lead Generation

By lead generation, I mean collecting email addresses or getting people to get in contact with you or book a call.

Now there are usually two camps when it comes to lead gen…

Those who make zero effort to capture leads
Those who harras you so much for your email address on your website that if they were an actual person you’d probably call the police

If you haven’t yet guessed, what we’re after is somewhere between the two.

The reason you can’t harass someone is that it’s just not good user-experience. And good relationships aren’t built by stalking people unless your that weird bloke off 50 shades of grey.

Equally, saying nothing won’t get you anywhere either.

Now, there are ways of capturing email address or getting people to get in contact with you without being annoying and I actually talk about that in my last podcast episode. But offering things like content upgrades to your blog posts such as helpful checklists or planners to go alongside the topic you’re talking about is a great way of doing this.

Using a sticky hello bar at the top of the page if you’ve got a webinar coming up or something new and exacting is another.

Including a contact form on every single service page is also one.

So you see, you don’t have to be Christian Grey to get leads. You can do it respectfully.

5. Appearance

Okay, so I harped on about how appearance is not all that. But it is something. No, your website doesn’t have to be a victoria secret model but it does help if it’s ya know, showered and put on clean underwear. Your website has to be presentable, easy to use, and yes, have good images and easy to read text as a minimum.

The biggest mistakes we see websites make when it comes to appearance is one, it looks like the 90s has thrown up on the page. Or 2. They copy everyone else.

You see it all the time. Look at the IT industry. Every website looks exactly the same. They use a lot of blues, oranges and whites. And they have a lot of stock photos of people wearing headsets.

The problem is, people won’t remember you.
With your appearance, you generally have to use good images and this is exactly why we recommend people invest in a photographer before they get a website.

You have to make sure you use plenty of white space, so give your text and images room to breath don’t squash things in so close together.

You also have to break things up into sections, particularly on your homepage where everything can feel a bit crowded. So dedicate one section of the page to just about you with an image, dedicate the next section to just your content. Don’t try to cram in testimonials next to your about you text with several images, it just looks and feels messy.

6. SEO

The next thing is SEO. Now the basics of SEO is just good user-experience mixed with website admin. For most of us, this is pretty much all we need to know.

One huge mistake business owners make is worrying too much about SEO and going way to deep with it all that they actually forget about their actual business.

Another thing to remember is that producing content on your website i.e. blogging is also a great way to rank for the questions that people ask you.

So don’t overcomplicate it for now.

But there are some rules you want to follow, such as using your H tags correctly. H tags are essentially your headings on the page. You H1 tag tells Google what the entire page is about, H2 tells Google what the following paragraph is about, and if that paragraph is broken down further you’ll use H3 and so on. This is actually just good user-experience to break up the text and tell the user what the next section is about. It’s just you’re telling Google at the same time.

And you may want to do some keyword research too, and drop these keywords naturally – the key word here is naturally- throughout your copy and your headings too.

In your blog posts, you’ll want to link to other relevant content. And you’ll want to make sure you give all your images appropriate names.

You want to keep your URLs short.

Now, if you’re furiously typing don’t worry you can stop I do have a checklist for this that I’ll put in the show-notes or you can also check out our blog post on how to make the perfect website.

Conclusion

So there you have it, the 6 key things that will make your website a success – user-experience, website copy, content marketing, lead generation, seo and appearance.

Now, remember this can seem overwhelming but you’ll get this right over time. No website is perfect. Ours isn’t perfect. I could visit our website right now and pick at things. But if you have an awareness of these 6 things, and consciously implement them when you work on your website, I guarantee it will be that bit more successful.

So I hope you found this episode useful.

And if you’re wanting to learn more about how to grow your website so it acts as the best salesperson for your business, then check out our membership community, Make Your Mark Online. We actually create one-click-install website pages for our members such as the homepage, about page or even things like lead capture pages and sales pages. These are built with our knowledge and experience so a lot of what’s been talked about in this podcast episode such as user-experience or appearance has already been covered.

If that sounds good head to makeyourmarkonline.net to find out more.

So that’s it for today’s episode, we’ll see you next time on the Make your make online podcast.

The post Ep 42- The 6 Elements That Make a Successful Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep42-6-elements-website/feed/ 0
Why we charge large businesses & public sector organisations more for website redesign https://jammydigital.com/large-business-web-design/ https://jammydigital.com/large-business-web-design/#respond Sat, 25 Jan 2020 21:54:09 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4708 When I was planning my wedding (sorry, Martin, our wedding). I did the usual stuff like searching for florists, venues, catering, wedding bands etc. And I often received the same piece of advice off friends and family: “Don’t tell them it’s for a wedding, otherwise they’ll charge you A LOT more.” I imagine that’s what […]

The post Why we charge large businesses & public sector organisations more for website redesign appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
When I was planning my wedding (sorry, Martin, our wedding). I did the usual stuff like searching for florists, venues, catering, wedding bands etc. And I often received the same piece of advice off friends and family:

“Don’t tell them it’s for a wedding, otherwise they’ll charge you A LOT more.”

I imagine that’s what it must feel like if you work for a larger company. You may think to yourself, ‘Are these guys going to charge me more just because we’re a large business or are well known?’

And you know what, you’re right. We do charge more to larger companies. And by larger, I’m talking turnover of a million+.

Our web design packages start from £4497(+VAT), with the average being around £7,000 – £9,000(+VAT). For large companies, this jumps to £20,000+(+VAT).

But it’s not for the reasons you might think. We don’t sit there rubbing our hands together with glee and pound signs in our eyes when we see you coming. There are genuine reasons why we charge more to larger companies.

In the interest of honesty and transparency and all that malarky, we’ve listed these below.

  1. There’s a lot more communication with you

When we work with larger organisations, generally there are more people involved in the process. Yes, we communicate with one, designated person, but this one person has to get input and feedback from the different teams within the organisation.

Often, we’ll have video calls with the different teams to go through what they need from the website, or feedback on the designs, or any particular questions. Each team has it’s own priority. For example, people who work in finance want something different from the website to the people who work in HR.

So, why would this cost more money? Essentially, it takes A LOT longer.

There’s a lot more communication needed when we deal with larger companies. And this isn’t a bad thing. The level of communication with many different members of staff is what will lead a website that serves the company, the individual teams within the company and the customer.

A typical website design project will take us 3 months. With larger organisations, it takes us 6-9 months. When we take on a website design project for a larger organisation, we have to schedule in time in diary, and we take on fewer clients around that time.

The reason we charge more is that you get more of our dedicated time.

2. You need more page designs

All our websites are built from scratch, and we follow a particular process.

The first thing we do is research. We spend time with you figuring out what you need from your website, understanding your brand, your customers, the issues you have with your current website etc.

Once we’ve been through this discovery phase we create a wireframe of the homepage. Once that’s been approved we then design your homepage, and finally, once that’s been approved we move on to building the homepage. We follow this process with every single page on your website that needs an original design.

Larger organisations tend to need a lot more page designs. Not just a homepage, about page and a single service page. Larger organisations sometimes need 10/15/20+ page designs. This is because they tend to offer a wide range of services for a wide range of sectors. This means more time has to go into the project, which is why it costs more.

Increase website sales

3. Your website has to serve lots of different people

For larger organisations, a website redesign is not just a way to generate more leads and sales. A website is also a way to make business processes easier and more streamlined. Each team within a large organisation generally has a ‘wish list’ of things they want from a website.

For example, HR might want to make the process of attracting new candidates to the organisation easier. Administrative staff might want the website to do some of the heavy lifting in terms of administrative tasks. The sales team may want an online portal for potential customers to view videos, submit documents, view proposals, etc.

Because each team wants something different from the website, websites for larger organisations usually have more functionality. This all adds to the cost.

4. There’s a lot more integrations/software development

Similar to number three, larger organisations need their website to integrate with lots of different software, for example, relationship management software, apps, internal communication software etc.

We sometimes have to work with software developers too, assisting them in connecting the software to the website.

This all takes extra time.

5. We provide you with a lot more training

One of the main reasons larger companies come to us for a website is, well, they’ve been treated pretty badly before. We’re under no illusion that we’re a pretty unusual choice for a large company – who can have their pick of fancy agencies with big offices, teams of staff and one of those coffee machines we’re super jealous of. Whereas we work from home with our cats, a kettle and a tub of Nescafe Gold Blend.

But all the same, we do attract some large companies and one of the reasons why is because we give them access to the entire website. We don’t force them into contracts where we update their websites for them at an obscene cost. Because, quite frankly, that would bore the hell out of us.

But that does mean we have to provide extra training upfront. A lot of different people in the organisation need to know how to update or access different parts of the website. Marketing wants to delve into the blog, administrative staff want to know how to create intelligent contact forms that send information to specific people in the company, HR wants to see the CVs of potential candidates etc. All that needs explaining.

FYI – Don’t worry, backups mean you can’t break the website. There’s very little you can do to break a website if it’s backed up correctly.

6. There’s often consulting too

Once larger organisations have invested £20/30/40,000 on a website, they often want to know how to get the most out of it too. Makes sense.

So, we often consult on things like SEO, copywriting and content marketing during the project and after it’s live. This all adds to the cost of the website.

Increase website sales

7. There’s a lot more content

Larger organisations usually have mammoth websites. There are often thousands of pages, some which need to be culled. This needs to be done carefully and strategically. We don’t want to lose any traffic when the new website is launched, which is why setting up appropriate redirects is important.

The majority of the pages though will need migrating over to the new website. And you may think, ‘oh, this can be done automatically, right?’ Yes and no. If it’s WordPress to WordPress redesign, there is some software that helps you pull over the content from one site to another BUT every single page still needs checking. In our experience, this is never perfect. There’s always missing images or incorrect URLs. This all needs to be fully checked and corrected before the website goes live.

If the original site is not on WordPress then the content will need to be moved over manually, and this is a huge part of the extra cost.

8. We have to consider your ROI

Charging 5k for a website to a company that turns over millions quite frankly does not make sense.  We charge more because you’ll get a lot more in return.

In Conclusion

So there you are. These are the reasons why we charge more for large business/public sector websites. If you work for a large business or public sector company, I hope that’s put your mind at ease. If you’d like more help with choosing a web designer, you can also download our free, totally unbiased, website buyer’s guide below. Of if you have any questions, feel free to ask us on our contact page.

P.s. Do you bid for projects?

We also get asked this a lot. Typically, the answer is no. Although we have done. The reason we generally don’t do it is that it takes up a lot of our time.

The post Why we charge large businesses & public sector organisations more for website redesign appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/large-business-web-design/feed/ 0
Biggest Problems with WordPress Themes https://jammydigital.com/problems-wordpress-themes/ https://jammydigital.com/problems-wordpress-themes/#respond Fri, 24 Jan 2020 12:39:15 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4706 What are the main problems that you are likely to face when using a WordPress theme? That’s exactly what we’re going to discuss in this video.  Martin here from Jammy Digital, where we help business owners like you to make your mark online. If that’s exactly what you want to do, then click on […]

The post Biggest Problems with WordPress Themes appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
What are the main problems that you are likely to face when using a WordPress theme? That’s exactly what we’re going to discuss in this video.

Martin here from Jammy Digital, where we help business owners like you to make your mark online. If that’s exactly what you want to do, then click on the subscribe button, and then click on the bell icon to get notified, the very next time that we release a video.


Biggest Problems with WordPress Themes


WordPress theme problems

So why are we talking about problems with WordPress themes? It may baffle some of you because we actually have a membership where we teach people how to use themes and plugins and all of that good stuff. So why are we releasing a video talking about the problems that you might face?

Well, because you may face problems, no tool out there is 100% perfect. And I wanted to outline the key issues that you’re likely to face if you’re building your own website using a theme. And at the end of the video I’m going to tell you how you can eliminate a lot of these problems. So make sure that you stick around to the end.

1. Your website NEVER looks like the demo theme

Okay problem number one, when you install a WordPress theme from a third party vendor, what’s likely to happen is you’re going to see a really nice theme and you’re going to think this is the theme for me. This is exactly what I want to use on my website. You download it, you maybe even bought a theme, you click on install and nothing. You don’t see that amazing design that sold you that theme in the first place. What you essentially have to do with most themes is actually rebuild that theme again, using their features within the backend of WordPress.

Now this isn’t a very good thing. They sell you on the design, but then you install it and then you have to build it yourself to make it look the same. Well that’s not really what you paid for you want it to just be one click and then it installs all of the sample data. And that does happen on some themes. It does, but not all of them. So you have to waste even more time spending the time, creating the theme, working out what does what, and already you’ve wasted all of this time. And really you just wanted to click a button and have it look like that theme and it just doesn’t happen. So that’s problem number one.

2. WordPress themes are basic

Problem number two is that WordPress themes are quite basic if I’m being honest. So what they usually do is they showcase a really amazing homepage with all of these really nice designs. Maybe they’ve got some sliding stuff down here, maybe they got a nice testimonial section, and then you click through to the about page and the service page and the contact page, and they’re all really basic. They sell you based on a really nice homepage, but we all know as online shoppers and as looking around for online services that you don’t just need a nice homepage you have to click through to other pages when you’re doing your research, you want those pages to be as good as the homepage.

Now with WordPress themes, quite often they focus all of their energy on the homepage and you click through to the other pages and they just don’t look that great. So you’ve essentially installed the theme just for the home page. And that happens a lot. Yes, there are some themes out there that come with really nice different page designs, but it’s not very common. So be on the lookout for that one. That’s problem number two.

3. All WordPress themes are created differently

Problem number three, most WordPress themes are built completely differently. That means you install one theme from this third party provider and it will be different from this theme on this other third party provider. So all of the themes are different. How you edit them is different. You may have spent five years editing one website, you install a brand new theme and it’s completely different. And from the ground up, you’re going to have to learn the ins and outs of that theme and it can be quite tricky. So that’s problem number three, it’s not very adaptable, it’s a lot of time and energy and effort for you to learn how to customise that theme the same way that you have done in previous theme so that’s not very helpful.

4. You’re relying on the theme developer to keep it updated and secure

Problem number four, you’re reliant on the developer of that theme to keep you up to date. So we’ve just been through a major update with WordPress where they released Gutenberg and version five and there are a lot of themes that people were using beforehand that when version five came out, something developers just said, “Nah, we’re not going to update that theme.” And people were left stranded and they’re still using the previous version of WordPress. So that’s a real issue. You may have paid 20, 30, 50, maybe even $100 for this theme, and then 12 months later the developer decides to go and find a job, do something else with their life, and you’re left with this theme that is no longer updated.

If this is your entire business, you know that’s a pretty scary place to be. We’ve had people come to us before that say, “I’ve got this website. Can you help? We’re really stuck because there’s no latest version of the theme and plugins don’t work well with it.” Everything needs to be ideally on one of the later versions so that you don’t have issues with compatibility. And that’s another problem with using WordPress themes.

5. Stuck with the header and footer of your theme

Problem number five when it comes to using a WordPress theme is you’re pretty much stuck with the headers and the footers of the theme. Most of the other things can be changed around and moved around a little bit, but usually the headers and footers are not very adaptable. This is what makes a theme. It’s the headers and the footers. Everything else in between it can kind of be changed, but the headers and footers are there. So you have to check to make sure that the theme that you using has interchangeable headers and footers, and it’s only a small issue for a lot of people, but it matters. It’s a potential problem that you might face.

6. Not enough control over the layout

Now, problem number six is a big one. You do not have much control over the layout of the individual pages. Now this is a theme by theme problem. You may get more access to change the layout of the individual pages on some themes, on others you might be stuck with what you can see. Obviously the more that you pay for a theme, the more functionality it might have, but overall you need to have 100% control over your website and if you don’t, that’s a major issue. So I mean we teach a lot about what you should include on your homepage, what you should include on your about page, your service page, your contact page. This is what we do. And when we give you that advice, you want to go to your website and you actually want to say, “I want to move this up here. I want to delete this thing that’s no longer relevant. I want to add an FAQ here and a gallery here and some testimonials here.”

But chances are if you’re using a theme, you’re going to be restricted in what you can do and how you can make it look. And that’s a real issue. So there you have it, there’s six issues that you could be facing. If you’re trying to install a theme on your website, however you’re not alone. People struggle with WordPress all the time and people struggle with WordPress themes.

WordPress page builders

This is exactly why we do things differently for our clients and for our members. Anyone that’s a part of our membership knows that we actually provide page templates. So we actually recommend that you install a baseline theme, something very, very basic, something that you can have a lot of control over. Something like the Hello Theme by Elementor, something like OceanWP, Astra. These are all very, very basic themes that you have more control over. So they might not look great, fresh out the box, but actually what we recommend is that you plug in a page builder, something like Elementor or Beaver Builder, one of the page builders where you can actually have control over the design itself and that’s exactly what we teach you how to do in our membership MakeYourMarkOnline.net

We guide you through the steps and tell you exactly what you should be including on your homepage and your service page and your about page and all of the other pages on your website. And then we give you the tools in order to do it. Here’s exactly how to do it as well. So you’re not stuck relying on a WordPress theme that you paid $50 for 12 months ago in the hopes that your WordPress developer or the developer who designed it to build that theme is not going to run away and have a trip around the world and you’re stuck with this outdated theme that breaks your websites. The worst thing in the world, and there are lots of other problems, we’ve seen that with WordPress themes. Take back control of your website, make sure that you have access to change the layout, add features that you want. And again, don’t get trapped in the WordPress theme cycle of just swapping your theme out because it doesn’t work. Swap for another theme. You need control over it. And like I said, that’s exactly what we teach you how to do in the membership. MakeyourMarkOnline.net.

What now? How else can you improve your website?

If you found this video useful, then you’re going to love this. We’ve created a 54 point checklist that goes through loads of different things that you can do in order to improve your website, even more than what we’ve been talking about in this video today. So go to jammydigital.com/54ways, and get access to our very own, brand new checklist.

Increase website sales

The post Biggest Problems with WordPress Themes appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/problems-wordpress-themes/feed/ 0
Ep 41- How to Capture Leads On Your Website Without Being Annoying https://jammydigital.com/ep-41-capture-leads-website/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-41-capture-leads-website/#respond Wed, 22 Jan 2020 21:35:07 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4702 In this super practical podcast episode, we’re going to tell you exactly how to produce over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes. You’ll probably want to grab a pen and paper for this episode, or better yet, download our content planner which will help you. In this episode, you learn… How to relate […]

The post Ep 41- How to Capture Leads On Your Website Without Being Annoying appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

In this super practical podcast episode, we’re going to tell you exactly how to produce over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes.

You’ll probably want to grab a pen and paper for this episode, or better yet, download our content planner which will help you.

In this episode, you learn…

  • How to relate your content to the products or services that you offer
  • The type of content that delivers more leads and sales
  • The six key topics you need to cover in your content
  • How to get in front of people searching on Google
  • Why you need to view your content as a customer service tool
  • How to create over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes by following along to this episode

StitcheriTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud

In this super practical podcast episode, we’re going to tell you exactly how to collect email addresses on your website.

Increase website sales


In this episode, you learn…

  • What I class as pushy or annoying ways to capture leads
  • The best way to capture email addresses from your blog
  • How to get people to get in touch with you when they’re on your service page
  • What information you should ask for when capturing people’s data
  • How you can capture leads from your homepage

Resources

54 Ways To Increase Your Website Sales

Content Planner

Facebook Group

Website Buyer’s Guide

Hellobar – sticky bar at the top of the page

Homepage Blueprint

Transcript/Notes

This all started with a question from one of our members, Helen – who asked how she could capture leads on her website without being pushy or irritating. And I think that’s a pretty good question because we all want to grow our email list but we don’t want to do it by being annoying.  

So that’s what this episode is about. We’re going to go through how to collect email addresses without being annoying and also look at what are annoying and spammy tactics.

And just to clarify, when I say lead I mean someone enquiring about your products or services or someone giving you their contact details such as their email address. 

Now, in all honesty, collecting email addresses is something we really struggled with in the past. We didn’t prioritise it for years. I think this was just to do with plain old apathy. We’d built our web design agency through content marketing – essentially giving away everything and being open and honest about the way we worked. And this definitely worked well for us. 

Until one day, we said, do you know what, we’d also like to launch a membership and we were there with an email list that consisted of my mum and dad. We had this idea for something exciting and new, but we had no one to sell it too. So we had to kind of shift our way of thinking a little. 

And in that short time, we’ve learnt a lot about building an email list, but more specifically how to build an email list without being pushy. So that means we don’t use things like annoying website popups – because they’re crap for user experience. Or gating our content, such as only letting people know our prices in exchange for an email address. 

So, here are the ways you can capture leads, without being annoying…

  1. Content ‘upgrade’ 

Patt Flynn describes content upgrades as, ‘Smaller, unique, bite-sized lead magnets that directly relate to what people are already consuming.’ and that was a way better description than what I came up with so let’s steal that. 

To give you an example, we recently released a blog post about how to create a perfect website. We then created a lead magnet, which was a free website checklist that directly related to that blog post so people could see where they needed to improve. The content in the blog post and in the checklist was exactly the same, it just came in different formats.

This works really well for many reasons, we didn’t have to write new content, and we didn’t have to hide any content and get that icky ‘I’m only going to tell you this if you give me your email address’ feeling. 

And just another thing, we add information about the content upgrades within the body of our blog posts and at the end. The reason we do both is that often people don’t read all the way to the end, so this is a way of capturing their attention. Like this 😉 

Increase website sales

2. Pop a contact form on every service page 

A lot of our leads, funnily enough, don’t come throughout the contact page, they come through lots of different pages on our website. 

So if someone is finding out more about your services, they may have questions as they’re scanning through. Imagine just a little box to the side or at the end of the page that said, ‘Got questions about x service?’ pop in your details below. That’s a great way to capture a lead because they probably do have questions, and you’re making it super easy for them. 

3. If you’re an E-commerce business, offer a discount

A really nice feature, which is great for eCommerce businesses, is to offer a discount as a way of capturing leads. So you could say something like ‘get 10% your first order’. Lots of companies use this. 

You can display this on a sticky bar at the top of the page, which is essentially just a bar that stays their permanently. 

It’s not like a pop-up, so it doesn’t disrupt the user at any time, but it is on display permanently, and with the right copy it will capture their attention. 

The only caveat to this is, obviously, you will have a section for a discount code on your checkout and if someone doesn’t have a discount code, maybe they’re a repeat customer that may mean they feel a bit down about it. Or if you’re like me, you go off in search of a discount code and before you know it you’ve forgotten what you’re buying anyway. So just be aware of that.

4. Don’t ask them for war and peace

When capturing leads, you don’t want to ask for anything you don’t need. I always see forms that ask for your address, and telephone number and blood type. Stop it. Most of us, unless we’re an eCommerce business, will just need a name and email. 

And of course, this is good for GDPR too. We don’t want boatloads of people’s personal data. 

5. Don’t make them identify traffic signs 

Talk about annoying. I get it, we all hate spam but asking people to identify traffic signs is incredibly irritating. I don’t even know what a traffic sign is on these things, I’m always squinting, like is that a stop sign or just some other kind of sign. Is it a lollypop lady? Or something else? Who knows. 

6. How to capture leads on your homepage 

You can create a bar that sits within the first third of your homepage that offers your freebie. This is a great way of capturing people when they first land on your website but without being intrusive. 

On our website homepage, we offer our homepage blueprint which runs through how to create a great homepage. That’s done really well too. 

7. Sell the benefits 

We go on about this a lot. But join my newsletter is not a compelling enough reason to get people to give you their contact details. Give them the benefits and tell them what’s in it for them. Weekly tips on such a thing, or discounts and exclusive offers. 

Also, tell them that by joining your email list they’re joining hundreds or thousands of their peers, give them that social proof that they’re in the right place and with others just like them. 

8. Tell them what will happen next 

Once someone fills in your contact form, then what happens? Don’t just have something that pops up and says, ‘thanks’ 

Equally, if someone wants to download one of your lead magnets, take them to a thank you page. Tell them what happens next.

So I hope that’s been useful to you. I think when considering this, think of yourself as a shop owner. If a customer comes in, would you jump out and shout ‘Sign up to my newsletter!’ Sorry, I seriously hope you weren’t driving then. 

But no you wouldn’t. Then obviously a popup as soon as someone lands on your site probably isn’t the best. 

The worst one by far is giving people these ridiculous options. So you may have seen this where you click the x on the pop up because you don’t want to hand over your details and they say, okay, could you just confirm that you don’t want your life to change and you don’t want to be super-wealthy? And then you have to click ‘Nah I don’t want to be super wealthy, thanks’ 

I can’t actually say what I really think when I see those because Martin wants the entire podcast to be marked as non-explicit but you can guess.

So I hope you found this episode useful.

And if you’re wanting to learn more about how to grow your website so it acts as the best salesperson for your business, then check out our membership community, Make Your Mark Online. This community helps people build and grow a successful website, and do it without being annoying. 

So that’s it for today’s episode, we’ll see you next time on the Make your make online podcast

The post Ep 41- How to Capture Leads On Your Website Without Being Annoying appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-41-capture-leads-website/feed/ 0
The best website tools we use to help save time and money https://jammydigital.com/best-website-tools/ https://jammydigital.com/best-website-tools/#respond Mon, 20 Jan 2020 12:46:13 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4596 So you’ve built your website or had one designed for you. You’ve launched it, and it’s looking good. But now it’s time to take things a step further – it’s time to improve your website and grow your business. The good news is that there are tools you can use to help you grow your […]

The post The best website tools we use to help save time and money appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
So you’ve built your website or had one designed for you. You’ve launched it, and it’s looking good. But now it’s time to take things a step further – it’s time to improve your website and grow your business.

The good news is that there are tools you can use to help you grow your business and website The bad news is that researching, reading reviews, and testing out different products can take a long time. And it can hold your business back.

Luckily, we’ve tried everything! And in this post, we share six areas that will help you improve your website and grow your business. And for each area, we give you a list of tried and tested tools that we’re happy to recommend, so you can spend less time researching and more time growing your business.

Some of these links are referral links that we earn money for or awards. In all honesty, this does not bring us a lot of dough – enough to buy cat treats. And we wouldn’t recommend anything that we don’t use ourselves. We’ll let you know if it’s a referral link you’re clicking on.

1. Creating high-quality imagery and graphic

If you want your website to look professional, you have to use great photos, images, and graphics. If you’re planning a photoshoot for your website, you might enjoy our podcast episode How to prepare for a photoshoot for your website.

But having professional photos of yourself might not be enough. Sometimes you need to add text over an image or re-size it to fit in a certain area of your website. And unless you’re a skilled graphic designer (or have one you can call on a regular basis), you might need to use photo editing software.

Canva

A tool we always recommend is Canva (if you sign up, we get awards and stuff). It has a free version with a lot of functionality, and a paid-for version you might want to upgrade to if you need to. It’s much easier to use (and much cheaper) than Photoshop. And it’s perfect if you want to create images for your blog posts, for example. You can easily overlay text onto existing photos or simply add nice graphics to your website to make your pages look more interesting.

Placeit

Another tool we use regularly is Placeit. Placeit allows you to take a screenshot of something – an eBook cover, for example – and place it onto a device like an iPhone, an iPad, or a laptop. So if you want to create the mock-up for a downloadable PDF or lead magnet, you can create a professional-looking, tangible product in minutes. At the time of writing, you can subscribe to Placeit for about $29 a month and get unlimited downloads.

Deposit Photos

When it comes to stock images and photos, our go-to website is Deposit Photos (referral link) We know, we know, we do tell people not to fill their websites with cheesy stock images, but sometimes, a stock image is a necessity.

2. Videos 

Video is a great tool to improve user experience and build trust with your audience. But it’s also great to improve your SEO efforts, as when watching videos, your users spend longer on the page. And this tells Google and the other search engines that your content is worth consuming.

There are different ways you can use video on your website – you may want to record yourself talking to the camera or do presentations, for example. But whatever you decide to do, where can you host the videos?

YouTube

The obvious choice is YouTube. It’s free, and it’s incredibly easy to set up. You just create an account, upload your videos, and you’re done.

However, you need to be aware of the fact that after playing your videos, YouTube will advertise other content that may or may not be appropriate or relevant to your audience or your business. This isn’t necessarily a bad thing. But just bear in mind that you’re not fully in control of the user experience you’re providing through your website.

Loom

We love loom! If anyone has a question in our membership about, well, anything, we hit the loom button which starts recording our screens and us immediately. To see an example of how Loom works, watch below…

Vimeo

A great alternative to YouTube is Vimeo. They have a free plan, which only allows you to upload a small number of videos per week. If you need more, their cheapest plan is quite affordable at £6 per month at the time of writing. Unlike YouTube, Vimeo won’t advertise other content.

Wistia

Another tool we’ve been using, which offers professional, attractive designs is Wistia. At the time of writing, it’s $99 a month for about 10 videos, which is a lot more than what we originally paid for a few years ago.

The tool certainly comes with a higher price tag. But if you have the budget, if video plays a huge part in your business, and if you require the professional look this software offers, Wistia gives you an extra edge.

3. Email marketing

Another tool you might need to integrate with your website when growing your business is an email marketing tool. Companies like MailChimp or ConvertKit allow you to build a database of customers by capturing contact information for people who visit your website. Through email marketing, you can build better relationships with your customers (or potential customers) and contact them and market to them on a regular basis.

But which one is right for you?

MailChimp

You can have a free account with MailChimp for your first 2,000 subscribers. The functionality of the free version is limited. But if you’re just starting out with email marketing, the software probably has everything you need.

ConvertKit

We now use ConvertKit, which, at the time of writing, comes with a $29 a month price tag. Their interface is modern, clean, and very easy to use. It enables us to group our subscribers into lists. So we know whether people might be interested in a website redesign, in joining our membership, or having a website critique, for example. Plus, with our plan, we get additional support from ConvertKit, which is always handy.

Keap (used to be Infusionsoft)

Another piece of software that a lot of online marketers recommend is Keap, which used to be known as Infusionsoft. Plans start at around $99 a month at the time of writing. So it’s quite an expensive tool if you’re just starting out, have a small number of subscribers on your list, and don’t need access to complex functionality. The software is definitely more sophisticated, so if you need to set up complicated marketing funnels, it might be the one for you.

4. Website design

Another important element to consider when taking your business to the next level is design. At some point, you might need more control over the design elements of your website, even if you had your website professionally designed. And for this,  you might want to consider using a page builder.

Page builders allow you to build on an existing theme or template and with drag-and-drop functionality. You can add or amend design features in minutes, especially if you don’t know any coding and feel that what’s the standard WordPress editor functionality may be too basic and bland.

We don’t normally, but a lot of website designers use page builders nowadays. With a page builder, you can literally create design elements and templates in minutes. And the added advantage is that the website owner can then use the same page builder and continue to make changes themselves.

We shared more information about page builders over on our post How much does it cost to build your WordPress website? If you’re interested, go check it out!

Elementor

Elementor (affiliate link) is the page builder we recommend to all our members inside the Make Your Mark Online membership. It has a free version with basic features, but the Premium version will give you everything you’ll ever need. With just a bit of practice, you can add pricing tables, testimonials, quotes, and create attractive pages in a matter of minutes.

Other alternatives to Elementor are:

  • Thrive Themes, which starts at around $67 per year at the time of writing.
  • And Beaver Builder. This is a more advanced page builder (with a steeper learning curve) and is used by a lot of developers.

5. Taking bookings on your website 

Do you want to start taking bookings through your website? A tool a lot of our clients use is Calendly. It allows you to set up your diary, block times out, and allocate times to certain appointments, so your prospective clients can book directly into the tool.

If you run discovery calls, coaching calls, or other consultancy appointments, you can manage your diary without having to go back and forth exchanging endless emails with your clients. If you upgrade to the paid-for version, you can then set up different types of appointments with different durations and take payments through your website. We use a similar tool called Acuity Scheduling.

Alternatively, you can install a booking plugin onto your website and integrate it with a payment provider like PayPal or Stripe. A popular online booking and scheduling plugin that comes highly recommended is Bookly.

6. Taking payments on your website

And last but not least, if you’re a service-based business and need a way to take payments through your website for online programmes, courses, or memberships, for example, you can set up products on your website for your services or packages. You then sell them in the same way you would on an eCommerce website that sells physical products.

If you want to see an example of this, check out our Website Critique service on our website. When you buy the product directly from our website, you get an email confirmation of booking and payment, and within 7 days, you get the actual video with the critique. And an invoice is automatically generated, so you don’t have to remember to do this manually.

PayPal and Stripe

When it comes to payment providers, the most popular options are PayPal and Stripe. If you have a PayPal account, you can set up a ‘Pay Now’ button on your website in minutes. Stripe is also easy to use and has cheaper fees than PayPal. Just make sure you have an SSL certificate installed on your website that allows you to capture customer card details.

Other payment providers

If you’re looking for something with more functionality, another option is Sam Cart, a shopping cart system that processes customer transactions on their website. And they have awesome checkout pages!

We use a tool called Thrive Cart, which, with an upfront fee of approximately £500 is quite expensive. But it allows us to set up quick sales pages, send people the link, and take payments via credit or debit card. So if you don’t want to use PayPal or Stripe or add buttons to your website, Thrive Cart is a solid, robust tool that ensures your customers’ data is secure.

And finally, you can install a shopping cart plugin to your website, like WooCommerce, which allows you to set up virtual products through your website shop.

Would you like us to help you with your website? 

If you’re ready to improve the experience you provide to your existing and prospective customers and position yourself as an expert in your field, we have plenty more advice and tips to share with you! if you’re after a WordPress website that ranks, gets you traffic, and delivers you more sales, we’ve got what you need.

It’s time you stop faffing about with your website and make changes that will help you close more sales. If this sounds like music to your ears, come and check out our signature membership, Make Your Mark Online. With our easy-to-use and edit page templates, our video courses, our weekly live Q&A and a private Slack group, we’re here to help you get results through your website. Come and check it out!

The post The best website tools we use to help save time and money appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/best-website-tools/feed/ 0
Most Common Mistake Most Websites Make https://jammydigital.com/website-mistake/ https://jammydigital.com/website-mistake/#respond Fri, 17 Jan 2020 11:36:16 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4691 What is the number one mistake that you could be making right now with your website, that is killing your business?  Martin here from Jammy Digital, where we help business owners like you to make your mark online. If that’s exactly what you want to do, then click on the subscribe button, and then […]

The post Most Common Mistake Most Websites Make appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
What is the number one mistake that you could be making right now with your website, that is killing your business?

Martin here from Jammy Digital, where we help business owners like you to make your mark online. If that’s exactly what you want to do, then click on the subscribe button, and then click on the bell icon to get notified, the very next time that we release a video.


Most Common Mistake Most Websites Make


Most common website mistake

So what is this big mistake that we talk about? Well, we’ve reviewed hundreds of websites, maybe even thousands of websites over the years, and we see the same mistake happening over and over again. And this one thing is the reason that so many websites fail. So you could be out there, and you could be promoting your business on social media. You could be going out to networking events, or maybe even spending some money on advertising. But when that visitor reaches your website, they’re not converting into a lead, or an email subscriber. They’re just not interested. You might not even be getting the visitors that you need.

Why do websites fail?

And this one mistake will stop you in your tracks, and stop the customer in their tracks as well. And this one thing is, you treat your website like an online business card. Essentially what you’re doing, is you’re saying, “We’re really awesome. Come and work with us. Here are all our services. Goodbye.” That’s what you’re essentially saying. You’re in sales mode, and people just don’t like being sold to. That’s the top and bottom of it. You wouldn’t like it either, if you went into a shop and the first thing somebody did, was try to sell to you, that is what you’re doing on your website, when you have things like, hire us, buy now, get in touch. Without actually giving some value and some trust upfront, what you’re essentially doing is saying, come and see how good I look, which is not going to deliver leads and sales.

How to fix your website if you are making this mistake

So what can you do instead? What you should do instead, is treat your website as a customer service tool. There’s a few different things that you can do.

Treat your website as a customer service tool

You can change your language. So rather than actually have your services right there in black and white, like we offer editing and proofreading services, why not switch it around, and put the emphasis on your visitor? Like, are you struggling to get your book finished? We might be able to help. You’re showing that little bit of empathy, and people will stick around a little bit longer. Yes, that’s me. I’m struggling to get my book finished. What can I do? That’s the first thing that you could do that could potentially lead to a sale.

Focus on the problems you solve

Another thing you could do is to focus on the problems that you solve, the problems that you help your visitor solve. So on the about page for instance, don’t just talk about you and when you graduated, nobody cares about that. Talk about, these are the issues that most of our customers face, and here’s how we can help. Yes, have a little bit of information about yourself. People want to know who you are, and what you do, and where you came from. But ultimately they care more about their problems. So where possible, always try to say about us, and how we can help. That’s a great way to write an about page, for instance. About us, and how we can help. And you reframe your mind to say, we know you don’t care about us, but you only care about us enough to be able to verify that we know what we’re talking about. Everything else should be focused on, you’re struggling to get your book finished.

You’re struggling to get a deadline in the diary. You’re struggling to get this off to your publisher. Whatever the issue may be, you can absolutely reposition it, and talk about the problems that you help people solve.

Deliver helpful content…consistently

Another thing you can do is create helpful content. People will find you online more if you create helpful content. They’ll find you in search engines. They’ll share content that you’ve created. If you help someone get off the starting block, then they may well eventually hire you later on down the line. Too many business owners just hold back all of their knowledge in the hopes that people will hire them. You need to use your website as a customer service tool, to build that trust element, and eventually when that customer is ready to buy from you, who are they going to go to?

When they’re ready to invest money, are they going to go to some randomer, who doesn’t offer helpful content, who doesn’t talk to their problems that they’re facing, who only talks about themselves? No, they’re going to hire you, because you’ve spent the time showing that empathy, creating a website that’s more of a customer service tool, rather than an online business card. And that’s the number one mistake that people make, and hopefully now you’ve got some ideas on how you can prevent that from happening to you.

What now? How else can you improve your website?

If you found this video useful, then you’re going to love this. We’ve created a 54 point checklist that goes through loads of different things that you can do in order to improve your website, even more than what we’ve been talking about in this video today. So go to jammydigital.com/54ways, and get access to our very own, brand new checklist.

Increase website sales

The post Most Common Mistake Most Websites Make appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/website-mistake/feed/ 0
Ep 40- How to Plan 50+ pieces of content in under 30 minutes https://jammydigital.com/ep-40-content-planning/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-40-content-planning/#respond Wed, 15 Jan 2020 16:42:37 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4688 In this super practical podcast episode, we’re going to tell you exactly how to produce over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes. You’ll probably want to grab a pen and paper for this episode, or better yet, download our content planner which will help you. In this episode, you learn… How to relate […]

The post Ep 40- How to Plan 50+ pieces of content in under 30 minutes appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

In this super practical podcast episode, we’re going to tell you exactly how to produce over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes.

You’ll probably want to grab a pen and paper for this episode, or better yet, download our content planner which will help you.

In this episode, you learn…

  • How to relate your content to the products or services that you offer
  • The type of content that delivers more leads and sales
  • The six key topics you need to cover in your content
  • How to get in front of people searching on Google
  • Why you need to view your content as a customer service tool
  • How to create over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes by following along to this episode

StitcheriTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud

In this super practical podcast episode, we’re going to tell you exactly how to produce over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes.

You’ll probably want to grab a pen and paper for this episode, or better yet, download our content planner which will help you.

Download Our Content Marketing Planner


In this episode, you learn…

  • How to relate your content to the products or services that you offer
  • The type of content that delivers more leads and sales
  • The six key topics you need to cover in your content
  • How to get in front of people searching on Google
  • Why you need to view your content as a customer service tool
  • How to create over 50 pieces of content in just 30 minutes by following along to this episode

Resources

Content Planner

Marcus Sheridan’s They Ask, You Answer

Facebook Group

Website Buyer’s Guide

Why We’re Increasing Our Prices 

Top 10 Best Web Design Agencies in Manchester

Our 90 Day Challenge Workbook vs Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary

 

The post Ep 40- How to Plan 50+ pieces of content in under 30 minutes appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-40-content-planning/feed/ 0
The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website https://jammydigital.com/ultimate-guide-perfect-website/ https://jammydigital.com/ultimate-guide-perfect-website/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2020 12:05:35 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4654 Your website is not about you.  That’s always difficult to swallow, isn’t it? Even for us web designers. (Actually, web designers are the worst culprits of making their websites about them.)  Most business owners generally focus on one thing: how it looks. We want it to look good. Why? Because if our website looks good, […]

The post The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Your website is not about you. 

That’s always difficult to swallow, isn’t it? Even for us web designers. (Actually, web designers are the worst culprits of making their websites about them.) 

Most business owners generally focus on one thing: how it looks. We want it to look good. Why? Because if our website looks good, we look good. 

And that’s the biggest reason why websites FAIL, even ones that cost 10, 15, 20K+. You’re thinking about how gorgeous your website is, and your user is thinking who the hell is this, where do I go and how can this person help me? If they don’t get those answers in a split second they’ll hit the backspace button. No amount of beauty can prevent that. 

The Perfect Website is a Balance of 6 Key Areas

Your website’s appearance is important, but it is not the be-all-and-end-all. 

A good website (one that will deliver you leads and sales) is actually a balance of six key areas. A lot of websites will focus solely on one area or two, very few will nail all six. 

These elements must work in perfect balance. Too much focus on SEO may mean your copy is flat and dull. Equally, too much focus on creative copy means your user (and search engines) might not understand what you’re talking about. Too much focus on appearance, sometimes means the user and their experience is forgotten. 

You get the picture. 

The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website

In this blog post, I’m going to tell you what those six key areas are, and how you can improve in all six areas. 

No one can get these areas 100% right all the time because no website is ever done or perfect. By having an awareness of these areas and improving them, you will see much better results from your website i.e. more leads and sales! 

Let’s get cracking…(also, this is one of our stupidly-long, ultimate guide blog posts, so maybe get a brew while you’re at it. And a cookie. Get a cookie too.) 

The Six Key Things That Will Make Your Website a Success 

To summarise this, here’s a humongous, fancy graph. 

The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website

User Experience 

This is the biggie. If your users don’t know what to do on your website they’ll hit the backspace button in seconds. 

Users need direction. Do you know those little feet on the ground that show you where to go in Ikea? That’s what you need on your website. Even if it seems obvious to you what to do, remember, you live and breathe your business. Your website users don’t. So they need a little handholding when it comes to your website. 

Why Do People Get User Experience So Wrong? 

There are two main reasons why people get user experience wrong…

  1. User experience just doesn’t occur to them 
  2. Some people are more concerned with how their website looks 

The first one can be tackled by gaining knowledge of user-experience and making simple tweaks to your website. The second reason is trickier to argue with. 

We all want a beautiful website. But sometimes, we get so obsessed with beauty that our websites are nothing more than pieces of art – looked at and admired but do nothing to inspire action. 

When creating a website, you need a good balance between appearance and user-experience. You can make a unique, beautiful or memorable site through your images, branding, icons, logo, fonts and colours. But when you step away from a standard website layout, that’s when you might hit problems. 

Typical industries that struggle with this tend to be fashion, beauty, architecture, designers – anyone creative, essentially. 

A Quick Wins Checklist For Improving Your User-Experience 

If you want to improve your website’s user-experience straight away, here are some quick wins you can follow…

1.Do your call to action buttons stand out on the page?

Call to action buttons are buttons that say ‘download now’ or ‘contact me’ or even ‘click here’ – they get the end-user to do something. You want them to stand out, not blend in. Make them a different colour and leave plenty of white space around them.

2. Is your homepage broken up into sections?

You want to break your homepage up into sections, and each section should have its own topic (such as about a service you offer) and a clear call to action. Each section can include text, images and/or videos – just make sure they cover one thing. If not your end-user will get confused.

3. Do you have a page for each of your services?

Don’t cram all your services onto one page. Have a page for each service you offer and hone in on everything to do with that service – FAQs, costs, processes, benefits, overview, testimonials etc.

4. Do you give clear names for areas on your website?

A lot of pages or sections on your website have standard names like about or blog. So don’t call it ‘My Journey’ instead of ‘About’, as your end-user won’t have a clue what that means. Same with your services, give them clear to understand names in your main menu – not obscure or pretentious ones!

5. Do you have an annoying, invasive pop-up? If yes, get rid!

Imagine you’re browsing in a shop and a shop assistant taps you on the shoulder. ‘CAN I HAVE YOUR EMAIL ADDRESS!’ You shake your head, but she then follows you around the shop repeating the same thing. “CAN I HAVE YOUR EMAIL ADDRESS!”

You’d leave the shop, right? That’s the equivalent of an annoying popup that won’t go away.

6. Do your pages follow a consistent design? Or are they all different?

When we use website builders or get going with some nifty coding, it can be tempting to add our styles and layouts to every page. But if there’s no consistency in the design, then it’s only going to end up confusing your end-user. So keep your page designs consistent. For example, make sure your service pages follow the same layout.

7. Do you use relevant images that support the text?

Your images should reflect what the text conveys and vice-versa. Ideally, these images will be of you and your team and not just stock photos.

8. Is your content accessible?

Don’t be that guy who hides some of his content in exchange for an email address. We see this more and more. When you advertise free content, like a blog post, then ask someone to input their email in exchange for it, it’s just going to annoy people.

9. Are your internal/external links underlined or bold?

If you’re linking in your text, it’s a good idea to make those links underlined and a different colour or bold. This makes it super clear to your end-user that it’s an external link. It saves them missing it or accidentally clicking it!

Want the checklist everything you can do to improve your website and get more leads and sales? Click below to download!

The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website

Extra Resources/Content that Will Help Improve Your User Experience…

Our Homepage Blueprint 

How to Appeal to More Than One Audience on your Website

Copy 

Website copy is perhaps the most overlooked aspect of web design. Web design agencies don’t usually concern themselves with the words on the page, after all, it’s not in their remit. BUT, the words on the page can make or break a website’s success. 

Your words are a way to connect with the reader – getting them to understand who you are, who you help, how you help and why you do what you do. 

Why Do People Get Their Website Copy So Wrong? 

There are two main reasons why people get their website copy wrong: 

  1. They copy what their competition does 
  2. They don’t know what they’re doing 

It’s even worse when people copy off the competition…and the competition also doesn’t know what they’re doing. 

The problem is, we can all write. And when we think we can do something, we often don’t spend time or money trying to improve it. For example, I technically know how to sing. I can move my mouth and a tone comes out but Martin still says the words ‘Dear God, please make it stop.’ 

But all is not lost. A lot of people quickly realise that their website just isn’t converting and will improve their writing or hire a copywriter. 

The Quick Wins Checklist For Improving Your Website Copy 

If you want to improve your website’s copy straight away, here are some quick wins you can follow…

1. Do you dumb down your service too much?

Be aware of your audience’s knowledge level. For example, we wouldn’t start by saying ‘Having a good website is essential for your business,’ because, well duh, our audience knows this. Get straight into how you solve their problem instead.

2. Do you use unnecessary jargon?

Equally, you don’t want to use unnecessary jargon. There’s a reason we won’t find CSS or HTML across our website because that means nothing to the end-user. Remember, you’re not writing for your competition, you’re writing for your target audience.

3. Would people know EXACTLY what you do when they land on your homepage?

As soon as someone lands on your homepage, you need to explain what it is you do – ideally in one sentence. And you need to do it in a way that is simple and clear. You don’t want your reader working too hard to understand what it is you do.

4. Is your about page about how you can help the reader, not just about you?

Your about page should be about how you help your visitor/target audience. A lot of business owners ramble on about their degree or experience or what motivates them. As much as this is good, it should not be the focus of the page.

5. Do your service pages go into detail about the service you offer?

There’s nothing worse than a bare service page that offers zero information. People want to understand as much about your service as possible before making a buying decision. You just discuss pricing, your process, features and benefits, the problems you solve, case studies and FAQ etc.

6. Do you avoid big, fancy words?  

Don’t make your website sound like a thesaurus threw up it. It’s better to use simple language than make yourself look clever.

7. Do you use active voice instead of passive voice?

Active voice is far more engaging for the reader. So instead of saying, ‘The letter was posted by me.’ You should follow a subject/verb/object structure e.g. ‘I posted the letter.’ As you can see it’s much more engaging this way. Tip – You can easily identify passive voice if you can add the phrase ‘by zombies’ after the verb. Lessons were learnt (by zombies) – you’ll notice that one now every time a politician says it.

8. Do you include a clear call to action on each page?

Each page on your website should have a purpose, even you 404 page or your terms and conditions page, you should get your reader to do something. Make sure you include a call to action on every page.

9. Have you ignored your English teacher? (I’m looking at you, Ms Cooper)

Shock-horror, it’s okay to start sentences with but or and. It’s even okay to write how you speak. You don’t need to write formally and without emotion or personality. In fact, this is the opposite of what you should do. You should treat your reader like you’re meeting someone in a cafe and telling them about your business.

Extra Resources/Content that Will Help You Improve Your Website Copy…

What Should You Put on Your Homepage?

9 Ways to Create a Big, Bold Statement

How to Write an About Page

How to Master Your Tone of Voice

Content Marketing 

What’s content marketing got to do with your website? Isn’t that just a separate ‘marketing thing’?

No, it’s not. 

The biggest mistake people commit when their website goes live is leaving it. It’s the equivalent of building a shop in the middle of the desert. If you don’t get traffic to your site, it’s not going to perform. And the best way to get traffic to your website? Content marketing. 

It’s also one of the best customer service tools you have. 

Many of us don’t own shops, we have internet-based-businesses. We don’t have that helpful, smiley person to answer all our customers’ questions. This is why you need content marketing to do it for you. 

Why Do People Get Their Website Content Marketing So Wrong? 

There are two main reasons people get their content marketing wrong…

  1. They produce generic ‘fluff’ content 
  2. They don’t promote their content 

We can’t get away with producing mediocre content anymore. Everyone is upping their game, and that means more noise and more competition. You have to put effort into content marketing, going in-depth on one particular topic or question in order to get results. 

You also have to spend as much time promoting your content as you do writing it. This is why it’s difficult for business owners to see a return of investment with content marketing. It can take hours out of your business. It’s worth, if you can, outsourcing the promotion of your content. 

The Quick Wins Checklist For Improving Your Content Marketing 

1. Do you answer a specific question in your content marketing?

Good content marketing answers a specific question. This could be how much do copywriters charge? Or ‘How to bake a vegan Victoria sponge? Every good piece of content marketing should answer a question that someone has asked. 

2. Do you showcase your content on your website homepage?

People aren’t ready to buy from you straight away, but what they will do is consume some of their free content. The problem is, you need to get your end-user to your free content. A good way to do this is by displaying your content on your homepage.

3. Do you showcase relevant content on your website service pages i.e. related to that service

On each service page, display content that is related to that particular service. For example, if you’re a therapist, you’d lino to content only about hypnotherapy on your hypnotherapy service page.

4. Do you link or give a shoutout to others? If so, have you told them?

If you link or talk about another person in the industry, have you emailed them personally to tell them and ask them to share it? Or have you tagged them on social media promotion? It’s a good way of getting more traffic to your site!

5. Do you have content for every step of the sales process?

A lot of people focus solely on ‘traffic content’ i.e. content that gets you website traffic. But do you also write content that appeals to those who are ready to buy? E.g. how much you charge, what your process is etc.

6. Does your personality come across through your content? 

Do we get a sense of who you are through your content? Does your personality shine through? It doesn’t matter what platform you use – blogging, video or podcast, having some personality will get your end-user to connect with you.

7. Is your content actually helpful to your audience?

Do people really want to know about the latest client you’ve landed and how great you are? Probably not. Your content needs to be helpful not a sales pitch.

8. Do you have a call to action in your content?

Many of us forget to add a call to action to our content. This could be something like subscribing to your Youtube channel, downloading a guide or booking a call. Either way, getting your audience to do something when they’re consuming your content!

9. Have you included social sharing buttons on your website content?

Social media sharing buttons make it super-easy for your end-user to share your content. If you’re blogging using WordPress you can also use ‘click to tweet’ plugins throughout your post too. These allow your reader to tweet something written by you, and it saves them time in coming up with their own message! 

10. Have you given an actual opinion?

We see a lot of content that kind of summarises facts and figures but doesn’t offer much in the way of an opinion. But readers want answers and if you’re an expert in a particular industry, then people want to know your opinion. Don’t be afraid to put it out there.

Extra Resources/Content that Will Help You Improve Your Content Marketing…

How to Write a Blog Post

What is Sales Content?

What is a Content Fortress?

What is a Learning Centre and Why Do You Need One? 

If Your Content Doesn’t Scare You, It Won’t Work

Want the checklist everything you can do to improve your website and get more leads and sales? Click below to download!

The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website

SEO (Search Engine Optimisation) 

Search Engine Optimisation isn’t something you ‘do’ to your website one time. It’s a continuous process. Every time you add a new page or blog post, it should be optimised. 

Unfortunately, SEO is presented as this mythical process that only super-techies can master. This isn’t true. Yes, there are advanced SEO strategies, but for the most part, basic SEO is simply good website administration. It’s not exactly sexy stuff, but you don’t have to be an SEO consultant/web designer or techie to do it. 

Just having a basic understanding of SEO and applying that to your website is more than enough to achieve good results from search engines. 

Why Do People Get Their Website Content Marketing So Wrong? 

  1. They think SEO is too technical, and don’t invest any time in learning how to do it 
  2. They think they need to use super-advanced strategies or get a bit obsessed with SEO 

The first one can easily be tackled by learning the basics of good SEO. We like to think of it like this, good SEO is all about good user experience. Google wants to provide the best service to their customers, so they only show the websites that provide the best user experience. If you focus on user experience, a lot of the time, your SEO will be fine.  

The second one is something we see a lot of. People get obsessed with SEO. They want to understand it all. Know the algorithms inside-out. Now, there’s nothing terribly wrong with that apart from it takes valuable time out of your business and it can impact on other elements too. If you’re focusing on the technicalities of SEO, are you producing content or writing good copy? Or just trying to get backlinks to your website? Ultimately, people get obsessed with Google when they should be obsessed with their customer.

Our advice is to make sure you build your website with an understanding of SEO. And make sure you keep on top of it regularly. But don’t get so obsessed with it that it impacts negatively on other aspects of your website. 

The Quick Wins Checklist For Improving Your Search Engine Optimisation 

1. Have you included a keyword in your URL for each page?

Your URLs for each page of your website should be clear and give the end-user (and crawler) a good idea what the page is about. It’s a good idea to use your keywords here if you can. And you don’t have to worry about making it a sentence. The shorter, the better. E.g. www.example.com/copy-course-beginner

2. Have you done any keyword research?

Finding out what people are searching for is pretty useful when it comes to your content marketing strategy. But more importantly, it’s good to find how people phrase their questions or topics when they use Google. You’d be surprised, as it’s not always what you think. When you have this, you can use your research to help you with your content.

3. Have you included keyword(s) in your H1, H2, H3 etc tags for each page of your website?

In order to make headings on their website, A LOT of people choose to edit the colour/size/boldness of the text. What you should be doing is using your Header tags to break up sections on the page. With H1 being generally what the page is about, all the way down to H3/4/5. This method allows search engines to understand what information is on the page.

4. Is your title tag under 55-60 characters?

A title tag is displayed in search results and when sharing on social, and it’s important for usability and SEO that you create these correctly. It’s best keep your title tag under 60 characters. And use your keywords too!

5. Have you included your ‘long tail’ keywords in your content marketing?

We tend to have a habit of going after one big keyword like ‘small business copywriter’. But we can miss out on a lot of traffic if we don’t consider other ‘long-tail’ keywords. Now, these might not be searched for as much, but they’re more targeted. For example rather than ‘copywriter’ focus on ‘copywriter for creative entrepreneurs’

6. Do you use your keywords naturally throughout your website copy?

Don’t stuff your copy with keywords, instead use them naturally throughout your website copy. But do have an awareness of them before you write your website pages. You’ll notice little opportunities to use them.

7. Is your website mobile friendly?

It’s great when your website works well on desktop but does it work on a mobile device too? You don’t want your end-user pinching their screen to see all of your info. Or images overlapping text! Plus, you will be punished in mobile search results

8. Do you separate words in your URLs with hyphens?

Make sure you separate your URLs with hyphens between words, such as copywriter.com/website-copy This is because Google views a hyphen as a word separator. It doesn’t do this with underscores.

9. Are your URLs short?

Keep your URLs as short as possible. Long URLs confuse search engines. For example, use: businesscoach.com/consulting rather than businesscoach.com/coaching-and-consulting/my-consulting-services

Extra Resources/Content that Will Help You Improve Your SEO…

The Beginners’ Guide to SEO 

The Biggest SEO Mistakes You’re Making and How to Fix Them

Hiring an SEO Agency vs Doing it Yourself

How to rank your service page higher in Google search results

5 Ways to Check Your Keyword Rankings

SEO Checklist for Blog Posts 

 

The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website

Appearance 

Although, yes, I have argued that appearance isn’t the be-all-and-end-all, it’s still important.

People are much more likely to trust an ‘attractive’ looking website than one that looks like the 90s threw up on the page. But it goes deeper than that. Your website is a representation of who you are, and it should reflect your brand. This is what makes you memorable. People often say to us ‘oh you’re the guys with the pink and green website?’ or ‘you’re the guys with those pop-art images, right?’. 

Yup. 

The design of your website doesn’t necessarily have to be brash or loud, a simple black and white, modern website can stand out just as much as one full of colour. 

It just has to reflect who you are and what you stand for. 

There are a couple of things people get wrong when it comes to their website’s appearance…

  1. They don’t know what looks good and what looks terrible 
  2. They’re the same as everyone else 

Before anyone designs their own website, we recommend they understand the basics of what makes good design. Even if you’re not a designer, things like consistency of fonts or plenty of white space on the page can make your website look so much better. More importantly, it’s a lot easier for your end-user to navigate your website, if you follow some basic design principles. 

The second problem is quite common. We often see websites in similar industries that look exactly the same. A lot of female entrepreneurs, for example, use pastel and gold colours and script fonts. This usually happens because people use website themes, and many themes look the same. 

The Quick Wins Checklist For Improving Your Website’s Appearance

1. Is your text a minimum of 16 pixels?

No one wants to read tiny text, so what is it with some companies doing it? Do your end-user a favour and be kind to their eyes!  

2. Do you have a maximum of two fonts?

The general rule of thumb is, use one font for 95% of all your text and one font sparingly for your main headings. Any more than that is going to look too messy for your end-user.

3. Is there plenty of white space on each page?

White space is your friend. People don’t want to be greeted with war and peace when they land on your website. Break things up with paragraphs, bullet points, headings and images.

4. Is your text clear to read?

Do you know that pretty squiggly font you love so much? Yeah, don’t use that. It’ll be difficult to read! Google actually penalises you too if it can’t read some of your text. Pick clearer, easy-to-read fonts instead.

5. Do you only centralise text for a maximum of two lines?

Centralised text is difficult to read because the starting point of each line is different. That’s why we say use it for a maximum of two lines, any more than that, left align it.

6. Do you use visual hierarchy?

Headings/important sentences/calls-to-action should be larger, bolder, more colourful and have more whitespace surrounding them. Avoid too much bolded and/or underlined text on your website, as this takes away from the important elements.

7. Is your branding consistent?

You want all your web pages to have coherent branding with consistent colours, fonts, imagery, positioning of your menu and logo etc. For example, you don’t want cartoony images mixed with real-life photographs, or different colours on different pages. This is jarring for the end-user and they have to work harder to understand your message.

8. Do you have an image carousel on your homepage?

We usually advise against having an image carousel (it can be quite jarring for your end-user) but if you have to have it leave at least three seconds between each slide.

9. Stick to a maximum of two/three colours

Ideally, you want to use two colours throughout your website with a bold call to action or button colour to get people’s attention.

Want the checklist everything you can do to improve your website and get more leads and sales? Click below to download!

The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website

Extra Resources/Content that Will Help You Improve Your Appearance…

15 tips to Make Your WordPress Blog Posts Less Boring 

Lead Generation 

It’s unfortunate, but people don’t generally buy as soon as they land on your website. They have a million things to do, and buying your product or service might not be a priority for them straight away. 

It’s therefore wise to capture someone’s email address before they leave your website. That way, you can keep in touch with them, build trust and just generally remind them that you exist until they’re ready to buy. 

There are two major issues we see on websites to do with lead capture. 

  1. People don’t make any attempt to capture someone’s email 
  2. People make too much of an attempt to capture someone’s email

It’s certainly tricky finding the balance between the two. If we’re honest, our biggest mistake has been number one. We’ve always put content out freely, and we’ve felt a little icky about asking for an email address. But, this isn’t just about the sale, it’s about delivering your end-user a good service. Most of our email subscribers like to keep up with our blog posts and they like to know about special offers. 

Don’t feel guilty about asking for an email address, as long as you’re helpful when you email that’s only going to be of benefit for your subscriber. And if they don’t like it, they (should!) have the power to unsubscribe at the click of a button. 

The alternative is business owners who harras their website user’s for their email address. Pop-up, after pop-up, a call to action after every paragraph, content that appears public but is in fact only accessible through giving up your email address. 

Don’t do this. It’s just irritating to your end-user. No one built a good relationship with anyone by continuously harassing them (except that weird bloke off 50 Shades of Grey but we’ll just ignore that). 

The Quick Wins Checklist For Improving Your Lead Generation 

1. Do you offer a newsletter? If yes, think about how you advertise it!

If you simply advertise it as a ‘newsletter’ then it won’t encourage your end-user to sign up. Tell your end-user what’s in it, what the benefits of it are and how often they’ll receive one.

2. Do you offer a content upgrade or some form of a lead magnet on every blog post?

On that subject, would you like to download this as a handy little checklist that also goes into more detail? 😉
Ideally, every piece of content on your site should have a ‘content upgrade’ that people can download. If not, at least feature a suitable lead magnet for your readers.

3. Have you updated old content (such as blog posts) with your latest lead magnet? 

Got something specific going on like a webinar? Don’t forget to update your older content with a link to your latest lead magnet. You’d be surprised how much this works for very little effort!

4. Do you promote your lead magnet on your homepage?

Don’t forget to feature a lead magnet on your homepage too. Make sure you do this in the first third of your homepage so people don’t miss it. It’s You can do this subtly, but it’s a good way of attracting email addresses.

5. Have you added contact forms to all of your service pages/case study pages/portfolio pages etc?

Capture people when they are in the mindset of wanting to work with you. Add contact forms to each of your key pages such as your service pages or case study pages – you’ll be surprised how many people come from those pages and not your contact page.

6. Do you ask for the least amount of information possible?

When asking someone to fill in your contact form, book a call, download a lead magnet, do you ask for the least amount of information possible? Long forms put off your users. Requesting phone numbers also turn people off (they think you’ll phone and sell!)

7. Is your lead magnet easy to follow and implement?

A free lead magnet should be relatively straight forward and offer quick wins (like the one we offer here ;)) What you want is for your end-user to get a quick, easy win from your lead magnet, that way, they’ll trust you know what you’re talking about.

8. Do you use landing pages for your lead magnets that sell the benefits of it?

You actually have to sell the benefits of the lead magnet! Yes, it’s free but you’re asking people to invest their time in something. You need to tell them what problem the lead magnet will solve. Do this by using a separate landing page that shows the benefits.

9. Have you created a thank you page when someone signs up?

When someone signs up for your lead magnet, redirect them to a thank you page which tells them when they’re likely to receive it and what to look out for in their inbox. Also, get them to take another action here, such as follow you on social media, or mark you as not spam!

Phew. There you have it, our ultimate guide to the ‘perfect’ website. And we say ‘perfect’ because, in reality, we cannot get all six things 100% right all of the time. 

The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website

Extra Resources/Content that Will Help You Improve Your Lead Generation…

The Ultimate Guide to a Lead-Generating Website

How to Capture Leads On Your Website Without Being Annoying

How to take payments online for services. PayPal vs Stripe vs SamCart vs GoCardless

But having an awareness of these things, and implementing as much as possible when we can, can make a huge difference to the leads we get from our websites. 

If you’re wanting to get more leads and sales from your website, then check out our membership. Our membership helps small business owners build AND grow their websites, so they generate leads from your ideal clients. 

The post The Ultimate Guide to the Perfect Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ultimate-guide-perfect-website/feed/ 0
Ep 39 – Why referrals are bad for business https://jammydigital.com/ep-39-referrals-bad-business/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-39-referrals-bad-business/#respond Wed, 08 Jan 2020 12:47:24 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4678 Listen on  Stitcher| iTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud Up until 2017, we did nothing to market our business. Instead, we relied on referrals. But when you only rely on referrals to fuel your business, you will hit problems. In this podcast episode, we’re going to tell you… Why referrals are bad for business The […]

The post Ep 39 – Why referrals are bad for business appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

Listen on  Stitcher| iTunes | Radio Republic | Soundcloud

Up until 2017, we did nothing to market our business.

Instead, we relied on referrals.

But when you only rely on referrals to fuel your business, you will hit problems.

Download Our Content Marketing Planner


In this podcast episode, we’re going to tell you…

  • Why referrals are bad for business
  • The bad things that can happen when you rely on referrals
  • What to do instead of relying on referrals
  • How to turn a referral into an ‘ideal’ client

Resources

Make Your Mark Online Membership 

Jammy’s Content Planner

Facebook Group

Website Buyer’s Guide

Time Stamps If You’re In a Rush!

1.03 – Why are referrals bad for business?

1.52 – You don’t know who they are

2.41 – Are they the right fit?

3.39 – Combat this through content

5.07 – Don’t shut down a referral

7.02 – How we can help you plan content

7.41 – Why your business stays still when you rely on referrals

9.34 – The benefits of actively marketing vs referrals

10.56 – The importance of being able to pivot

Transcript

Welcome to the Make Your Mark online podcast where we help personal brands build and grow a successful business website. Please welcome your host, husband and wife team, Martin & Lyndsay.
Welcome to Episode 39 and series three of the Make Your Mark online podcast. Today we’re going to be talking about why referrals are bad for business.
Now this season, I will be running the podcast myself – myself being Lyndsay, just in case you weren’t quite sure which one was which on that one. And Martin is going to be doing lots of video. So I’m going to be focusing on the podcast at the same time. This actually suits us really well and because it kind of plays to our strengths. So we’re both very excited to have our own little individual projects here.
So before I get into the episode, I just want to say that the show is sponsored by the Make Your Mark online at community. This is our signature community where we help small business owners build and grow a small Successful website. So let’s get on with the show.
So why referrals are bad for business? Now, this can be kind of a controversial thing to say because we all feel good when someone recommends us right? And I know I feel really good when someone says good things about me like the guys at Jammy digital are great and they make great websites. That makes me feel really good. And it’ll probably make you feel really good too, when you know other people actually recommend you or previous clients or people that have come across you before actually recommend you to others.
But in this podcast episode, I’m going to tell you why that’s bad. And we for very long time actually, before 2017 we relied solely on referrals to our business, and then we switched. I’m going to tell you why that happened. And I’m also going to explain to you kind of what the benefits were as well.
So firstly, why is it bad to actually have referrals coming to your business. So one of the main issues with having referrals come to your business is that you don’t know who they are. You don’t have a clue who this person actually is. And I’m going to refer to it kind of using a dating analogy. So it’s kind of like your mum saying, you know, I’m going to set you up with Tony from accounts or Jane from accounts. And you’re thinking…
yeah, I don’t know who Tony or Jane is. They they might be super nice people, we might connect we, you know, it might just be a fluke, we might get married. Or they could be really creepy. They could have a weird doll collection, you know, you never know they could be a serial killer, you don’t know.
And it’s kind of the same referrals, you know, people keep referring these people to you, and you don’t have a clue who they are. And you don’t know whether they’re the right fit for you. You know, you could be perfect, you could work together really well, or you don’t know whether they’re completely the wrong fit. And you know, everything could go kind of wrong. And, and that’s because they’ve been referred to you. So they don’t know anything about your business and how you operate and who you are, and you don’t know anything about them and what their expectations are. And that’s a huge, huge problem. And because, you know, they may not understand what your processes, they may not be willing to pay what you charge, and they may not understand, you know, what’s expected of them through through the whole thing.
You know, there’s lots and lots of things that that they won’t know, and, and that you don’t know how they’re going to react to. So there’s a big there’s a big problem there.
Now, to combat that, we started content marketing, in 2017. And we kind of go on about this being the the the life changing thing, not even the business changing thing, but the life changing thing that happened to us. And it actually was, and we always say, and it sounds super cheesy, but it was it was life changing for us because of when we started content marketing about things that people would ask us, you know, clients and potential clients would ask us things like, how much do you charge? Why are you so expensive? Why are you so cheap? We’ve had that one before. And what’s what’s the process? How long did the project take? Why does it take longer than than you think it’s going to take? You know, why should I work with you? What’s wrong with you? We actually blogged about all of these things. So that when someone comes to our website and finds us naturally, they gain all the information they need to decide whether we’re the right fit for them, or whether they’re like, nope, these people are really weird, I’m going to go somewhere else.
So they actually make that decision for themselves by being informed by our content. That gives them the power and then when they come to us, they’re likely to be a really, really good fit for our business. S
o the problem is, obviously whenever a referral comes to you is they haven’t seen that content. They haven’t seen you. They might have not even been on your website, they might have not even heard of you before. They don’t know how you work, and you don’t know how they work as well.
So I’m not saying this point, what you need to do is when you get a referral, is just say no, go away. I don’t want to speak to you. We don’t want that, obviously. But equally, we don’t want to just, you know, dive into this relationship straight away and start working with someone when we don’t know what they like.
So what we do is when we get a referral, actually, when we get any kind of person who contacts or someone wants to know more information about our website project, who wants to get on a call with us, we say that sounds great! We cannot wait to learn more about your business, which we genuinely can’t, and and the project. And first off before we actually jump on a call, here are three and four pieces of content that you might not have seen from us haven’t read over them. Then we’re going to jump on a call you’re going to ask us any questions that you have. And these pieces of content are usually things like you know how much we charge for our website. This is our process, and you know how long the project takes. And we also have a website Buyer’s Guide thrown in there as well, which teaches people how to actually sort of buy a website. And it’s completely unbiased. And so we give people these pieces of content because, particularly with referrals, if they’ve not come across this before, that’s their opportunity to learn more about us learn about how we work, and then again, go back to the point where they’re like, these guys are weird. We don’t want to work with them.
Or they might be like, we like the look of these – let’s work with them. And that’s great. And then we jump on a call. And we know by that time that we’ve jumped on a call that, they’ve gone through our content marketing, and they’ve still kind of committed to that process in some sort of way.
And so that works really, really well so we’re not saying you know, when you get referral through just completely shut it down. And that would be that’d be quite rude and mean, but you know, use your content marketing still educate and inform people of how you work and then if they still don’t work with you, then they can do.
And if you actually need help with planning this kind of content, and we have something called our content marketing planner, which we created, and which will tell you the type of content that you should be producing, and in order to educate and inform people properly, but also to actually increase sales and leads to your business, and it’s actually a really, really good planner, which helps you plan all that out, by your products and services. So you actually go off your products, services and plan copy content for each of those products and services that you offer. So it’s really really cool. And and I recommend that you download that is completely free to anyone who downloads it and I’ll pop it in the show notes as well.
So I’m just going to go into the second reason why you shouldn’t rely on referrals for your business. And that is because you won’t grow your business if you rely on referrals. Now it sounds obvious, but pre 2017 old we did we didn’t do any marketing that was no content, marketing, social media marketing, any of that. We just relied on referrals. And so past clients saying, you know, this, someone I, you know, I had my website built with these guys, you should have your website built with these guys. And that was kind of fine. You know, we kind of bumbling along we got the same amount of money, the same kind of clients, we did the same thing every day.
Until we realized, actually, we’re not growing our business. So when you do this, when you rely on referrals, your business stays still. It doesn’t develop, it doesn’t get any better, doesn’t get any worse. It just kind of stays the still stay stagnant. And, and this is fine when things are going good. But you have to think about, okay, in six months time or in a year time or whatever it might be, you know, do you still want to be doing the same thing?
Firstly, and what happens if those referrals dry up? That’s you know, it’s a major, major problem with those referrals dry up, you’re kind of left stranded, you haven’t got any leads in the pipeline, you’re kind of stuck, so when relying on referrals your business sort of stops – it still doesn’t go anywhere. You don’t get any website traffic, you don’t get any email subscribers, you don’t get any extra leads and sales, you don’t build your personal brand, and and that means yeah, you don’t have a pipeline of leads and you’re stuck doing what you’ve always done.
You you can’t increase your prices, you know if someone says oh, Jammy Digital designed my website for a grand and you know, you can do the same. We can’t then turn around to then go actually it’s two grand now or three grand or four grand or like five grand is what we what we charge now.
You know, so it’s it’s very, very difficult actually doing that your business remains still. But when you actively start marketing and in particular content marketing, then you can charge more for your services because you’re, you’re telling people you know, this is how much I charge and then they’re going through your content marketing and that they’re getting in touch with you knowing how much you charge. You can select who you want to work with, you know, things like our article on who will not be th right fit, actually, you know, repels people who aren’t the right fit for our business, you become a leader in your industry.
You know, if you write a lot of content, if you become kind of the leader in your industry of answering people’s questions about your particular products and services, then people aren’t going to view that if you that way, they are going to trust you and see you as an authority.
And you can even pivot so what we found was by content marketing by building our email list by doing more marketing by doing more to promote our business, we able to build you know a base of people and who I am will basically you know, they they invest in us and and they like working with us, and whatever kind of products or services that we offer, they will they will look at those and then they will work with us and they then they’ll probably buy them from us just because they know that we know what we’re talking about. They’ve they’ve dealt with us before
The’re constantly coming back to us – reading and consuming content, they trust us. And so we could able to pivot and that’s why we introduced our, our membership. In 2018, we introduced our making mark on my membership, which was aimed at people who were wanting to build a websites and what we’re struggling with it. And it’s just kind of struggling to grow it and not really knowing what to do with it, it’s just kind of sitting there like a billboard, and it’s not actually doing anything. And we actually launched that product. And we were able to do that because we built such a base to begin with.
So remember you you might not be offering the service or product that you do forever. So you need something now you need a backup of people that are you know, invested in you that know you know what you’re talking about that trust you where you can go actually, guys, I’ve got this new product, this new thing coming out, I think it’s going to really benefit you. And they will happily give you their money because they know of the value that you offer.
So those are the major reasons why you shouldn’t rely on referrals. And as I said before, I’m not Saying shut the referrals down before anyone starts thinking okay, well, I’m just gonna say no referrals. And equally you know, if you referring people to us yeah, we still accept those. Thank you. And it’s just about thinking carefully about it. It’s about being aware, okay, this person coming in, it’s great. It’s really nice. I like it.
It’s an added bonus. That’s what you should treat referrals as – an added bonus to your business. But it isn’t your isn’t the lifeline of your business. It shouldn’t be the blood pumping to your business. Definitely not. And should be an added bonus and you should still get that person before you let them into your business. You know, you should still get them to read your content, consume, consume your content, see if they’re the right fit for you. That’s really, really important. Otherwise, you might head to problems down the line.
So I hope you enjoyed this episode. It is a little controversial one but I hope that you found it useful. Going from relying on referrals to going it alone is scary, but if you do it right, you will find that you won’t need to realize referrals. And actually, you prefer to get clients kind of finding you naturally rather than were being referred to you. And I’m community, we are actually launching a 90 day Content Marketing Challenge on Monday the 13th of January. And that will help our members do just that. It’s a simple challenge, you just need to produce one piece of content every week for 90 days. And we provide personalized weekly feedback via kind of live video on that content too. So you write a piece of content or you record a video or podcast episode, and then we’ll tell you exactly how to improve it for conversions or SEO or, you know, the headline or the copy and things that we’re really excited about to actually start it. And so you’ll be able to attract better people to your business naturally, and you know, be able to actually work with the people that you want to work with. So if that sounds like something that you’d be interested in, head over to Make Your Mark online.net find out more and that’s it for today’s as episode we’ll see you next time on The Make Your Mark online podcast.

 

The post Ep 39 – Why referrals are bad for business appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-39-referrals-bad-business/feed/ 0
Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner vs Jammy Digital’s 90 Day Challenge Workbook https://jammydigital.com/janet-murray-diary-vs-jammy-90-day-workbook/ https://jammydigital.com/janet-murray-diary-vs-jammy-90-day-workbook/#comments Sun, 05 Jan 2020 12:30:44 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4672 It’s the start of the year, and if you’re anything like me, you’re probably hunting out new stationery that will support your life and business.  Mostly, you’ll find diaries and planners and journals. But there are a few planners/workbooks out there that specifically help you increase leads and sales in your business. We released one […]

The post Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner vs Jammy Digital’s 90 Day Challenge Workbook appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
It’s the start of the year, and if you’re anything like me, you’re probably hunting out new stationery that will support your life and business. 

Mostly, you’ll find diaries and planners and journals. But there are a few planners/workbooks out there that specifically help you increase leads and sales in your business. We released one of these late 2019 – the 90 Day Challenge Workbook. 

A diary you may have also come across is Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner. 

Both are business-related. Both are what you might class as ‘stationery’. Both help you plan your ‘content’. 

But the question is, which one should you choose?

It’s actually a question we’ve been asked a few times since we launched the workbook – mostly in the form of, ‘What’s the difference between your workbook and Janet’s diary?’ 

In this blog post, we’ll take a look at which diary/workbook you should choose. 

Erm…why would I trust your opinion? 

That’s a good question. 

Obviously, we’ve produced one of these products and we earn money from it. BUT, we are strong believers in your content marketing delivering good customer service. Which is why we are going to take an unbiased approach, look at the facts, and report all this back to you, so you can make the best buying decision. 

This, of course, is still my opinion, but as a fellow-stationery-geek, I want this to be super-helpful so you make the right choice. 

An Overview: Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner

Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner is an A4, spiral-bound, desk diary that helps you plan your content for your social media updates, blog/vlog and email newsletter. 

The diary includes…

  • Guidance on how to create your content plan for 2020
  • Yearly and quarterly content planning pages
  • Key awareness days, such as ‘Blue Monday’ or ‘National Tea Day’, for each month of 2020 
  • A week-to-week spread so you can plan your social media/blog/podcast content every day
  • Prompts and ideas for content 
  • Notes sections 
  • Different front covers to choose from 

An Overview: Our 90 Day Challenge Workbook  

The 90 Day Challenge Workbook is an A4, spiral-bound, desk workbook that helps you plan your blog post, video, podcast or website page once a week for three 90-day ‘challenges’ or stints. 

The 90 Day Challenge Workbook includes…

  • An overview of the six types of content topics you should produce
  • A planning section to note down your content marketing ideas 
  • Sections for evaluating where you are currently, such as your current website traffic and search rankings 
  • One page per piece of content you need to produce as part of the 90-day challenge- with prompts on target keywords and call to actions 
  • Blogging, podcast and video checklists 
  • A section to evaluate how successful each challenge has been 
  • Notes sections  

Janet Murray's Diary 2020Price/Number of Pages: Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner

The cost of the diary & planner is:

£39 + P&P  for a physical copy of the diary. 

Shipping Costs: 

£3.55 if you are based in the UK.

For international P&P, the prices vary, such as…

£13.35 (for customers based in the United States)

£14.10 (for customers based in Australia)

The number of pages the diary has is: 

168

Price/Number of Pages: Our 90 Day Challenge Workbook  

The cost of the workbook is:

$9 (Approx. £6.88)+VAT for the PDF version 

$26 (Approx. £19.87)+VAT, +P&P for the physical copy which also includes the PDF

Shipping Costs: 

£2.99 if you are based in the UK.

For international P&P, it costs: 

£10.00 anywhere you are in the world

The number of pages the workbook has is: 

119

Key Similarities Between Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner and Our 90 Day Challenge Workbook

  • A4 Desk Diary/Workbook 
  • Spiral Bound
  • Classed as Stationery 
  • Helps you plan your content 

Content Planner WorkbookWhen Should Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner be used/purchased? 

You can use this diary at any time of year, but ideally, to get the most out of it, you would want to start the diary from the beginning in January. It would make a great gift for a business owner, so would also be good to purchase for Christmas. 

When Should Our 90 Day Challenge Workbook be used/purchased?

This can be used at any time. The workbook includes 3x 90-day challenges, which can be completed at your own pace, although it’s recommended you leave just a month between each challenge. 

What does Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner help you do? 

Janet’s Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner, helps you plan out your entire year of content – blog/vlog/email/social media, through annual, quarterly, weekly and daily planners. 

The diary also includes key awareness days for the entire year, so you don’t have to struggle for content ideas. 

What does our 90 Day Challenge Workbook help you do? 

Our 90 Day Challenge Workbook, helps you stick to three 90-day Content Marketing Challenges throughout the year, where you produce one piece of content per week. 

The planner also includes sections on how to improve your SEO and evaluate before and after each challenge. 

How does each diary/workbook define ‘content’? 

This is one of the key differences I’ve noticed between the workbook/diary. Both of them help you plan your ‘content’, however, the ‘content’ they describe is actually quite different. 

Janet’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner, helps you plan your social media updates, blog, vlog and your email newsletter. 

Jammy Digital’s 90 Day Challenge Workbook, helps you plan your blog, video, podcast, website page, eBook or infographic. 

The only cross over here is with the blog posts ideas. 

Blogging ChecklistWhat’s the difference between a diary and a workbook in general? 

A diary helps you plan or keep a record of events. And Janet’s diary does that, it helps you with a yearly, quarterly, weekly and daily plan for your content. 

A workbook contains instruction and exercises. And that is exactly what our workbook does, it’s focused on completing a content marketing challenge, three times a year.  

What Extra Support Does Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner Provide?  

Free Support – Monthly Email

When you purchase the diary you get a monthly email which updates you with further key dates such as new books, films, TV programmes to add to your diary. 

Paid Extras: The Media Diary Owners Club

The Media Diary Owners Club includes the physical copy of the diary as well as a PDF version. It also includes a 90-minute online class which shows you how to use the diary and extra ways you can use it, additional printables, a quarterly group coaching call and weekly newsletter. 

Total Cost – £102.00

What Extra Support Does our 90 Day Challenge Workbook Provide?  

Free Support – Facebook Group 

When you purchase the workbook, you can also join a free Facebook group which gives you tips on how to use it, training videos and answers your questions. 

Paid Extras: The Make Your Mark Online Membership 

Within our Membership Community, we run a 90 Day Challenge three times per year. Every week, members receive feedback on their content on a group call, access to training on the type of content to produce, a private channel to ask questions and gain feedback, and the PDF version of the workbook. 

Total Cost – $39 per month+VAT or $390 per year+VAT

An Overview of Key Benefits: Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner 

  • Space to plan for 365 days of content – so you never miss a day
  • Key awareness dates make it easy to think of content ideas 
  • Ability to see your full year of content  
  • 4 beautiful designs to choose from 
  • Great quality paper and front cover 
  • A great gift to give a business owner 
  • Extra email support 

An Overview of Key Benefits: The 90 Day Challenge Workbook

  • Set goals for each piece of content such as target keywords or calls to actions 
  • Plan each piece of content using one of only six content topics 
  • Blogging, video and podcasting checklists – which help you set up, optimise and complete your content on each platform
  • Facebook group support 
  • Measure success – take stock and evaluate before and after each challenge
  • A great gift to give a business owner 

In conclusion, which one should you choose? 

That’s the tricky question, isn’t it? And the truth is, it depends. It really does depend on what you need. 

The diary and the workbook are actually very different. 

Janet describes her diary as a ‘content planning toolkit’. And I would certainly agree with that. It helps you plan an entire year’s worth of content across many different channels, such as all your social media channels, blog and email newsletter.

Our workbook helps you stick to a  specific challenge – consistently producing one piece of content every week for 90 days, three times a year. You pick one platform to produce your content such as blog, video or podcast and we help you set your aims for each piece of content. 

Janet’s diary has a huge focus on planning content across your social media channels. Whereas our workbook has a huge focus on planning one piece of content consistently on one channel.  

So, if you need a content overview of your year and need ideas for social media updates – Janet’s diary may suit you better. 

If you want to produce one piece per week consistently on one particular channel, then our workbook may be the better option. 

It also depends when you plan on purchasing a diary or workbook. Janet’s works well right at the start of the year when you really want to get into planning!

Ours works well at any time of year. It’s less about having a full overview of content and more about sticking with one piece of content per week for 90 days, which can be completed at any time. 

How Will I Be Using the Diary and Workbook? 

So, after all those facts, what’s my personal opinion? 

Obviously, I’ve got a workbook – it would be pretty rubbish if I didn’t give myself a copy. And as well as running the 90 Day Challenge, I’ll be taking part in it too. Our workbook will help me with this, and I’ve already filled a lot of it in for the next challenge starting on Monday 13 January. 

But I also have a copy of Janet’s diary too

I’ve already started filling this in. I love blogging/podcasting/video but could do with extra help with social media updates and this is where Janet’s diary is really useful! Plus, I love having an overview of my year. 

So personally, I’ll be using them both for different things. Although there is some cross over too, for example, I’m planning some social media updates in Janet’s diary that are centred around the content I’ve come up within our workbook. 

Finally, as I said in the beginning, I am a stationery geek and LOVE stationery design. There is no doubt about it, Janet’s Media Diary is friggin’ beautiful. The copy I have is pretty and feminine and has really good paper-quality (this is important to us stationery geeks). 

And I personally love the design of our workbook too. It’s not your typical stationery design with pastel colours and golds – it’s bright colours and pop art style. And I like how it’s a bit different. 

I hope that was helpful to you and you now know which option suits you best. 

Whatever option you choose, I recommend a brew, some biscuits and an afternoon filling in the diary or workbook. Pure heaven for a stationery-geek. 

Find out more about or purchase Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner

Find out more about or purchase our 90 Day Challenge Workbook

The post Janet Murray’s 2020 Social Media Diary & Planner vs Jammy Digital’s 90 Day Challenge Workbook appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/janet-murray-diary-vs-jammy-90-day-workbook/feed/ 2
How to 10x Your Website Traffic https://jammydigital.com/increase-website-traffic/ https://jammydigital.com/increase-website-traffic/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2020 09:51:50 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4650 Are you looking to increase your enquiries and make more sales from your website in 2020? If you want your website to work harder for your business, the first step you need to take is to increase your website traffic. More eyes on your content can mean more enquiries from prospective customers and clients, and, […]

The post How to 10x Your Website Traffic appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Are you looking to increase your enquiries and make more sales from your website in 2020? If you want your website to work harder for your business, the first step you need to take is to increase your website traffic. More eyes on your content can mean more enquiries from prospective customers and clients, and, ultimately, more money in the bank.

But how do you get more people to visit your website? In this post, we share how we increased our website traffic by 10 times in 12 months in 2017 and give you some tips to help you do the same.

Using your website to sell

Before 2017, we used to get approximately 250-300 visitors to our website per month. At the time, our business was going well – we were getting plenty of referrals from our existing and previous clients, and we had enough projects to pay the bills. But while we were busy working on our clients’ websites, we were neglecting our own.

We might be professional web designers, but we were suffering from what we call ‘website shame’. Just like a lot of our clients do before they start working with us, we were using our website like an online business card – a glorified billboard for our business that we’d send people to when they wanted to get in touch with us.

But that’s now how you should use your website! Your website should act as an ‘unpaid salesperson’ for your business – it should help you generate leads and sales. Sell your products or services.

Also, because we weren’t creating any blog content for our website, we didn’t have anything to share on social media or with our email list. And as a result, we weren’t building our brand, and our business was growing excruciatingly slowly.

But in 2017, we started producing regular content for our website, and everything changed.

Publishing regular content on your website

Fast-forward to 2018, and we were regularly getting 2,500-3,000 visits to our website per month. Considering there’s a lot of competition in our market, those stats aren’t bad for a web design agency. But what’s key is that we increased our website traffic by 10 times compared to where we were a year earlier. And that’s something!

So what did we do differently?

At the start of 2017, we joined a 90-day content marketing challenge with a group of like-minded business owners through the former Content Marketing Academy (CMA) led by Chris Marr. By signing up for the challenge, we made a decision and a commitment to create a new piece of blog content every week and to practise what we preached.

We started using our website to:

But how did we do it? And how can you commit to creating regular content on your website?

1. Measure your benchmark

Do you know how much traffic you’re currently getting on your website every month? In our experience, most website owners don’t. So if you haven’t already, use your Google Analytics to find out.

2. Use your time efficiently

Prior to 2017, we had probably published 2 or 3 blog posts in a year. We used the excuse that we were too busy with client work to find the time to write. If you don’t make time to market your business, your business will stay still. And maybe that’s okay for now, but what about in 6 months or a year?

As a result of publishing regular content, we got more work. But more importantly, we attracted clients that were better suited to our business and who paid more. We did this and still found time to write weekly. This just goes to show that if you put your mind to it and prioritise working on your own business and website, you can make it happen. All we needed to do was to plan ahead and be more efficient with our time.

So what can you do to make better use of your time? Could you set aside a couple of hours a week to create content? Could you maybe take yourself out for half a day every fortnight to work on your website? What worked for us was planning out our content in advance, that way, we knew exactly what to write. We did this using a content planner, that we’re now giving away free to you. Just click to download below!

Download Our Content Marketing Planner

3. Create accountability

What worked really well for us was taking part in a content creation challenge with other business owners. This gave us the motivation and accountability we needed to keep going when the going got tough and always meet our deadlines. It wasn’t always easy, and it involved a lot of last-minute work on a Sunday night. But we had a group of people supporting us and cheering us on. And that made all the difference in helping us meet our deadlines.

Plus, we got feedback too, and this helped us get better and faster at producing content.

4. Answer your clients’ questions

During the 90-day challenge, we followed the principles from the book They Ask You Answer, by Marcus Sheridan. We learnt that when people are thinking about buying from you, they’ll do their own research first. And typically, they’ll look for information around price, read reviews and comparisons, etc.

Just ask yourself, what did you do the last time you made a purchase? Before you bought the product/service? Research, right? We can’t even buy a toaster without researching!

Using Marcus Sheridan’s method, we came up with a huge number of ideas. We wrote blog posts around our prices, we created industry-related comparisons and reviews, and we generally tried to answer any question our existing or prospective clients would ask us. Essentially, our content was a customer service tool.

Some of the blog posts we wrote back in 2017 still attract the largest number of visitors to our website. To give you an idea, here are some examples of content we wrote in answer to our clients’ questions:

The last blog post, for example, is one of the many posts that has attracted paying clients into our business. So creating content that answers people’s questions isn’t only great for increasing traffic, it should be used to deliver leads and sales too.

If you want to start publishing regular content, record all the questions that your clients ask you. Whether it’s over the phone, on email, during a face-to-face conversation, a coaching call or a consultation, make a note of them. If one client (existing or prospective) asks you something, chances are that others will do too. And if you’re just starting out and don’t have many clients yet, Facebook groups and conversations on social media can be a great place to start to find ideas.

To help you plan all this content, you can download the content matrix, which is the exact framework we use to plan our content for the entire year.

Download Our Content Marketing Planner

5. Optimise your content for search

Once we gathered ideas for content from our clients, we then used keyword research tools to articulate those questions in a way that would help our ideal clients find our content on Google. ‘Optimising your content for search’ effectively means using words and phrases that people will use when searching for your business or for related information online.

So use keyword research tools to make intelligent decisions about the titles and the sub-headings you use in your blog posts. And once you’ve identified the relevant keywords, make sure you include them in:

  • Title tags.
  • Meta descriptions.
  • Image names.
  • And the Alt text on your images.

If you want to find out more about how to do this, head over to our blog post: 11 Reasons You’re NOT Ranking in Google & How To Fix It. (We wrote it at the back of a real question, and it’s still one of the best-performing blog posts on our website!).

You can also download our checklist of the exact ways to optimise your blog posts.

While we always recommend optimising your content for search, by creating content centered around our clients’ questions, we didn’t always target high-traffic keywords. And yet, some of the blog posts we wrote following this approach still attract the majority of the traffic to our website, like this post: Why are we so expensive?

6. Delve deep into the topic

If you look at some of the blog posts we linked to, you’ll notice that our content is always quite in-depth. Generally speaking, the higher the word count, the more traffic you can expect to receive to your blog post. There’s enough data out there to prove that the more effort you put into your writing, the more opportunities you have to include:

  • additional keywords,
  • internal links,
  • and optimised images.

All of this encourages Google to rank you higher on the search results. So aim to create the best piece of content on a certain topic, and you’ll be rewarded by Google sending more traffic your way.

And if you’re worried about not being able to create long-form content, don’t! As a business owner, you confidently answer the questions your clients ask you day in and day out without thinking twice about it. So look at writing blog posts as an efficient way to share the knowledge that’s in your head. Focus on how you’re making life easier for your readers – you’re educating, informing, and entertaining. You’re being of service.

Be honest and transparent. Don’t be afraid of giving away your knowledge – it pays back, as you can expect an increase in traffic and in enquiries. Just be mindful of the fact that longer content doesn’t mean boring. So keep your end-users (the people consuming your content) in mind, and make your content interesting and relevant.

7. Rinse and repeat

Once you’ve followed these steps once, rinse and repeat. Do this weekly for a year, and you’ll see huge results, much like we did. It’s by creating 25-30 blog posts in 2017 that we managed to increase our website traffic by 10 times. It’s hard work, but as long as you commit to it and find a way to keep yourself accountable to the process, you can make it happen!

Sure, we found it challenging at times. When we first started, we second-guessed ourselves, and we weren’t sure anyone was even reading. But as time went on, people started noticing our content, sharing it, and giving us praise. Our audience started to see us differently because we had this wealth of knowledge that was now available on our website for the world to see.

Publishing regular content changed our positioning in the market. And it changed the type of discussions we’d have during sales calls. We found that people would read our articles before jumping on a call with us. And by the time we spoke to them, they already had trust in us. This made our sales process much quicker and easier.

In 2017, our website started doing some of the selling for us.

And if you commit to publishing regular content on your website, you can get these results for your business too. You can start this whole process by downloading the content matrix which will help you create your entire content for the year. But it’s not just any content, this content will actually help deliver you sales and leads.

Download Our Content Marketing Planner

Would you like to join our 90-day challenge? 

In 2020, we are running three 90-day content marketing challenges inside our membership, Make Your Mark Online. Our challenges will start on the 13th of January, the 11th of May, and the 7th of September 2020, and we’ll ask all our members taking part to produce one piece of content every week. We’ll support them with weekly calls, training videos, and a private Slack group, giving them the support, motivation, and accountability to use content to increase website traffic and make a difference to the bottom line of their business. If you’d like to find out more and join us for the next 90-day challenge, head over to Make Your Mark Online, or give us a shout if you have any questions!

The post How to 10x Your Website Traffic appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/increase-website-traffic/feed/ 0
6 Mistakes To Avoid When Hiring a Web Designer (and What To Do Instead) https://jammydigital.com/mistakes-hiring-a-web-designer/ https://jammydigital.com/mistakes-hiring-a-web-designer/#comments Wed, 11 Dec 2019 16:25:24 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4336 We might now run a successful web design agency, but did you know our first website failed miserably? In fact, many years ago, our very first business failed due to us hiring a web designer. The decision to have our first website professionally designed cost us our business. And we don’t want anyone else to make […]

The post 6 Mistakes To Avoid When Hiring a Web Designer (and What To Do Instead) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
We might now run a successful web design agency, but did you know our first website failed miserably? In fact, many years ago, our very first business failed due to us hiring a web designer.

The decision to have our first website professionally designed cost us our business. And we don’t want anyone else to make the mistakes we made!

Unfortunately, we’re not unique. Many business owners we speak to have had a bad experience with a web design agency.

So here’s what we did (or didn’t do) and what you should do instead.

Our first business

About 8-9 years ago, we both had full-time jobs and a dream to live the entrepreneurial lifestyle.

So we started a business on the side.

We spent all our spare time (mainly evenings and weekends) building our online business – selling cushions and home furnishing on eBay and at the odd local event. Yes, Martin was actually a pretty good cushion salesman.

It wasn’t easy, especially when we were both working full time, but we loved it. So when the time felt right, we decided to take things one step further and invest in a professionally-designed website.

We had big plans.

We wanted our own online shop that people could buy from, no matter where they were in the world.

Hiring a web designer

Decision made, we didn’t waste any time. Instead of asking around for recommendations from friends and family, we looked at a few local businesses and hired the web designer with the best-looking website.

We paid £1,400 for the job (which at the time was all the money we had in the world), and he built an all-singing-all-dancing online shop that would make us millionaires.

Financially, this was a real struggle for us. With money tied up in stock sitting idle in our spare room, we had put everything we had into this one investment.

It wasn’t a great position to be in. But we were young and excited and we had a vision!

Can you blame us?

But things went horribly wrong.

The mistakes we made with our first website

1. We didn’t do enough research before hiring a web designer

Hiring the web design agency with the glossiest website is a mistake we see a lot of people make.

Don’t get us wrong – we hired a nice guy, and we enjoyed the process of working with him. But had we done our homework, we probably would have gone with someone else.

Why? Because he wasn’t the right fit. We needed a cheap website that showed us

2. We chose the wrong platform (Content management system) for our needs

At the time, we didn’t even know you could build a website on different platforms!

And unsurprisingly, (considering we had skipped the research part of the process) we found ourselves with a website built on OpenCart – a platform we found really hard to get to grips with.

Little things, like organising postage, for example, felt really complicated. And we had to spend a lot of time and effort learning things to just get it to work for us.

Plus, we hadn’t realised we didn’t have the experience or expertise to be able to update our own website. And teaching us how to update and optimise our newly-built website wasn’t something our web designer offered.

But the real point is – we didn’t ask! And we didn’t ask because we didn’t know we’d need training and support!

Also, as we later found out (when we eventually heard about this thing called search engine optimisation) that OpenCart isn’t the best when it comes to SEO. (And that’s a big part of why we now only build websites on WordPress!).

So in hindsight, we would have definitely hired a different agency to build us a website on a platform that was right for us.

But we hadn’t done our homework, so we didn’t know!

3. We adopted a build-it-and-they-will-come mindset

Big mistake.

We thought we had it all figured out.

We’d just need to throw money at this amazing web designer with the glossy-looking website, and people from all over the world would flock to our website.

We’d make lots of money.

The end.

Except that’s not how it works at all.

People didn’t come.

Because we didn’t realise that once your website is made, you need to start driving traffic to it.

And unfortunately, with our capital tied up in stock and our savings used up for the website, we had nothing left. We didn’t have another penny to invest.

When we eventually asked our web designer to help us with SEO, his monthly quote was completely out of our reach.

Plus, it’s only after our website was built that we realised our business was operating in a very competitive niche/.

We were selling products that were available on big websites, like Amazon and eBay (and probably thousands of others). And we had no way of differentiating ourselves – we hadn’t given our visitors any reason to buy from us!

Not to mention that competing on price against the biggest online giants on the market meant we had no profit margin. And that just wasn’t sustainable, especially when we had exposed ourselves financially in such a big way.

And that’s when the realisation hit us.

We were not going to be millionaires and live on a beach, sipping cocktails after all.

Not while selling cushions online anyway.

4. We thought building a website was the end goal

We hadn’t realised how much work it would take to build AND grow a website.

And we made the mistake of thinking that the website was everything – the end goal. Instead, we should have seen it as the beginning of our business.

Your website is the heart of your business.

But you’ve got to pump blood to it.

And that’s web traffic.

Once your website is live, how are you going to market yourself? Because your website is really just the starting point, and we didn’t know that!

5. We got too excited about our business

We loved our business so much that we put our heart and soul into it – we went to the extent of naming our cushions! To tell you the truth, we were so enthusiastic about our products that we wrongly assumed the whole world would be!

The bottom line is that we had fun with it, and we were really excited. But it meant we let our hearts rule our heads, even when it came to big business decisions like hiring a web designer!

6. We obsessed over the details

Instead of looking at the bigger picture, we focused on the details – literally down the colour and size of each button!

But with no website visitors, the details were pretty useless.

So what should you do instead?

1. Download our Website Buyer’s Guide

We learnt so much from this experience that we vowed we’d help other people avoid all the traps we fell into.

So we created our Website Buyer’s Guide, for anyone who is thinking of getting a new website or having their re-designed. You can download for free here. It’s our gift to you to help you avoid the costly mistakes we made.

2. Do your research before you buy

Find out what platform is right for your needs before you buy.

Consider things like:

  • Is the platform easy to optimise for search? Will I need help with this or is it something I can do by myself?
  • Will I be able to update and maintain my website once it’s live? Who will make changes and how?
  • Will I need training and support? And if so, who will provide that help?

3. If you’re brand new in business, DIY your website

There are times when hiring a web designer is the right choice. But there are times and situations where it definitely isn’t.

If you’re brand new in business and haven’t tested the viability of your idea and model yet, you should DIY your own website. All you need at the start might be something like Shopify or a WordPress template.

And if you’re struggling, try to find someone who will help you move forward one step at the time, much like we do in our membership, Make Your Mark Online.

If you want to find out more about why you shouldn’t hire a web designer when you’re brand new in business, listen to our podcast episode: Should you DIY your website?

And when your business is established and you have regular customers and clients, by all means, consider hiring a web designer if that’s the right move for you.

4. Focus on driving traffic to your website

Once your website is live, that’s when the real work starts. Because even if your website looks amazing, you can’t convert traffic if you don’t have any!

So get the blood to the heart.

And you do this by:

  • Creating and executing a content marketing strategy.
  • Optimising your website for SEO.
  • Engaging in social media marketing and/or email marketing.

If you want to convert traffic, you have to drive that traffic in first! And if you’re unsure about how to start, keep things simple. Think about what your buyers might want. Write helpful blog posts and promote the heck out of them.

5. Don’t invest in something you can’t afford

If you have to put your last pennies into something (a website or anything else), it’s probably not the right time to invest. We really struggled financially as a result of hiring a web designer at the wrong time for our business.

And eventually, this decision cost us our business.

So when making business decisions, and especially big buying decisions, try to use your head instead of your heart!

Would you like our help as you create your own website?  

So there you have it – the honest mistakes we made on our first website. If you enjoyed this blog post, you can also listen to our podcast episode 9 – Why our website failed miserably.

We learnt a lot from the experience, and that’s what led us to where we are today. We understand what you’re going through at the very early stages of your business, and we can help you avoid the mistakes we made.

If you want to find out more about the ways we help, check out our membership Make Your Mark Online, where we can support you in creating a website you can be proud of.

The post 6 Mistakes To Avoid When Hiring a Web Designer (and What To Do Instead) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/mistakes-hiring-a-web-designer/feed/ 1
How to make your service-based business website rank higher on Google https://jammydigital.com/website-rank-higher-google/ https://jammydigital.com/website-rank-higher-google/#respond Sun, 03 Nov 2019 22:10:05 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4594 As a website owner, you might be interested in how to make your personal brand website rank higher on Google. And you’re probably wondering – does SEO, or search engine optimisation matter? Should you hire an SEO company to help you rank higher? In this post, we talk about why SEO is important for personal […]

The post How to make your service-based business website rank higher on Google appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
As a website owner, you might be interested in how to make your personal brand website rank higher on Google. And you’re probably wondering – does SEO, or search engine optimisation matter? Should you hire an SEO company to help you rank higher?

In this post, we talk about why SEO is important for personal brand website owners like you and give you some tips on how to increase your chances of ranking higher in search engine results.

But first, why does SEO even matter?

Increase website sales

Why does SEO matter?

As consumers, whenever we’re looking to buy something (a product or a service), we tend to do our own research. And when we’re ready to make a purchase, credit card in hand, we head over to Google (or Bing or Yahoo) and check out the links for the top results.

So why does this matter to you as a business owner?

When your website appears at the top of the Google search results, you have an opportunity to drive more organic traffic to your website – i.e. traffic that’s not driven through paid-for advertising.

Search engine optimisation, or SEO for short, is what allows you to increase your online visibility, and, in turn, your sales. But in order for this to work, you need your website to come up in the search results on the first page of Google when someone types in a query that is related to your topic of expertise.

So what can you do to improve your chances of claiming those spots at the top of the search results?

User experience and SEO – is there a difference?

SEO can often become a technical and complicated topic. But it doesn’t have to be. [bctt tweet=”When you focus on delivering a great user experience to your audience, you’re ticking most of the SEO boxes because great user experience is exactly what Google aims to deliver.” username=”@Jammy_Digital”]

So if you want to get into ‘Google’s good books’, adopt a user experience mindset. In other words, focus on what a great website looks like in the eyes of your users, and you’re already setting yourself up for success when it comes to ranking.

How do smaller, service-based business compete with big corporates to rank higher on Google?

If you’re a small business and worry about how you can compete with bigger companies with larger budgets and more ‘SEO power’, here’s the good news.

By focusing on a specific niche within your industry and concentrating your efforts on creating a website that’s interesting, engaging, and valuable, you’re more likely to rank on the first page of Google for the specific search terms (or keywords) that relate to your business. 

If you create the right type of laser-focused content that is relevant to your users and your business, you have more chances of coming up at the top of the search results than some of the bigger companies that cover much wider areas and topics.

Let’s use an example to explain this. If you type a question into Google, you’ll want to find the best possible answer. Google wants to provide you, the user, with the answer that most matches your search criteria. So if a larger company doesn’t have the right type of content to answer that specific question but you do, your content may be picked over the bigger company’s.

Of course, other factors such as how old your website is or how much traffic you get also play a part. But ultimately, the best solution that Google finds is what gets presented first in the search results. This is why it’s much easier to think about SEO from a content perspective – always aim to answer your prospective clients’ questions in the best possible way. 

There are things you can do to optimise your website and increase your chances of ranking on the first page of Google.

1. Treat your service pages like your homepage

A lot of business owners we meet make the mistake of putting a lot of effort into their home page, but then neglecting their service pages. But when you think about it, by doing that, you’re missing opportunities. Every single page of your website (and, specifically, your service pages) can be optimised for search. And so can your blog posts! If you want to know more about this, read our article How to Optimise Your Blog Posts.

So if you offer a range of different services, create one page for each of your services and optimise each page individually.

To rank well on search engines, you’ll need to think about the content on these pages. What would your user be searching for? Try to give as much information as possible about your service (while still keeping your writing succinct and clear). Examples of things you could include on your service page are:

  • An overview of your service
  • Who the service is suitable for
  • The main benefits of your service
  • How much it costs for your service
  • Case studies and testimonials related to your service
  • The process/how you carry out the service
  • Frequently asked questions about your service
  • Related content such as blog posts, podcast episodes, guides etc.

2. Don’t forget about longtail keywords on your service pages

When you create individual pages for each of your services, you get to include the relevant keywords in each of them. This isn’t just great in the eyes of Google, but it’s fantastic for your users too, as they get to only consume content that’s relevant to what they’re after. 

As an example, let’s say you offer both editing and proofreading services. Having a page completely dedicated to your proofreading services allows you to include (and potentially rank for) different search terms or keywords, like ‘proofreading London’ or ‘proofreading service rates’, etc.

Including other, related and more specific keywords is a smart move because if you tried to rank for the search term ‘proofreader’, you’d struggle to get to the first page of Google. The term is too broad and generic, and too many other websites are ‘competing’ with each other to rank for that keyword. Plus, the search isn’t specific enough! What is the user trying to do? Find out what a proofreader is for a school project? Or trying to find a proofreader to hire?

So here’s where our advice of ‘niching down’ comes into its own. You might struggle to rank for ‘proofreader’, but you’ll have better chances of ranking for long-tail keywords (i.e. longer phrases or sets of words), like:

  • How much does a proofreader cost?
  • What does proofreading include?
  • How does the proofreading process work?
  • How long does it take for you to proofread my work?

Think of specific and targeted keywords that your ideal clients are likely to search for and build your web pages around those terms. 

3. Get Good at Content Marketing

Can you use your blog content to help you rank higher?

Absolutely!

Take us, for example. Over time, we’ve created blog posts that answer questions that our prospective clients ask us all the time. We’ve written blog posts, like:

By going deep into your content efforts and by creating regular blog content that is optimised for several keywords, you can increase the number of visitors that land on your website

How Do I Come up with Content Marketing ideas?

So how can you come up with ideas for content? Once again, think about your users (and user experience first).

Make a note of the questions that your prospective clients ask you on a regular basis and answer them through your content. If one person asks you, chances are that other people will want to know as well, so answer your questions ‘at scale’.

And if you’re just starting out and aren’t sure about what questions your audience might have, use Google! Have you ever noticed the section at the bottom called ‘Searches related to’?

Or you can use other free online resources to work out what keywords people are mostly looking for. A great tool (with a free trial) that we always recommend is KWFinder. You enter your chosen keywords and see how many people search for it each month.

Our top tip here is to create content for long-tail keywords that sound just like the questions your prospective clients may ask you. Things like:

  • How much does a proofreader charge?
  • What is included in a proofreading package?

Because these search terms are much longer and more niche, they’re likely to have less competition. In other words, less content has been written to answer those specific questions, which means that if you go after those keywords, you have a better chance of ranking.

Create in-depth content that answers your customers’ questions

Our most-successful blog posts go into a lot of details. And that’s not surprising, as, in the eyes of Google, longer pieces of content provide an in-depth answer to your search query. If you think about a topic from a user perspective and make a list of all the related and relevant questions someone might have on that topic, you’ll easily come up with a longer piece of content.

Also, in-depth content gives you opportunities to include more than just one keyword. And when the additional keywords are also terms that people search for, you have better chances of ranking!

Our most successful piece of content, (that gets more traffic than our homepage) is ‘Why Am I Not Ranking in Google, and How to Fix It’ 

Rankings for our most successful blog post

This was as a result of constantly being asked this question. The blog post is over 3000 words, but it breaks the question down simply. 11 reasons why you’re not ranking in Google, with an explanation, then an explanation of how to fix it.

So think about the main question you want to answer with your blog post and then break it down, like the chapters of a book. You’ll then turn those related topics into sub-heading (just like we’ve done in this blog post) and include any related keywords in the sub-headings.

If you’re using WordPress or any other Content Management System, you can assign heading tags to these individual subheadings. These can be set as Headings 2, Headings 3, Headings 4, etc. And by doing this, you’re telling not only organising your content nicely for your users, but you’re telling the search engines how your content is structured, which can help you increase your ‘SEO power’. It’s a win-win!

If you want more details around how to optimise your blog content and your website pages for SEO, head over to our blog post: The Ultimate SEO Checklist for your Blog Posts.

Finally, Should I hire an SEO company?

And last but not least, here’s a question our clients ask us all the time. Should you hire an SEO company?

The answer is that it depends. If you have the budget and your business can afford it, you can. But it’s important that you first have a solid understanding of the SEO basics and are clear on what you’re paying for and what you want to achieve.

If you find yourself in a crowded market with a lot of competition and are struggling to stand out, hiring a good SEO company that helps you build high-quality backlinks to your website (through reaching out to influencers, guest posting, etc.) could work out for you in the long run.

But any good SEO company should either recommend content marketing or do it for you. By creating the right type of content (either as a page on your site or blog post) and optimising it, you will see an increase in website traffic. 

Would you like some help with your content marketing and SEO strategy? 

If you’re looking for some support with your content marketing or SEO strategy, why not join our membership, Make Your Mark Online?

In January, we’re starting our 90 Day Challenge, where you write one piece of content a week for 90 days and we’ll review it, telling you what you need to do to improve it for SEO.

What is the Membership About?

If you’re after an ‘agency-level’ website (but without the agency price tag) and want a WordPress website that ranks, gets you more traffic, and delivers you more sales, that’s exactly what we help our members do.

We offer video courses, weekly live Q&A calls, a private Slack group, and member-only resources which include a handy SEO planner. Come and check it out, and if you have any questions, just give us a shout!

The post How to make your service-based business website rank higher on Google appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/website-rank-higher-google/feed/ 0
How much does it cost to build your WordPress website? https://jammydigital.com/cost-to-build-wordpress-website/ https://jammydigital.com/cost-to-build-wordpress-website/#respond Wed, 02 Oct 2019 10:48:32 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4373 Are you looking to build your own website and curious how much it’ll cost? You know what happens, you start something and realise you need to pay for this, and that, then, oh no, what about that! And all of a sudden your budget has exploded. Even building your own website can come with lots […]

The post How much does it cost to build your WordPress website? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Are you looking to build your own website and curious how much it’ll cost?

You know what happens, you start something and realise you need to pay for this, and that, then, oh no, what about that! And all of a sudden your budget has exploded.

Even building your own website can come with lots of extra costs.

Why and when should you build your own website?

If you can’t afford to hire a web design agency just yet, and/or if you’re just starting out in business, building your own website is probably the best route for you. 

In the first 6-12 months, your business will change. And your website might need to change with it. What you don’t want is to be in a position where you have to hire a web designer to do the work twice!

Plus, building your own website allows you to learn some basic skills. You get valuable experience which means that even when you do hire a web designer, you’re not going to have to rely on them to make small tweaks on a regular basis. And in the long run, that’s going to save you a lot of money!

Speaking of which…

How much should you expect to pay to build your WordPress website?

This really depends on your budget. And quoting a set price is pretty much impossible as a lot of elements and factors go into how much you’ll pay for your website. 

So in this blog post, we’re going to look at the key elements you need when building your own WordPress website and, wherever possible, give you three different options:

  • A free option.
  • A paid-for option, where you get some level of support.
  • And a premium option where you get additional support and assistance and aren’t required to do much of the work yourself.

It’s a money vs time trade-off!

The great news is that even if you don’t have a big budget to start with, you can still create a good-looking website. However, you might find that the free route requires a bigger time investment.

The less you pay, the longer you’ll spend:

  • Doing the work yourself.
  • Trying to find out how to do things.
  • And attempting to fix issues.

What are the key elements you need to build your WordPress website? 

How do you actually create a website? What will you need and what are your options when it comes to free, paid-for, and premium?

If you’re starting out with your website, you’ll need:

  • A domain name.
  • Web hosting.
  • A Content Management System – in this case, WordPress.
  • A theme or page builder
  • Some plugins

So let’s talk about each of them in more details.

Your domain name

A domain name is your online address. It’s the name people type in when they’re looking for your business on the internet. If you want your own website, you’re going to need a domain. 

You can use a free domain name from a company like WordPress or Wix. But it will have WordPress.com or Wix.com at the end of the web address. So if we were using a free domain, our address would be something like JammyDigital.WordPress.com.

You can probably appreciate this may look quite confusing for a customer – are they on your website or are they on WordPress? Also, if your customers realise you’re using a free domain, what does this say about you and your business? Are you really serious about it?

Not to mention that when you use a free domain and people link back to your website, you don’t get any credibility in the eyes of the search engines. You’re doing all the hard work driving traffic to your website, but you’re just giving WordPress.com (or the company you’re using) all the credit.

Buy your own domain 

Because of the reasons above, we don’t recommend you use a free domain.

A paid-for domain name will only cost you around £10-£20 per year. Of course, some domain names are more sought-after than others and therefore more expensive. But a domain that’s not been registered before shouldn’t set you back by much.

Investing in your own domain name gives you and your business immediate credibility and shows you’re serious. All you need to do is to sign up just one client over the year, and you’ve probably paid for your domain multiple times over!

If you’re interested in finding out more about whether you should pick your own name as a domain name or your company’s name, head over to the blog post How to Choose a Domain Name for Your Personal Brand Website.

Website hosting

If you want your website to be accessible on the internet, you need for it to be stored somewhere. You need a company (your website host) to physically store your website somewhere.

Much like with domain names, you can host your website for free with companies like WordPress.com. However, free options don’t have a lot of features and certainly don’t come with any support.

Paid-for web hosting isn’t too expensive and can cost between £20-£30 a year depending on what level of support and service you need. But cheaper options don’t come with as much guidance, and you may potentially have issues with site speed.

When it comes to website hosting, we recommend SiteGround. They’re more affordable than most and have great support. A year’s hosting with SiteGround will cost you around £70-£80, and their live chat service is truly phenomenal.

You can also opt for premium hosting. This may cost you in the region of £25+ per month. Premium hosting companies like WP Engine or Flywheel come with an extra layer of support and guidance. So if you don’t want to make any changes yourself but would rather send a support ticket off, then premium hosting is a great option.

Theme

Your theme is the overall look and feel of your website, which includes your style and layout. Unless you know how to code, if you’re not having your website custom-designed for you just yet, you’ll need a theme.

And one of the biggest advantages of using WordPress is that it comes with an excellent theme (and plugin) library for you to choose from. You just pick a theme, install it, have a play around with it, and see how you like it.

The problem with the free WordPress themes is that you don’t get any support. There’s an open forum in WordPress where you can ask questions, but you may not always get a speedy or relevant response.

Buying a theme

If you have the budget to invest, a paid-for theme could cost you in the region of £20-£60, and it will come with support. 

When buying a theme, do your research upfront.

  • Most themes have a demo that shows you what the website will look like.
  • Make sure you know what you’re buying – is the price you pay upfront? Or is there a yearly fee?

Once you’ve bought the theme, you’ll have to do some work to install it and customise it by changing the colour scheme, removing the sections you don’t need, etc.

If you can make the time, learning how to install and customise your theme gives you valuable experience of WordPress. And it means that whenever you need to make changes to your website in the future, you won’t have to rely on a web designer.

Much like with web hosting, you can buy more expensive themes that may cost in the region of £100-£200. Generally, these are directly from the maker, and for an additional monthly fee, you can get ongoing support with them.

Hiring a web designer to research and install your theme

If you’re short of time or would rather outsource the task, you can hire a web designer to find you a theme and install it and customise it for you. They might charge approximately £500-£1,000 for this, which is much less than what you would pay for a custom-built website.

This is a perfect solution if you’d rather skip the research and installation part. Just make sure your web designer is upfront about this and won’t try and charge for the price of a custom-made website when what they’re giving you is a template. Most people are honest, but it’s always good to double-check!

Problems with Free and Paid For WordPress Themes 

The biggest problem we see with themes is that they may look nice, but they haven’t been designed with user-experience or conversions in mind. You have to choose very carefully when selecting a theme and make sure your users will respond well to it. 

Page builders

A website builder or page builder is a tool that helps you add elements to your website without having to use code. So if you want to have more control over the design and layout of your theme (but don’t know how to code), you might want to invest in a website builder with drag and drop features.

Divi, Visual Composer, Elementor, Thrive Themes, and Beaver Builder are some of the most popular and widely used.

We’ve tested out a lot of these page builders for our members in our membership. And our absolute favourite is Elementor. It’s user-friendly for even non-techies and actually fun to use. Elementor has a free version you can try out and is one of the better ones out there. The pro plan comes with so many extra features, and it’s pretty reasonably priced at ¢49 per year. 

Not all page builders have a free version, so you can’t always try them out. In fact, most of them have an upfront cost of around £70-£90, depending on which one you go for, and some are more user-friendly than others.

So do your research and read reviews before buying, as you may need to take the learning curve into account too. As always, before you buy, check whether what you’re paying is a one-off price or whether you’re expected to pay a renewal fee every year.

Problems with Free and Paid For Page Builders 

The main problem with free and paid for page builders is that they can be tricky to get used to if you’re unfamiliar with the software. When you hit problems there are lots of Googling for answers! 

As with themes, it’s also difficult to ensure your website is user-friendly and converts readers into customers if you build it using a page builder. Often, people can build their site, but with little thought into how it works, how it’ll get traffic and how it’ll convert. 

Plugins

A plugin is a piece of software that gives you bits of additional functionality. WordPress comes with an extensive library of free plugins. And we always recommend you install the free plugins first, see if you like it, and then upgrade later.

We find that the functionality that comes with a free plugin is often enough. But if your business relies on a particular piece of functionality, you may want to go pro.

The premium version of a plugin can cost around £20-£30, and if you do need the additional features that come with it, it’s worth the investment, especially if it comes with support.

When looking for plugins, you’ll see there’s huge choice. So, do your due diligence and:

  • Check the reviews.
  • Ask for recommendations if you can.
  • Make sure the plugins are compliant.
  • And check the last time it was updated – this is important because you want to make sure any plugin you install is compatible with the latest version of WordPress.

If you’d like a recommendation on the best plugin to use for specific functionality you need, come and check out our free Facebook group. You can ask us (and our friendly members) any questions related to your website.

Where Should You Invest?

When it comes to creating your own website, you have several options ranging from free to premium-priced. Whether you invest or not depends on:

  • your budget,
  • how much time you have available,
  • and on whether you are prepared to do some of the work yourself.

Where we don’t suggest you compromise is on features that make it or break it for your business. In these cases, paying a slightly higher price allows you to generate more business in less time.

Would you like our help?

Through our membership community, we help people who don’t want to battle with templates or continuously Google how to use a page builder. 

We have a set of page designs (home, about, services, learning centre, contact, lead capture and coming soon) that you can plugin and edit easily.

And we also teach you how to create a high converting website through our 60+ courses.

With handy videos, a friendly forum on Slack, and weekly Q&A, we’re here to help you build your own amazing WordPress website. 

Find out more about our Membership Community

The post How much does it cost to build your WordPress website? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/cost-to-build-wordpress-website/feed/ 0
7 Tips for Transitioning into a Personal Brand Website https://jammydigital.com/transitioning-personal-brand/ https://jammydigital.com/transitioning-personal-brand/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2019 10:49:34 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4369 Have you been thinking about becoming a personal brand? Are you worried about how transitioning into a personal brand website might impact your business? Creating a personal brand website is something that a lot of our web design clients have come to us for over the years. And we’ve noticed that business owners with more […]

The post 7 Tips for Transitioning into a Personal Brand Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Have you been thinking about becoming a personal brand? Are you worried about how transitioning into a personal brand website might impact your business?

Creating a personal brand website is something that a lot of our web design clients have come to us for over the years. And we’ve noticed that business owners with more ‘traditional’ types of business (like freelancers or service-based entrepreneurs) can worry about this transition.

So in this post, we cover some of the benefits and risks of having a personal brand and share 7 tips to help you when transitioning into a personal brand website.

What are the benefits of transitioning to a personal brand? 

A personal brand helps you become more memorable

Building a personal brand (and a website to go with it) is really powerful because it helps you stand out.

So many businesses out there still hide behind a logo. And if you’re brave enough to show up as the person behind your business, you give yourself a better chance of getting noticed. 

When you think about it, we’re built to connect with people – it’s what we do as human beings!

And as consumers, when we land on a personal brand website (which is more approachable and personable), we immediately feel we can build rapport with someone. It’s easier to create a deeper connection with a person than it is to connect with a business as an entity.

A personal brand helps you establish yourself as an expert

Let’s say, as an example, that you’re looking to move from done-for-you services into coaching and consulting. If that’s the case, having a personal brand can help people see you in a new light – as an expert in your field.

Clients will start to perceive you as being ‘in demand’ and ‘exclusive’. And of course, with that, comes the ability to charge higher fees!

A personal brand allows you to change direction without losing your audience

Unless you change industry completely, being a personal brand means your name is attached to your business. It follows you wherever you go.

So if you want to slightly change direction, all the contacts you’ve made, and everything you’ve built up through your content marketing, for example, follows you. Your audience knows who you are – you have a reputation.

What are the risks associated with transitioning to a personal brand? 

As a personal brand business owner, your business becomes synonym with your name. And that’s great for many reasons (some of which we covered above).

But there are also some risks.

You might lose some of your audience

If you’re planning on changing your business name (or business model) completely and without warning your clients, you might cause confusion and a lack of trust with your audience.

And that never ends well.

When you think about it, if someone’s been Googling your business name for years, and now all of a sudden it disappears from the face of the internet with no warning or notice, it might raise a red flag with some of your audience.

But that’s only going to happen if you don’t tell them in advance and are secretive about your move! 

In reality, most people (be it your existing or prospective customers) won’t mind if you are becoming more of an expert, putting your face on your website, and offering different types of services. They just care if you don’t tell them!

You might lose credibility with big, corporate clients

A lot of service-based business owners worry about losing credibility with their prospective clients, especially if they work with bigger companies.

  • Will they think I’m too small to work with them?
  • Will they think I can no longer offer the services I’ve been offering them?

These are valid questions to have. But transitioning to a personal brand doesn’t mean you’re going to lose credibility with bigger clients. 

As long as you manage this correctly and give them the confidence and the evidence they need to believe that you can still handle the work and provide value, they’re not going to worry about what you call yourself.

You’re still the same person who’s been doing all the work!

You might confuse people if you change your domain name

If you’ve been using your business name as your domain name for years, and now you’re switching to using your own name, people are bound to get confused.

We talk more about domain names in our blog post: How to Choose a Domain Name for your Personal Brand Website. But there are definitely measures you can put in place for this too (see point 5 below).

You might struggle to sell your business

If you’re a personal brand, selling your business can be harder. So if you started your business with a view of selling it in the future, becoming a personal brand might not be the right move for you. 

However, for most of our clients, their business is their own. If you’re not planning to sell your business on down the line (even though you never know what opportunities life might bring!), transitioning to a personal brand can make a lot of sense.

So how do you manage the transition to a personal brand?

All in all, the benefits of transitioning to a personal brand far outweigh the downsides. If you already have a business behind you and a steady stream of customers, becoming a personal brand can only benefit you.

But you’re right in wanting to think carefully and strategically about how you’re going to manage the transition and minimise the risks we mentioned above!

The good news is that it’s nothing a bit of planning and careful communication can’t fix! 

So here are our top tips for you.

1. Tell your audience

We touched on this earlier. Not telling your clients about the move hoping they won’t notice is not a good strategy!

The key is to be open and upfront about your transition and the reasons behind changing your services.

You might feel nervous about doing it, but your audience will understand – they might even be interested and intrigued by the new direction you’re taking!

In fact, people tend to appreciate the thought process that goes behind making important business decisions. Some of them might be business owners themselves, and you might be giving them food for thought, which they’ll definitely appreciate!

And don’t be surprised if you get some new enquiries as a result!

So always be transparent and explain what you’re doing.

We use our blog content to do this. And whenever we’ve made changes in our business in the past, we’ve taken to our blog to let our audience know exactly why, how, and when.

We did this when we stopped selling SEO (Why We Stopped Selling SEO), and we did it more recently when we decided to increase our web design prices (Why We’re Increasing Our Web Design Prices).

2. If possible, don’t discontinue all your services at once

Moving to a consulting or speaking-on-stage model, for example, might mean you no longer offer some of your done-for-you services.

And that’s fine, but if you have existing clients on a retainer, you’re going to have to let them know and manage the situation! So you either continue to offer the service (but only to existing clients) or get ready to have some difficult conversations with them!

It’s generally easier to slowly build your new services up and phase the old ones out gradually, rather than completely switching overnight. This makes it more convenient for your existing clients but also helps you to protect your income.

Take us, for example. Although we are a personal brand business, we very much stand behind Jammy Digital as our agency. And as an agency, we used to offer SEO services, which we no longer sell. When we discontinued our SEO service, we decided to continue to provide it to our existing clients.

So if you’re making changes to your website, instead of completely scrapping your existing one and starting from scratch, think about where you can make room for your new services.

If you want to become a speaker, add a new page to your website, rather than getting rid of everything you’ve ever had in one go.

3. Be proud of your experience

So you’ve been helping clients in your industry for 10 years?

Great. Own it. Be proud of where you come from and use it to your advantage.

Show your new ideal customers how you help them. 

When you transition into a personal brand, don’t be afraid of talking about your past experience.

  • Tell people that you’ve been helping companies do exactly what you’re now coaching or consulting about for x years.
  • Tell them that you have a proven track record of doing this thing. And that’s why you know how to get them results!

Of course, this only applies if you’re transitioning within the same industry or niche.

If you’re changing business entirely and going from banking to health and fitness, then you’ll probably have to build a brand new audience.

4. Use your website to communicate the changes to your audience 

Use your website in the same way you’d speak to someone over the phone.

You might need to tweak the wording here, but what you want to communicate is something along the lines of:

“Hi, Mr. Customer. Up until now we’ve been offering services to help you with X. But now we’re also offering Y. And I just wanted to make you aware we are having a change around with our website.”

It’s this simple.

And if you’re concerned about the impact this might have on your existing and prospective clients, then have a real conversation with them. If you have a few key clients that are the bread and butter of your business, pick up the phone and speak to them!

Show them how your transition benefits them, ask them for their feedback or opinion. After all, they’re not going to stop working with you just because you’re establishing yourself as more of an expert!

So listen to their worries and objections (if any), and reassure them. Then use that content for your website – let it do the talking for you. You’ll see how this can work wonders in building trust with your visitors.

5. If you’re switching domains, redirect your traffic

If you change your domain name when transitioning into a personal brand website, speak to your web designer or your SEO company to make sure that if somebody types in your old website, it redirects to your new personal brand website.

This is important because you don’t want to lose any traffic. And also, you don’t want your customers to reach a dead end when they’re looking for you online!

6. Show images of yourself

We’ve got news for you.

If you are becoming a personal brand business owner, you’re going to have to show images of yourself on your website!

Up until now, you might not have done that. And that’s fine. But a big part of becoming a personal brand is people knowing what you look like! So show us your face, please!

And this still applies even if you have a team of people behind you – be it permanent staff or a team of freelancers, because people connect with people. And don’t worry – people don’t mind that you have a crew behind you, as long as you’re prepared to stand up tall as the captain of the ship (or the expert and the authority in your field).

Showing your prospective clients what you look like helps you build trust and authority. Because consumers want to know that there are real people behind a business – it makes it more trustworthy and easier to connect to. And if you want to find out more about how that works, head over to our blog post The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website.

7. Show your personality

Having a clear tone of voice is harder to do when you’re a corporate business. But when you transition into a personal brand, that’s when you can start to be yourself and have fun by showing your personality within your business.

And the beauty of it is that people start to get to know who you are and what you’re like!

Stepping out as the person behind the business, allows you to connect with your audience a lot more. You get to publish content you may have not published before and to write it all in the first person too!

As a personal brand business owner, you get to put your own unique stamp, spin, and personality onto your content. And if you want to learn more about this, head over to our blog post, How to Master Your Tone of Voice.

Have you made the leap to a personal brand? 

Or are you thinking about it? We’d love to know your thoughts. Just comment below!

The post 7 Tips for Transitioning into a Personal Brand Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/transitioning-personal-brand/feed/ 0
How to Avoid Hiring a Bad Web Design Agency https://jammydigital.com/bad-web-design-agency/ https://jammydigital.com/bad-web-design-agency/#respond Fri, 20 Sep 2019 10:22:18 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4353 How do you spot a bad web design agency before you go ahead and hire one? So many business owners come to us every year after a bad experience with a web design agency. And we find this really sad because we have friends who are great web designers and who are constantly looking at […]

The post How to Avoid Hiring a Bad Web Design Agency appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
How do you spot a bad web design agency before you go ahead and hire one? So many business owners come to us every year after a bad experience with a web design agency.

And we find this really sad because we have friends who are great web designers and who are constantly looking at ways to improve their clients’ websites. Yet, so many business owners have horrible experiences with web design. Does it mean the industry is full of ‘bad agencies’?

Probably not.

It’s more to do with the fact that business owners struggle to find the right web design agency for their needs. 

And sadly, that’s why this industry has such a bad reputation. It’s easy to hire an agency because of their ‘wow factor’. We make buying decisions based on their glossy website and fancy offices.

But what if the big agency with the comfy chairs and the shiny coffee machine isn’t the right fit for your business?

Why we aren’t right for some people

Not all web designers are clear about who their ideal clients are, and that doesn’t help consumers who are looking to make an informed choice and pick an agency that works for them!

That’s why we’re so passionate about using our copy and our content to spell out who we’re right for and who we’re not right for. Take this blog post – 10 Reasons We’re Not the Right Fit For You, as an example.

We’re probably a ‘bad agency’ for some people. If someone isn’t prepared to work on their website once it’s live and expects us to write copy and blog posts, change images for them, etc. then we’re not for them.

Because that’s not what we do.

And that makes us a bad choice for that particular client.

As an agency, we are right for people who are quite proactive, want to learn, don’t mind getting their hands dirty and are happy for us to provide them with remote support through training videos and emails. We’re the perfect agency for some people, and a terrible agency for others.

Why big web design agencies aren’t right for some people

Equally, a big agency with an amazing portfolio who will charge tens of thousands of pounds might not be right for someone with a small local business.

To give you an example, we once spoke to a florist who had her website designed by a big agency who worked with the likes of the BBC and Cadbury. They were industry leaders. And of course, this lady’s website turned out to be amazing (and very expensive!).

But in hindsight, she told us she’d have rather hired a freelance web designer because all she needed was a great-looking website that ranked her locally for her keywords. And the agency she hired didn’t help with that – they were almost too big for her business and her needs.

If you’re a small business (with a smaller budget), you’re better off hiring a web designer who cares about your business and will take the time to ask you exactly what you want to achieve with your website.

So, if you’re in the market for a new website or a website re-design, how do you know which web design agency is right for you?

How to Find the Right Agency For You

1. Be clear on what you need from your website

First of all, what kind of support do you expect from a web design agency? Do you want to work with a big fancy agency or a local freelancer?

Both are fine. There’s no right or wrong here – as long as you understand the differences between the various options and the pros and cons of each.

So start by identifying what’s important to you, for example,

  • Do you want to rank highly in search results? Then you need an agency with SEO knowledge.
  • Are you a luxury brand, and do you need your website to be all about the design? Then find an agency that fits the bill for that, with previous experience of dealing with luxury designers
  • Are you a total technophobe and would find it helpful to have lots of face-to-face time with a web designer? A local freelancer might be best for you.

If you want some help in identifying your needs when it comes to creating or re-designing your website, download our FREE Website Buyer’s Guide. It’s an impartial guide that we created to help you find a web designer that’s right for you.

And if you want to hear about the time when we made a bad buying decision by hiring a designer who wasn’t right for us, listen to our podcast episode: Why our first website failed miserably!

But what other signs should you watch out for before you go ahead and hire a web design agency?

2. Stay clear of web agencies with a bad website

This sounds quite obvious, but an agency with a bad website probably won’t be right for you!

So don’t hire them! Even if you’re friends or if someone you know recommended them to you because they are friends! (Or even family!). If their website isn’t great, chances are they won’t know how to design a great one for you.

3. Make sure you are given access to the backend of your website

You need to have access to the backend of your website.

So before you hire anyone, make sure that the agency gives you full access to the backend (or Content Management System) of your website.

Even if you’re not yet sure how to navigate your way around it, you can always learn. And having access will definitely work better (and be cheaper) for you in the long run. You just don’t want to be in a situation where your web designer quotes you a ridiculous amount of money whenever you have to make a tiny change to your website!

If that happens, you’ll be angry. And you’d have a right to be!

4. Watch out for the web designers who use a lot of jargon

So you’ve been researching web design agencies, and their websites are full of talk about HTML, CSS, and PHP.

Great.

You conclude that having a website is technical and confusing, so you’re better off just handing it all over to these guys who sound like they know what they’re talking about.

Stay. Away. From. them.

They might (or might not) know how to build websites. But their copy is telling something else – they have no respect for you. Because they choose to ‘explain’ things in a way that makes no sense to you!

And you know what?

There’s no need to use jargony language at all – we don’t do it! Just have a look at our website, we’re not writing to impress our peers or confuse you, we try to explain things in a way that’s easy to understand.

We have no interest in wasting precious space on our website using words that mean nothing to our prospective clients. For us, it’s a missed opportunity to connect with our visitors and tell them exactly who we’re right for and who we’re not right for.

5. Beware of those who don’t want to show their face

Have you ever noticed how a lot of businesses seem to hide behind their website and never show their face? We call them hermits. And we feel so passionate about this that we even wrote a blog post a while ago called Show us your face.

We always recommend to website owners that you use professional images of yourself on your website as it helps you to build trust and authority with your audience. You can read more about this in our blog post What is the B.R.A.N.D. website framework.

Think about it. As a consumer, don’t you find it difficult to make a buying decision when you can’t see the person you’re going to be working with?

We find this very off-putting. Why hide? What’s so bad about being able to put a face to a name?

Of course, not having photos of themselves on their website doesn’t mean a web designer isn’t good. Maybe, just like a lot of business owners out there, they’re a bit shy about putting photos of themselves on their website. That’s all.

Just beware of this and do some more research to make sure you’re clear on who you’re hiring for the job.

6. Big or small doesn’t matter, as long as they meet your needs

Equally, we’ve seen plenty of examples of people who started their business from their kitchen table (nothing wrong with that!) who then went on to plaster their websites with stock images of shiny offices and big teams – essentially making themselves look much bigger than what they are.

There’s no need for that. And most people are genuine and honest about who they are and who they’re not, but not everyone is, so just be careful.

If you need a huge company or even just a team, don’t get caught out by one guy in his basement trying to be all things!

7. Stay away from obscure Content Management Systems

What will your web designer build your website on?

You may have heard of WordPress, Magento, Shopify, or Joomla, for example. These are common Content Management Systems.

So if the web designers you’re thinking of hiring use a specialist and obscure Content Management System you haven’t heard of before, do some more research! You don’t want to be in a situation where you’re fully reliant on your agency to support you.

The reason why we only use WordPress is that it’s the most popular and well-trusted Content Mangement System. If you need help with something and for some reason, we’re not immediately available, you can still find answers and resources on the internet. But if your website is built on a rare platform, you may struggle with that!

8. Avoid a web designer with a questionable portfolio

One of the first things we suggest you do when researching web designers is to look at their portfolio to get a sense for:

  • what level they’re working at,
  • what kind of websites they’re designing,
  • and what kind of industries they specialise in.

A word of warning on this though.

If the web designers you’re considering tick a lot of boxes, but you’re not convinced about their portfolio, get in touch and ask them for more examples of their work.

We know from personal experience that keeping your portfolio up to date is time-consuming – we have a lot of websites we’ve built over the last few months that don’t feature on our site because we haven’t had time to add them. So do reach out to a prospective web designer if you want to see more of their work – they’ll be happy to oblige.

9. Watch out for web designers who don’t offer a discovery phase

If an agency or a freelancer doesn’t factor in how they’re going to find out more about:

  • your business,
  • your target audience,
  • what you want to achieve from your website,
  • and what kind of goals you have for your business,

stay well clear!

We have what we call a ‘discovery phase’ where we delve into all our new clients’ businesses. We get to know a lot about them during this process, and it’s the only way we get to design a great website for somebody.

So if a web designer doesn’t offer this service, consider this a warning sign that they aren’t invested in your business.

The price you pay will have a lot to do with this too. The agency you hire for £500 might not even know what a discovery phase is. And in a way, that’s understandable – the price tag doesn’t cover for that! But the agency that charges £5,000+ should get to know you as a vital element to the web design process.

10. Be wary of the agency that doesn’t put their prices on their website

We are huge believers in putting prices on your website.

Yes, projects and requirements vary and so do prices. That’s why we use a minimum package price on our websitethat our potential clients can use as an indicator. We even publicly write about the process we use to come up with our prices! Head over to our blog post Why We’re Increasing Our Web Design Prices to find out more.

But a lot of web designers won’t display prices on their website.

And while that’s not in itself an indicator of a bad web designer, you’ll want to get a quote quite early on in your research. The worst thing any business can do is to make you jump through hoops to find out their prices. What happens when you find out that the price is way over your budget? What a waste of your time (and theirs)!

So stay away from anyone who’s putting pressure on you to have several discovery calls before they give you a quote! They’re probably trying to make you feel so invested in the process that you won’t be able to say no to them. It’s an old-school sales technique that no longer works. And frankly, it shows that the other person doesn’t respect your time.

So how exactly do you find someone who’s right for you?

We’ve given you a lot of pointers to avoid picking the wrong web design agency for your needs. But how do you find one that is good for you?

Ultimately, and above everything else we’ve mentioned, look for someone who:

  • cares about helping you move your business forward,
  • you can trust and connect with,
  • you see yourself having a good working relationship with.

We find this always happens with our clients. We get so close to their business that we end up getting to know them really well. And that’s both a pleasure and an honour.

Would you like us to help you with your website?

We are passionate about helping business owners build and grow successful websites. We also understand that people might have questions and concerns as they get into this process for the first time. Or maybe because they’ve had an awful experience in the past!

  • That’s why we don’t use code or jargon.
  • That’s why we are open and honest about the type of web agency we are.
  • We are transparent about the type of clients that are right for us and those who aren’t.
  • And that’s why we publish our prices on our website.

We want people to be able to make informed decisions.

So if you’re looking for a web design agency who cares about your needs and your business, and you think we may be right for you, get in touch!

The post How to Avoid Hiring a Bad Web Design Agency appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/bad-web-design-agency/feed/ 0
9 Ways to Create a Big, Bold Statement for Your Personal Brand Website https://jammydigital.com/big-bold-statement-personal-brand-website/ https://jammydigital.com/big-bold-statement-personal-brand-website/#comments Mon, 02 Sep 2019 12:55:21 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4285 When people land on your personal brand website, how do you get their attention? How do you stop them in their tracks and tell them exactly what it is you do and why they’re in the right place? You do that with a Big, Bold Statement. Often called your ‘Value Proposition’ or ‘You statement’, the […]

The post 9 Ways to Create a Big, Bold Statement for Your Personal Brand Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
When people land on your personal brand website, how do you get their attention? How do you stop them in their tracks and tell them exactly what it is you do and why they’re in the right place?

You do that with a Big, Bold Statement.

Often called your ‘Value Proposition’ or ‘You statement’, the Big, Bold Statement is what it says on the tin. It’s the big, bold message you publish on your website for your visitors to see. It defines exactly what you do so your users know they’re in the right place.

Why is it important to have a Big, Bold Statement on your website?

We review a lot of websites in our FREE Facebook group. And one of the main issues we come across is that business owners find it really difficult to explain what they do.

It’s important to remember that your visitors (i.e. your potential customers and clients) won’t initially be spending a lot of time on your website. You only have 3 to 4 seconds to make an impression!

So you need a clear, defining Big, Bold Statement that helps them work out:

  • where they are,
  • what services you offer,
  • whether you have the solution to their problem,
  • and whether they should stay or hit the back button!

So your job is to make who you are and what you do abundantly clear to your website visitors. Explain it so clearly that a 5-year-old would get it.

Seriously.

Don’t make your web visitors spend any brain calories trying to work out what you do. It’s not a puzzle. And they don’t win a prize. So don’t be vague or fluffy with your Big, Bold Statement!


Homepage blueprint for personal brands


Where should the Big, Bold Statement go on your website and how long should it be? 

Your Big, Bold Statement only needs to be a few words long – 10-15 words at the most. That’s because people need to immediately, at a glance, be able to understand what you do.

And it should sit in the top third of your website.

This section of your website is also referred to as:

  • ‘above the fold’,
  • ‘the top third’ or ‘the first third’,
  • the ‘slider section’,
  • or the ‘feature area’.

We call it the hero section. And it’s the first thing you see when you get onto any website before you have to scroll down the page to see the rest.

That’s where you want your Big, Bold Statement to go.

So how do you put together a Big, Bold Statement?

Here are 9 ways to help you do just that.

1) Ask a Question

This method works no matter what industry or business you’re in, but let’s use an example to explain what we mean.

Let’s say you’re a speaking coach – you help people with their presentations and with speaking on stage.

If you use the question method, your Big, Bold Statement could be something like:

Does the thought of public speaking make you want to cry?

Your question immediately draws your website visitors in. By asking it, you’re telling your audience you understand the issue they’re facing, and at the same time, you’re illustrating what you do.

When coming up with the question to ask, speak directly to your visitors – remember that it’s about them.

Ask the question you know your ideal customers have been asking themselves. You want them to nod in agreement as they read it.

2) State a Promise

Can you make your ideal customers or clients a promise? Going back to our speaking coach example, you could use:

Feel more confident on stage in five weeks or less.

or even,

The only speaking course you’ll ever need.

Now, that is a promise.

It’s Big, and it’s Bold.

It allows you to explain what you do by promising something to your visitors. It’s your way of standing your ground as the expert you are.

Just be mindful of not falling into the trap of using fluffy marketing lingo though! One of the biggest mistakes we see people make with their Big, Bold Statement is that the language is too vague.

“I can make you prosper.”

is a promise. But it doesn’t tell your readers the first thing about what it is you help them with!

3) Use your Unique Identifier

What makes you unique? Do you have a niche? A Unique Selling Point, or USP? Something that allows you to differentiate yourself from your competitors and specifically describes your products and services?

Then find that ‘thing’ and feature it in your Big, Bold Statement.

Say, for example, that you have your own methods of teaching people. Your Big, Bold Statement could be something along the lines of:

I am the creator of the seven-minute speaking formula.

This doesn’t just tell your visitors what you do. It also gives you a valuable edge that makes your people perk up and listen.

4) Create a Power Statement

This is the type of Big, Bold Statement we use on our own website.

Make your mark online.

This is our Power Statement, and (in case you hadn’t noticed) it’s also the name of our podcast and our membership!

Underneath that, we’ve added a ‘supporting statement’ that reads:

a website you can be proud of.

Let’s break it down for a second.

With our Power Statement, we aim to appeal to our ideal clients (people who want to make their mark online) by triggering emotion in them. The supporting statement helps us clarify how we do this – by helping them build websites.

Our Big, Bold Statement speaks directly to our ideal clients by evoking emotion. And at the same time, it provides the clarity our ideal clients need to understand what we do.

That’s why this method is so powerful.

However, out of all the methods we teach, we find this is the one people struggle with the most, as it’s easy to fall into the trap of being too vague.

So our speaking coach may want to say something like:

Make them believe. 

It’s powerful, it’s emotional, and it’s likely to stop you in your tracks. But without a supporting statement, it doesn’t really say what our coach does.

So they might want to add:

 turning mediocre presentations into magnificent ones.

or even,

public speaking training for CEOs.

That’s how you get the perfect combination of emotion and clarity. When you get this right, a Big, Bold Statement that’s based on a Powerful + Supporting Statement can be extremely effective.


Homepage blueprint for personal brands


5) Use a Customer Testimonial

Did a client give you an amazing testimonial that perfectly sums up what you do? Then why not use that, word-by-word, as your Big, Bold Statement?

For us, this could be something like:

The best website I could have ever dreamed of.

Our speaking coach could use:

I’ve never felt so happy after leaving the stage.

or,

Public speaking has never felt so achievable.

As long as the testimonial is clear and specific enough (and tells people what you do), this emotive approach can work really well.

Up until recently, Chris Marr of Content Marketing Academy used a testimonial on his website, CMA Live, and it was this:

The best marketing conference I’ve been to in 25 years.

Isn’t that perfect? It tells you immediately what you’re getting but also gives you enough social proof to help you make an informed buying decision.

6) The Exact Statement

Just say exactly what it is that you do – it’s as simple as that.

Using our speaking coach as an example again, they could say:

Public speaking, training, and workshops.

It’s obvious. It’s simple. And it’s effective.

But it also makes it abundantly clear what it is you do.

Just stating the facts is much better than going for something too complicated that could potentially end up confusing people. It may not be the fanciest of approaches, so if you’re pressed for time, just do this first, and then go back and refine your Big, Bold Statement later when you have a better idea.

7) Who You Help

The original idea for this particular method of coming up with a Big, Bold Statement came from Michael Port and his book Book Yourself Solid. And it’s as simple as answering this question – who do you help and what do you help them do?

The speaking coach in our example would say:

We help CEOs master public speaking.

or,

Helping academics to deliver memorable presentations.

This is a particularly great way of illustrating what you do if you have a niche. When your ideal customer or client lands on your website and sees this, they’re going to feel really special. And that’s all you can ask for!

8) Who You Help+

With this method, you’re combining the Power Statement with the Who You Help statement to enhance it and clarify it.

Our speaking coach could use:

We help CEOs deliver outstanding presentations that inspire action.

So with this Big, Bold Statement, you’re telling someone what you’re helping them with (‘deliver outstanding presentations’), but you’re also letting them know how helping them will affect them (they will be able to ‘inspire action’).

That additional bit at the end (the ‘plus statement’) is impactful. It adds that extra punch which gets people in the heart (in a totally good way!).

9) The Guarantee

Do you offer a guarantee with your services? Not every business does, but if you have the right kind of product, this can be a good way for you to come up with your Big, Bold Statement.

Here’s what our speaking coach might say:

Deliver outstanding presentations or your money back.

This works because it gives your visitors confidence. If you’re prepared to stand behind your product in such a big way that you’ll give money back if they don’t get results, whatever you sell must be pretty good!

So which method is right for you?

There’s no right and wrong here. Jot down a few ideas, try a few methods, and test your Big, Bold Statement out.

Ask your friends and family, check with your followers on social media, or ask your email subscribers what resonates with them the most.

Remember that your Big, Bold Statement isn’t set in stone – you can always change it when you come up with a better one.

Would you like our help? 

You may have got your big, bold statement sorted, but what about the rest of your homepage? Download our homepage blueprint for personal brands, which tells you EXACTLY what to put on your homepage.

Homepage blueprint for personal brands

Better still, if you want our help, week in and week out, as you build your personal brand website, check out our membership, Make Your Mark Online (or MYMO, as our members call it!). You’ll get access to our best advice and to our thriving community as well. What’s there not to like?!

And if you’d like to hear us talk about how to come up with your Big, Bold Statement in more details, go and check out our podcast episode Why You Need a Big, Bold Statement and How to Create One.

The post 9 Ways to Create a Big, Bold Statement for Your Personal Brand Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/big-bold-statement-personal-brand-website/feed/ 2
How to choose a domain name for your personal brand website https://jammydigital.com/domain-name-personal-brand-website/ https://jammydigital.com/domain-name-personal-brand-website/#respond Mon, 22 Jul 2019 21:28:07 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4238 Are you a personal brand that’s just getting started? Are you wondering what would make a great domain name for your personal brand website? Let’s look at some of the options available to you. What different kinds of domain names could you choose? When it comes to domain names for personal brands, broadly speaking, you […]

The post How to choose a domain name for your personal brand website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Are you a personal brand that’s just getting started? Are you wondering what would make a great domain name for your personal brand website? Let’s look at some of the options available to you.

What different kinds of domain names could you choose?

When it comes to domain names for personal brands, broadly speaking, you can go one of three ways:

  1. Use your own name. So you could have YourName.com, YourName.co.uk, or YourName.net – whatever you decide to go for. A few highly-successful online entrepreneurs out there, like Marie Forleo or Chris Ducker, do this.
  2. Use your business name. A couple of examples that come to mind here are Pat Flynn of Smart Passive Income and us at Jammy Digital!
  3. Use a keyword. Your domain name includes a keyword that your ideal customers or clients may search for on Google. An example of this is Mark Shaefer, whose domain name is businessgrow.com.

We’re going to look at the pros and cons of each option in more detail.

SEO Quiz Link

Why would you use your own name as your domain name?

1. It makes it easier for people to find you online

When you meet someone at a conference or an event, don’t you tend to remember their name, rather than their business name?

When people mention you, recommend you, or refer you to others, they are more likely to use your name. Because it’s generally more memorable and easier to remember.

Whenever we Google Pat Flynn, for example, we never search for his actual business and website name – Smart Passive Income. It’s quicker and easier to just search for Pat Flynn because his name is what we remember first!

2. It makes it easier for you to change business direction

If you start off in business by offering a service, but then decide to switch to something else, you can make that transition quite easily if you use your name as your domain name.

Generally speaking, you can take your name in whichever business direction you want! It’s certainly more adaptable than a business name or a keyword-rich domain name.

So if you want the flexibility to change direction or course-correct in business, pick your own name. That gives you the space to test a few things out without feeling too restrained.

A good example of this is Janet Murray. Who started out talking about PR, but as her business has grown, she now talks about growing your audience and wider marketing tactics.

What are the downsides of having your name as your domain name?

1. It makes your website harder to sell  

If you’re a personal brand using your own name as your domain, you might struggle to find a buyer for your website. That’s if you ever decide to sell it.

Unless you find somebody else with the exact same name and offers the same services, it may be trickier to sell your website on.

2. It makes it hard to work out what you do

Another reason why you may decide against choosing your own name as your website domain name is that your name doesn’t immediately tell people what you do and how you help.

If we had used MartinHuntbach.com or LyndsayCambridge.com for our website, for example, it’d be a lot harder for our clients to work out what it is we do!

3. Your name may be hard to spell

If people struggle to say or spell your name (like in our case with Martin Huntbach!) you may be reluctant to use your own name as your domain name.

And that’s part of the reason why we decided to use Jammy Digital and not MartinHuntbach.com! Of course, if you have a nice comfortable name that everybody can easily spell, then it’s a different story altogether!

4. It makes it harder for you to change your business structure

While Martin first started our business on his own a few years ago, Lyndsay has now joined and co-owns the business.

Had we gone for MartinHuntbach.com, it may have been harder to communicate to our audience how Lyndsay had joined the business.

If you’re ever thinking of changing the structure of your business, you may find the transition harder if you’ve used your name as your domain name.

SEO Quiz Link

Why would you choose your business name as your domain name?

Using your business name as your domain name is a common choice for personal brand websites. And here are some benefits of doing this.

1. It makes it easier for you to sell your website

Because your business isn’t linked to a specific name or person (i.e. you!), you might find selling your website easier, if you ever decide to.

A great example of this is Martin Lewis, founder of MoneySavingExpert.com. A few years ago, Martin Lewis successfully sold his website. And while we’re just speculating here, it’s reasonable to believe that he may have struggled to find a buyer, had he called his website MartinLewis.com.

Of course, this point is only relevant if you’re planning to sell your website. But even if you’re not setting up with the intention of selling, you never really know, do you?

2. It makes what you do clear

By using a business name as your domain name, you can be 100% clear and specific about what it is you do.

Using the MoneySavingExpert.com example once again, just by looking at the website name, you know exactly what you’re going to get! But before Martin Lewis became associated with the brand, you wouldn’t have known what Martin Lewis did. Had he called his website MartinLewis.com, his story may be entirely different!

Why would someone NOT use their business name as their domain name?

1. It makes it harder to change business direction 

While using your own name as your website domain allows you to change business direction fairly easily, your business name can tie into a niche or an industry.

And obviously, that can be frustrating if you want to tweak or change business direction months or years down the line.

When we first started out, we offered both SEO and web design. And when we gradually stopped offering some of the services that we originally provided, the word digital in our business name meant our services still fell under the umbrella of digital marketing. So that worked out well for us. But of course, had we decided to become estate agents, we might have had a slight problem with our domain name!

2. It makes it harder to build a personal connection with you

Occasionally, if you’re a personal brand using a business name as your domain name, your customers and clients may not feel that strong personal connection with you.

But this is something you can easily fix.

An example of this is Pete Matthew, who runs Meaningful Money. A lot of people know Pete Matthew because of the incredible effort he puts into his podcast and his content marketing. Yes, he’s using his business name as his domain name. But he still builds rapport with his audience by being at the forefront of his brand. If you follow his work, you’ll know his name.

So if you are going to use your business name as your domain name, it’s important you get yourself, your name, and your face out there!

3. It makes it harder for people to find you

As we mentioned earlier, people tend to remember names and faces more than they remember business names. This means someone is more likely to look for your name in Google, rather than your business name.

And sometimes, when we search for someone’s name, their social media channels may come up in the search results before their website. Because of this, sometimes finding your actual website may take a bit longer – not a huge issue, but keep in mind that this may feel frustrating to some.

What about including a keyword in your domain name?

It certainly used to be easier to rank on search engines for a particular keyword if you had that exact keyword in your domain name.

But that’s not really the case anymore.

Yes, having a keyword in the domain name still has some weight, but not as much as it used to.

1. Including a keyword in your domain name makes what you do clear and could help your rank higher

Had we picked WebDesignBlackpool.com as our domain name, there would be no doubt about what it is we do, right?

And for many small local businesses, that’s still common practice. Assuming your local competitors don’t know much about SEO, if you included a relevant keyword in your domain name, you could still potentially rank higher than your competitors.

However, Google has changed so much over the years that just stuffing your domain name with keywords isn’t really going to cut it anymore.

What are the disadvantages of using a keyword in your domain name?

1. It can make your website look spammy and old-fashioned

As a user, if you’re looking for someone online, you’ll either expect their name or their business name to pop up. Having something else that sounds a bit generic (like AccountantsManchester.com), in this day and age, can come across as spammy and old-fashioned.

2. A keyword ties you in

Using a keyword within your business name ties you in even more than a business name does. If your website is WebDesignBlackpool.com, and you decide to move to Manchester or start selling flowers, that’s not really going to work!

Overall, we wouldn’t recommend this practice to personal brand website owners.

Our favourite domain name option for personal brands

If you’re a personal brand, our recommendation is to use either your name or your business name. And of these two choices, we encourage our clients to use their own name. After all, you’re building a business based on your knowledge and your expertise!

Yes, you may have a complicated name (bet you can’t beat Martin Huntbach). But plenty of successful people online have not-so-obvious names. And they still make it work, especially when they have the full weight of their business behind them. Go all in, and people will link the business name with your name.

And of course, if your aim is to sell your business a few years down the line, go with your business name!

Always buy the domain for your own name!

One last piece of advice we’d like to share is to always buy the domain for your own name. Renewal will cost you around $10 a year. And you can have a landing page with forwarding rules so that when someone types your name in Google, they’ll be redirected to your main website. Martin does this here.

It’s a really easy, cost-effective way to futureproof your business.

What’s Next For You?

Once you’ve decided on your domain name, that’s when the real fun starts…creating your website! And here are some further resources to help you from here:

How to write website copy for SEO 
How does website design impact content marketing? 
9 Essentials of a personal brand website 

If you’re still at the stage where you’re considering what to your call your business, then you’ll need to decide that before you choose your domain name. This article by the guys at ATOMIC – how to choose a brand name, will certainly help you with this!

Want to take your personal brand business to the next level? 

Once you have your new website up and running, your next job will be driving traffic to it. The best way to do this is through SEO. And the best way to be successful at SEO is through SEO content writing! Check out our SEO content writing service, or find out what an SEO content writing service is and how it can help your personal brand business!

The post How to choose a domain name for your personal brand website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/domain-name-personal-brand-website/feed/ 0
The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples) https://jammydigital.com/personal-brand-website-framework/ https://jammydigital.com/personal-brand-website-framework/#respond Wed, 12 Jun 2019 09:43:00 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4090 It’s easy to overcomplicate web design, especially when we’re building a website ourselves. But creating a successful website is not rocket science. In fact, even if you’re building your own website, it’s easy to create something clean, simple and, more importantly, successful. Our B.R.A.N.D. framework for Personal Brands We’ve come up with a simple way […]

The post The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
It’s easy to overcomplicate web design, especially when we’re building a website ourselves. But creating a successful website is not rocket science. In fact, even if you’re building your own website, it’s easy to create something clean, simple and, more importantly, successful.

Our B.R.A.N.D. framework for Personal Brands

We’ve come up with a simple way to explain what a perfect personal brand website should look like. It’s a framework we use to create every single website we build. And we call it the B.R.A.N.D. framework.

You do not have to be a techie to follow this framework, in fact, we created it with non-techies in mind.

B.R.A.N.D. is an acronym and is based on 5 core areas that each website should have:

  1. B for Build trust.
  2. R for Relevancy.
  3. A for Authority.
  4. N for Noteworthy.
  5. D for Direction.

Homepage blueprint for personal brands

So let’s break down every single area in more details.

1. Build trust using your website

Building trust is the first and most important aspect of the entire framework. We need to trust the people we buy from. If your visitors don’t trust you, they’re not going to stick around long enough to buy from you.

It’s as simple as that.

So when someone lands on your website for the first time, they’re probably going to ask themselves a few questions. Things like:

  • Do these people know what they’re talking about?
  • Will they try to sell me something?
  • Does this website look secure?

Your job is to reassure your visitors. And you do that by building trust.

So how do you actually build trust with your audience through your website?

1.1 Building Trust: Branding 

Does your website look and feel like a nice place to be? Does it ‘look the part’? In other words, is your website ‘aesthetically pleasing’?

Now, when you’re building a website yourself this can be difficult. After all, you’re not a designer, right? How can you design a beautiful website if you don’t have the skills?

The likelihood is, you’re website is not going to look the same as a website designed by a professional agency BUT this does not mean your website won’t be successful.

In this case, we recommend you find a good WordPress theme that you like (there are thousands out there) and stick within the parameters of the theme. I.e. don’t change too much! What you want is something clean and professional.

You can edit fonts and colours to match your branding. You can add your logo. And, most importantly, you’ll be able to add your images and text which will really help you stand out.

Ultimately, this is about avoiding a crappy looking website that looks like the 90s threw up on the page. No one trusts those websites! So, keep it simple, stick to a theme and use other methods to stand out!

Example of Good Website Branding


Personal branding website for logo designer

It’s no secret that we love Col Grey’s work. His website is a great example of good branding – bold, memorable colours, consistency of fonts and text, plenty of white space, great use of shapes and consistent use of images.

You instantly feel at ease on Col’s website. You know you’re in the hands of a professional. 

1.2 Building Trust: Images

One of the best ways of making your reader feel at ease is by using images of yourself on your website.

But a lot of people feel nervous about using their face on their website. Will it make you look egotistical? Or self-absorbed? 

Hell no!

The purpose of having your image on your website is so your reader can see who they’re potentially going to work with/invest in. It’s for their benefit, not yours. You’re not self-centred for putting your images on your website. Far from it.

Using images of yourself and your team throughout your website gives the reader a sense of who you are. We actually recommend business owners invest in professional photography BEFORE they invest thousands and thousands on a website. It’s amazing what you can do with a half decent theme and some good photographs.

We’ve written an article with some tips on how to get some amazing photographs for your website.

Example of Good Website Imagery


Photography for Personal Brands

We love Teresa’s images on her website. As soon as you land on her homepage you feel at ease and welcomed by Teresa. It automatically builds trust and a connection.

1.3 Building Trust: Testimonials and Case Studies

Do you have any testimonials or case studies that tell a story? Testimonials and case studies can be a great tool to help you build trust with your audience. Remember though, your visitors know that testimonials can be manufactured. So don’t share testimonials that simply say how good you are! (We know you are!)

Instead, feature examples of customers or clients who came with you with a problem and experienced a transformation as a direct result of buying your products or services.

If you want to find out more about how to get great testimonials from your clients, head over to our blog post How to get client testimonials for your website. Or you can listen to episode 17 of the Make Your Mark Online podcast.

Example of Good Website Testimonials


The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

Chris Marr, at Content Marketing Academy, features fantastic testimonials on his website. They aren’t just the standard ‘Love it’ testimonials, they are real stories and experiences that give detailed results.

1.4 Building Trust: Security 

And last but not least, in order to build that trust with your visitors, make your website is fast and secure. If your website takes over 3 seconds to load, your visitors may get impatient or suspicious. They’ll be wondering whether they’re being re-directed elsewhere and asking themselves why it’s taking so long. More often than not, they won’t wait for your page to load.

They’ll click the back button.

So get yourself a nice speedy website. If you’d like to buy a speed up service, we recommend TechCrunch.

Also, get an SSL certificate to make sure your website is secure. And by all means, always comply with any applicable mandatory requirements, including GDPR or privacy policy, for example. Tell people what you’re going to do with their data (i.e. you won’t sell it the highest bidder!)

2. Relevancy and why it’s so important for your website

When someone visits your website,

  • are they clear on what you do?
  • Can they see how relevant you are to them?
  • Can they see how you can help them get from A to B? Solve a problem they have?
  • And can they immediately tell whether you’ve helped people like them in the past?

If your visitors don’t understand how you can help them, they won’t stay on your website long enough to listen to what you have to say.

People don’t want to waste their time.

And you don’t want to waste yours, so get to the point quickly and show your ideal customers and clients exactly what it is that you do.

Show them that you’re relevant to them.

Here’s how.

2.1 Relevancy: Your Big Bold Statement

A big, bold statement is the first sentence or phrase someone will see when they land on your website. It’s usually situated in the first third of your homepage, and it’s where you should clearly state what it is that you do. If you don’t do this right, your visitors won’t know whether they’re in the right place.

Your big, bold statement doesn’t have to be overly creative or clever. In fact, sometimes it’s best to avoid this and just clearly state what it is you do.

If you want to find out more about what Big Bold Statement, you can listen to episode 5 of the Make Your Mark Online podcast – Why You Need a Big Bold Statement and How to Create One.

Example of Good Big, Bold Statement 

The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

Mike and Callie at Membership Guys are so clear about what they offer and who they help. Take this big, bold statement you see as soon as you land on their website ‘Proven Practical advice for successful memberships’ – couldn’t be more clear!

2.2 Relevancy: Images and photos

We already mentioned photos and images in the context of building trust with your audience. But photos can also go a long way to show your readers that they’re in the right place and allow them to connect with you.

Take us, for example. Some people might want to work with a huge agency with a big team. They can clearly see from the get-go that there are two of us. They’ll know straight away that we’re not right for them.

A lot of people use stock photos to try to hide who they are, but using images makes it clear whether you’re the right fit for your end-user.

Example of good images and photos

The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

We love Sara’s images on her website. She shows herself in her home office at her laptop and drinking coffee, looking very relaxed and so approachable! These images show the reader immediately shows the reader who Sara is and what she does.

2.3 Relevancy: Testimonials and Case Studies 

Testimonials and case studies might help you build trust, but they also show the reader the type of clients you work with. So if you’re targetting well-known speakers, make sure you only feature them in your testimonials and case studies! It’s also a good idea to cull old testimonials that might not be a reflection of who you work with anymore.

Example of a good case study/testimonial


The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

We love Lauren Pearman’s case studies such as this one. Lauren puts the focus on her client, not herself. She talks about what they want to achieve and how she helps them do this through photography. But best of all, Lauren shows exactly who her ideal clients are through her case studies. It’s very clear to see the types of people that she works with.

2.4 Relevancy: Website Copy 

One of the best and most obvious ways to convey to reader what it is you do and how you help is through your website copy. But it’s amazing how many people get this wrong. They focus on ‘fluff’ – when they were established, the entire work history to date, or they use generic terms like ‘we’re professional and friendly’.

Your copy should focus on the reader, not you. It should show them who you work with (and who you don’t work with), and it should people how you help and why it’s beneficial for them to hire you.

Example of good website copy 


The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)


John Espirian is the king of good website copy and making the complex, simple. In the example above, you can see how John helps solve a problem for his clients with the phrase, ‘Let’s help your clients go from “umm, what?” to “ahh, I get it now”. There’s no ‘extra fat’ in John’s copy, it’s concise and most importantly, it demonstrates to the reader who he is, what he does and how he helps.

Homepage blueprint for personal brands

3. Authority building for your personal brand

Being seen as an authority in your field or niche is fundamental because, in order to buy from you, people need to see you as an expert.

People want to know things like:

  • Are you qualified to help them?
  • Can you be trusted?
  • Have you got any proof of things you’ve done in the past?
  • Is working with you a safe investment of their money?

So how do you build authority on your website?

3.1 Authority: Big Hero image

We talked about images before. They can help with trust and relevancy, but also with authority.

If you’re a speaker, use images of yourself speaking on stage, for example. If you’re an author, have a photo of yourself signing books.

Use that Big Hero image on the home page of your website wisely – it’s a great opportunity to tell your website visitors that you’re an authority.

Example of a good authority image

The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

Love him or hate him Gary V does showcase his authority in this image on his website. His back is turned away from the reader, which gives us a full view of an engaged audience. It speaks to his authority.

3.2 Authority: Media badges and social proof

Have you been featured on The Guardian, the BBC, or the Huffington Post? Have you appeared in a well-known podcast?

Then add those media badges to your website.

This tells your audience that you’ve received ‘the stamp of approval’ from well-recognised sources, and it will help you build trust with your website visitors more easily.

Similarly, if you have a good number of subscribers on your email list, you could add a section on your website that includes something along the lines of: “Join another 500 like-minded business owners who are already on our list”.

This boosts your social proof and makes you come across as trustworthy.

Example of good social proof


The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)


Amy Landino is an international speaker and YouTube expert. Her website does a great job at reflecting her level of expertise and authority. Amy uses the logos above subtly on her website, but it works to show what an authority she is. We also like how she’s worded it ‘Brands Who Trust Amy’. Nicely done!

3.3 Authority: Signature Programmes 

If you offer any sort of coaching or consulting, then having your own ‘signature programmes’ can really help you be seen as an authority. These programmes are your proven steps to success. They’re based around your experience and what’s worked for you and what hasn’t. And they’re usually given a name that’s unique to you.

Example of good signature programmes


The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)


Janet Murray delivers her own signature programmes that help people build their audience and grow their business. She named the above programme ‘The build your audience’ programme. Only Janet offers this unique programme and with it all the training and resources. Having your own proven programme such as this one helps show your authority in your industry.

4. Noteworthy

  • Are you noticeable and memorable?
  • Interesting and entertaining?
  • When people land on your website, how will you make sure they stay long enough to listen to what you’re saying?
  • Can people relate to you?

Because that’s all we all look for – human connection. And if your visitors can’t connect with you, they’ll just find someone else to connect with.

Truth is, you’re not going to be loved by everybody.

But that’s fine because you don’t want everybody to be your customer. You just want a selected few.

So how are you going to use your website to relate to your ideal customers and clients on a one-to-one level? How are you going to show people that you’re noteworthy?

4.1 Noteworthy: Your Tone of Voice

What’s your personality?

One of the biggest mistakes people make with their website copy is making it boring and stuffy. A lot of people get their personalities across on social media, but when it comes to web copy they go formal.

Make sure you show people who you are. Yes, not everyone will love you, but it doesn’t matter about the people that don’t like you. They aren’t your customers.

If you’re still struggling with this, check out our article on how to create your tone of voice.

Example of Good Tone of Voice

The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

We love Amy’s site from Joy Junkie. You can immediately get a sense of who she is from her copy. Her personality just shines through and you will remember her! She writes very much like she might talk and it feels like you’re having a real conversation with her when you read her words.

4.2 Noteworthy: Your story 

Do you have an interesting story to tell? One that your readers will connect with? If so, then your story is definitely going to help you to stand out and make you memorable.

So make sure you tell your story well – don’t be scared of adding a bit of character and personality to it.

But make sure it’s a genuine story too. A lot of people feel the pressure to tell something amazing. But keep it simple and real. None of this I had $1 in my pocket and now I’m a millionaire with a Lambo crap.


The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)


Example of a Good Story

Patt Flynn tells his story of how he started Smart Passive Income. What we love about this story is that it’s humble, simple and something we can all relate to. Patt talks about how he struggled in his career after the 2008 economic crash. He talks about how he set up his business so he could be closer to his family and work around them. There’s no ego in his story. And no Lamborghinis!

4.3 Noteworthy: Images and videos

By now, you’ll have noticed that images come up a lot when talking about the features a great website should have. That’s because they are a key element for creating a great personal brand website. Use them to be memorable and stand out and create a sense of who you are.

Think about your brand values – are you fun, cheeky, humourous, serious? Let this show through your photography and use props if you want to help you.

Example of a Good Personal Brand Photography

The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

Andrew and Pete nail their brand. Everything they are is reflected across their website, and in particular in their photography. Their photos are fun, relaxed and relatable, just like Andrew and Pete themselves!

4.4 Noteworthy: Colours 

Your brand colours are often what will make you memorable. There are many things to consider before choosing your brand colours…

  • Who you are and what you stand for – for example if innovation is your thing you wouldn’t pick something super traditional looking like maroon
  • What your competition does – sometimes, it’s good to go against the grain of your competition (think someone with expertise in plants going pink rather than green!) But this is a risk. It will make you memorable but sometimes it works and sometimes not!
  • Colour psychology – red symbolises passion or danger, pink symbolises femininity or happiness. Think about what the colours could mean to your audience before you choose them.

Example of a Good Personal Brand Colours

The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

When I go to conferences and say I’m from Jammy Digital, I often hear people reply, ‘You’re the guys with that green and pink website, right?’ Yup! Our weird combo of bright colours does make us memorable to a lot of people. They’re also very much a reflection of us and our brand.

4.5 Noteworthy: Your Opinions 

We all have our own opinions about industry, right? We work in it every day and we live and breathe what we do. Sometimes, you might go against the grain of your industry or work in a unique way with your clients. Part of you brand values might be honest and transparancy. In which case, stating clearly how you work or what makes you different can work well. It makes you memourable and unique.

A Good Example of Sharing Your Opinions

The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

I always remember this website from A Little Bit of Something. They really do get their feelings across on their website (and we can certainly relate!) Again, some people might hate this, but it doesn’t matter, because their target audience will love it. It creates strong emotions either way. Remember, it’s better to be loved and hated rather than forgotten.

5. Direction

Direction is the last piece of the puzzle and the fifth component of the B.R.A.N.D. framework.

If you want your website to perform well, you need to consider how you’re directing people from page to page. Because if your visitors don’t know what to do next, they’re going to do nothing.

Or click that dreaded back button.

When people land on your website, they want to know things like:

  • What do I do next?
  • Where do I start?
  • How do I get in touch?
  • What services do you offer?

We’ve written more about how you can use your Home page as the ‘reception area’ of your website, directing people to where they need to go, especially if you have more than one audience. Check out our blog post How to Appeal to More Than One Audience Using Your Website.

So here’s what you can do to help people navigate your website easily.

5.1 Direction: Menu items 

Use obvious phrases on your menu items to help your readers go where they need to go. Don’t call your menu items something vague or obscure that people aren’t familiar with like ‘my journey’ for ‘blog’ – you’ll just end up confusing them!

Example of Good Menu Structure

Amy Porterfield Website

Amy’s website is so easy to use and follow. Amy has clearly thought about the pathway her end-user will follow. Amy has a simple and clean menu structure, no obscure names or complicated dropdowns.

5:2 Direction: Buttons and Calls To Action (CTAs)

Use colourful buttons and clear Calls To Action or CTAs. Make sure your CTAs are prominent and enticing and include them in the body of your content as well. If you’re going to ask your readers for their email address in exchange for some in-depth content, for example, the best time to ask them is while they’re consuming your content.

But also use language and tone of voice that helps you direct people to where you want them to go in a non-intrusive way. Use words like ‘get’ and ‘grab’, for example, when you’re asking people to download a free resource. Or ‘click here’ to help hop onto the next page on your website.

Example of Good Buttons and Calls to Action (CTAs)

The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

Ann Handley makes it really clear what you need to here. There are four clear pathways to her services, each with a bold-coloured button to click. This may seem obvious, but it’s amazing how many websites get this wrong!

5.3 Direction: Promo Area on Your Homepage

The ‘promo area’ of your homepage is usually under the big hero section. It features 3 or 4 different options for your end-user to choose. This could be your services, blog, about page etc. You’re the best person to decide what goes here, but it’s a great way of directing people from your home page to the next page.

As we’ve said before, think of your home page as the ‘reception area’ of your website. People will visit the home page looking for more info about your services, your blog, your contact page – and your job is to direct people there.

Example of a Good Promo Area


The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)


When we worked with Janet Murray, she did a great job of streamlining what she offered and coming up with three key areas for her audience to visit on her website. We created this within the promo area. It creates a clear path of where to go.

5.4 Direction: A Learning Centre 

For those with a lot of content or content on different formats – such as blog posts, video and a podcast, a learning centre can prove helpful to your visitor. Instead of trailing through all of your content or only seeing your most recent content, a learning centre allows you to search through content easily. You can break down content via the format, the topic, the date published, your most popular pieces etc.

We wrote a more in-depth article about how to create a learning centre here.

Example of a Good Learning Centre

The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples)

Pete at Meaningful Money has had over a million downloads of his podcast which has spanned over 14 seasons! He really did need a learning centre for the amount of amazing content he produces. Now, it’s much easier for his readers to find what they are looking for.

5.5 Direction: Contact information

And last (but certainly not least!) have visible contact information for your business. If you rely on people getting in touch with you over the phone, have your phone number at the top of the page and a button that says, ‘Get in touch with us’. Make sure it’s mobile friendly too, so people can just click on the number and call you straight from mobile.

Would you like some help to build your own personal brand website? 

So this is our B.R.A.N.D. website framework. We use religiously to build personal brand websites for our clients. But we also share this framework inside our signature membership, Make Your Mark Online, where we help personal brands build and grow a successful business website. All the videos in our membership library are based on these 5 key components. And this framework can work for any website, not just personal brands.

So if you want to find out more about each individual area of the B.R.A.N.D. framework and understand how it can apply to you, check out our membership community. The doors are currently open, and it’s been amazing to see so many of our members get great results with their websites since they joined in October last year.

If you enjoyed this post, you can also listen to our podcast episode How to create the Perfect Personal Brand Website (ep 30).

Homepage blueprint for personal brands

The post The Ultimate Guide to Creating a Personal Brand Website (with examples) appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/personal-brand-website-framework/feed/ 0
What is a Learning Centre and why do you need one on your website? https://jammydigital.com/what-is-learning-centre/ https://jammydigital.com/what-is-learning-centre/#respond Mon, 20 May 2019 10:37:05 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=4047 Every business that invests in content marketing, whether that be in blogging, videos, or podcasting, needs to have a learning centre on their website. But what is a learning centre? And how does it work? What’s a Learning Centre? Have you ever come across a Learning Centre on someone’s website? Maybe, just like on our […]

The post What is a Learning Centre and why do you need one on your website? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Every business that invests in content marketing, whether that be in blogging, videos, or podcasting, needs to have a learning centre on their website. But what is a learning centre? And how does it work?

What’s a Learning Centre?

Have you ever come across a Learning Centre on someone’s website? Maybe, just like on our website, you may have spotted a menu item called ‘Learn‘.

The term Learning Centre is something we originally picked up from Marcus Sheridan, author of They Ask You Answer. Since then, we’ve not only built one on our website, but we’ve created Learning Centres for our clients too.

First thing first, what’s a Learning Centre?

[easy-tweet tweet=”A Learning Centre is a page on your website where you can organise your content in a way that’s digestible and accessible to your readers. “]

With the information all in one place, it becomes really easy for your website visitors to find your content and consume it in the way they prefer. Literally, at the click of a button.

If you regularly create any type of content (be it blog posts, podcast episodes, videos, PDFs, etc.), you’ll need a Learning Centre.

Problems with a Blog

A website blog in the traditional sense is a page on your website that houses all of your written content. It’s a fantastic way for you to generate traffic to your site and show your visitors how knowledgeable you are. However, when it comes to accessibility and relevancy of content, a website blog poses a few problems.

1. Your latest piece of content isn’t always relevant to your website visitors

If someone lands on your website today and clicks on your blog, they might see a blog post about a topic that’s relevant and interesting to them. But someone else who happens to find your website on the same day might feel that your latest article isn’t helpful.

And what do you think they’re going to do when that happens?

Click away.

Sadly, they’ll never find out that only a few weeks prior you had published something that was exactly what they were after!

Because of the way a blog is set up, you (the business owner) cannot pick and choose what type of content is displayed when you want it to. Different visitors may want different information from your website. And because your website blog displays your content in reverse chronological order, it may not always be easy for your readers to find posts that are relevant to them.

2. People don’t like clicking through lots of pages

As much as we’d like to think that our website visitors will click onto the next available page of our blog until they find what they’re looking for, the reality is that not many people will do that.

Think about it. When you’re online, do you ever click on the second or third page of the Google search results?

Probably not.

And if people don’t take the time to wade through pages of content when it comes to Google, are they likely to do that on your website? Chances are they might miss that epic piece of content that you took weeks to create and is now collecting dust on the fourth page of your blog, where no one will see it.

3. Older posts don’t tend to perform as well

People presume that older posts are less accurate. This is something that’s been shown over and over again. When you type something into Google and see results from 2014, you’re not likely to click on them. Not if you have the option to access something that was produced later.

You may have content on your blog that’s evergreen and still relevant. But people will just assume that because it’s older it’s not as accurate. And they will skip through that.

4. You can’t showcase your best content

The other problem you have with a blog is that it doesn’t allow you to showcase your best content.

We know what our best content is. And we also know what content drives people to get in touch with us. But with a typical website blog that displays your content in reverse chronological order, your prospective customers and clients aren’t able to access your best content unless you organise it differently.

And this is where a Learning Centre would come in handy and solve all of these issues.

Should a Learning Centre replace your blog?

We’ve given you so many reasons why a blog in the traditional sense doesn’t do your content much justice, that you’re now probably thinking you should swap out menu items and have a Learning Centre instead of a blog.

No, you shouldn’t.

Please keep your blog.

Do not get rid of your blog under any circumstances.

And here’s why.

Yes, a blog might display your content in reverse chronological order, but people still access content via your blog because a blog is what they know. A Learning Centre, on the other hand, is still a new concept to a lot of people. If you swap your blog out for something that a lot of your visitors haven’t heard of before, you may not get as many clicks on your content. And you don’t want that.

So keep your blog in the main menu item, and then find a place to put a Learning Centre page as well. If you don’t want to call it Learning Centre, ‘Learning Zone‘, ‘Learn‘, or ‘Information Centre‘ are also good alternatives. Whatever you want to call it, as long as you use it as a way for your visitors to access your content in a nice, easy-to-use way, you’ve got one.

To give you an idea of how we encourage our visitors to use our Learning Centre on our website, have a look at our Home Page. As you scroll down it says ‘Visit our Learning Centre’, and it links to our blog, our videos, and our articles.

How do you create your own Learning Centre?

The answer will be slightly different according to what it is that you do. The Learning Centre page for an e-commerce shop will be different from a service provider’s, for example.

But all learning centre’s should be:

  • User-friendly
  • Give people content in a way they like to consume it.
  • Easy for people to filter through your content.

You can create a learning centre based on what your target audience needs and what you offer, but here are some examples of what you can include.

1. The search field

This is the single most important element of a Learning Centre. A search field is a place where your readers can type in a word or a phrase to find out more information about a specific topic.

When your readers search for something in this field, they’ll be returned with all the relevant pieces of content that relate to that topic. This doesn’t just include blog posts. If you have podcast episodes or video content on your website, this can be displayed as well.

From a design point of view, your search field is the biggest part of your Learning Centre. It’s right there at the top of the page, or ‘above the fold’ as we say. You don’t want people to miss it.

Plus, it’s a great handy feature for you as the business owner. We use it all the time to quickly find our own content and signpost people to it!

Example of a Learning Centre search field

Marcus-Sheridan-Learning-Centre

We can’t talk about a learning centre without, of course, talking about Marcus Sheridan. On his company website, River Pools, he provides the reader with everything they’ll need to make an informed buying decision when buying a pool. For people to search through all his content (and there’s a lot of it), River Pools provides an easy search field. You can even use it to filter down by resource or topic.

2. Links to popular topics

Another element you want to include in your Learning Centre page are links to popular topics.

Let’s say someone is browsing your website, but they don’t yet know what you do and how you help people. Sure, you have a search field at the top of the page, but at this stage, they’re not entirely sure what they should be searching for.

So how can you help your users?

You can help by giving them some prompts.

And you do that through the links to popular content you provide.

Example of links to popular topics on a Learning Centre

What is a Learning Centre and why do you need one on your website?

This is a great example of a learning centre for an ecommerce website by Picture Frames Express.

They break down their learning centre by particular topics, which the customer or potential customer can easily sift through. It’s all their helpful information in one place.

3. The ‘Most Common Questions’ section

This is the bit where you answer the questions that people ask you on a regular basis. Having some of the answers on this page means that when someone decides to get in touch with you, they’re already familiar with the way you work. It’s a bit like the self-serve checkout! It’s great for your users, and it saves you time.

If you don’t yet have a lot of content on your website, consider using an FAQ plugin or an accordion-type setup to display your most common questions. That way, when a reader clicks on the question, the website just shows them the answer with a couple of lines of text.

Example of ‘Most Common Questions’ on a Learning Centre

All-Things-Inc-Learning-Centre

Rachel from All Things Inc has over 1250 blog posts teaching people all about internal communications. Rachel joined our membership community, Make Your Mark Online, and made use of our free, plugin, learning centre template. We LOVE what she’s done. Especially the section ‘Most Common Questions’. She answers each question on this section with a link to an in-depth article. Really helpful stuff.

Example of ‘Most Common Questions’ on a Learning Centre

Eagle-Leisure-Learning

Another great example of this is from Debbie Ekins who produces amazing content for Eagle Leisure, a hot tub and spa supplier. Eagle Leisure answer their readers’ most common questions with links to blog posts and videos – an amazing way of delivering excellent customer service.

4. Give people access to the different types of content you provide

Do you offer content in a variety of different formats? For example, do you share articles on your blog but also have a podcast or a series of videos? Then give people the choice to consume your content in whichever way they prefer.

The worst thing you can do on your website is to just show the content in one format (or in the format that you prefer) because that may not be the way some of your prospective customers or clients like to consume it. Some people prefer video. Others prefer reading. And vice versa.

Example of ‘Most Common Questions’ on a Learning Centre

Jammy-Digital-Learning-Centre


On our website, we offer our readers the opportunity to consume our content in different ways. Now, this sounds like a lot of work, but we actually repurpose a lot of our content into different formats. For example, this blog post was previously a podcast episode!

5. Include links to recent content

Another element you might want to include on your learning Centre page is recent content. So, for example, you could include links to your three most recent posts, podcast episodes, or videos.

This isn’t always necessary, especially if you already have a lot of content. But if you’re still building your content library, this is definitely a nice-to-have.

Example of ‘Most Recent Content’ on a Learning Centre

Superfast-Learning-Centre

We loved designing Superfast IT’s website. They provide IT support to business and have so much helpful content on their website. They list their most recent blog articles on their learning centre, encouraging people to click through.

Reading resources

This is a section where you can add any guides, tools, or resources you want people to be able to access. So if you have any free giveaways, this is the place to showcase them on your website. Otherwise, your visitors might miss them. This is a great opportunity for you to add value to your readers but also potentially build your email list.

Example of ‘Free Resources’ on a Learning Centre

Content-Boost-Learning

We love Yva’s learning centre over at Content Boost. Yva uses her reading resources as lead capture tools on her learning centre page. The design is fab, and it’s really easy to access them all in one place.

Your Best Resources

By selecting your best resources, you’re directing your reader to your best converting content. This could be more information about how you work or a particular product. Of course, it’s got to be helpful, but it’s a good idea to highlight these pieces of content.

Sara-Bussandri-Learning-Centre

Sara also joined our membership community, and made use of our free, plugin, learning centre template. We love how she’s highlighted her best resources here. Her blog post series, advising people how to batch write their blog posts, is so helpful! But she’s also featured information about why you should hire Sara, and more about podcast repurposing (a service Sara offers). This is a smart way of offering helpful content that also sells you at the same time.

Would you like a FREE Learning Centre template?

As most of you know, we run a monthly membership called Make Your Mark Online (or MYMO for short). This is our signature membership community where we help personal brands build and grow a successful business website.

Recently, we’ve done something really special for our members. We built them a Learning Centre template free of charge that they can just plug into their website and customise to match their branding and preferences. It literally takes two minutes to do this. And of course, we have a video inside our membership walking our members through how to set it all up, step-by-step.

If you’re interested in becoming a member, the doors for the membership are currently open! It’s been amazing to see so many of our members get great results with their websites since they joined in October last year. So if you want to find out more, check out our membership, and we’ll see you on the inside!

Over to you

Have you ever heard of a learning centre before? Is this something you’ll consider doing now? We’d love to know your thoughts!

The post What is a Learning Centre and why do you need one on your website? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/what-is-learning-centre/feed/ 0
How To Write Your Website About Page https://jammydigital.com/how-to-write-your-website-about-page/ https://jammydigital.com/how-to-write-your-website-about-page/#comments Mon, 13 May 2019 08:31:15 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=3825 When someone wants to find out more about your products and services, they often go to your About page. Much like the Home page, it’s been there since the dawn of the internet. And yet, so often, people don’t really put much effort into it. Or when they do, they can get it wrong. So […]

The post How To Write Your Website About Page appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
When someone wants to find out more about your products and services, they often go to your About page. Much like the Home page, it’s been there since the dawn of the internet. And yet, so often, people don’t really put much effort into it. Or when they do, they can get it wrong.


So how do you take advantage of your About page? How do you get people to connect with you and, ultimately, buy from you?

What NOT to do on your About page

Simple: make it all about you

We see this (or something along these lines) quite often:

“Hi, my name is Bob and I graduated from university in 1987 with a 2:1 in Engineering.” 

Yawn. Your reader’s gone.

Now, we do understand why a lot of people do this on their About page. After all, it says About ME! What else are you supposed to be talking about?! It’s only natural that you’ll want to talk about yourself, your experience, and what you do.

And of course, writing your About page in this is also very easy. Because you know yourself and your story very well. But (and we’re sorry to break this to you), your life story may not be a great way to connect with your readers.

So what do you do instead?

Flip this on its head and talk about how you can help your readers.

When you come to write your About page, instead of ‘About Me’ at the top of the page, write ‘About how I can help you’.  You should still call it ‘About Me’ (or ‘About’ or ‘About Us’), but when you’re writing copy for the page, thinking about how you can help your reader will reframe your mind and encourage you to write content from your audience’s perspective (rather than your own perspective).

What do you write at the start of your About page?

The start of a new piece of content is always the trickiest part, and if you write regularly, you may have your own ways to help you get into it.

But here’s what we do and advise our clients to do.

At the start of your About page, reaffirm to your readers that they’re in the right place.

So you could use questions like,

“Are you looking for X? Then you’re in the right place.”
Or:
“If you need X then you’re in the right place.”

Think about ways to make your audience feel secure in the knowledge that this website (and the content they’re reading) is for them.

The best way to do this is to empathise with your reader and with their potential problems or what they’re searching for. Give them the information straight away, rather than making them sift through the boring corporate story of how you started and how long you’ve been in business.

Don’t miss an opportunity to talk about what makes you unique.

For example, here’s what we say on our website:
“If you’re looking for a web designer who gets your business, who isn’t afraid to say what works and what doesn’t, then you’re in the right place.”

This statement doesn’t just tell someone who can relate to those words that we’re right for them. It also tells our readers that, depending on what they’re after, we may not be right for them. And while that may seem like a bad thing, it’s not. Because this actually stops people who don’t feel we’re the right fit for them from getting in touch with us. And this saves our time as well as theirs.

If you want to dig deeper into this topic, have a listen to this podcast episode: How To Attract Your Ideal Clients Through Your Website.

Remember, people click on your About page to decide whether they actually want to work with you. So use the opportunity to find your ideal clients and filter out anyone else.

What else should you include in the About page?

When landing on your About page, your prospective customers or clients want to know how you can help them.

There’s no better place to show your readers that you know and understand what problems they’re facing and that you can help them solve them.

So how do you know what problems your customers and clients are experiencing?

Just listen to them. Hear what they say. Pay attention.

Because often, talking about their struggles will be the very first thing they say to you in their email or when they call you up to make an enquiry.

So think about…

What are your prospective clients having a nightmare with?
What is it that they desperately want to change?

And make sure you talk about this on your about page.

How to structure your About page

You’ve got so much information to include. How do you make sure it all fits together without overwhelming your reader?
You could simply list the problems that your ideal clients are having in an FAQ-style section on your About page. Using bullet points helps you reduce the amount of text on the page, gives your reader some breathing space and helps people find digestible information to consume quickly and easily.

So, for example, on our About page, we explicitly acknowledge the problems our ideal clients are having, sympathise with them, and then tell them how we can help. And don’t forget to add a call to action directing people to your relevant products or services.

How to use your About page to build trust with your audience

We talked a lot about connecting with your audience. So what other elements can you include on your About page to build trust with your prospective customer and clients?

Testimonials

Testimonials, links to your previous work, and awards help you build trust and credibility with your audience.

Add testimonials from previous clients that show the kind of results that your clients got from working with you.

Portfolio

Add links to your portfolio to showcase your previous work. Don’t be tempted to put everything on there, but have something that gets people to explore other pages of your website.

Awards

Have you won any prestigious awards? We’re not huge fans of going on about the awards you won, but your about page is an opportunity to show them off! This is your chance to show them off. Don’t be like us – Jammy Digital won The Best Blogging Awards at Content Marketing Academy in 2018, and we didn’t add it to our website!

How to include some personality on your About page

So what about you then?

Yes, it’s important to focus on your audience first, but you still have to tell people about you. And when you do, you don’t want to lack personality!

Your About page is a great place to tell your readers who you are. So don’t be afraid to show some personality.

  1. Include photos of you (and your team, if you have one).
    People buy from people and need to see your face. If you don’t have your face on your website, get your face on your website.
  2. Talk about yourself.
    Your readers want to know who they’re dealing with – just make sure the information you share is quite succinct and doesn’t take over the whole page. Having too much information about yourself too soon may mean you lose an opportunity to connect with your readers, so cover all the rest first and then talk about yourself.

This is where nailing your tone of voice becomes really important, so head over to this post or this podcast episode to learn more about how you can add personality to your About page.

Would you like our help?

If you’re looking for some personalised, tailored feedback on your About page or your website, we’re still doing free website critiques over on our Facebook group. So make sure you join and put your name down for a critique.

We also help personal brand entrepreneurs build and grow successful business websites inside our signature membership community, Make Your Mark online. The doors are currently open, and you can join for as little as $39 a month or $390 a year if you join as an annual member. So come and check it out!

The post How To Write Your Website About Page appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/how-to-write-your-website-about-page/feed/ 2
If Your Content Doesn’t Scare You It Won’t Work https://jammydigital.com/content-doesnt-scare-wont-work/ https://jammydigital.com/content-doesnt-scare-wont-work/#comments Mon, 15 Apr 2019 08:00:43 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=3822 When I sat down to write the blog post about why we increased our web design prices by 28% I cringed. That kind of content, the kind that’s honest and transparent, takes me far longer to write and publish than anything else. Why? Because it scares the crap out of me. Scary thoughts run through […]

The post If Your Content Doesn’t Scare You It Won’t Work appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
When I sat down to write the blog post about why we increased our web design prices by 28% I cringed.

That kind of content, the kind that’s honest and transparent, takes me far longer to write and publish than anything else.

Why? Because it scares the crap out of me.


Scary thoughts run through my mind. Things like…

What if we never see any enquiries ever again?
What if we’re so honest that no one wants to work with us?
Isn’t it best to get people on a call first to convince them what we’re worth before we reveal our prices or processes?

But you know what? None of my worst fears have ever come true.

We’ve published blog posts like, Why Are We So Expensive, How Much Money Have We Made From Free Website Critiques?, Why We Don’t Do Ad-Hoc Amendments, Top 10 Best Web Design Companies in Manchester and Why You Shouldn’t Work With Us.

On the face of it, it looks like we’re majorly shooting ourselves in the foot, doesn’t it? But in fact, by being brutally honest through our content we’ve managed to attract MORE of our ideal clients.

Still not convinced? Here are some reasons why you need to bring some brutal honesty to your business.

1. You’ll get found on Google

I distinctly remember when Martin told me he was going to write an article about the top 10 web design agencies in Manchester…and not include us.

‘Are you feeling alright?’ was my first response. ‘You’ve got to be kidding,’ was my second. There was probably a swear word or two in there as well.

But Martin, being Martin, stubbornly went ahead and has been smug about it ever since.

Back then, we were getting a lot of enquiries from people who just weren’t the right fit for us. They weren’t bad potential clients, it’s just they didn’t have the right budget or they needed a much larger agency. In the interest of good customer service, Martin wrote a blog post about other web design agencies in Manchester who he thought were great and would be happy to recommend.

Essentially this blog post was all about saving us time when responding to enquiries and delivering good customer service. BUT, this one article actually had another, more profitable side-effect.

What Were Our Results?

We received (and still do receive!) a lot of traffic to this blog post. We are ranked on the first page of Google for ‘Best Web Design Manchester’/ ‘Best Web Designer Manchester’/‘Best Web Design Agencies in Manchester’ and all associated keywords.

In fact, four days after we published this post, we received a phone call from a completely cold lead. Someone asked us to design their website on the spot, and they’ve been a loyal client ever since. That’s about 6K from one blog post (that we can account for directly).

They found us from typing into Google ‘Best Web Design Agencies in Manchester’. And they wanted to work with us because they valued our honesty.

You can see why Martin was smug.

How Can You Do This?

Think about what your audience will type into Google about your products and services and answer that question.

It’s that simple.

Yes, it might make you squirm a little. Yes, it’s scary. But if you’re answering that question and delivering the best customer service, people will find you on Google and you’ll blow the competition out of the water.

Of course, there are things you can do to enhance your chances of getting found, check out this blog post on how to optimise your blog posts.

2. You won’t waste time with people who aren’t right for your business

Before 2017, we were spending A LOT of time talking to people who just weren’t right for our business. This ranged from people who wanted a cheap web designer for a few hundred quid to people who wanted a full-service agency with £50,000+ to spend.

But it’s not just about money. We also spoke to people who wanted a ‘yes-man’ to do exactly what they asked or people who wanted an agency to update their website daily without doing anything themselves.

Now, don’t get me wrong, there is nothing wrong with these particular clients. At all. They’re just not the right clients for us. But we were spending hours and hours each week talking to these kinds of people. They booked calls with us and sometimes we’d even get to the proposal stage before it became clear we were the wrong company for them.

That’s why we write articles like ‘Why You Shouldn’t Work With Us’, that’s why we talk about our pricing and that’s why we joke that we’ll never, ever wear a suit. We’re just not that kind of agency.

At first, writing this kind of content is scary. You’re putting yourselves into a corner. You’re drawing a line in the sand – this is who I do work with, this is who I don’t work with.

What Were Our Results?

Now we attract our ideal clients, and by that, we mean people who are the right fit for us, but equally, we’re the right fit for them.

How Can You Do This?

Firstly, you need to think about who you’re ideal clients are and who your crappy clients are. And I’m not just talking about clients with the right budget, I’m talking about clients you want to work with.

For us, that’s people who are quite happy to get their hands dirty with updating their website themselves, and people who want to hire an agency for their expertise (they don’t just see us as designers to boss around).

You need to establish the type of people you want to work with then use your content and your web pages to make it clear who you’re suitable for and who you’re not.

3. You tackle people’s objections

You know those little niggles you have when you’re purchasing something…‘It seems a little expensive’, ‘will this deliver a ROI?’, ‘will this really help me to x,y,z?

Every time a potential customer visits your website, they have these same ‘niggles’.

You can do one of three things to tackle this:

  1. Completely ignore them in the hopes that the potential customer just decides to invest in you anyway
  2. Invest in ‘soft’ strategies that help give you social proof, essentially proving to the potential customer you are reliable and trustworthy. You can do this by showing reviews and testimonials, case studies and awards etc.
  3. Tackle the issues head on through your content.

A lot of business go with option one. Some do two. Very few go with option three.

And yes it’s scary. Why is it scary, I don’t know? Maybe it feels like we’re shining a light on the perceived downsides of our products and services?

That’s what it felt like when we wrote the post ‘Why are We So Expensive? Aren’t we just reaffirming a bad point to our potential customers???

Nope.

We knew our customers were asking themselves why we cost more than other web designers. It’s not as if by writing this content we were putting those thoughts in their heads. They were already there.

So, if those thoughts were already there, what did we have to lose by explaining why we charged more?

What Were Our Results?

When people question why we charge what we do, we simply send them that article. It essentially explains the difference between us and other agencies. And you know what? It does really well at converting those potential customers into paying customers! Just because we tackle their concerns head-on.

How Can You Do This?

Think about the main concerns people have about working with you. Think about…

  1. What are your customer objections?
  2. What are the reasons you’ve been turned down in the past?

Now, this can be difficult as often people don’t want to admit why they don’t want to work with you, either out of politeness or embarrassment (if they can’t afford it, for example).

This is where it’s good to ask your peers and other business owners what their objections might be for working with you. Once you have these objections, you can start writing content around that.

4. You’ll build trust and loyalty

This is possibly the biggest benefit we’ve seen in producing ‘scary’ content. Scary content is usually honest content. It’s saying something that others in your industry don’t talk about, or even hide from their customers.

Scary content is about delivering the best possible customer service, and in doing this, you will build trust and loyalty.

One of our scariest pieces of content was – Why new business owners shouldn’t spend thousands on a website.

This was based on our experience. We’d designed websites for excited new business owners only to find that a year or so later their business had changed direction. This meant they had to come back to us to tweak their website or even redesign it.

It occurred to us that this was a huge waste of time and money for new business owners. So we made the decision not to accept clients who were brand new business owners and recommend they invest their time building a website themselves first.

What Were Our Results?

Did we lose money? Yes.

BUT, this was only a short-term loss.

We’ve had several clients who originally took this advice and spent their time building their business and website only to come back to us when they were in a better position to invest.

Our advice meant that when they were ready, they came back to us at a better time for them to spend money. There was no chance they were going to go anywhere else.

How Can You Do This?

This is about taking the decision to be better.

We know so many wonderful web designers but we also know the industry is rife with money-grabbing, crap-bags too.

We constantly strive to be better and make the right recommendations to our audience. Sometimes, this is tough, as it can feel like you’re losing money. But in the long-term, it works out better for both the client and you.

5. You’ll get traffic

Do you know what happens when you’re the only one in your industry talking about something? You get traffic. And tons of it!

One thing that people hate talking about is money (I think it’s a British thing). But, we all have a secret interest in it, don’t we?

We decided to share how much we’d made from delivering free website critiques in our Facebook group. The point of this article was to show people how they can make actual money from giving away free content. We used us as an example because we could see a direct correlation between our free website critiques and our sales.

What Were Our Results

This blog post received a lot of traffic and was shared a lot across social media. Other people said they were going to do something similar, even other web designers!

How Can You Do This?

My biggest fear was that I was going to come across as braggy. I didn’t want that.

So, instead of just saying this is what we did, look at how much money we made and aren’t we just ace, we broke it down. We said how we did this and why it worked, and we talked about how our audience could do something similar.

Just come at it as if you’re sharing something that works, and you’re wanting to help your reader do the same.

6. You actually sell

We’ve made a commitment to being open and clear with our pricing, which is why we have a pricing page on our website.

But this year, Martin and I sat down at the kitchen table and made the decision to increase our prices. Now, we could’ve just edited our pricing page and had done with it, but we wanted to explain why we’re increasing our prices.

In an effort to be transparent, what actually happened was we outlined how we deliver value and a healthy return on investment for our clients.

What were our results?

As a result of that blog post, three people confirmed they wanted us to design their website for them, resulting in over £15,000 worth of sales.

How can you do the same?

If there are changes within your business – such as price increases, don’t shy away from telling people about them. Tell them, but explain why these changes are happening, what value you are giving and how it’s a benefit to your clients and customers.

But, even if your prices are going up from external factors outside of your control, such as the price of goods, explain why clearly. People get that costs go up and if you’re upfront about it, you will gain (most) people’s respect and understanding.

To Sum Up

Scary content is exactly that, scary. Of course, there are massive benefits to you, as I’ve listed above. But ultimately, this is about your audience and what will be hugely helpful to them. If you put them front and centre of everything you do, you can’t go wrong.

We didn’t think of this ourselves (I wish we did). This all comes from the teachings of Marcus Sheridan and Chris Marr from Content Marketing Academy. It’s all about producing content that helps your audience make a better buying decision.

Your thoughts?

Have you ever produced a piece of scary content? What was it? And what were your results? We’d love to know!

The post If Your Content Doesn’t Scare You It Won’t Work appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/content-doesnt-scare-wont-work/feed/ 1
How to get client testimonials for your website https://jammydigital.com/how-to-get-client-testimonials-for-your-website/ https://jammydigital.com/how-to-get-client-testimonials-for-your-website/#comments Sat, 06 Apr 2019 08:00:44 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=3748 Should you share client testimonials on your website? And if so, what kind of testimonials should you publish, and how should you go about getting them? Do people even read or trust reviews these days? These are some of the questions we get asked all the time by our clients, so we’ve put together this […]

The post How to get client testimonials for your website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Should you share client testimonials on your website? And if so, what kind of testimonials should you publish, and how should you go about getting them? Do people even read or trust reviews these days?

These are some of the questions we get asked all the time by our clients, so we’ve put together this post with our best tips to get great client testimonials for your website.

Why should you bother with testimonials?

Being able to share tangible proof that you’ve delivered results for your previous and existing customers and clients is fundamental to the success of your business.

Here are a few reasons why we believe client testimonials are so useful for your business:

  • They help you build trust.
  • They show your website visitors that you helped your past clients to get real, tangible results.
  • They help you increase your level of authority. If you can share testimonials from people who are highly respected in the industry, you immediately become more credible and authoritative in the eyes of your prospective clients.
  • They help you showcase the types of clients you want to attract. For example, we love working with personal brands, so on our website, we mainly feature testimonials from personal brands we’ve built websites for.

However, in order to give you some of the above results, client testimonials need to be well-thought out and well-crafted. Not all testimonials are created equal, so don’t go sharing just any old review!

Let’s dig a bit deeper into that.

Do generic reviews help you get more clients?

You know the one we’re talking about. Those big, boastful testimonials where people only promote themselves. But think about it, do website visitors even read those? Do they trust them? And do they really help consumers make informed buying decisions?

Probably not.

Of course, when you’re just starting out in business, it’s only natural you’ll want to get some testimonials on your website (and any would pretty much do). But when you’re well-established, be sure to remove any old or vague testimonials that were provided to you by someone who isn’t your ideal client.

When you’ve done enough work to build a strong portfolio of work, avoid sharing reviews along the lines of: “Oh, I really enjoyed working with Martin. He’s very friendly and professional and I would highly recommend.”

We hate to burst your bubble, but these are exactly the kind of reviews you don’t want on your website. They don’t offer anything in terms of content, and people glaze over these kinds of testimonials. You probably do as well. After all, isn’t ‘being friendly and professional’ the bare minimum you’d expect from a company or a professional you hire?!

Do people even trust star rating reviews?

As consumers, we’re all too familiar with big review websites like TripAdvisor or Yell, where you have an abundance of these ’empty reviews’. All people expect to see on these sites are 5-star reviews – the more the better. But star rating reviews probably aren’t going to add much value to your website. We all know that a website owner has full control over what gets published on their site. You wouldn’t show a 3-star review or a complaint someone has left you, would you? You’d be shooting yourself in the foot! So if someone visits your website and sees you have plenty of 5-star reviews that say you’re friendly and professional, they could get a bit wary. What about all the other reviews you haven’t shown? What’s everyone else saying?

Instead, what you need to show on your website is the actual value you deliver.

[bctt tweet=”A good testimonial allows your website visitors to imagine what it’s like to work with you. ” username=”@Jammy_Digital”]

How to Get a Testimonial Your Potential Customers will Love

What your prospective customers and clients care about the most? The results you can help them achieve.

The best way to convince them that you can help them get results is by showing them, in the words of your previous clients. So walk people through the story of that project – go through the ups and downs, the before and after, and the results you got in the end. Essentially, think about your client as being the hero of the story.

When a visitor is coming to your website, they want to know:

1. What problems this other person who’s just like them was having before they hired you.
2. What you helped them achieve.
3. How they’re now so much happier now, after working with you and achieving the results they were after.

This is an opportunity to show your client’s transformation!

How to Get the Best Testimonial from a Client

Getting someone to leave you a review of this kind with no guidance is a tall order.

So how do you get reviews from your existing clients that will appeal to your website visitors (and prospective clients) as well?

Well for starters, here’s what you don’t do. You don’t just email your client after you’ve done the work for them and ask:

“Please, can you leave me a few lines of text?”

We used to do that, and we can tell you that just doesn’t work.

If your client Bob has had a problem that he’d been struggling with for years, and you helped him achieve all he’s ever hoped for, we’ll bet you anything Bob will say: “Jammy Digital was friendly and professional, and they helped me get what I wanted.”

If you share that, you’ll have wasted the opportunity to show a potential client what it was like to work on that project with you! Instead, you want your testimonials to act as a sales tool and tell the story of the transformation you’ve helped your client achieve.

What should I ask my previous clients to collect effective testimonials?

We created a system that we try to use as much as possible in order to get the client testimonials that will work best for our business. And here’s something you can do too:

Ask your clients specific questions that allow you to craft an effective testimonial.

Of course, the types of questions you might ask may vary depending on your industry and field, but essentially you want to focus on the frustrations or problems your clients were having before working with you.

So here are some of the questions we ask.

1. What problems were you having before working with us?
2. Why did you hire us?

These are two very different questions, so make sure you ask them both!

3. How does your new website solve your original problem?
4. What results have you got since going live with your new website?

These questions may not be relevant to you, but you could ask how working with you or buying your product or service has helped the client solve that problem.

5. What did you like or didn’t like about us or our service?

This question allows you to get an insight into what it was like for your client to work with you. This is great for you and your business – you get some honest feedback and get to find out what people like (or don’t like) about working with you. It’s a very powerful process that allows you to discover problems that exist within your industry. Plus, you’re able to relate to your client. Listening to and understanding your customers shows that you care and makes you much better at what you do!

Not to mention that through asking these questions you can get plenty of ideas for content and tips to improve your web copy.

How do I gather the information and craft effective testimonials?

Everyone’s busy, and your clients are too. So how exactly do you get them to answer all these questions for you?
Here’s how we do it.

We set up a video call with our clients shortly after taking their website live. And while we give them the final bits of instructions and make sure everything’s okay, we tell them we’d like to ask them a few questions to create a case study or testimonials to share on our website. Nine times out of ten, people are very happy to answer any questions we might have!

A few tips:

1. Have the questions prepared in advance, so you can ask them on the call if they agree.
2. Record the call if the client’s happy with that, or write the answers down.
3. Whenever you can, make sure you repeat their answers back to them, to check your understanding is correct.
4. Be prepared to probe a little and ask deeper questions if you feel the answers are too generic and don’t really capture the essence of the problem your client was experiencing. Marcus Sheridan talks about ‘the rule of three’, which says that the first answer somebody gives is usually the surface-level answer. It’s only when you ask three times that you really get down to the root cause of the problem. So get deeper and talk about the juicy stuff!

Before you know it, you’ll have created your testimonial live on the call. Once you’re done, tell them you’re going to write this up and send it to them to make sure they’re happy with it.

Why not take it a step further and ask for a video testimonial?

Once you’ve had your call and have gone through the questions, why not ask your client if they wouldn’t mind recording a quick video testimonial for you? Video testimonials are absolutely amazing, and they don’t need to be long or complicated. A quick video recorded on someone’s smartphone will do. We know of businesses who’ll hire a video company to go out and sit with the client, shoot a video, and professionally record it and edit it. But you don’t have to go to such extent if you don’t want to.

If you want to see an example of this technique in action, this is exactly what we did with one of the members of our online membership, Make Your Mark Online. We provided the questions and asked Sara to record a video talking about her experience of joining our membership. Have a read of her honest review and watch her video here.

Just remember that the most important thing (and what everyone wants out of a testimonial) is to see the results you got for your previous clients. Through sharing effective testimonials on your website, you want your prospective clients to believe they’re going to get those results too.

You want them to relate to the testimonial.

We get people results!

If you didn’t already know, we have a free Facebook group where we provide free training and free website critiques every Wednesday afternoon. We’d love you to join and put your name forward for a critique, so we can help you get better results from your website.

And if you want to get a lot deeper and get tailored advice and support with your website, you can join the Make Your Mark online membership. This is our signature membership community where we help personal brands build and grow a successful business website. The doors for the membership are currently open and will close again in two weeks. Don’t miss your chance to join for only $39 a month or $390 a year!

The post How to get client testimonials for your website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/how-to-get-client-testimonials-for-your-website/feed/ 2
Ep 32 – How to make your blog posts look good https://jammydigital.com/ep-32-blog-posts-attractive-wordpress/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-32-blog-posts-attractive-wordpress/#respond Wed, 03 Apr 2019 16:07:30 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=3781 Listen on iTunes | Soundcloud Does your blog content look a bit naff? There are so many blogs out there and it’s sometimes difficult to stand out. If you want to make your blog posts sparkle then listen to this week’s episode. We talk about all the different things you can do to make your […]

The post Ep 32 – How to make your blog posts look good appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

Listen on iTunes | Soundcloud

Does your blog content look a bit naff? There are so many blogs out there and it’s sometimes difficult to stand out. If you want to make your blog posts sparkle then listen to this week’s episode.

We talk about all the different things you can do to make your blog posts more interesting and easy to read.

Everything from font size to Tweetables, headings to bullet points. Everything in this list is what we do to make sure our blog content looks the part.

Get BETTER results from your website...

Stop FIGHTING with your website & focus on driving sales. Learn more about our BRAND NEW membership community


In this episode we discuss:

– Using Headings
– Creating featured images
– Fonts
– Images and links
– Videos
– Tweetables
– Internal Linking
– Coloured Boxes
– Lead Capture

Resources

Make Your Mark Online Membership 

Facebook Group

How to Make Your Blog Posts Less Boring

 

 

The post Ep 32 – How to make your blog posts look good appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-32-blog-posts-attractive-wordpress/feed/ 0
Ep 31 – Should You Put Your Prices on Your Website? https://jammydigital.com/ep-31-put-prices-website/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-31-put-prices-website/#respond Wed, 03 Apr 2019 15:45:03 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=3778 There’s nothing that quite divides business owners like whether you should put your prices on your website. In this episode, we explore whether your prices should go on your website and the best way to do it. In this episode we discuss: – Why you might not have your prices on your website – Benefits of […]

The post Ep 31 – Should You Put Your Prices on Your Website? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

There’s nothing that quite divides business owners like whether you should put your prices on your website. In this episode, we explore whether your prices should go on your website and the best way to do it.

Get BETTER results from your website...

Stop FIGHTING with your website & focus on driving sales. Learn more about our BRAND NEW membership community


In this episode we discuss:

– Why you might not have your prices on your website
– Benefits of putting your prices on your website
– What WE did and the results we got
– What I’d recommend that you do

Resources

Make Your Mark Online Membership 

Facebook Group

Why You Should Put Your Prices on Your Website

Our Pricing Page

 

 

 

The post Ep 31 – Should You Put Your Prices on Your Website? appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-31-put-prices-website/feed/ 0
Ep 30 – How to create the Perfect Personal Brand Website https://jammydigital.com/ep-30-perfect-personal-brand-website/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-30-perfect-personal-brand-website/#respond Wed, 03 Apr 2019 11:07:53 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=3628 Why do some Personal Brands attract a huge following whilst some fail to gain any real traction? We’ve found that there are 5 key elements that will allow you to attract more potential customers using your website. In this episode we discuss: – How to build trust on your website – How to use your […]

The post Ep 30 – How to create the Perfect Personal Brand Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

Why do some Personal Brands attract a huge following whilst some fail to gain any real traction? We’ve found that there are 5 key elements that will allow you to attract more potential customers using your website.

Get BETTER results from your website...

Stop FIGHTING with your website & focus on driving sales. Learn more about our BRAND NEW membership community


In this episode we discuss:

– How to build trust on your website
– How to use your website to attract your ideal clients
– How to be viewed as an expert
– How to stand out from your competitors
– How to transform your readers into paying customers

Resources

Make Your Mark Online Membership 

Facebook Group

 

 

The post Ep 30 – How to create the Perfect Personal Brand Website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-30-perfect-personal-brand-website/feed/ 0
Ep 29 – The REAL cost of a bad website https://jammydigital.com/ep-29-real-cost-bad-website/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-29-real-cost-bad-website/#respond Tue, 02 Apr 2019 16:21:59 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=3625 So you’re not exactly proud of your website. The information is a bit out of date. The design isn’t great. But that’s okay. You get plenty of word-of-mouth referrals. You do really well on social media. Is it that much of a big deal if your website looks bad? Actually, yes. Having a bad website […]

The post Ep 29 – The REAL cost of a bad website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

So you’re not exactly proud of your website. The information is a bit out of date. The design isn’t great. But that’s okay. You get plenty of word-of-mouth referrals. You do really well on social media. Is it that much of a big deal if your website looks bad?

Actually, yes. Having a bad website is bad for business.

Get BETTER results from your website...

Stop FIGHTING with your website & focus on driving sales. Learn more about our BRAND NEW membership community


In this episode we discuss:

How people end up with a bad (or ineffective) website
– The downsides of a bad website
– How this could be impacting your brand confidence
– How this could be impacting your sales process
– Why we paid 3x more than we needed to based on someone’s website
– How a bad website can impact your SEO
– How your website could be affecting your conversions

Resources

Make Your Mark Online Membership 

Facebook Group

 

 

The post Ep 29 – The REAL cost of a bad website appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-29-real-cost-bad-website/feed/ 0
Ep 28 – When to Outsource your Website Tasks https://jammydigital.com/ep-28-outsource-website-tasks/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-28-outsource-website-tasks/#respond Tue, 02 Apr 2019 15:58:21 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=3622 We always recommend business owners have some knowledge of how to make changes to their website. You don’t want to pay someone for every little change. However, sometimes it is better to outsource web design tasks, particularly if it’s going to free up a lot of your time. Spending hours and hours faffing with your […]

The post Ep 28 – When to Outsource your Website Tasks appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

We always recommend business owners have some knowledge of how to make changes to their website. You don’t want to pay someone for every little change.

However, sometimes it is better to outsource web design tasks, particularly if it’s going to free up a lot of your time. Spending hours and hours faffing with your website trying to get something to look right is definitely not something you want to be doing!

In this episode, we will be talking about how to outsource website tasks and the best way to do this.

Get BETTER results from your website...

Stop FIGHTING with your website & focus on driving sales. Learn more about our BRAND NEW membership community


We discuss:

– What we mean when we say outsourcing?
– What tasks could you outsource with your website?
– When not to outsource work
– When to outsource website tasks
– 3 lists to freedom by Chris Ducker
– Where you can find people to outsource to?

Resources

Make Your Mark Online Membership 

Facebook Group

Youpreneur

 

The post Ep 28 – When to Outsource your Website Tasks appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-28-outsource-website-tasks/feed/ 0
Ep 27 – How we increased our traffic by 10X https://jammydigital.com/ep-27-traffic-increase-10-times/ https://jammydigital.com/ep-27-traffic-increase-10-times/#respond Tue, 02 Apr 2019 15:50:10 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=3559 Before 2017 we neglected our website. Yep, we’re web designers who abandoned our site. But it’s easy done, isn’t it? You’ve got better stuff to do than keep faffing about with your website, stuff that brings in actual money – client work, invoicing, admin. We thought the same. We were so busy with client work that […]

The post Ep 27 – How we increased our traffic by 10X appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>

Before 2017 we neglected our website.

Yep, we’re web designers who abandoned our site. But it’s easy done, isn’t it? You’ve got better stuff to do than keep faffing about with your website, stuff that brings in actual money – client work, invoicing, admin.

We thought the same. We were so busy with client work that we didn’t touch our website. Problem was, client work dried up, and we had nothing in the pipeline to sustain us. We hadn’t put any effort into our website and we found ourselves stuck.

In this podcast episode, we discuss how we managed to increase our website traffic by 10-fold, so we could continue to bring in leads and sales to our business.

Get BETTER results from your website...

Stop FIGHTING with your website & focus on driving sales. Learn more about our BRAND NEW membership community


In this episode I tell you how we increased our website visitors by 10x within 12 months.

We discuss:

– What we were doing before 2017
– How many visitors we were getting per month
– Why we decided to change things
– What we did to increase our traffic
– How we did it step by step
– Traffic number after 2017

Resources

Make Your Mark Online Membership 

Facebook Group

 

The post Ep 27 – How we increased our traffic by 10X appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/ep-27-traffic-increase-10-times/feed/ 0
How to create the best website in the world https://jammydigital.com/best-website-in-the-world/ https://jammydigital.com/best-website-in-the-world/#comments Mon, 01 Apr 2019 06:30:37 +0000 https://jammydigital.com/?p=3696 Below, we’ve highlighted our top ways you can create the best website in the world. 1. Your logo needs to be ginormous People don’t want to know about how you help them or what it is you do. They want to see your logo. But not only do they want to see your logo they […]

The post How to create the best website in the world appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
Below, we’ve highlighted our top ways you can create the best website in the world.

1. Your logo needs to be ginormous

People don’t want to know about how you help them or what it is you do. They want to see your logo. But not only do they want to see your logo they want to see it ginormous. They want a virtual punch in the face with your logo. That’s what they want.

2. Hide your contact information

People love trying to find your contact details. It’s like an exciting treasure hunt, only without the treasure. Or the excitement.

3. Tell people every little detail of your life

Did you graduate in 1974 with a 2:2 degree in Geography? Does that fact have absolutely nothing to do with the products or services you offer? Great! Make sure you talk about it at great length on your website.

4. Tell people you’re professional AND friendly.

Because those two characteristics are never spoken about.

5. Add social media feeds to your website

Encourage people to click away from your website and see what their Auntie Michelle thinks about Brexit.

6. Make your text really small

Because magnifying glasses need to come back into fashion.

7. Have pop-ups everywhere

The goal of this is to continuously frustrate the hell out of people until they give you their email address. It’s the best way to build long-lasting relationships.

8. Stuff your keywords in (cabbages) 

Where possible, cabbages, try to include your keywords cabbages, everywhere. Cabbages. Don’t worry about making it sound natural. Cabbages. Or even making sense at all. Cabbage.

9. All of your writing should be in third-person

Martin and Lyndsay recommend that you write everything in third-person. That’s because Martin and Lyndsay are superior beings who are too good to write their own content.

10. Use animation as much as possible

People love it when things move around and fly across the screen every few seconds. It’s very relaxing.

11. Make your buttons difficult to see

Don’t direct people clearly on your website with easy-to-use buttons, instead, have buttons that don’t look like buttons at all. Users love playing the ‘is that clickable?’ game.

12. Be vague about what you do

Don’t tell people what you do. Be vague. We don’t design websites. We offer web functionality and system solutions.

13. Write less than 100 words on every page

Make sure you provide very little information. People don’t read text these days anyway. Like you right now. Not reading this text. Nope. Still not reading. We can write anything we want here knowing full well you won’t read it. Cabbages. See.

14. Use cheesy stock photos everywhere

How to create the best website in the world

How to create the best website in the world

How to create the best website in the world

How to create the best website in the world

How to create the best website in the world

15. Offer a newsletter

Ask people to subscribe to your newsletter. Do not tell them what’s included. Don’t give them an incentive for subscribing. People just love the thrill of a newsletter.

16. Have a ‘Latest News’ page instead of a blog. But still call it a blog

When you have a blog, don’t provide helpful content. Instead, write about an award you just won. Or a new client you’ve landed. Or, if all else fails, write about that new office plant you’ve named Borris.

17. Make sure all of your images are 5000px in size

Huge images slow your website down. This is a good thing. People will wait in excited anticipation while your website loads.

18. Have a picture of yourself in front of a Lamborghini

Because everyone knows that guy is super awesome. If you don’t have a Lamborghini don’t worry, just use photoshop, it won’t look obvious at all.

How to create the best website in the world

19. Always use we rather than I

If there’s just you in your business, pretend you own a huge multinational company by using the word we instead of I. No one will ever know.

20. Use lots of different fonts

Inconsistency is key. Use lots of random fonts of all different sizes on different pages. And always include comic sans. 

21. Use a hotmail/googlemail email address

For bonus points, use something fun like Lyndz69lolz@hotmail.co.uk

22. Hit the thesaurus

Don’t use simple, direct language. Instead, enthuse your assemblage with ornate language. It’ll make you look clever.

23. Celebrate when your website goes down

When your website goes down because it’s had too much traffic, celebrate your loss of sales. Tell everyone, my website went down because it was just so popular. Don’t bother changing your hosting provider.

24. Clickbait titles are awesome – this next point will literally change your life and make you cry

People love the disappointment of clicking on something only to realise the headline was pure bullshit. Like this blog post, for example.

25. Never include dates on your blog posts

People don’t want to know how up-to-date your blog posts are. It’s really fun guessing whether all the information is all relevant or not.

We had to include the date in this post – check it and you might see why 😉

The post How to create the best website in the world appeared first on Content Marketing & SEO Agency | Get More Sales From Your Website.

]]>
https://jammydigital.com/best-website-in-the-world/feed/ 7